Internet of Things and Current Trends in Libraries (ITCTL) : January 2018

See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.
net/publication/327416369
Internet of things and current trends in libraries (ITCTL)
Book · January 2018
CITATIONS READS
0 5,396
3 authors, including:
Chintan Pandya Bharat Naikele

Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute
5 PUBLICATIONS 2 CITATIONS 1 PUBLICATION 0 CITATIONS
SEE PROFILE SEE PROFILE
Some of the authors of this publication are also working on these related projects:
Customer Service Satisfaction of Library Users View project
Internet of things and current trends in libraries View project
All content following this page was uploaded by Chintan Pandya on 04 September 2018.
The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

INTERNET OF THINGS AND
CURRENT TRENDS IN LIBRARIES
Intl’. CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS JANUARY 2018
Chief Editor:-
Chintan K. Pandya
Librarian, B.Com, M.L.I.Sc.,
Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute,
Mehsana, Gujarat
Co-Editors:-
Shilpa J. Boricha
Librarian, B.Com, M.L.I.Sc., Ph.D. (Cont.)
Gujarat Institute of Disaster Management, Gandhinagar.
& Research Scholar at Hemchandacharya North-Gujarat University, Patan
Bharat V. Naikele
Library Assistant, B.A., M.L.I.Sc.
Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute, Mehsana, Gujarat

Nr Toll Booth, Ahmedabad–Mehsana Expressway, Village–Mewad,
Dist–Mehsana. Gujarat, India 382710.
INTERNET OF THINGS AND CURRENT TRENDS IN LIBRARIES:
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS JANUARY 2018
Copyright © 2018 Chintan Pandya. All rights reserved. First paperback edition printed in 2018 in
the Mehsana, Gujarat, India.
All rights reserved

No part of this book shall be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic
or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information retrieval system
without written permission of the publisher.
ISBN: 978-93-5288-314-1
Edit, Design, Printing and Published by

Nr Toll Booth, Ahmedabad–Mehsana Expressway, Village–Mewad,
Dist–Mehsana. Gujarat, India 382710.
Tel. +91- 2762 - 285875 | www.gperi.ac.in | Mobile: +91 - 9428009866

For more copies of this book, please email to: pandyachintan@gmail.com
Rs.300/-
Cover design by Chintan Pandya
Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this book, the publisher and author assume no
responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of this
information contained herein.
PREFACE
WHEN YOU TALK, YOU ARE ONLY REPEATING WHAT YOU ALREADY KNOW.
BUT IF YOU LISTEN, YOU MAY LEARN SOMETHING NEW ~ DALAI LAMA
The thinking that led to this book and conference has many roots. One of the most important trigger was an
informal discussion with my wife (who also hails from a library science background) Shilpa Boricha, on
technological innovations, particularly the GPS family tracker device. Suddenly a question arose in our mind -
What does a world, where billions of everyday objects connect with each other and share information, mean
for libraries? Dr Suresh Lalwani, Librarian, TIMS joined the conversation by voicing his valuable inputs; and we
came to the conclusion, that the theme of the conference should be “Internet of Things and Libraries”.
According to a survey – the internet will soon be dominated by machines and sensors rather than people. By
2020, there will be close to a trillion sensors sending data over the web and these will be added to the world
of the Internet of Things. This will open up major opportunities for libraries to connect their services to more
people and more things in more places than ever before - thereby expanding their geographical and numerical
reach astoundingly.
As we all are well aware that, when it comes to finding out what’s happening in and around library science,
there’s nothing quite like attending conferences and seminars...
Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute, Mehsana has completed 6 years of excellence in the field
of technical education in the North-Gujarat region. We are thoroughly committed and ambitious to gain the
'The State Asset' status. We are the curator of the first Public Private Partnership (PPP) Model College of the
country. Being the Librarian of the institute, it is my responsibility to take this mission forward.
The Three Days International Conference on Internet of Things (IoT) and Current Trends in
Libraries (ITCTL) being held from 18-20 January 2018 at GPERI Campus in Mehsana, India is part of this
initiative. The committee has invited research papers/articles, case-studies and innovative paradigms in the
field of LIS and IoT. All submissions to the conference were reviewed by independent peers from the
perspective of technical merit and content. Forty-two papers have been accepted for publication in the
conference proceedings. I express my sincere gratitude to the authors and contributors of the conference.
Deep appreciation goes to Viral Asjola, Shashikumar AA and Prof. Bhargav Pandya for their consistent support
in generating plagiarism reports. I am also thankful to all the Advisory Members without whose valuable
suggestions and inputs this conference could not have been organized.
My colleague Bharat Naikele has been a great helping hand during the last three months - his technical
expertise has facilitated the entire process.
I extend my profound gratitude to the hundreds of library professionals (especially North-Gujarat Library
Circle) who have supported us in sharing and spreading the information on social media. I am thankful to the
librarians who have participated or nominated their colleague in this conference.
I would also like to put on record my sincere gratitude to Dr. Shrikant Wagh, Principal - GPERI for being the
motivational force behind the ITCTL and for extending his unstinting support for this conference.
Looking forward to a fruitful brainstorming session and great ideas emanating from this platform...
Chintan K. Pandya,
Librarian, GPERI, Mehsana & Conference Convener, ITCTL 2018
Mehsana, Gujarat. Thursday, 18 January 2018
FOREWORD
Considering we live a large part of our lives online, and pay as much attention to the virtual world, but we
don’t spend time understanding how deep the depth of the internet is. The conventional library of four walls
and hard copy books and reference books has changed its form and expanse; it has become a "soft-copy"
form and it now resides in "cloud" and "web".
When Chintan Pandya asked me to write the foreword for this international conference and its proceedings, I
was very pleased for several reasons. First of all, this is the first international level conference to be planned in
GPERI campus, I think Mr. Pandya is an unbelievable young and hardworking man of ideas. Second, the
subject and theme of the conference are really appealing, the entire world is talking and excited about “The
Internet of Things” and Current Trends in Library is a center of the subject. It is not only how to get more out
of technology and sensors, but also how to apply it to our daily lives to make it faster, better, smarter and
more efficient!
In this book of proceedings, you will find all the answers of how IoT can be implemented and used for the
modernization of Libraries and how the librarian can update the libraries by using latest technologies.
Dr. Shrikant Wagh,

Principal, GPERI
TABLE OF CONTENT
Sr. Title Author(s) Page No.
Theme: Internet of Things (IoT) & Big Data
1 360 DEGREE APPROACH TO INTERNET OF THINGS (IOT) AND ITS Chintan K Pandya 1
APPLICATION TO THE LIBRARIES
2 BIG DATA ARCHITECTURE FOR DIGITAL LIBRARY PERSPECTIVE Harshad Nirmal & 6
Purvi Doshi
3 INTERNET OF THINGS & ITS APPLICATION TO THE LIBRARIES Hitendra Janardan Patil 12
& Daya T. Patil
4 INTERNET OF THINGS (IOT) AND LIBRARY AND INFORMATION NCH. Varadaraju 17
SERVICES
5 INTERNET OF THINGS BASED SMART WEATHER MONITORING Maulik A. Patel & 24
SYSTEM Irshad Gandharva
6 ROLE OF BIG DATA IN ACADEMIC LIBRARY Indira N. Dodiya 30
Theme: Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs)
7 CURRENT TRENDS IN MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES (MOOCS) Kush Sibbu 34
8 IMPORTANCE OF BOOKS IN THE ERA OF MOOCS: A CASE STUDY Kaushik Rao & 44
Deepak Mashru
9 MOOCS: A GATEWAY TO LEARNING ENVIRONMENT Sangita Gangaram 48
Utekar
Theme: Social Media and Libraries
10 DIGITAL MARKETING OF LIBRARY SERVICES AND LIBRARY Dipti Prajapati & 55
RESOURCES WITH THE HELP OF SOCIAL MEDIA IN THE ACADEMIC Vaishaliben Bhavsar
LIBRARIES: A STUDY
11 SOCIAL MEDIA, SOCIAL NETWORKING AND SCHOOL LIBRARIES Shilpa Boricha & 60
Bharatiben Solanki
12 USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA NETWORKING IN LIBRARIES Urjita Patel & Sejal Patel 64
13 USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA IN MARKETING OF LIBRARY SERVICES Unnati Acharya 68
Theme: Digital Resources, Library Consortia, Current Trends in Libraries…
14 CHANGING ROLE OF LIBRARIES IN TO THE INFORMATION Dharmendra D. 72
RESOURCES CENTER Dholakiya
15 DIGITAL PRESERVATION: PROCESS AND STANDARDS Kishore Sakariya 75
16 DSPACE AS AN OPEN-ACCESS DIGITAL INSTITUTIONAL Shanthakumara, T. N. 84
REPOSITORY: ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS
17 E-JOURNALS AND RESOURCE SHARING THROUGH CONSORTIA Deepak Ramesh Patil 87
18 ELECTRONIC RESOURCES MANAGEMENT: AN OUTLOOK Vasantray A Chauhan 93
19 ENHANCING ACADEMIC RESEARCH AND RESEARCHER PROFILES Manu T.R., Viral Asjola & 98
USING UNIQUE AUTHOR IDENTIFIERS Shashikumara A.A.
20 ENHANCING LIBRARY SERVICES WITH THE APPLICATION OF Anjana R. Bunkar 104
MAKERSPACES IN ACADEMIC LIBRARIES
21 GREEN LIBRARY INITIATIVES: AN OVERVIEW Smita Shamrao Patil 109
22 INTEGRATION OF LIBRARY WITH SWOC ANALYSIS WITH SPECIAL Urmila Pravin Ravat 117
REFERENCE TO DIGITAL NATIVES
23 OPEN SOURCES DIGITAL LIBRARY SOFTWARE’S: AN OVERVIEW Yadav Shyamla C & 124
Ghumre Shivshankar K
24 RE-ENGINEERING OF LIBRARIES AND INFORMATION CENTRE: A Ganesh D Sagre 132
NEED
TABLE OF CONTENT
Sr. Title Author(s) Page No.
25 RESOURCE SHARING, LIBRARY NETWORKING AND CONSORTIA Sejal Patel & Urjita Patel 139
26 SCHEMABIBEX: AN INITIATIVE FOR NETWORKED BIBLIOGRAPHIC Rohit Jangra 144
RESOURCE DESCRIPTION
27 SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION Bharatiben M. Solanki 153
Theme: Case Studies, Reports, Literature Review and Data Analysis
28 THE STUDY FOR INTERNET INFORMATION RESOURCES (IIR) Nagarkar Atul Ramdas 156
29 A CASE ANALYSIS OF LIBRARY OF COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Dharmishtha Dangar 167
30 A STUDY ON USE OF UGC-INFONET DIGITAL LIBRARY (E-SHODH Vuppala Lingaiah 172
SINDHU RESOURCES) BY THE SCHOLARS AND FACULTY MEMBERS
IN OSMANIA UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD (2015-16)
31 ACCESS PATTERN OF N-LIST E-RESOURCES AMONG THE COLLEGES Maheshkumar R. 180
AFFILIATED WITH SAURASHTRA UNIVERSITY Solanki
32 ADOPTION AND USER PERCEPTION OF ‘DSPACE’ IN PDPU Punam K. Raval & 188
LIBRARIES: A CASE STUDY Bharat M. Chaudhari
33 BEST PRACTICES IN ASSM LIBRARY IN THE CONTEXT OF ICT Sudhir R. Nagarkar 199
34 COLLECTION OF LEARNING RESOURCES AND SERVICES OF Ashwani Yadav & 205
MANDSAUR UNIVERSITY, MANDSAUR: A STUDY Nandkishore Patidar
35 EVALUATION OF EDII INSTITUTIONAL REPOSITORY RESOURCES Nupur Vaishnav, 214
Pravin Chavda &
Ashok Chaudhary
36 INFORMATION LITERACY OF TRIBAL WOMEN IN NAGALAND: A Pichano Kikon & 221
STUDY J.P.S.Kumaravel
37 READING HABITS OF ELITE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL Darshana K KaPatel, 229
STUDENTS AT VAVDI VILLAGE, KHEDA DISTRICT, GUJARAT (INDIA) Ishanbhai J Varma &
Bharatkumar V Naikele
38 STATUS OF PRESENT SCENARIO OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION AND Mehul V. Goradiya & 236
NETWORKING OF MCA COLLEGE LIBRARY IN GUJARAT: A STUDY Kanakbala A Jani
39 USE OF INTERNET: A REVIEW OF LITERATURE Lalita G Pawar 245
40 DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF INSTITUTIONAL REPOSITORY AT Devendra Patel, 250
GANPAT UNIVERSITY Haresh Patel &
Pravin Patel
41 COMMUNICATION IN INFORMATION LITERACY & DIGITAL LITERACY C. Srikanth 255
42 READING HABITS Jayshree Trivedi 259
43 USE OF E-RESOURCES IN ACADEMIC LIBRARIES IN A. Usha Rani 260
PRESENT SCENARIO
44 E – CONTENT MANAGEMENT Amitkumar Lalitbhai 264
Ghoricha
International Conference on Internet of Things and Current Trends in Libraries (ITCTL 2018)
360 DEGREE APPROACH TO INTERNET OF THINGS (IOT) AND

ITS APPLICATION TO THE LIBRARIES
Chintan K Pandya
Librarian, Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute, Mehsana, Gujarat.
Abstract: The new technologies characterizing the Internet of Things (IoT) allow realizing real
smart environments able to provide advanced services to the users. Internet will be dominated by
machines and sensors rather by people when close to a trillion sensors will be added to the world
of Internet of Things (IoT). What does a world where billions of everyday objects connect to each
other and share information mean for libraries? In this paper – we tries to relate sensors and IoT
to the existing library system and suggest 5 major areas of libraries to connect their services to
more people and more things in more places than ever before. The paper also discusses the
overview of IoT and its security issues.
Keyword: Internet of Things (IoT), Modern Library, Future Library, IOT Standards and
Security, Library Application
1.0 Introduction
What does a world where billions of everyday objects connect to each other and share information
mean for Libraries? A world divided by the prospect of a world connected. When world is changing
and shaping in the cloud of IoT. As technology becomes smaller and cheaper, it is possible to
embed computing, wireless communication, and radio devices into objects and connect them so
that they can collect and transmit data and be controlled by other objects and connect to the larger
internet infrastructure. Libraries are the oblique treasures which if uncovered can become like rare
jewel for the growth of the society. In the 21st century, internet has become a knowledge portal
and e-books have become inseparable part of library. The idea of IoT making consumer life easier,
more convenient and efficient is most appealing to consumers. Increasing education on existing
IoT solutions in addition to future possibilities will drive both awareness and adoption.
2.0 Internet of Things (IoT):
The Internet of Things (IoT) is the network of physical objects—devices, vehicles, buildings and
other items which are embedded with electronics, software, sensors, and network connectivity,
which enables these objects to collect and exchange data. Through the exploration of
identification, data capture, processing and communication capabilities, the IoT makes full use of
things to offer services to all kinds of applications. From a broader perspective, the IoT can be
perceived as a vision with technological and societal implications. The Internet of Things revolves
around increased machine-to-machine communication; it’s built on cloud computing and
networks of data-gathering sensors; it’s mobile, virtual, and instantaneous connection; and they
say it’s going to make everything in our lives from streetlights to seaports “smart”.
The Internet of Things (IoT) is a computing concept that describes a future where everyday
physical objects will be connected to the Internet and be able to identify themselves to other
devices. (Technopedia - Technical Encyclopedia)
Facebook, Whatsapp, BBM, Instagram, Twitter or any other social networking sites; the youth are
accessing all of them more through their mobile phones and lesser on computers. The net savvy
youth finds mobile phones more feasible, easy and faster than desktop PCs, notebooks or
netbooks. But Internet of Things is just not limited to the social media applications. It’s lot more
than the imagination. Over 50 Billion devices, 1 billion smart TVs and 1.5 billion smart cars are
1
estimated to connect the IoT by the year 2020 which will have a 1.9 trillion economic value.
(OCLC, 2014)
3.0 Speed of Technology
Technological revolution is a relatively not long period in the world history when one technology
is quickly replaced by another technology. Over the past century, society has quickly adapted to
the momentous hi-tech trends. We have been witness of industrial revolution to the age of digital
revolution. In 1995, when internet was first came in public use, was only accessible in the
computers; but in 2015 it is easily accessible in mobile, TV, tablets and many such gadgets. The
speed of the technology cannot be measured in figure, but the following data can be used to
imagine how fast it is…
Years it took Innovation

25000 Years ago Painting
After 15000 Years Agriculture
After 5000 Year Wheels
After 2500 Years Organized societies, cities and states
After 1900 Years Scientific Experiments
After 325 Years Industrialization
After 95 Years Electricity, Telephone, Radio
After 65 Years Vacuum Tube Computers
After 38 Years Modern Chipset Computers
After 15 Years Internet in Computers
After 12 Years Internet in Mobile and sensors
(Fardost, 2015)
(Figure 1 : Speed of Technology)
4.0 Internet Users – Indian Purview
The number of Internet users in India has reached 460 million by April 2016, has become the
second largest Internet population in the world, after China with 620 million. Internet in India
took more than a decade to move from 10 million to 100 million and 3 years from 100 to 200
million, it took only a year to move from 300 to 400 million users with registering a growth of 49%
over last year.
In addition, India already has 100 million active Facebook users today, the second largest number
after the US and Canada with 152 million. As one fast forwards, it is estimated that there will be
over 500 million Internet users in India by 2018—making India the second largest population of
Internet users in the world. (IAMAI Report, 2015)
5.0 Awareness on IoT and Views of Librarians

According to a research, 44% of business executives worldwide had never heard of the IoT and
another 30% had heard but were unsure as to what it meant (eMarketer, 2014). According to a
recent investigation consumer awareness is currently low, interest is high particularly in adaptation
of IoT solutions that help to solve real world problems and learn user behaviors and preferences
(Dodge, 2015).
OCLC conducted a brief survey in late 2014 to assess librarians’ familiarity with Internet of Things
and related technologies. Majority of the librarians were not familiar with IoT, Smart City, Smart
Car, Medical Monitor etc…, few of them had heard about IoT but not much aware about the
recent development. Several librarians also indicated that libraries should wait until the technology
is more widely adopted. For now, sit and watch the development (OCLC, 2014).
2
6.0 Top 5 IoT Ideas for the Future Libraries
Librarians have to play a big role in migrating conventional library system to the IoT. The future
of the IoT in libraries seems to be forceful.
6.0.1 Climate and Light Control - Smart Rooms

IoT enables to integrate low cost sensors and wireless connectivity to practically all things. Climate
and light control can be easily possible with integrated sensors in Air Conditioners and lighting
system at Reading Room. One can easily connect them to internet and provide new kinds of
services. The best part of the system is to save energy and provide customized environment to the
users. (Smart lighting)
(Image 1: Smart Light Diagram – Credit: Photo: VTTResearch, Finlend)
6.0.2 Drone Delivery Service utilize
A delivery drone, also known as a PARCELCOPTER, is an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV)

utilized to transport packages, books, food or other goods. It is equipped with GPS, sensors,
cameras, and controlled remotely. Drones are very useful for door delivery of books in wider areas
of cities which enables fast and rapid library services. Renowned companies i.e. AMAZON, DHL
etc… have already initiated such services in many countries (Sicaras, 2014). But while in India, use
of drones is not yet permissible due to safety and security.
(Image 2: Delivery Drone – Photo Credit: MULTIROTOR service-drone.com USA LLC)

6.0.3 Step Stool and Smart Chairs
Libraries are equipped with taller book shelves; but it’s difficult for the users to climb it without
the support of Step Stool. It’s even tedious to rearrange the chairs at the closing hours of Library.
Just by waving library card in front of the chair's sensor and it will follow user around like a lovesick
puppy, providing somewhere to park and sit while referring books through various areas in the
library. It also have the feature of self-parking which will automatically tuck themselves back into
their rightful positions after use, thus keeping library shelves and reading room neat and tidy.
3
(Image 3: Smart Robo Chair – Photo Credit: HONDA Uni-Cub)
6.0.4 SMART Inventory Control – RFID
Fully RFID enabled systems help libraries to goes faster and smarter. It makes library fully
automated, self issue-return, inventory control, fast stock verification and book locator etc… saves
the time of users and library staff.
6.0.5 Artificial Intelligence with Smart Reference
Smart sensors that collect data of users, store the data cloud, process, analyze and suggest the
smart reference to the users according to their mood and area of interest. Smart library application
helps users to locate the document by showing the library map on the mobile screen. The smart
interlinked web 3.0 applications help to connect the resources from the internet and social sites to
bring reviews and social footprints.
7.0 Issues Related to Privacy and Security
IoT network is turning out to be very useful till any cyber attack arise. Smart cars are able to read
e-mails and text messages to drivers on the move; smart fridges carefully manage the energy they
use; smart medical devices allow doctors to monitor patients from afar; and smart screens in the
home display all kinds of useful information. But security experts are sounding the alarm. There is
a big difference between the internet of things and its security issues. If devices are hit by a cyber-
attack, it will create a big nuisance; if cars are attacked, it could kill, if the fridge is attacked, it will
reverse the cooling process, if the medical devices attacked, it will shows incorrect data of the
patient which lead to major outburst. (Pandya & Pandya, 2016)
One of the potential challenges for a growing Internet of Things is the variety of data collection
and reporting methods that might be misused. Without standards for this data’s collection and
transmission, the benefits of the Internet of Things may not be as fully or easily realized. IoT
devices are memory and processor constrained devices; which is the biggest problem area as far as
security issues like confidentiality, integrity, availability and authenticity of data are concerned.
According to CISCO; Security experts are facing hurdles to achieve above mentioned security
properties in the constrained environment. (The Economist, 2014)
4
According to the Forbes, the security and privacy concern of the Internet of Things is half-baked.
Devices that collect data and store data including personal account information and that potentially
control parts of our lives would be susceptible to hackers. As many of the products are being
developed; security may not be among the primary concerns of producers. (Hill, 2014)
8.0 Conclusion
Entire IT world is changing; every IT leaders and every business captains, are talking and
optimizing IoT in business, processes and services. The privacy and security of library data i.e.
patron and metadata as there are possibilities of hacking and sharing data with third party. Cost of
the investment of IoT in the libraries, time and staff training has to be considered. Libraries are
the witness of the history, revolution and changes from conventional system to the digital libraries.
Librarians have always played a vital role by optimizing development.
Bibliography
1. Dodge, C. (2015). Consumer Awareness Low but Interest High for IOT Solutions. Media
and Services UX (MSX) group.
2. eMarketer. (2014, December). Retrieved April 20, 2016, from When Will the Internet of
Things Become a Thing? Next Year: http://www.emarketer.com/Article/Will-Internet-of-
Things-Become-Thing-Next-Year/1011652
3. Fardost, A. (2015). Internet of things - beyond our current imagination. Retrieved April 10,
2016, from TEDx: http://tedxtalks.ted.com/video/Internet-of-things-beyond-our-c
4. Hill, K. (2014). The Half-Baked Security of Our Internet of Things. Retrieved from Forbes.
5. IAMAI Report. (2015). Retrieved April 10, 2016, from Internet and Mobile Association of
India: http://www.iamai.in/media/details/4486
6. OCLC. (2014). Librarians and The Internet Of Things: Survey Results. NextSpace (24), 4.
7. Pandya, C., & Pandya, S. (2016). Internet of Things : the Future of Libraries. 61st ILA
Conference. Rajkot: Indian Library Association.
8. Sicaras, V. (2014). How drones work. Retrieved April 21, 2016, from Public Works :
http://www.pwmag.com/surveying/how-drones-work_o.aspx
9. Smart lighting. (n.d.). Retrieved April 21, 2016, from VTT Research : Enhancing lighting
with new functionalities and low cost connectivity:
http://www.vttresearch.com/services/digital-society/smart-lighting
10. Technopedia - Technical Encyclopedia. (n.d.). Retrieved April 10, 2016, from Technopedia:
http://www.technopedia.com/definition/28247/internet-of-things-iot
11. The Economist. (2014). Retrieved April 20, 2016, from Home, Hacked Home:
http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21606420-perils-connected-devices-
home-hacked-home
12. VTT Research. (2015). Retrieved April 21, 2016, from Smart lighting: Enhancing lighting
with new functionalities and low cost connectivity:
http://www.vttresearch.com/services/digital-society/smart-lighting
5
BIG DATA ARCHITECTURE FOR DIGITAL LIBRARY PERSPECTIVE
Harshad Nirmal1 & Purvi Doshi2

1
Librarian, KSKV Kachchh University, Bhuj
2
Chief Librarian, Gujarat Adani Institute of Medical Sciences, Bhuj
Abstract: Now a day’s library has become digital library so the content becomes E-content. Think
about it – it is indeed true. Are you using any application as it is which was built 10 years ago? Are
you using any piece of hardware which was built 10 years ago? The answer is most certainly No.
This literature review describes tools and technology for store, manage and process large variety
of E-content with high velocity in different architecture. This complex and massive set of data is
called Big Data. Big data depends in its ability to provide information and discover knowledgeable
value which can be useful to take base decision. Big data is asset for the decision makers because
of it’s become continues increase in size and types of unstructured or semi structure data. This
paper presents different techniques to process on that big data in HDFS and Map Reduce from
HADOOP and HPCC architecture. We compare SF-CFS (cluster file system) with HDFS. This
paper aims analyze and review different analytics methods and technique which can be apply on
big data analyzing processing.
Keywords: Digital Library, E-Content, Analytics tools and methods, Decision making
1.0 Introduction
Do you think planet without dataset? I hope no. Now days without E-content you cannot take any
correct decision as well as predict anything, because of that you cannot easily improve your
business. In last few years’ data is increase day by day and that E-content is not any single format.
In 2012, Google received over 2 million search queries per minutes. Fast forward to 2014 and that
number is more than double. Today Google receive 4 million search queries per minute from the
2.4 billion strong global internet populations.
Every minutes: Facebook users share nearly 2.5 million pieces of content, Twitter users tweet
nearly 300000 times, Instagram users post nearly 220000 new photos, YouTube users upload 72
hours of new video content, Apple users download nearly 50000 apps, Email users send over 200
million messages, Amazon generates over $80000 in online sales.[1]The need of big data come from
the big companies like Yahoo, Google, Facebook etc for that purpose of analysis of big amount
of data which is in unstructured form. So, there is the need of big data analytics that is the
processing of the complex and massive dataset [2].
2.0 Big Data
Big data means extremely large E-content data sets that may be analyzed computationally to reveal
patterns, trends, and associations, especially relating to human behavior and interactions.
Fig.1 5V’s of Big Data

The 5Vs that define Big Data Are Variety, Velocity, Variability, Value and Volume.
6
2.1 Volume
We currently see the exponential growth in the data storage as the other forms of data is now more
than text data. We can find data in the format of audio, video and large images on our social media
channels. It is very common to have Terabytes and Petabytes of the storage system for enterprises.
Sometimeson same data or dataset processing differently and generate new huge amount of E-
content data. So, we also increase storage resources to store that much volume of data.
2.2 Velocity
The E-content growth and social media explosion have changed how we look at the E-
content. Some years ago we believe in old data to be fresh data. However,internet is changing our
mind for new E-content. Today, people reply on social network to update them with latest status.
So, today users are not interest in some few minutes past status that was updated few moments
ago. So, user discards old messages and attention on updated messages.
2.3 Variety
Data can be stored in multiple formats. For example, database, excel, access or for the matter of
the fact, it can be stored in a simple text file. Sometimes data in audio, video, portable document
format or sometimes we might have not thought about it. But E-content needs to organize in
appropriate format for meaningful. It will be easy to do so if we have data in same format but
generally it is not possible.
2.4 Variability
Variability refers that data whose meaning is continuously changing or there are several potential
meaning of that E-content like data is consistent in terms of arability? Whether data contains any
important signal or noisy data? When data have many extreme values that represent statistical
problem? [3]
2.5 Value
Value means how do you determine that data? Value of data is changing day by day when our
requirements of our finding fact are changing. We have to determine our data as per our need and
problem. Then only we can find nearly exact data from that massive and complex data that has so
many variety and variability in it. In past we can store data of customer in group and now we can
store that data of each customer. Means how we can value of the data? How and what we can
extract thing from that large volume of data?[3]
The real world data it is in different format and it is challenging for us to convert in same format.
Now the public don’t just want to collect dataset or related to dataset but they want to know what
it means. They want to know the structure of that data and how they can take advantage to take
any smart decision. Big data analytic is the process that applied on collected high amount of data
and knows different patterns, meaning of data and relationship [4]. Data that are generated from
social network that is also massive dataset. Facebook, Twitter have important role in social
network’s website. So, Social media analytics can be useful for analysis that dataset that is generated
from social network [5].
7
3.0 Solution for Big Data processing
3.1 Hadoop
Hadoop is used for processing large data. Current apache Hadoop consist Hadoop kernel, map-
reduce, HDFS and many other components.
3.1.1 HDFS Architecture
HDFS is store huge amount of data and scaling data without losing the actual data.Hadoop creates
the clusters of machine and coordinates among them. In that cluster one machine is fails,Hadoop
can continue to operate that cluster without losing or interrupting work or data. This cluster stores
the income file into pieces that is called “blocks”. In common case HDFS store three copies of
each file into different server.
Fig. 3.1.1 HDFS Architecture
3.1.2 Map-Reduce
This frame work applied operation on huge data and divides in problem and data, and run it
in parallel mechanism. This kind of operations write in JAVA and output of these operations
write back to HDFS or Traditional data warehouses. There are two main functions in this
architecture.
MAP – take key/value pairs as an input and generates an intermediate set of key/value pair.
REDUCE – merge all the intermediate values from MAP function and associate with same
intermediate key.
Fig. 3.1.2 Map-Reduce Architecture
8
3.2 HPCC
The HPCC Systems platform consists of two integrated but distinct clusters: a back-end data
refinery cluster for ingesting, refining, and transforming big data (called Thor); and a front-end
data delivery cluster supporting high-performance online querying of processed data (called
Roxie). Both clusters run on commodity off-the-shelf hardware. A single, powerful programming
language called Enterprise Control Language (ECL) creates the applications that run on the data
refinery cluster as well as those that drive the data delivery cluster. End user access to the system’s
real-time querying capabilities is supported through a standards-based web services platform. In
combination these components provide a comprehensive, massively scalable solution for big data
processing and analytics.
Fig. 3.2 HPCC Architecture
Thor cluster is providing a massively parallel job execution environment for programs coded in
ECL. Thor cluster is fault resilient, based on configurable replication of file parts within the cluster.
Roxie for Rapid Online XML Inquiry Engine – is the front-end cluster providing high-
performance online query processing and data warehouse capabilities. A Roxy cluster is fault
resilient, based on data replication within the cluster[6]. HPCC clusters can be exercised in Thor
and Roxie. Hadoop clusters perform with Map Reduce processing.In HPCC environment ECL is
primary programming language. However, Map Reduce is based on Java language[7].
4.0 Big Data Storage and Management
According to Elgendy, et.al. proposed Big-Data Analytics and Decision [B-DAD] framework
which evaluation different big data storage and management, processing method and analytical
tools for decision making process.
Big data affected to storage media, architecture and analysis process for discover new decision.
This B-DAD framework map different big data tools and methods into decision making process.
This framework divided into three different part model planning, data analytics and analyzing. The
first part we can identify problem and opportunities from different data sources which is may be
different data set so we should threaded with different analytics tools and methods for analyzing.
Then we should try to store and manage that big data in proper storage media. Finally, we can take
decision making process. [8]
4.1 Big Data Analytics Processing
According to He, Y. et.al. Now-a-days we have data in petabyte[PB] so it is not easy to load data
into Map Reduce environment. So, it is mandatory to reduce data loading time. Then we have
9
another problem: how can we increase fast query processing because of heavy size of data our
query’s response time is high so it is not satisfactory for website requests in which we can take any
decision. Another problem is that when we have a lot of data so, we have to store that data in
limited disk space and also manage that data that is growing form user activities. Also, we should
take care of user’s demand to analyze data set. User does not follow any regular patterns, which
demands that the system is highly adaptive unexpected dynamics in data processing with limited
storage space[9].
According to Anirban Mukherjee et.al. they compare common application which analyze big data
for internet scale organization like Facebook, Google business and traditional enterprise. As per,
Apache Hadoop wiki [10] significant number of deployments of Hadoop in enterprises typically
doesn’t exceed 16 nodes. They also compare Hadoop distributed File system and storage
foundation cluster file system with different workload and application that show that SF_CFS can
compare map-reduce workload of HDFC and they cannot well perform in some cases. So, that
they developed file system connector module for SF-CFS to take benefits of both HDFC and SF-
CFS They cannot change in map-reduce but just change in some parameter in apache Hadoop
configuration[11].
According to Changqing Ji et. Al. in that paper they introduce several big data processing
techniques from various application aspects. They presented view of cloud E-Content
management, cloud architecture, cloud database management. They also discuss three key aspects
points are: Distributed file system (DFS) which is used in Google to read input and store output
of Map Reduce as like Hadoop also use DFS as its data storage layer called HDFS[12]. Non-
Structural and Semi-Structured data storage which is required because of different types of dataset
and that dataset is not relation which other dataset so there was no structure possible and also
should manage that dataset store in proper place. Google use Bigtable[13] for managing large size
structure of data. PNUTS [14] is used by Yahoo’s web application for large amount of data serving.
Open source cloud platform is required for reaching the goal of big data management. Amazon
Web Services (AWS) is not free but it has huge usages in elastics platform. They also provide map
reduce method for processing big data in cloud computing environments. They also present how
they improve the performance of processing data with map reduce. E-Content security is big
challenge in big data. [15]
According to Bakshi K.et. Al. When we have collection of enormous dataset we should think
about management of dataset. Common methods for store and retrieve in relation database system
and data warehouse. Extract Transform Loading (ETL) or Extract Load transform (ELT) which
is tool for uploading data to the storage from operational data store. Thus data is transformed,
accurate before available to use in data mining and online analytical process. NoSQL were
developed for manage and store semi structure and unstructured data. NoSQL used for huge
scaling, model flexibility and deployment. NoSQL store separate data storage and management for
focusing on high performance scalable data storage [16].
5.0 Conclusion
In this reach, we observed that big data analysis, which has recently gained lots of interest due to
its natural record opportunities and benefits. In the informative world we are living with lot of
large variety of complex data. So, big data analysis process can be applied on business changes and
decision making. According to literature we know that different methods and tools of big data
analysis process. We think big data analysis is of great important in this era of large massive data
overflow and can provide to decision maker in various area like health, finance, education, library
management etc. There for big data have future enhancement for its management and analytical
process.
10
References
1. http://aci.info/2014/07/12/the-data-explosion-in-2014-minute-by-minute-infographic/
2. Sandulescu, V.; Halcu, I.; Neculoiu, G.; Grigoriu, O. ; Marinescu, M; Marinescu V.“A big
data implementation based on Grid computing” In: IEEE Roedunet Internation
Conference (RoEduNet),2013 11th
3. http://www.datasciencecentral.com/profiles/blogs/how-many-v-s-in-big-data-the-
characteristics-that-define-big-data
4. Adams, M.N.: Perspectives on Data Mining. International Journal of Market Research 52(1),
11–19 (2010)
5. Asur, S., Huberman, B.A.: Predicting the Future with Social Media. In: ACM International
Conference on Web Intelligence and Intelligent Agent Technology, vol. 1, pp. 492–499
(2010)
6. https://hpccsystems.com/why-hpcc-systems/how-it-works
7. Seref SAGIROGLU ,Duygu SINANC . “Big Data: A Review” , 2013 IEEE 978-1-4673-
6404-1/13
8. Elgendy,N.:Big Data Analytics in support of the Decision Making Process. M.Sc. Thesis,
German University in Cario, p.164(2013)
9. He, Y., Lee, R., Huai, Y., Shao, Z., Jain, N., Zhang, X., Xu, Z.: RCFile: A Fast and
Spaceefficient Data Placement Structure in MapReduce-based Warehouse Systems. In:
IEEE International Conference on Data Engineering (ICDE), pp. 1199–1208 (2011)
10. Powered by Hadoop. http://wiki.apache.org/hadoop/PoweredBy
11. Anirban Mukherjee, Joydip Datta, Raghvandra Jorapur, ravi Singhvi , Saurav Haloi, Wasim
Akram “Shared Disk Big Data Analytics with Apache Hadoop” ,2012 IEEE 978-1-4673-2371-
0-12
12. S. Ghemawat, H. Gobioff, and S. Leung, “The google file system,” in ACM SIGOPS
Operating Systems Review, vol. 37, no. 5. ACM, 2003, pp. 29–4.
13. F. Chang, J. Dean, S. Ghemawat, W. Hsieh, D. Wallach, M. Burrows, T. Chandra, A. Fikes,
and R. Gruber, “Bigtable: A distributed structured data storage system,” in 7th OSDI, 2006,
pp. 305–314.
14. B. Cooper, R. Ramakrishnan, U. Srivastava, A. Silberstein, P. Bohannon, H. Jacobsen, N.
Puz, D.Weaver, and R. Yerneni, “Pnuts: Yahoo!’s hosted data serving platform,”
Proceedings of the VLDB Endowment, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 1277–1288, 2008.
15. Changqing Ji, YuLi, Wenming Qiu , Uchechukwu Awada , Keqiu Li ,”Big Data Processing
in Cloud Computing Environments” , 2012 ,IEEE 1087-4089/12 17.
16. Bakshi, K.: Considerations for Big Data: Architecture and Approaches. In: Proceedings of
the IEEE Aerospace Conference, pp. 1–7 (2012)
About Authors:
Dr. Harshad Nirmal is currently working as Librarian at Krantiguru
Shyamji Krishna Verma Kachchh University, Bhuj. He is specialized in
library automation, digitalization, e-resources and library softawares.
M. 9824928270 | E-mail ID: drharshadnirmal@gmail.com
Ms. Purvi Doshi is currently working as Chief Librarian at Gujarat Adani

Institute of Medical Sciences, Bhuj. She is specialized in Knowledge
management, institutional repository, open access resources and new trends
in library.
11
INTERNET OF THINGS & ITS APPLICATION TO THE LIBRARIES

Hitendra Janardan Patil1 & Daya T. Patil2
1
Librarian, MGM Institute of Fashion Designing, Aurangabad
2
Librarian, S.B.E.S. College of Science, Aurangabad
Abstract: Internet and mobile communication network, the Internet of Things (IOT) will bring a
new development of information industry, and moreover is a global technology revolution that is
bound to have a profound impact on the economic development and social life. In this paper we
seen what is IoT, History of Internet of Things, Different applications of IoT, RFID Technology
& its equipment, advantages of IoT, Development of IoT, Future of IoT in Libraries etc.
Keyword: IoT (Internet of Things), RFID Technology, Tags
1.0 Introduction
Internet of things (IOT), known as the Internet of objects, refers to the networked interconnection
of every object, which is composed of all kinds of information sensing devices, such as radio
frequency identification (RFID) devices, infrared sensors, global positioning systems, laser
scanners and various other devices. Embedded chips and sensors, these objects can "think", "feel",
"talk" with each other. Together with the infrastructure of the Internet and mobile networks, these
objects can communicate with humans, and enable us to monitor and control them anytime
anywhere and enjoy their intelligent service, making the idea of a "Smart Planet" a dream come
true. It is described as a self-configuring wireless network of sensors whose purpose would be to
interconnect all things. The concept is attributed to the former Auto-ID Center, founded in 1999,
based at the time at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). Its original definition is very
simple: connects all kinds of objects through radio frequency identification and other sensor
equipment to the Internet, to achieve intelligent identification and management. In 2005, in Tunis
World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), the International Telecommunication Union
(ITU) formally proposed the "Internet of Things".
2.0 History of IoT
The concept of Internet of Things (IoT) was initially raised by Kevin Ashton in the early 2000s
while working on a project for Proctor and Gamble to improve their supply chain management
by linking RFID data to the Internet. In January 2000 LG announced plans for first Internet
connected refrigerator. In 2005, International Telecommunications Union (ITU) took cognizance
of the development and mentioned about ‘Internet of things’ in a published International
Telecommunications Union report. In 2008, IPSO alliance was formed to promote the use of
Internet Protocol (IP) networked devices in energy, consumer, healthcare and industrial
applications. In 2012 IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6) was launched, which made it possible to
assign IP address to every atom on this earth without having any constraints, thus ensuring
connectivity between and across millions of devices. The growth forecast of Internet of Things is
very high as number of objects connected to Internet is rising year after year. IoT has happened
consideration of multiple factors viz., introduction to new version of Internet protocol i.e. IPv6,
support of major network providers (Cisco, IBM, GE and Amazon) and decreasing connectivity
costs. GE estimates that ‘Industrial Internet’ has the potential to add $10 to $15 trillion to global
GDP in next 20 years. Cisco’s Internet usiness Solutions Group (IBSG) predicts some 25 billion
devices will be connected by 2015, and 50 billion by 2020. According to BI Intelligence report it
has been predicted that, by 2019, IoT will be the largest devices market in the world.
12
3.0 Application of Internet of Things (IOT)
Presently, nearly 100 organizations in more than 10 countries like Singapore, Australia, India,
Netherlands and Malaysia have been using RFID technology in the library automated management
system.
4.0 How does RFID works
It is a group of technologies referred to as Automatic Identification and Data Capture (AIDC).

AIDC methods automatically identify objects, collect data about them, and enter those data
directly into computer systems with little or no human intervention. RFID methods utilize radio
waves to accomplish this. RFID consist of three components: an RFID tag or smart label, an
RFID reader, and an antenna. RFID tags contain an integrated circuit and an antenna, which is
used to transmit data to the RFID reader (also called an interrogator). Reader then converts the
radio waves to a more usable form of data. Information collected from the tags is then transferred
through a communications interface to a host computer system, where the data can be stored in a
database and analyzed at a later time. Radio Frequency Identification tag consists of an integrated
circuit and an antenna. The tag is also composed of a protective material that holds the pieces
together and shields them from various environmental conditions. RFID tags come in a variety of
shapes and sizes and are either passive or active. Passive tags are the most widely used, as they are
smaller and less expensive to implement. Passive tags must be “powered up” by the RFID reader
before they can transmit data. Another passive and active tags have an aboard power supply (e.g.,
a battery), therefore enabling them to transmit data at all times.
Smart labels differ from RFID tags in that they incorporate both RFID and barcode technologies.
They’re made of an adhesive label embedded with an RFID tag inlay, and they may also feature a
barcode and/or other printed information. Smart labels can be encoded and printed on-demand
using desktop label printers, whereas programming RFID tags is more time consuming and
requires more advanced equipment.
5.0 RFID Technology Equipment
Innovative application in library operations, such as digital library systems interfaces, compatibility
and extending application. Independent and innovative development of shelf labeling and
document navigation, which have been already put into application.
These applications and innovations can resolve the common problems in the library development
and operations, showing a broad prospect for the popularity of RFID applications in libraries. In
many places people have started implementing the smart things/devices in real-time applications
such as RFID tracking, smart dust implementation in battle field, smart health care system, smart
irrigation system for agriculture and smart grid for power consumption management, wildlife
monitoring by multimedia sensor networks and some sensors implemented under the ground, sea,
forest and bank of rivers to prevent the world from natural disasters like tsunami, earthquake,
forest fire, flood etc.
6.0 Advantages of IoT in the Library Management
Library management is an important aspect of IOT technology. Although most libraries have
adopted bar code recognition, computer networks, computer software and other modern
management and technology, there are still many problems for the library staff. For example,
self-service borrowing and returning books, quick inventory, organize books disordered and other
issues are still not well resolved, hindering the library to further improve its management and
service level. The above problems can be solved by applying the IOT technology.
13
6.1 Self-help borrowing / returning books. By using self-service subsystem of RFID

technology, people no longer need to open the title page and scan the button bar of each book,
can borrow / return more books, complete the process automatically, simplifying borrowing /
returning procedure, will greatly improve working efficiency. Because RFID self-service machine
can work 24 hours with no staff, this technology will greatly enhance the library services and book
circulation efficiency.
6.2 The formation of the reader circle. Books, shelves and borrowing information can be stored
in the electronic tag, which will integrate RFID technology into existing central library systems.
Tag cannot be easily damaged and has dirt-resistance, will not affect the efficiency of borrowing
and returning books. Also, according to the storage capacity of electronic tags, electronic tags can
also store other information, such as previous borrower information, review of books, and other
similar books to help readers assess the book and can set up a book "Readers Circle", for more
reference information.
6.3 Quick Book Search. There are mobile search and fixed search. Mobile search is to input
the search information of multiple books into the handheld RFID terminal to find the related
information. Fixed search is to search for books by RFID readers, the computer and wireless
LAN connections. With the use of RFID wireless location technology, you can quickly find the
specific location of books in the library, thus avoiding "wrong frame" — books can be retrieved,
but cannot be found.
6.4 To complete long-distance, rapid, bulk and accurate inventory of books. At the same time,
IOT can improve inventory efficiency, reduce the workload caused by the handling books, achieve
graphical user interface management, data download, pre-alarm function, fully showing the great
advantages of the RFID technology.
6.5 To check book theft. Book theft can be checked automatically with the help of detecting
software installed on the computer. Its hardware includes RFID circuits, sound and light alarm,
and security door type antenna. It can have functions as long-distance recognition (generally up to
2 meters), quick recognition, sound and light alarm, zero false report.
6.6 The use of RFID technology enables activation of second-generation ID card as library
card to use library services at any time, without worrying about whether they carry reader cards or
not and is more convenient, safer, more reliable and easier to manage.
7.0 Development of IoT in India
Internet of Things is of strategically significance, India has by now ranked ahead of the world in
ICT development. No matter in terms of policies, technologies or the industrial chain, India's
development of the Internet of Things is provided with an outstanding advantage and has hardwon
development opportunities.
The research and development of the network has been booming in India since the last decade
after the government decided to promote the promising industry, along with industries such as
new energy, new materials and information networks. Now with this new Government, the
Internet of Things enjoys a prosperous development. India is speeding up on development of
"Internet of Things", making it a new engine for economic growth and an opportunity to catch up
with the developed countries; it will lead the development of global economic growth and become
the chasing hot of various capitals.
14
Internet of things will bring thousands of billion of chain size for India, its application will cover
dozens of industries, such as logistics, transportation, agriculture, manufacture, healthcare,
security, smart home, tourism, military, and etc. In next five years, the technologies will be
commonly used in smart grid, smart home, digital city, smart healthcare and vehicle sensors etc.
8.0 Future of IoT in libraries
The future of IoT in libraries seems to be robust looking in to the developments in this sector.
IoT once fully evolved, may bring in sea change in a way how libraries function and provide
services to their patrons. It may turn library buildings in to smart buildings, wherein patron can
interact with various things in the library and get virtually all kinds of information using devices
having communication capabilities.
Over the years, apart from the possible areas of implementation mentioned above, IoT may enter
deeper into various areas of libraries and may be able to give statistics on usage of library resources,
map indicating areas of library most used, satisfaction level of users’ experience and when students
get frustrated with library resources and resort back to Google
Libraries need to take into consideration various issues before jumping into the bandwagon of
IoT. First is privacy and security of patron’s data as there is a possibility of sharing this data with
third parties, which may lead to hacking. Secondly, cost of investment in IoT technologies in terms
of money, manpower and time. Thirdly, staff training and finally the most important thing is
decline in the use of physical library21. Libraries by taking their patrons into confidence, informing
them about privacy and security of data and providing the required training and infrastructure
would be able to implement IoT to enrich their services and patron’s library experiences.
9.0 Conclusion
IOT has a great potential for libraries. In the world of urbanization, time and efficiency are matter
of priority. RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) is emerging technology which improve
standard of living. Library is the key place of knowledge. The requirements of books and creations
or publishing are increased every day. The volumes of library books increased as per need but the
management is big issue nowadays. In some libraries RFID is used for automation but it is not
implemented with alert system. "Internet of Things" is a number of technologies and research
disciplines that enable the Internet to reach out into the real world of physical objects.
Technologies like RFID short-range wireless communications, real-time localization and sensor
networks are now becoming increasingly common, bringing the Internet of Things into library
use.
References:
1. Ashton K, The Internet of Things. Available at:

http://kevinjashton.com/2009/06/22/the-internetof-things/ (Accessed on11 December
2017)
2. Donovan F, A Brief history of the internet of things. Available at:
http://www.fiercemobileit.com/story/brief-history-internetthings/2014-07-23 (Accessed
on11 December 2017)
3. International Telecommunication Union, ITU Internet reports, 2005: Internet of things.
Available at:http://www.itu.int/wsis/tunis/newsroom/stats/The-Internetof-Things-
2005.pdf (Accessed on 11 December 2017)
4. Wikipedia, IPSO alliance. Available at: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPSO_Alliance
(Accessed on 11 December 2017)http://www.abr.com/what-is-rfid-how-does-rfid-work/
15
5. G. Shen and X. Huang (2011). Application on Internet of Things Technology : Using in

Library Management. International conference ECWAC 2011, Guangzhou, China, April 16-
17, 2011, Proceedings, Part II, CCIS 144, pp. 391–395, Heidelberg: Springer.
6. Srinivasan, S. and Vanithamani, R. (2013). An Internet of Things approach to Library
Management and Monitoring. IJREAT International Journal of Research in Engineering &
Advanced Technology, Vol. 1(2), pp. 21-30.
7. Bender H, Is the Future of Insurance in the Internet of Things? Available at:
http://www.propertycasualty360.com/2014/04/29/is-the-future-of-insurance-in-the-
internet-ofthin (Accessed on 11 December 2017)
About Authors:
Dr. Hitendra Janardan Patil is working as a Librarian at MGM Institute of
Fashion Designing, Aurangabad and having experience of 4+ years in the
academics. He has published 3 papers in International Journals, 4 papers in
International Conferences, attended 4 workshops & Seminars related to LIS
field.
M: 9421518880 | E-mail ID: hitendrap88@gmail.com
Dr. Daya T. Patil is working as a Librarian at S.B.E.S. College of Science, Aurangabad and
having 22+ years of experience in the LIS. He has published 27 papers in International
Journals, & guided/awarded 5 Ph.D. students.
16
INTERNET OF THINGS (IOT) AND

LIBRARY & INFORMATION SERVICES
NCH. Varadaraju
LIS Consultant, Former Documentation Officer, SRC Hyderabad.
Abstract: Internet of Things (Io T) is a fast growing, user friendly technology which allows
everything to be connected together and also allows effective communication between the
connected ‘ Things’. These ‘Things’ can include any object ranging from a small pen to a big car.
Cisco’s Internet Business Solutions Group (IBSG) predicts some 25 billion devices will be
connected by 2015, and 50 billion by 2020. Libraries have books, journals, CDs/DVDs, theses
and many more physical objects and IoT can be a blessing in disguise to overcome some of the
perennial library problems such as misplacement of objects and their usage. It can even help in
strengthening the ties between the books and readers.
Key words: Internet of Things, IoT Models, IoT based Library services.
1.0 Introduction
Internet has occupied a distinctive position in various spheres of human life, it helps to access
wide and variety of services such as finding information, shopping, booking tickets, navigating
through maps and communication over email, social media and mobile apps . Internet works on
communication and accessing certain services over devices. Internet got popularity and widely
used because availability of broadband Internet connection at a reduced cost, availability of more
devices with Wi-Fi capabilities, technology affordability at lower cost and high penetration of smart
phones. IoT emerged as a consequence of advancement of technologies. (Iyer, Ramakrishnan and
Mishra, Radharaman (2014 )Several technologies like wireless technologies, micro-electro
mechanical systems ( MEMS) and the internet have contributed to the emergence of the IoT In
simple terms, Internet of things enables, any natural or man-made objects to communicate each
other and transfer data using assigned IP address with or without human interventions. It is
recognized as an extension of today’s Internet to the real world of physical objects
Internet of Things (Io T) is a fast growing, user friendly technology which allows everything to be
connected together and also allows effective communication between the connected ‘ Things’.
These ‘Things’ can include any object ranging from a small pen to a big car.
IOT is the idea that objects can be connected through the internet in new ways. This happens
when a combination of web enabled devices (computers, phones, and handhelds) and technology
That can communicate with those devices (sensors, RFID, 2D and 3D barcodes) allows
information to be attached to an object.
Internet of things (Io T), known as the Internet of objects, As quoted by Satish Kumar and
Mishra, Anil Kumar (2015) When these objects embedded with chips and sensors, these objects
can “think”, “feel”, and “talk” with each other. Together with the infrastructure of the Internet
and mobile networks, these objects can communicate with humans, and enable us to monitor and
control them anytime anywhere and enjoy their intelligent service, The Internet of Things refers
to the ever-growing network of physical objects that feature an IP address for internet connectivity,
and the communication that occurs between these objects and other Internet-enabled devices and
systems.
The Internet of Things (IoT) consists of all the web-enabled devices that collect, send and act on
data they acquire from their surrounding environments using embedded sensors, processors and
communication hardware. As quoted by Pujar, Sham Prasad and Satyanarayana, K V(2015)
According to Techopedia “The Internet of Things is a computing concept that describes a future
where every day physical objects will be connected to the Internet and be able to identify
17
themselves to other devices”. As per What is “The Internet of Things is a scenario in which objects,
animals or people are provided with unique identifiers and the ability to transfer data over a
network without requiring human-to-human or human-to-computer interaction.
The concept of interconnecting all things is attributed to the former Auto-ID Center, Founded in
1999, based at that time at the Massachusetts Institute of Techno logy (MIT).
As quoted by Satish Kumar and Mishra, Anil Kumar (2015) IoT connects all kinds of objects
through radio frequency identification and other sensor equipment to the Internet, to achieve
intelligent identification and management. The term “Internet of Things” (IoT) was first used in
1999 by British technology pioneer Kevin Ashton to describe a system in which objects in the
physical world could be connected to the Internet by sensors. Ashton coined the term to illustrate
the power of connecting Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) tags used in corporate supply
chains to the Internet in order to count and track goods without the need for human intervention.
In Tunis World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), the International Telecommunication
Union (ITU) formally proposed the “Internet of Things”.
As quoted by Pujar, Shamprasad and Satyanarayana K V (2015) IPSO alliance was formed to
promote the use of Internet Protocol (IP) networked devices in energy, consumer, healthcare and
industrial applications. In 2012 IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6) was launched, which made it
possible to assign IP address to every atom on this earth without having any constraints, thus
ensuring connectivity between and across millions of devices. Introduction of new version of
Internet protocol i.e.IPv6, support of major network providers (Cisco, IBM, GE and Amazon)
and decreasing connectivity costs. GE estimates that ‘Industrial Internet’ has the potential to add
$10 to $15 trillion to global GDP in next 20 years. Cisco’s Internet Business Solutions Group
(IBSG) predicts some 25 billion devices will be connected by 2015, and 50 billion by 2020.
According to BI Intelligence report it has been predicted that, by 2019, IoT will be the largest
devices market in the world.
2.0 IoT – Technology
IoT uses a set of technologies to connect to objects. As quoted Pujar, Shamprasad and
Satyanarayana K V (2015) First is identification. Owing to billions of devices that will be
connecting to the Internet, each one requires a unique identification. Next, devices need to sense,
which is possible by putting sensors that measure various aspects of an object. Then object needs
to have the ability to communicate, which could be Internet or other similar objects. Lastly, they
require central server where data from all these objects will be collected for analysis and allow user
to control.
The basic set of technologies associated to enable IoT to happen, include RFID (Radio Frequency
Identification Device), wireless communication devices (such as Beacons), sensors, energy
harvesting technologies, cloud computing and advanced Internet protocol (IPv6). RFID helps to
identify and track the data of things, sensors collect and process data to detect the changes in the
physical status of objects, energy harvesting technologies help in low energy consumption of
associated technologies such as Bluetooth, the collected data is stored on the cloud for further
processing and wireless communication enable connection and interaction between objects to take
further course of action. These smart technologies helps in enhancing the power of network and
enable smallest objects with a capacity to connect and interact. Smart phones would act as the
main connecting link between objects and humans in interacting and conveying the messages.
3.0 IOT- Architecture-models
In March 2015, the Internet Architecture Board (IAB) released a guiding architectural document
for networking of smart objects (RFC 7452), which outlines a framework of four common
communication models used by IoT devices. As quoted by Rose Karen and others (2015) the four
18
models Viz.. Device-to-Device Communications, Device-to-Cloud Communications, Device-to-

Gateway Model, Back-End Data-Sharing Model.
3.1 Device-to-Device Communications
The device-to-device communication model represents two or more devices that directly connect
and Communicate between one another, rather than through an intermediary application server.
These devices communicate over many types of networks, including IP networks or the Internet.
Often, however these devices use protocols like Bluetooth, Z-Wave, or Zig Bee to establish direct
device-to-device communications.These device-to-device networks allow devices that adhere to a
particular communication protocol to communicate and exchange messages to achieve their
function. This communication model is commonly used in applications like home automation
systems, which typically use small data packets of information to communicate between devices
with relatively low data rate requirements. Residential IoT devices like light bulbs, light switches,
thermostats, and door locks normally send small amounts of information to each other (e.g. a door
lock status message or turn on light command) in a home automation scenario..
3.2 Device-to-Cloud Communications

In a device-to-cloud communication model, the IoT device connects directly to an Internet cloud
service like an application service provider to exchange data and control message traffic. This
approach frequently takes advantage of existing communications mechanisms like traditional wired
Ethernet or Wi-Fi connections to establish a connection between the device and the IP network,
which ultimately connects to the cloud service.This communication model is employed by some
popular consumer IoT devices like the Nest Labs Learning Thermostat and the Samsung Smart
TV. In the case of the Nest Learning Thermostat, the device transmits data to a cloud database
where the data can be used to analyze home energy consumption.
Further, this cloud connection enables the user to obtain remote access to their thermostat via a
Smartphone or Web interface, and it also supports software updates to the thermostat. Similarly
with the Samsung Smart TV technology, the television uses an Internet connection to transmit
user viewing information to Samsung for analysis and to enable the interactive voice recognition
features of the TV. In these cases, the device-to-cloud model adds value to the end user by
extending the capabilities of the device beyond its native features.
3.3 Device-to-Gateway Model
In the device-to-gateway model, or more typically, the device-to-application-layer gateway (ALG)

model, the IoT device connects through an ALG service as a conduit to reach a cloud service. In
simpler terms, this means that there is application software operating on a local gateway device,
which acts as an intermediary between the device and the cloud service and provides security and
other functionality such as data or protocol translation.Several forms of this model are found in
consumer devices. In many cases, the local gateway device is a smart phone running an app to
communicate with a device and relay data to a cloud service. This is often the model employed
with popular consumer items like personal fitness trackers. These devices do not have the native
ability to connect directly to a cloud service, so they frequently rely on smart phone app software
to serve as an intermediary gateway to connect the fitness device to the cloud.
3.4 Back-End Data-Sharing Model
The back-end data-sharing model refers to a communication architecture that enables users to
export and analyze smart object data from a cloud service in combination with data from other
sources. This architecture supports “the user’s desire for granting access to the uploaded sensor
19
data to third parties”. This approach is an extension of the single device-to-cloud communication
model, which can lead to data silos where “ IoT devices upload data only to a single application
service provider’’. A back-end sharing architecture allows the data collected from single IoT device
data streams to be aggregated and analyzed. The back-end data-sharing model suggests a federated
cloud services approach or cloud applications programmer interfaces (APIs) are needed to achieve
interoperability of smart device data hosted in the cloud. The above four communication models
help illustrate the ability of networked devices to add value to the end user. By enabling the user
to achieve better access to an IoT device and its data, the overall value of the device is amplified.
While the end user benefits from effective communication models, it should be mentioned that
effective IoT communication models also enhance technical innovation and open opportunity for
commercial growth.
4.0 Challenges – IOT
As quoted by Rose Karen and others (2015) challenges to implement IoT are security; privacy,
interoperability and standards, legal, regulatory rights, and emerging economies and development.
4.1 Security
Poorly secured IoT devices and services can serve as potential entry points for cyber attack and
expose user data to theft by leaving data streams inadequately protected.The interconnected nature
of IoT devices means that every poorly secured device that is connected online potentially affects
the security and resilience of the Internet globally A collaborative approach to security will be
needed to develop effective and appropriate solutions to IoT security challenges.
4.2 Privacy
The data streams and user specificity afforded by IoT devices can unlock incredible and unique
value to IoT users, but concerns about privacy and potential harms might hold back full adoption
of the Internet of Things. This means that privacy rights and respect for user privacy expectations
are integral to ensuring user trust and confidence in the Internet, connected devices, and related
services..
4.3 Interoperability / Standards
A fragmented environment of proprietary IoT technical Implementations will inhibit value for
users and industry. While full interoperability across products and services is not always feasible
or necessary, purchasers may be hesitant to buy IoT products and services if there is integration
inflexibility, high ownership complexity, and concern over vendor lock-in. In addition, poorly
designed and configured IoT devices may have negative consequences for the networking
resources they connect to and the broader Internet. Appropriate standards, reference models, and
best practices also will help curb the proliferation of devices that may act in disrupted ways to the
Internet.
4.4 Legal, Regulatory and Rights
One set of issues surrounds cross border data flows, which occur when IoT devices collect data
about people in one jurisdiction and transmit it to another jurisdiction with different data
protection laws for processing. Further, data collected by IoT devices is sometimes susceptible to
misuse, potentially causing discriminatory outcomes for some users. Other legal issues with IoT
devices include the conflict between law enforcement surveillance and civil rights data retention
and destruction policies, and legal liability for unintended uses, security breaches or privacy lapses..
20
4.5 Emerging Economy and Development Issues
It promises to offer a revolutionary, fully connected “smart” world as the relationships between
objects, their environment, and people become more tightly intertwined. Yet the issues and
challenges associated with IoT need to be considered and addressed in order for the potential
benefits for individuals, society, and the economy to be realized.
5.0 Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) and IoT
RFID uses electromagnetic fields to automatically identify and track tags attached to objects. The
RFID technology is a means of gathering data about a certain item without the need of touching
or seeing the data carrier, through the use of inductive coupling or electromagnetic waves. The
data carrier is a microchip attached to an antenna (together called transponder or tag), the latter
enabling the chip to transmit information to a reader (or transceiver) within a given range, which
can forward the information to a host computer As quoted by Kaur Kiranpreet, Kaur Komal
Preet (2017)In 1948 first time RFID device is used in Britain. Later RFID technology is founded
at Auto-ID center in MIT in the year 1999. RFID technology plays an important role in IoT for
solving identification issues of objects around us RFID can be used in a variety of applications
such Airport luggage tracking Healthcare Privacy and Security In Library Identification and
Access control Toll System. The RFID tag also acts as a security device that give a scheme for
building private authentication with work logarithmic in the number of tags and protocols that
achieve private authentication without expensive cryptographic primitives. Many libraries are
starting to tag every item in their collections with radio frequency identification (RFID) tags and
make use of a bibliographic database to track circulation information about items in a collection.
Each book has a unique number in a library, usually called a bar code.
6.0 IoT and libraries
Even though IoT is still in its infancy, it has a huge potential for libraries. Libraries will be able to
add more value addition to their services and offer rich library experience for patrons. IoT is all
about connecting objects each other online as they are uniquely identifiable. Librarians are already
familiar with this in libraries owing to the use of RFID, which does the similar thing of interacting
with machines, tags and updates library management system with entries of books issued to a user,
but in case of IOT, only the difference is, it is the Internet interacting with a thing or object such
as book. Libraries have books, journals, CDs/DVDs, theses and many more physical objects and
IoT can be a blessing in disguise to overcome some of the perennial library problems Such as
misplacement of objects and their usage. It can even help in strengthening the ties between the
books and readers thereby realizing. Dr S.R. Ranganathan’s 2nd law of library science i.e “Every
Reader his or her Book.” Since most of the patrons in present days have smart phones, using a
mobile app, libraries can enable them to access and use library resources through virtual library
card. It has the great potential for libraries to market their services.
7.0 IoT and Library and Information Services
As quoted by Pujar Shamprasad and Satyanarayana K V(2015)Some of the potential areas for
implementation of IoT in libraries include the following.
7.1 Access to library and its resources
Libraries, using a mobile app, may provide a virtual library card to its members, which will enable
members to gain access to library and use its resources. When a user accesses the library catalogue
21
to locate the required resource/s, the library app stored on his or her mobile, will provide a map
of the library guiding user to the location of resource/s. It can also provide additional information
about a resource by connecting to a site such as Amazon, so that user has detailed information
about a resource, before he/she borrows it.
7.2 Collection management
The library collection having RFID tags on each of the items enables their virtual representation,
which can be identified using computers and RFID readers Through integration of RFID tags in
to member cards, circulation of items and fine collection can be streamlined. The IoT will be able
to tell users about overdue books and how much fine they owe to the library, to enable them return
the overdue books and pay the fine online without needing to stand in a queue in the library
circulation desk. Smart digital shelves may be able to promote the content based on patrons
borrowing records and search history on the Internet. IoT will also help in better inventory
management (stock verification) as it will be easy to locate misplaced books.
7.3 Information literacy
Information literacy or orientation is offered to new patrons to educate them about a library, its
resources and services. IoT may help libraries in providing self guided virtual tour of the library.
Libraries having setup beacons like wireless devices at various sections of the library, when users
visit the particular section, their mobile phone will play a video or audio explaining more about
that section and how one can get maximum benefit out of it. It may even able to provide enriched
experience of special collections such as manuscripts by providing digital format of it on their
mobile phones as physical access to such resources is restricted.
7.4 Recommendation service
IoT can use patron’s data to suggest tailored recommendations, using real time data, based on the
history of their borrowings. When a researcher searching a database for resources on topic of his
or her research, it will be possible to suggest other resources, which would be of interest to them.
Even when a user, while visiting library next time or is he or she is close to the library, IoT would
be able to inform the user about new arrivals in his or her area of work or about availability of
borrowed book, which he or she was looking for during his/her earlier visit.
7.5 Location based services
IoT would help libraries in providing location based services. If a user having created his favorite
list in library catalogue using his or her account from home or office, walking in to the library with
IoT enabled mobile device, would be able to get directions for stacks, where favorite books have
been shelved and also would be able to help him or her to know interesting titles available on the
topic and status of checked out books. It may also enable libraries to provide status of availability
of reading rooms, discussion rooms, printers, scanners, computers etc, by displaying the peak and
non-peak hours of their usage on library website or users can check it using their library mobile
app.
7.6 Appliances management
IoT may help libraries and their users in better management of available appliances thus saving the
energy costs. Even though some of such things are in place in some libraries, but it may extend
the control not only to library staff but also to users. Imagine, a user walking into library, using a
22
cubicle or reading table using their IoT enabled mobile phones would be able to control the
lighting, air conditioning, Wi-Fi etc.
8.0 Conclusion
IoT has a great potential for libraries. It is still in evolving stage and it makes sense for librarians
to learn about this new technology and wait until the technology is more widely accepted, adopted
and available for better implementation in libraries. library buildings in to smart buildings, wherein
patron can interact with various things in the library and get virtually all kinds of information using
devices having communication capabilities. IoT would be the next big thing after Internet, which
is going to bring in plethora of changes to the library arena particularly the way library connects
and communicates with its patrons.
References
1. Iyer, Ramakrishnan and Mishra, Radharaman (2014 ). Building Intelligent Internet of Things
Applications Using Microsoft Stream Light. CSI Communications, 38 (1), 43-49.
2. Kaur KiranPreet, Kaur,Komal Preet (2017) Role of RFID technology in Internet of Things
In 6th international conference on recent trends in engineering, science and management
Jan, 8,SGTBK college, Anandapursahib, Punjab, 166-164.
3. Nag,Ashwini and Nikam, Khaiser (2016) Internet Of Things Applications In Academic
Libraries. International Journal of Information Technology and Library Science, 5 (1), 1-7
4. Pujar, Sham Prasad and Satyanarayana, K V (2015) Internet of Things and libraries. Annals
of Library and Information Studies ,62, 186-190.
5. Rose, Karen and others (2015) An Overview Understanding the Issues and Challenges of
a More Connected World, Internet society. Geneva. ( www.Internetsociety.org)
6. Satish Kumar and Mishra, Anil Kumar (2015) Challenges and Opportunities of ‘Internet
of Things’ (Io T) Technology in Library Management in Pandey, S. K. (Ed) Next Generation
Libraries Issues and Challenges . Anamika Publishers, New Delhi, 401-410
7. Srinivasan,S and Vanithamani,R(2013).An IoT approach to library management and
Monitoring, International Journal of Research in Engineering and Advanced
Technologies,1(2),21-30
8. Techopedia, : http://www.techopedia.com/definition/28247/internet-of-things -iot
9. VijayakumarA. and Vijayan Sudhi S.(2011) Application of Information Technology in
Libraries: An Overview. International Journal of Digital Library Services, 1(2) 144-152
10. Whatis, Internet of things. Available at: http://whatis.techtarget.com/definition/Internet-
of-Things
About Author:
Dr NCH VARADARAJU, (MSc, MLISc MPHIL) completed his Ph.D
from osmania university Hyderabad and also qualified UGC-NET. He has
worked as a lecturer, librarian, documentation officer and consultant in
library and information science. He has published many articles in
conference.
E-mail ID: nallan_vraj@yahoo.co.in
23
INTERNET OF THINGS BASED

SMART WEATHER MONITORING SYSTEM
Maulik A. Patel1 & Irshad Gandharva2
Asst. Professor, Dept. of Computer Engineering, Gujarat Power Engineering &

Research Institute, Mehsana, Gujarat
System Analyst, Gujarat Power Engineering & Research Institute, Mehsana, Gujarat
Abstract – The system proposed in this paper presents the real-time weather monitoring by
considering various parameters of an environment and accordingly it predict and alert people
about various environment condition. Internet of Things (IoT) technology is used to design and
implement this system. For implementation, the system has used Raspberry Pi single board
computer and Linux based Raspbian OS. This system collects the information like temperature
and humidity with the help of various sensors. The sensors are connected to the Raspberry Pi
using GPIO pins. All the information will be passed to web service running on Raspberry Pi. As
we know that IoT is all about everything connected through the internet, here Raspberry Pi is
enabled with the internet. So, Information collected by a web-server is also available on the internet
and it can be accessible to a client via HTTP protocol from anywhere in the world.
Keywords: Weather monitoring, Wireless network, Sensors, Raspberry Pi, ARM, GPIO, SPI, I2C,
IoT, HTTP.
1.0 Introduction
There are many environmental factors that affect the weather and ultimately it affects many things
on the earth. Monitoring and analysis of various environmental parameters have been done using
some equipment by weather monitoring station. Results of analysis have been shared with people
via news, radio, TV channels, etc. Apart from these traditional ways, we have developed smart
weather monitoring system which makes this traditional system automatic. IoT based smart
weather monitoring station is designed using Raspberry Pi to provide a low-cost solution. It is the
real-time and portable system.
Recent trends of innovations in technology are moving towards automation of existing systems,
controlling and monitoring the systems through the internet from anywhere using IoT. IoT means
Internet of Things. It provides inter-networking of physical devices, buildings, vehicles and other
components like sensors and actuators [1]. Using IoT, all objects like electronic circuits, sensors,
actuators, and electronics equipment are able to connect to the internet and exchange the data. It
gives an opportunity to connect the physical world with computer-based systems [1]. IoT
framework helps things to interact with each other.
The weather monitoring system is very important in many aspects. There are many industries and
humans use information related to weather on daily bases and accordingly they can plan their work.
It's a need of time to provide real-time weather data to clients. To sever this purpose, we have used
IoT technology. The system consists of temperature and humidity sensor connected with the
Raspberry Pi and Pi connected with internet. Web server available with Raspberry Pi collect the
temperature and humidity data and do an analysis of the data. There should be appropriate
threshold value defined for each area the system has been deployed. If these parameters reached a
threshold or beyond this value then system take predefined necessary action.
24
2.0 EXISTING SYSTEM
There are many kinds of weather, air, fog, wind and CO2 monitoring systems available by
considering various environmental parameter in today's world. Figure 1 represents the existing
system available for weather monitoring. It shows that weather monitoring system is connected to
the satellite for information collection. A satellite has various sensors for sensing a various
parameter of an environment. Once sensors sense the environment, it generates appropriate values
with respect to weather condition and provides to satellite. Satellite transfers the data to weather
monitoring system through a wireless channel.
Figure 1: Existing system
When weather monitoring system received data from satellite, it stores raw data into a database
available with it and then does various analysis based on different applications. Final results
generated after analysis shall be passed to appropriate main or sub monitoring systems. The main
or sub monitoring system share this information to appropriate users via different ways like
newspaper, TV, Radio etc.
There are many systems proposed for the functional design and implementation of WSN platform
useful in IoT based environmental monitoring [2]. Some IoT based weather monitoring system is
also designed for environmental condition monitoring in homes [3]. There are many other IoT
based weather monitoring system available. But all these existing systems are providing the row
information generated by the sensor through a web-based platform.
3.0 PROPOSED SYSTEM

The proposed weather monitoring system connects temperature and humidity sensor (DHT11)
with Raspberry Pi, a single board computer. The main reason behind the choosing the Raspberry
Pi is easy hardware interfacing and to provide a low-cost solution. Following components are used
to implement this system.
a) Raspberry Pi: It is single board computer with single core 32-bit ARM 11 processor. The
series of small single board computer developed by the Raspberry Pi Foundation. There
are many variants of Raspberry Pi available in the market with different configurations. It
contains USB ports, Ethernet Port, WiFi, HDMI, MicroSD card slot, DSI display port,
GPIO pins. In our system, we have used Raspberry Pi 3 Model B. Using Wi-Fi, Ethernet
or USB port, we can easily connect it with internet and share the information on the
25
internet. Environment monitoring sensors are interfaced with Raspberry Pi board using
general purpose input output (GPIO). Figure 2 shows the Raspberry Pi 3 Model B.
a. Figure 2: Raspberry Pi 3 Model B

b) Temperature and Humidity sensor: DHT sensor is used in our system for monitoring
temperature and humidity. DHT11 and DHT12 are used to do some basic data logging.
The DHT sensor has two parts, a thermistor, and a capacitive humidity sensor. The
DHT11 sensor is used for our system to monitor temperature and humidity parameters of
the environment. Figure 3 shows DHT11 sensor used in our system.
Figure 3: DHT11 sensor

The sensor is considered reliable and stable due to the exclusive digital signal and data
realization based Temperature / Humidity sensing module. DHT sensor is constructed of
resistive type element that reads Humidity and negative temperature coefficient NTC
element that reads the temperature. [4]
Here are the specifications of DHT11:
Ø Power: 3 or 5V.
Ø Current: 2.5mA.
Ø Effective Humidity readings: 20-80% (5% accuracy).
Ø Effective Temperature readings: 0-50°C (±2°C accuracy).
Ø Sampling rate: 1 Hz Max (per second).
Ø Size: 15.5mm x 12mm x 5.5mm.
Ø Pins: 4.
Humidity sensor works on the principle of relative humidity and gives the output in the form of
voltage [5]. Weather monitoring system in this paper is designed based on the Raspberry Pi and
DHT11 sensor. The DHT11 sensor is attached to Raspberry Pi on GPIO pins.
The employed Temperature / Humidity sensor (DHT) have 3 pins identified as VCC connected
to the 5V, GND connected to Raspberry Pi GND pin, and DATA pin connected to the digital
BCM GPIO04 pin of Raspberry Pi board. The connection of DHT11 and Raspberry Pi is shown
in Figure 4.
26
Figure 4: DHT11 interfacing with Raspberry Pi.

The proposed system is used for temperature and humidity monitoring from the environment as
a part of weather monitoring system. The proposed system consists of three tiers. The first tier of
the system includes environment parameter and related sensors. The DHT11 sensor is used to
sense the temperature and humidity of the environment. The second tier describes the data
acquisition from sensor devices. It includes the computing device which collects data and does an
analysis of data. Raspberry Pi is considered as a heart of whole weather monitoring system.
Raspberry pi collects the information from DHT11 and does necessary computation on collected
data. Once computations are over, the role of tier three comes into the picture. The proposed
system architecture is shown in Figure 5.
Figure 5: Proposed model architecture

The third tier includes the decision making and smart environment monitoring. It means that
system observes the variation in change of results generated by sensors. Based on the observation
it will take an appropriate decision if there is a variation in sensor data and a predefined threshold
value. Threshold value depends on an identified value of temperature and humidity level on a
specific area. The system flowchart is represented in Figure 6.
Figure 6: Flowchart of smart algorithm
27
4.0 SOFTWARE IMPLEMENTATION AND RESULT

Software implementation plays an important role in the development of IoT based system. The
Raspbian operating system has installed in Raspberry Pi for development of the system. It is
Debian Linux based official supported operating system by Raspberry Pi foundation. Python
programming language is used to read a sensor from Raspberry Pi. IDLE (Integrated Development
and Learning Environment) is the special text editor software used for programming in python
[1].
Web services are used to display the analytical results of sensor's reading to clients. Raspberry Pi
works as a data acquisition mode as well as web server mode. Raspberry Pi collects data from the
DHT11 sensor. It starts analysis and generates a result for a client. Results can be seen by a client
from anywhere using HTTP protocol. To develop web service, we have used HTTP, REST, CSS
JavaScript and PHP. Real-time data of sensors can be seen by a client using public IP of Raspberry
Pi or website (with a configuration of public domain).
Web service displays a graphical representation of analytical results of sensor's reading. Figure 7
shows the graphical representation of Temperature sensor. The results shown in a graph represents
the temperature sensor reading at Mehsana, Gujarat, India. If sensors readings are above the
predefined upper threshold value or below the predefined lower threshold value then It gives
notification to clients by red marks. The average temperature of Mehsana city falls between 40 to
20 °C throughout a year. If the temperature reading is high than 40 °C and low than 20 °C then
that reading is marked with a red color.
Figure 7: Temperature sensor analytics Figure 8: Humidity sensor analytics
Figure 8 shows the graphical representation of Humidity sensor. It shows the graphical
representation of average humidity recorded by the DHT11 sensor from April to November 2017
of Mehsana, Gujarat, India. Web application shows this graph which highlights the humidity value
greater than 75% and lower than 20%.
The weather monitoring system is recording the temperature and humidity sensors reading by
every 1 hour. The graph shows average result analysis using smart weather monitoring algorithm.
These graphs have shared with a client using web service running on Raspberry Pi. Clients can
access these analytical results through web service from anywhere in the world.
5.0 CONCLUSION
It is a need of time to monitor real-time environmental parameters like temperature and humidity.
This system provides a smart solution to a client using IoT. It can monitor, analyze and display a
temperature and humidity on the real-time basis. It provides a very low-cost solution to a client by
using Raspberry Pi device.
There are few limitations of this system like it having limited sensors. More sensors can be attached
to expand the system. It gives notification to a client by red mark. Buzzer or siren can be used for
notification. Mobile phone application can be designed for the client to read the analytical results
28
of sensor's reading. We can also add the facility of automation in this system, for example, if the
temperature is above the upper threshold value then it starts air conditioner(AC) in homes or
buildings of that area. If it is below the lower threshold value then it starts heater in homes or
buildings that area. If humidity increase or decrease than a threshold value then it changes a mode
of AC to maintain humidity in homes or buildings that area.
REFERENCES
1. S. D. Shewale1, S. N. Gaikwad “An IoT Based Real-Time Weather Monitoring System Using
Raspberry Pi” International Journal of Advanced Research in Electrical, Electronics and
Instrumentation Engineering - Vol. 6, Issue 6, June 2017.
2. Tamilarasi B, Saravanakumar P, “Smart Sensor Interface for Environmental Monitoring in
IoT”, International Journal of Advanced Research in Electronics and Communication
Engineering (IJARECE) - Volume 5, Issue 2, February 2016.
3. Nikhil Ugale, Prof. Mahesh Navale, “Implementation of IoT for Environmental Condition
Monitoring in Homes”, International Journal for Engineering Applications And Technology
(IJFEAT) – Feb 2016.
4. Sarmad Nozad Mahmood, “Design of Weather Monitoring System Using Arduino Based
Database Implementation” Journal of Multidisciplinary Engineering Science and
Technology (JMEST), ISSN: 2458-9403 - Vol. 4 Issue 4, April - 2017.
5. P .Susmitha, G.Sowmyabala, “Design and Implementation of Weather Monitoring and
Controlling System” International Journal of Computer Applications (0975 – 8887) -
Volume 97– No.3, July 2014.
About Author:
Prof. Maulik A. Patel presently working as an assistant professor at Gujarat
Power Engineering and Research Institute (GPERI), Gujarat, India. He was
with GPERI till August 2012. Prof. Patel has published one research paper
in international conference and worked on many IoT projects. He has guided
many students for their project work. His area of research is Internet of
things, Sensor Networks, Vehicular ad-hoc Network, Mobile ad-hoc
Network, Computer Network.
M.: 9601566386 | E-mail ID: maulik.comp@gmail.com
Irshad Gandharva presently working as a system anlyst at Gujarat Power
Engineering and Research Institute (GPERI), Gujarat, India. He was with
GPERI till August 2011.
Mo.: 9924819403 | E-mail ID: irshad@gperi.ac.in
29
ROLE OF BIG DATA IN ACADEMIC LIBRARY

Indira N. Dodiya
Assistant Librarian, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad
Abstract: Big data exists in wide variety of data-intensive areas like atmospheric science, genome
research, astronomical studies, network traffic monitor and libraries. Very Huge data is created
every day by the interactions of billions or trillions of people using electronic devices like
computers, GPS devices, cell phones, censors and medical devices. Due to the fabulous amount
of data generated daily from research, sciences and business, big data is everywhere and represents
huge opportunity to those who can use it successfully. In the big data era, realize the great
importance of big data, many analytical organizations are moving beyond process improvements
to find hidden information buried in big data and trying to make the best use of it. The emergent
technological ability to collect and analyze massive sets of information are known as Big Data, it
could lead to revolutionary change in business, political and social enterprises, according to a new
survey of internet experts.
Keywords: Big Data, Big Data- Characteristics, Big Data- Categories, Role of academic librarians
for Big Data
1.0 Introduction:
21st century in an electronic era or an era of Big Data, in which any one can to collect and analyze
data at speed and size. Definitely, in this era lots of information produced so the problem will arise
information infrastructure today. Presently, search engine Google is the most unmistakable
company to create and utilize profound information gathering rehearses for its hugely fruitful
promoting business. It's difficult to envision doing research today without Google items. Despite
the fact that numerous clients comprehend that they are paying for the "free" administration by
furnishing the organization with volumes of individual data. In 2010 Mark Zuckerberg, organizer
of Facebook, told a crowd of people of technologists that protection was never again a social
standard, that individuals favored sharing their lives openly. That didn't stop a huge number of
Facebook clients challenging changes in the stage's protection settings, however participation in
interpersonal organizations stays high.
2.0 Definition of Big Data:
The Oxford Dictionary define that "data" as a "The quantity, character, or symbol on which process are
perform by computers, which may be stored and transmitted in the form of electrical signal and record on magnetic,
optical, or mechanical record media."
So the 'Big Data' is likewise an information yet with a gigantic means huge size. 'Big Data' is a term
used to gathering of information that is immense in measure huge but developing exponentially
with time. In short, such an data is so huge and complex that none of the conventional information
administration instruments can store it or process it proficiently.[2]
Examples of Big Data:
The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) generates about one terabyte of new trade data per day
3.0 Impact of Big Data on Social Media
Statistics shows that more than 500 terabytes of new data gets ingested into the databases of social
media site Facebook (Fb) every day. This data is mainly generated in terms of photos and videos
uploads, documents uploads, message exchanges, putting comments, rumors, jokes etc.
30
Single Jet engine can generate 10+terabytes of data in 30 minutes of a flight time. With many
thousand flights per day, generation of data reaches up to many Petabytes.[1]
4.0 Categories of Big Data
Big Data has three categories, are as under;

(1) Structured (2) Unstructured (3) Semi-structured
Above three categories are mentioned below;
5.0 Structured Big Data
Any data that can be store, access and process in the form of particular format is term as a
'structured' data. Over a period of time, talent in computer science have achieve greater success in
developing the techniques for working with such type of data (where the format is well known in
advance technology) and also deriving value out of it. Though, now days, we are foreseeing issues
when size of such data grows to a huge extent, typical sizes are being in the rage of multiple
zettabyte (1021 bytes = 1 zettabytes or 1 million terabytes).
Examples of structured Big Data
Voter table in an election database is a structured Big Data
ASSEMBLY
PARLIAMENTARY PART SERIAL
NAME ADDRESS VOTE
VOTE AREA NO NO
AREA
SENAPATISHRI NI
RAJPUT
KACHERI, IDAR
PRADUMANSINH 7-AHMEDABAD 51 8 560
SABARKANTHA-
S.
383450
MAHADEV NAGAR,
KHER NR. GOVT. SCHOOL,
7-AHMEDABAD 51 5 165
KULDIPSINH R. PALDI,
AHMEDABAD-380009
3, GEETA SOCIETY,
BARANDA
OPP. SBI BANK,
NILESHKUMAR 7-AHMEDABAD 51 8 321
KALUPUR,
N.
AHMEDABAD- 38001
6.0 Unstructured Big Data:
Any data with unidentified form or the structure is classify as unstructured data. Whereas the size
being huge, un-structured data poses multiple challenge in terms of its processing for deriving
value out of it. The example of unstructured data is, a varied data source contain a amalgamation
of simple text file, image, video etc. Now a day organization have wealth of data available with
them but regrettably they don't know how to derive value out of it since this data is in its raw form
or unstructured format.
Example of Unstructured Big Data
31
7.0 Semi-structured
Semi-structured data can contain both the form of data. Below figure examines semi-structured
data as a structured in form but it is essentially not defined with e.g. a table definition in relational
DBMS. Example of semi-structured data is a data represented in XML file.
Examples Of Semi-structured Big Data:
Personal data stored in a XML file-
<rec><name>Prashant Rao</name><sex>Male</sex><age>35</age></rec>
<rec><name>Seema R.</name><sex>Female</sex><age>41</age></rec>
<rec><name>Satish Mane</name><sex>Male</sex><age>29</age></rec>
<rec><name>Subrato Roy</name><sex>Male</sex><age>26</age></rec>
<rec><name>Jeremiah J.</name><sex>Male</sex><age>35</age></rec> [4].
8.0 Characteristics of Big Data:
Big Data has main four characteristics are as under

1. Volume – The name 'Big Data' itself is identified with a size which is huge. Size of information
assumes extremely urgent part in deciding an incentive out of information. Additionally, regardless
of whether a specific information can really be considered as a Big Data or not, is endless supply
of information. Consequently, 'Volume' is one trademark which should be considered while
managing 'Enormous Data'.
2. Variety- The term Variety alludes to heterogeneous sources and the idea of information, both
organized and unstructured. Amid prior days, spreadsheets and databases were the main
wellsprings of information considered by a large portion of the applications. Presently days,
information as messages, photographs, recordings, checking gadgets, PDFs, sound, and so on is
additionally being considered in the investigation applications. This assortment of unstructured
information represents certain issues for capacity, mining and examining information.
3. Velocity – The term 'Velocity' alludes to the speed of age of information. How quick the
information is created and prepared to meet the requests, decides genuine potential in the
information. Huge Data Velocity manages the speed at which information streams in from sources
like business forms, application logs, systems and online networking locales, sensors, Mobile
gadgets, and so on. The stream of information is huge and ceaseless.
4. Variability – This alludes to the irregularity which can be appeared by the information now and
again, in this manner hampering the way toward having the capacity to deal with and deal with the
information viably [6].
9.0 Role of Librarians for Big Data:
The role of Librarians is vital and crucial for the Big Data Management. The Librarians' role to
create and provide data management services for the fulfillment of users' need so that the academic
libraries have provide the preserving the data generated from the students and faculties research
projects and research publications in their data repositories or Institutional Repositories (IR).
Academic librarians also involved with Big Data to collection development and preservation of
datasets, and use statistics for usage data.
Advantages of Big Data in Academic Libraries:

· Resources of Big Data is permanent, and the data within the resource is absolute.
32
· Big Data resources are reanalyzed anytime in the future.

· Big Data is complex built from simple data.
· Big data technologies make easier to work with large dataset.
· Big Data can easily link with different dataset.
· Academic Libraries and librarians are distinctively suited to working with big data.
10.0 Conclusion:
Now days is an era of Big Data, the data generated in academic libraries are vast and complex.
Academic librarians should become familiar with the potential and troubles inherent to big data
and use that knowledge to help their users' select the right tools. The academic librarians have a
obvious role in data analytics to help the organizations in providing better services and excellent
of education. Academic librarians should have Big Data talent and also grow their data analytical
skills. All academic librarians have to attend online courses regarding Big Data management.
References:
1. Brad Peters (2012), “The Big Data Gold Rush.” Forbes Magazine, June 21
2. Steve Lohr (2013), “SimCity, For real: Measuring an Untidy Metropolis.” The New York
Times
3. Steven E. Koonin (2013), “Center for Urban Science and Progress: The Promise of
Urban Informatics,” CUSP
4. Somini Sengupta (2013), “Can big data from epic Indian pilgrimage help save lives?” The
New York Times
5. Lauren Reinhalter & Rachel J. Wittmann (2014) The Library: Big Data’s Boomtown, The
Serials Librarian: From the Printed Page to the Digital Age, 67:4, 363-372
6. Barbara Fister (2015). Big Data or Big Brother? Data, Ethics, and Academic Libraries.
Published in Library Issues: Briefings for Faculty and Administrators 35.4
7. Thomas H. Davenport & D.J. Patil (2012). Data Scientist: The Sexiest Job of the 21st
Century published in Harvard Business Review
About Author:
Dr. Indira Dodiya is Asst. Librarian at Dept. of K.S. School of Business
Management, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad (Gujarat). She holds M.Sc.
(Cell Biology, Cytogenetics) in 1999, M.L.I.Sc.in 2001, and M.Phil. (Gold
medalist) in Library and Information Science in 2009. She is qualified UGC-
NET in JUNE-2012. She has completed Ph.D. from Saurashtra University,
Rajkot in 2017. She has over 45 research publications in her credit and
attended more than 35 National and International Conferences/ Seminars/
Workshops etc and more than 6 research articles in pear reviewed Journals.
Her research interests are digital libraries, Institutional Repositories, RFID, Metadata, Library
automation and Networking, e-learning, Knowledge Management etc.
M. 9601070966 | E-mail: indiradodia@gujaratuniversity.ac.in
33
CURRENT TRENDS IN MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES

(MOOCS)
Kush Sibbu
Asst. Librarian, High Court of Gujarat, Ahmedabad

Abstract: This article aims to report on the current development of Massive Open Online Courses
(MOOCs), and explore its evolution, different models, characteristics, major players, advantages,
takeaways for LIS professionals, International and Indian scenario, role of librarians and its
proposed challenges. The article also discusses various ways to deal with the onslaught of this
leading edge innovation which has the potential to change the traditional education model.
Numbers of ways have been suggested to the librarians to get equipped with the right set of skills;
so that when job demands they can deliver and be relevant to their field. No matter this disruptive
technology has created many challenges for learners, instructors/educators and administrators or
traditional education model as a whole, but it has also brought many opportunities for its
stakeholders. Now we need to decide which one to embrace, as the main aim for all stakeholders
remains the same i.e. sharing of information, but, through which mode – is a matter of big concern.
Keywords: MOOCs, Massive Open Online Courses, Distance Learning, Internet, Higher
education, Libraries, Librarians.
1.0 Historical overview
Since ages we have seen that Education and Libraries coexist, as they share a robust relationship
with each other. We can’t imagine either of them to function in isolation. Be it the ancient libraries
of Takshashila and Nalanda or the modern libraries of Cambridge and Harvard, education and
libraries always go hand in hand. Indeed, library is one of the most integral components of
education system as it acquires, organizes, preserves and disseminates information amongst its
users, who ultimately gains knowledge from these recorded experiences.
A glimpse at the collection of ancient libraries of Assyria and Alexandria would reveal that people
in ancient and medieval period inscribe on clay tablets and papyrus rolls. The successive invention
of Paper in China and Printing in Germany led to the unprecedented proliferation of publication
houses. Consequently, with numerous publication houses several thousand publications started
getting published in short span of time and the same were acquired by libraries. Gradually, with
the passage of time advance ICT enabled techniques and modern storage devices relieved libraries
from managing such a burgeoning flow of information. Ultimately, now the presence of
ubiquitous Web is not an illusion anymore.
With the advent of Internet, each and every facet of human life has been penetrated by ICT
enabled services, for instance libraries, banking, entertainment and education now is not an
exception. This has resulted mainly into economy in terms of time, expenditure, flexibility and also
remote access of almost any service. With the onslaught of spearheading technologies, there has
been a major transformation in the way of teaching and learning. It is widely agreed, that the
Internet has literally changed the way conventional classroom training was imparted earlier (Laha,
2014).
2.0 Transition from Distance Learning to MOOCs
The evolution of technology and the new ways of learning are always being related to each other.
There has been a paradigm shift in the way of teaching and learning with more sophisticated
34
technologies at the disposal. The field of distance-learning had three main generations, as affirmed
by distance learning specialists:
1) Correspondence study 2) Multimedia 3) Computer-mediated
The first among the above three models flourished in Europe and United States after the Industrial
Revolution, mainly because a more qualified work force for factories was the need of the day.
Moreover, postal services had become faster, cheaper and more reliable. For instance, in the 19th
century, students from Australia were able to take correspondence courses from the world
renowned universities, such as the London School of Economics, one of the first in the United
Kingdom to offer distance education (Marques, 2013).
Predominance of correspondence courses was there until the arrival of multimedia, which
popularized radio and television as education tools in 20th century. Students, learners and teachers
from every part of the world took advantage of this disruptive technology. Those who did not
have access to formal education could watch or listen to the classes for free from anywhere. But
a major pedagogical factor was lacking, students could hardly interact with the instructors or other
students. There was only one way communication in such type of learning model. Distance
learning got popularized in multimedia age, which paved the way for new possibilities, but only
computers and the web had the capability to unite the forces to provide a new e-learning
infrastructure, predominantly built upon networks and online communities (Marques, 2013).
Another initiative appeared in the United Kingdom in 1969 – the Open University, which
influenced many other ideas in the future. The founders of Open University explored the existing
communication technologies to revitalize the distance education by combining correspondence
instruction, supplementary broadcasting and publishing, residential short courses and support
services at local and regional levels. Open University also adopted an open policy of allowing
more students to have access to academic knowledge. Moreover, Open University had also started
offering online courses which in turn led to a strong student’s community in many countries, quite
similar to the MOOC philosophy based on their approach towards higher education (Marques,
2013). This was the infancy of the MOOC phenomenon. The only thing which was lacking was
the access to the technology through computers connected to the Internet. However, this lacuna
was too satisfied with the unprecedented proliferation of Internet and ICT enabled services in
almost every sector of modern times.
3.0 Introduction to MOOCs
In a layman's term, MOOCs is a concept of free education available for all from anywhere at
anytime. It is an online platform where all the world renowned universities offer their courses
online on various disciplines by charging a nominal fee. Usually, MOOCs contains a series of 10-
20 minute lectures followed by built-in quizzes, weekly online assignments and
professor/instructor moderated discussion forums. It is quite a new concept in India although it
has already reached to larger masses seeking higher education. According to the data from some
of the major MOOCs aggregators’ edX, Udacity, Coursera, Udemy and Futurelearn, India is
currently the second largest market after US for online courses. From a recent study, MOOCs has
reached about 12 million students globally since it began in 2008. This could also be seen as a
disruptive force that could threaten the old system (Laha, 2014).
MOOCs actually is not so recent phenomenon, basically it did not emerge in 2012, but have been
successfully developing since 2008 with a clear purpose to provide more learning opportunities
and also to improve the overall learning experience. It is a general belief that the term “MOOC”
derived out of a Skype chat between two Canadian educators, Dave Cormier and George Siemens
(Cormier, 2008). Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) have undoubtedly generated
enthusiasm, excitement and hype worldwide while recently also increasing skepticism (Fischer,
2014). Moreover, the acronym “MOOC” is the latest buzzword in the field of higher education
35
which has generated extensive discussions both in professional and popular media, hence The
New York Times called 2012 “The Year of the MOOC” (Wu, 2013).
Siemens, Hill, Downes, Daniel and others had distinguished two different models of MOOCs:
Ø cMOOC model (c for connectivity), which “emphasizes creation, creativity, autonomy and
social networking learning” and “focus on knowledge creation and generation”. The
cMOOCs stand in the tradition of Connectivist philosophy, and refer to the work of Ivan
Illich. As a sharp critic of institutionalized education, Illich proposed in 1970 to establish
“learning webs” by using new technology.
Ø xMOOC model – which is more or less the approach described so far – which “emphasizes
a more traditional learning approach through video presentations and short quizzes and
testing” and “focus on knowledge duplication”. (Siemens, 2012)
4.0 Characteristics of MOOCs
As we all know MOOCs stands for Massive Open Online Courses and can be characterized as
under:
Ø They are free of cost
Ø Unlimited participants can register
Ø They are IT platforms which are online
Ø No prerequisites or formal entry requirement
Ø Usually courses here do not earn credits, but some of the MOOC aggregators viz. Coursera,
edX and Udacity have recently started offering courses with accreditation certificate on
payment basis that will eventually be accepted by the university upon successful completion
of the course.
Ø Badges or certificate of completion are issued to learners on successful completion of the
courses.
5.0 MOOCs Aggregators
MOOC aggregators are categorized as, for profit and non-profit private companies, partnering
with universities or individual scholars for providing services. Universities or individual scholars
usually look after the content and the quality of the courses, while the company is responsible for
the production and the technical facilities.
Following are some of the major MOOC aggregators:
Udacity – a for-profit company cofounded by Stanford professor Sebastian Thrun and Peter
Norvig Data Scientist, Google, who started to offer information science courses online since 2012.
The mission of Udacity is to democratize higher education, as they believe education to be a basic
human right. Here all the courses are free but fees may be charged for certification. Apparently,
Udacity does not have a university partner but maintains close relationship with 20 high tech
companies among them Twitter, Facebook, Microsoft and Google. Its mission is to create an
online university that imparts industry oriented skills which are need of the day, delivers employer
endorsed credentials thereby charging a fraction of the cost of traditional schools. (Website:
https://in.udacity.com/us)
edX – a non-profit venture founded by Harvard University and MIT in 2012. It is the only online
learning destination and MOOC provider, offering high quality courses from the world’s most
renowned universities and institutions to learners everywhere with minimal cost. Fee is charged
only for professional courses and courses with verified certificates. There is no cost involved for
enrolling in the audit track which does not offer certificates. edX also offers 90% discount to
learners who can benefit from verified certificates but cannot afford to pay full price. Most courses
36
that offer verified certificates are eligible for financial assistance except some professional courses.
(Website: https://www.edx.org/)
Coursera – a for-profit social entrepreneurship company having world’s top universities and
education providers as its partners was founded in 2012 by two Stanford Computer Science
professors namely Daphne Koller and Andrew Ng. The main aim was to share their knowledge
and skills with the world, so they put their courses online for anyone to take. Since then coursera
is catering to several thousand learners in different parts of the world to earn credentials from
world’s top universities and education providers. With learners base of 25 million, Coursera offers
more than 2000 courses with 180+ specializations partnering 149 universities and education
providers around the world. Its mission is to provide universal access to world’s best education
partnering with top universities and organizations to offer courses online. Coursera and its
partnering universities leave it entirely to the individual academics to decide how they want to
teach. (Website: https://www.coursera.org/)
Futurelearn – a private company fully owned by The Open University, UK with a rich experience
of over 40 years in the field of distance learning and online education. With learners base of more
than 7 million, Futurelearn partners 138 top universities and specialist organizations which include
best UK and international universities, as well as institutions with a huge archive of cultural and
educational material, such as the British Council, the British Library, the British Museum and the
National Film and Television School. Majority of the courses in Futurelearn are free to join except
some courses that are designed for professionals looking to advance their careers. One can also
upgrade the course and avail additional benefits like the ability to qualify for a certificate. (Website:
http://futurelearn.com/)
Udemy – is a portal that offers on-demand, affordable courses for career advancement, personal
interest or self improvement, as its mission is to improve lives through learning. Its extensive,
multi-language library includes over 55,000 courses that are taught by expert instructors. In 2007,
Udemy founder Eren Bali built software for a live virtual classroom while living in Turkey. He
saw potential in making the product free for everyone and moved to Silicon Valley to found a
company two years later. Ultimately, in May 2010, the site was launched by Bali, partnered with
co-founders Oktay Caglar and Gagan Biyani. As courses offered by Udemy are entirely on-
demand, learners can enroll in any course of their interest and learn at their own pace. Though
Udemy is not an accredited institution, they offer skills-based courses taught by expert instructors
in their field and every approved course features an Udemy certificate of completion. There is
also a refund policy within 30 days of purchasing a course, if you seem that you are not satisfied
with that course. (Website: https://about.udemy.com/)
India is also not far behind in understanding the potential of MOOC in this technology obsessed
age. Thus, “SWAYAM” (Study Webs of Active-learning for Young Aspiring Minds) a
Government of India’s initiative indigenously developed by Ministry of Human Resource
Development (MHRD) and All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE) was launched
with the objective of taking education to all, including the most disadvantaged. The courses
available on SWAYAM an indigenously developed IT platform or in other words MOOC, range
from 9th class till post graduation and can be accessed by anyone from anywhere at anytime free
of cost, however, if you wish to get a verified certificate, you may need to pay a nominal fee. Rich
experience of more than 1000 eminent faculty and teachers from across the country have been
chosen to prepare these courses. At present, three different courses – one from UC Berkeley’s
Professor Umesh Vazarani and two from IIT, Bombay are expected to be offered. SWAYAM
platform which is basically bases on Open EdX, is specifically designed to benefit students from
remote areas, working professionals and college dropouts. Learners will get “Verified Certificates”
on successful completion of courses. However, it is not clear whether these certificates will be
accepted for employment purposes (Bharati, 2014). Blended courses will be offered in native
languages and include school education and vocational training (Phatak, 2014). In order to ensure
37
best quality content is produced and delivered; seven National Coordinators have been appointed
viz. National Programme on Technology Enhanced Learning (NPTEL) for engineering,
University Grants Commission (UGC) for post graduation, Consortium for Educational
Communication (CEC) for under graduation, National Council for Educational Research and
Training (NCERT) & National Institute of Open Schooling (NIOS) for school, Indira Gandhi
National Open University (IGNOU) for out of the school students and Indian Institute of
Management, Bangalore (IIMB) for management studies. (Website:
https://swayam.gov.in/Home)
6.0 Advantages of MOOCs
Although MOOCs is a much controversial topic in academic lobby, many studies revealed several
advantages. Listed below are some of the advantages of MOOCs:
Ø Online courses are open for all with no formal requirement for registration except some
professional courses.
Ø Unlimited number of learners can register at a given point of time.
Ø Increased subject options for the learners, which won’t be possible otherwise in the traditional
university model due to shortage of funds, lack of teachers with right skill set and
infrastructure.
Ø Increased accessibility and flexibility for the learners, as online courses can be accessed from
anywhere, at anytime convenient to the enrolled person.
Ø Lifelong learning opportunities for students, in-service professionals and also college
dropouts.
Ø Increased potential of learner engagement and collaboration through discussion forums.
Ø Economical: Developing an online course does not cost as much as traditional courses.
Ø Job specificity: Recently some companies have started compiling courses based on their
needs. This ends the industry-academia difference.
Ø Wide reach: As there are no physical boundaries, these online courses are very well accepted
by the students across the world.
7.0 What’s in for LIS professionals
MOOCs have already marked their presence in the field of LIS, and there is literature available on
the implications of MOOCs for libraries, although relatively very little on LIS education (Pujar and
Tadasad, 2016).
Slowly and steadily LIS courses are gaining momentum in MOOCs, though currently very few
MOOCs are available for those who wish to go for LIS. “New Librarianship” a course in LIS was
offered by the School of Information Studies, Syracuse University, during July and August 2013
(Ischool-Syr, 2015); and is still available in self-study format. “Hyperlinked Library” course from
San Jose State University was offered in the autumn of 2013 by Dr. Michael Stephens. Yet another
course on LIS named “Emerging Future: Technology issues and trends” (Ischool-SJSU, 2015),
was offered in the autumn of 2014, exploring the way new technologies have changed the way the
libraries used to work. A course on “Metadata” was offered on Coursera in September 2013 and
also in July 2014 by North Carolina University, empowering the students to appreciate the
importance of metadata in preserving digital content (Pujar and Bansode, 2014). EdX also offered
a course on “Library advocacy unshushed” in February 2014 by the University of Toronto which
was also repeated in February 2015 (Edx, 2015). It is anticipated that in near future more MOOCs
in LIS are expected by renowned universities for LIS professionals and students.
If we see in Indian perspective, Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India
has also taken deliberate steps to accelerate the careers of professionals and students in various
disciplines by launching SWAYAM (Study Webs of Active-learning for Young Aspiring Minds).
38
As of now there are only three LIS courses available viz. Digital Library by Dr. Jagdish Arora
(Director - INFLIBNET), Information Sources System and Services by Renu Arora and
Information and Communication Technology for Libraries by Usha Munshi. However, as of now,
the SWAYAM is in its nascent stage and only limited information is available (Pujar and Tadasad,
2016).
8.0 MOOCs in LIS - an Indian Scenario
Over a period of time there have been remarkable changes in LIS education in India. With the
inclusion of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in the curriculum, exceptional
and unprecedented changes have been observed in the Indian LIS education. Several new
educational features were brought in by the LIS departments across the country, keeping pace with
the recent advances in the curriculum, method of instruction and use of ICT in teaching and
learning. These new features in turn would equip the students of LIS with relevant and advanced
skills and competencies required for smooth absorption into the current job market (Asundi and
Karisiddappa, 2007; Lalngaizuali, 2010).
The state of postgraduate departments in Indian Universities is not very conducive financially as
there is perennial shortage of funds; teachers especially those with right set of skills and
infrastructure, therefore it becomes very difficult for them to offer courses and programmes in all
the areas of librarianship including that of ICT. Under these circumstances, MOOCs can play a
vital role by providing opportunities for LIS schools to collaborate and offer credits through
MOOCs. In present Indian scenario the adoption of MOOCs in LIS education is virtually non-
existent. To change this current scenario, what the LIS schools must do is to offer refresher and
orientation courses or similar type of short term courses for in-service LIS professionals, to
leverage their technical skills and thus improve their professional competency. MOOCs can cover
a wide range of topics right from the basic library related courses to advanced ICT skills, technical
communications and technology planning. This is how MOOCs can be exploited by focusing on
the practical aspects of modern librarianship (Pujar and Tadasad, 2016).
Recently some advances by the joint collaboration of MHRD and the University Grants
Commission (UGC) were made to explore the possibility of adopting MOOCs, so that more
subject options can be offered to the students. An experiment or a pilot study can be done by
using this new medium of education in LIS schools. MOOCs, definitely, would be a boon for the
LIS students as well as for the professionals to keep abreast with the latest developments and
technologies in the respective discipline, as it would otherwise be very difficult for LIS schools to
offer such courses with limited resources at their disposal. The most ideal way for LIS schools is
to pool their resources and expertise by collaborating with other schools to develop MOOCs,
which would also be a cost-effective way to enable students to meet the ever-changing needs of
the modern librarianship (Pujar and Tadasad, 2016).
9.0 Role of Librarians in MOOCs era
MOOCs mania has really put forth a major challenge to the profession of “Librarianship”. With
such a challenge it has also given an opportunity to the librarians to make strategic changes in their
conventional style of working. Katy Mahraj (2012) in her article “Using Information Expertise to
Enhance Massive Open Online Courses” has suggested many different ways that librarians can get
involved in MOOCs, for instance collecting open educational resources, helping with the
organization and management of information and teaching information literacy skills.
As per the OCLC (2013) conference, the current participation of libraries in MOOCs fall under
three categories: copyright clearance, course production and development of policies and best
practices. Other possible but not so prominent areas include archiving class materials, curating
39
user generated content such as forum discussions and student projects, providing leadership
(rather ‘partnership’) and teaching information literacy to MOOC students.
Copyright clearance as summarized by Kevin Smith (OCLCResearch, 2013a) includes seeking
permission, license negotiation and fair use determination. It is probably the most important role
for MOOCs librarians (OCLCResearch, 2013b). Some libraries, for instance University of
Pennsylvania Libraries and Duke University Libraries, are very much into course production, while
others, such as University of California Berkeley Library are involved into developing best practices
for supporting MOOCs in terms of content accessibility and research skills (OCLCResearch,
2013c).
Librarians can give a thought in line with MOOCs and can collaborate with other stakeholders,
for instance, instructors, MOOC aggregators and publishers to create an access model with an
innovative pricing scheme that take MOOCs students into consideration (Wu, 2013).
If dealing with MOOCs seems too daunting, Librarians can also develop competency based videos
having information literacy modules which eventually can be embedded with the courses by the
MOOC aggregator or instructors. These modules are self-paced, reusable and scalable. Thus,
Librarians can ‘flip the classroom’ by asking students to go through such module before the
classroom session, thereby utilizing the class time for problem-solving and answering specific
questions (Wu, 2013).
I would personally suggest to the Library administrators or supervisors to direct their subordinates
to take MOOCs as a type of professional development. Moreover, they can also form a ‘MOOC
Group’, wherein librarians can discuss their experiences and best practices and share takeaways.
Subject librarians who have not been practicing in the field for years or those who do not have
deep subject expertise can enroll themselves into relevant courses and become familiar to the
current developments.
10.0 Challenges
The rise of MOOCs has created various challenges for learners as well as for traditional education
models. Some immediate challenges are enumerated below:
Recognition: Recognition of courses in terms of accreditation, credits and employment is still a
point of concern. Some of the courses have been accredited and universities have started to accept
transfer credit on successful completion of MOOCs. This has led to raise many questions on how
MOOCs may shape the future of higher education.
Financial: Which was earlier thought to be free of cost is not free anymore. All major MOOC
aggregators have started charging for their services, thereby generating a major chunk of their
revenue. Enumerated below are some of the paid services:
Ø Certification: Learners pay for a badge or certificate of completion
Ø Proctored assessments: Learners have to pay if they choose proctored assessments i.e.
assessments with invigilation, as practiced by Coursera viz. Signature Track
Ø Applicant screening and employee recruitment: Employers/Company/Universities pay to
MOOC aggregator for accessing learners/student performance records (Ripley, 2012)
Ø Human tutoring or assignment marking: This is for the students who prefer human tutoring
as opposed to automated
Ø Selling MOOC platforms to enterprises to use in their training programmes to train their
workforce
Ø Sponsorships: Third-party sponsors of courses
Ø Tution fees: For instance, Computer Science Department of Georgia Tech College of
Computing, which has decided to offer a master’s degree delivered with MOOCs for a
fraction of the cost of a “normal” degree (Georgia Tech College of Computing, 2014).
40
Threat to traditional education models: In the MECCA of business education i.e. USA, it can
be clearly seen that student applications to higher studies have been dropping steadily. On
investigating, it was found that students are increasingly opting for MOOCs which has also led
some to predict that half of the higher educational institutions will shut down in next few years.
In initial years, no one literally expected such a exponential growth of MOOCs, even it was laughed
at by top American universities. Now to exist in the market, they all started offering these courses
which are called 'Blended MOOCs' where there is some face to face interaction alongwith virtual
learning (Laha, 2014).
Individual Instruction: As MOOCs is open for all without any formal requirement for
registration, it attracts masses. Such a huge variety of learners do possess different learning styles.
It becomes very difficult for the instructors to engage such learners and maintain their interest in
the course and also tailor the learning environment to fit each learner. Therefore, dropouts are a
major setback for MOOCs. To overcome this, a solution was proposed by Carr viz. machine
learning. In this process, computers are used to collect and analyze data from a learning system
about how people learn (Carr, 2012). During this process, every variable is tracked like learner’s
pause during a video, increased feedback speed, response to quiz questions, revised assignments
and forum discussion. Data collected in such a manner is then used to analyze learner behavior
and how people learn. In this way, an instructor could tailor the learning environment to fit each
learner’s style and needs. However, many researchers disagreed with machine learning. They were
of the opinion that, a critical component of education is the interaction between students/learners
and teachers, which cannot be simulated by the machines (Carr, 2012).
Student Performance Assessment: One of the biggest challenges in MOOCs is the assessment
of student performance (Rodriguez, 2012). Cheating in online education also presents a major
challenge (Carr, 2012). There is no full proof mechanism to verify and validate the original work
or to prevent and detect plagiarism is one of the most discussed challenges of online education
(Cooper & Sahami, 2013). Some solutions have been proposed by the aggregators of MOOCs.
For instance, Udacity and edX conduct tests for their online courses at dedicated test centers. In
this case, however, cost to the students presents a barrier. Coursera also attempted to use
plagiarism-detection software in detecting cheating. In addition to this, Machine learning has been
proposed to identify cheating by the analysis of learner behavior (Chen, Barnett and Stephens,
2013).
11.0 Conclusion
With the onslaught of spearheading technologies in distance education, the context of education
and learning has been greatly influenced. MOOCs have given a new perspective to traditional
education but are still in infancy stage. It seems that educational institutions are quiet apprehensive
about MOOCs when they relate to accessibility, affordability, recognition of courses and student
success. Moreover, in a time where higher education is being criticized for low productivity, high
costs and inefficient use of technology (Levine, 2013), MOOCs provide feasible alternatives of
high productivity, low costs and leading edge technology. One of the immediate challenges is to
find a common ground that not only enhances access and affordability but also maintain academic
rigor and ensures student success (Chen, Barnett and Stephens, 2013). Even the loudest of the
critics of MOOCs do not expect them to fade away. It is most likely that in the nearest future
MOOCs will morph into many different shapes may be the basic services provided by the MOOC
1.0 will be complemented by the premium services developed in MOOC 2.0 (Fischer, 2014).
MOOCs acceptability and credibility in India in terms of employability is still a point of concern
as recruiters here are not yet ready to embrace this concept. They are of opinion that online courses
should first establish benchmarks which could earn people jobs. But this mindset could be changed
41
by making small endeavors, thereby introducing blended MOOCs – which is a refined version of
original model (Laha, 2014).
On the contrary, it can also be seen as an opportunity for various under-developed or developing
countries where education is synonymous to “Luxury”. MOOCs can be a boon to the students of
such countries where all can have access to online courses without any economic discrimination.
Well, it is now quite apparent from these developments that Gen Y now believes in Open Access,
Open Data, and MOOCs which is quite contrary to the ancient belief of Closed Access.
However, we can't totally ignore the old order of classroom instructions, face-to-face interaction,
and supervision; therefore an ideal model can be of hybrid nature i.e. Virtual as well as Interactive.
References
1. Asundi, A.Y. and Karisiddappa, C.R. (2007). “Library and information science education
in India:
2. international perspectives with special reference to developing countries”, DESIDOC
Bulletin of Information Technology, Vol. 27 Issue. 2, pp. 5-11.
3. Bharati, P. (2014). “Indian HRD ministry launches a MOOC platform – SWAYAM”,
available at: http://edtechreview.in/trends-insights/trends/1598-indian-hrd-ministry-
launches-a-moocplatform- swayam (Accessed 16 December 2017).
4. Carr, N. (2012). “The crisis in higher education”, MIT Technology Review, available at
http://www.technologyreview.com/featuredstory/429376/the-crisis-in-higher-
education/ (Accessed 15 December 2017)
5. Chen, X, Barnett, D.R. and Stephens C. (2013). “Fad or Future: The Advantages and
Challenges of Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs)”, Paper presented at Research to
Practice Conference in Adult and Higher Education, Lindenwood University.
6. Cooper, S. and Sahami, M. (2013). “Education reflections on Stanford’s MOOCs: New
possibilities in online education create new challenges”, Communications of the ACM,
Vol. 56 Issue. 2, pp. 28-30.
7. Cormier, D. (2008), “The CCK08 MOOC – connectivism course, 1/4 way”, Dave’s
Educational Blog, available at: http://davecormier.com/edblog/tag/cck08/ (Accessed 18
December 2017).
8. Edx (2015). “Library advocacy unshushed”, available at: www.edx.org/course/library-
advocacy-unshushed-university-torontox-la101x (Accessed 16 December 2017).
9. Fischer, G. (2014). “Beyond hype and underestimation: identifying research challenges for
the future of MOOCs”, Distance Education, Vol. 35 Issue. 2, pp. 149-158.
10. Gaebel, M. (2013). “MOOCs: Massive Open Online Courses”. European University
Association, available at:
http://supporthere.org/sites/default/files/eua_occasional_papers_moocs_4.pdf
(Accessed on 14 December 2017)
11. Georgia Tech College of Computing (2014). “Online Master of Science in Computer
Science”, available at http://www.omscs.gatech.edu/#np-855 (Accessed 17 December
2017)
12. Ischool-SJSU (2015). “MOOCs”, available at: http://ischool.sjsu.edu/programs/moocs
(Accessed 15 December 2017).
13. Ischool-Syr (2015). “New librarianship MOOC”, available at:
https://ischool.syr.edu/articles/news/view/registration-open-for-new-librarianship-
mooc/ (Accessed 15 December 2017).
14. Laha, R. (2014). “Now In Session: The Digital Classroom”. BusinessWorld, Vol. 33 Issue:
33, pp. 78-84.
15. Lalngaizuali (2010). “Library and information science education in North East region: a
critical study”, available at:
42
http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/1205/8/08_abstract.pdf (Accessed
13 December 2017).
16. Mahraj, K. (2012). “Using information expertise to enhance massive open online courses”,
Public Services Quarterly, Vol. 8 Issue. 4, pp. 359-368.
17. Marques, J. (2013). “A short history of MOOCs and distance learning”, available at:
http://moocnewsandreviews.com/a-short-history-of-moocs-and-distance-learning/
(Accessed on 14 December 2017)
18. Phatak, D.B. (2014). “Technology enabled learning: Ushering in the MOOCs era through
SWAYAM”, available at:
https://openedx.atlassian.net/wiki/spaces/COMM/pages/15466526/Open+edX+Conf
erence+Presentations+2014 (Accessed 14 December 2017).
19. OCLC (2013). “MOOCs and Libraries: Massive Opportunity or Overwhelming
Challenge?”, OCLC, Paris, available at: www.oclc.org/research/events/2013/03-18.html
(Accessed 17 December 2017).
20. OCLCResearch (2013a). “MOOCs and libraries: copyright, licensing, open access”, The
OCLC Research Channel, online video, available at:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7FvR4K3eddU (Accessed 17 December 2017).
21. OCLCResearch (2013b). “MOOCs and libraries: an overview of the (current) landscape
presentation”, The OCLC Research Channel, online video, available at:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OnocUiX3lXM (Accessed 17 December 2017).
22. OCLCResearch (2013c), “MOOCs and libraries: new opportunities for librarians”, The
OCLC Research Channel, online video, available at:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3ebkaSjXtmk (Accessed 17 December 2017).
23. Pujar, S.M. and Bansode, S.Y. (2014). “MOOCs and LIS education: a massive opportunity
or challenge”, Annals of Library and Information Studies, Vol. 61 Issue. 1, pp. 74-78.
24. Pujar, S.M. and Tadasad, P.G. (2016). "MOOCs – an opportunity for international
collaboration in LIS education: A developing country’s perspective", New Library World,
Vol. 117 Issue: 5/6, pp.360-373.
25. Ripley, A. (2012). “College is dead. Long live College!” Time, available at
http://nation.time.com/2012/10/18/college-is-dead-long-live-college/print/ (Accessed
19 December 2017)
26. Rodriguez, C. O. (2012). “MOOCs and the AI-Stanford like courses: Two successful and
distinct course formats for massive open online courses”, European Journal of Open,
Distance and E-Learning, available at http://www.eric.ed.gov/PDFS/EJ982976.pdf
(Accessed 15 December 2017)
27. Siemens, G. (2012). “MOOCs are really a platform”, available at
http://www.elearnspace.org/blog/2012/07/25/moocs-are-really-a-platform/ (Accessed
19 December 2017)
28. Wu, K. (2013). "Academic libraries in the age of MOOCs", Reference Services Review,
Vol. 41 Issue: 3, pp.576-587.
About Author:
Kush Sibbu, a multifaceted Information professional having 10+ years of

experience in varied disciplines viz. Infrastructure and construction,
Information Technology and Law. Currently working in High Court of
Gujarat as Assistant Librarian. Prior working experience includes PMC
Projects Ltd., Mundra and SEZ, Tata Consultancy Services Ltd. Main areas
of interest are Content Management System (CMS), Massive Open Online
Courses (MOOCs), Web Scale Discovery Services, Digital Marketing and
Social Media. M: 9879803025 | E-mail ID: kushmsibu@gmail.com
43
IMPORTANCE OF BOOKS IN THE ERA OF MOOCS: A CASE STUDY
Kaushik Rao1 & Deepak Mashru2
1
Librarian, Marwadi Education Foundation, Rajkot
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Communication Skills, Marwadi Education Foundation,
Rajkot
Abstract: This paper aims to investigate on the importance of books in this rapidly changing world
towards information and technology. What is the importance of physical books and their roles in
the process of learning when almost everything is online? The researchers have tested
hypothetically whether the advent of technology have brought in any changes in the mind sets of
the reader and use of library. Could there be any change found in the efficacy of library during the
paradigm shift of learning from Books to MOOCs. This paper also dealt with the role of a librarian
and infrastructure in keeping a library a heavenly place for reading and leading.
Keywords: Books, MOOCs, ICT, Library, Reading
1.0 Introduction:
Reading books has been considered as one of the richest hobbies rather a habits. It is needless to
say that books have been proved to be the best companion to the men and women when they
needed any company. Books have provided such a platform in which there a reader can live many
lives and witness many experiences by reading the books. It is evident that all the great
philosophers, orators and leaders were voracious readers. So, it can be presented as “Read to
Lead”. If the books are the food for the brain, library is the place where this food is preserved
and catered to the needy. (Gallo, D. , 2007) In the words of Vera Nazarian, “Whenever you read
a good book, somewhere in the world a door opens to allow in more light.” Whereas, Katherine
Patterson, a Chinese-born American writer best known for children's novels, expresses her views
that it is not enough to simply teach children to read; we have to give them something worth
reading. Children, who fail to find the opportunity of getting in touch with books in their initial
phases of life, find it hard to gain good reading habits in their later years. (Deavers, 2000)It was
observed that academics have direct relation with reading habits. (Bashir , I.& Mattoo, N. H.,
2012). The focused reading is the most important kindin reaching the desired outcome. It is the
bedrock and the result oriented reading which can lead to the peaks of success. (Ogbodo, R.O.,
2010)
In this study, we delve on importance of books in the era of MOOCs which has been symbolized
as the era of information and technology. This case study has been carried out in the library of
Marwadi Education Foundation, Rajkot (India) after launching the first of its kind, Kindle Library
where students can issue the Kindle devise and read the books from the device for a week or more
time. The feedback and responses of the readers inspired us to conduct a survey and find out
whether there is any paradigm shift found in it or not.
44
2.0 Objectives of the study
The main objective of this study was to investigate the effect of ICT on the reading culture of
university students. We also investigated other salient causes of poor reading habits that in a way
impact the era of MOOCs. The study was therefore guided by the following research questions;
1. What is the reading habit of the students?
2. How does ICT impact the reading habit of the students?
3. How does the infrastructure of the library affect the reading habit of students?
4. How does the librarian and library staff of the library affect the reading habit of students?
3.0 Literature Review
There has been vacuum found in this field as there are next to nil research work carried out where
the researchers have worked upon such a blended platforms. Hence, it can be considered as a pilot
project in the field of library science.
4.0 Research Design
The present research falls under the category of survey method in which the questionnaire was
designed and devised. The sample of 120 students who were selected on random basis were
requested to fill up the questionnaire and the responses were recorded and analyzed.
5.0 Data Interpretations
The data interpretation of responses recorded and received from the students are as under:
5.1 Gender.
It was found that the male students are found in the
library more that female. The male reader were 72
(60%) whereas female readers were 48 (40%) is less
than 50% of the total sample selected for the survey.
5.2 Background wise analysis of readers

The above pie chart shows that there are 83 (69%) of
the readers who are from urban background whereas
37 (31%) of the readers are from rural background.
45
5.3 Education Background wise analysis of

readers
The readers were found from three different
backgrounds. 37% were from English medium
background where as 52% students were from
Gujarati medium. There were 11% also recorded
from the other medium.
5.4 Effects of ICT in reading habits.
34 students from the survey believed that ICT

strongly affects the reading habits whereas 33
students were found who had moderate effect of ICT
in reading habits. On the other hand, 53 students
confirmed that ICT does not make difference to
reading habits.
5.5 What kind of books so the students read?
67 students preferred to read reference books, 59
students liked to read academic books. There were 90
students who love to read novels whereas 76 students
were showed their interests in reading self-help and
motivational books. On the other hand, there were
28 students who were interested in reading other
kinds of books.
5.6 Effects of infrastructure of Library in reading
88 students positively agreed upon that infrastructure

of library plays an important role in reading where 28
students were disagree with this opinion and 4
students failed to clarify their opinion.
5.7 Effect of Library staff in reading habits.

Majority of the students (88, 40%) students shared
that library staff motivates and inspires them in
reading. There were 71 students (32%) who
acknowledged that library staff make them feel like
home. 28 students (13%) reported that library staff
guide them in searching the books whereas 33
students (15%) opined that library staff restrict them
to chat and talk in the library.
46
6.0 Findings
The present survey skimmed up the following findings:

1. Background of the students does play role in building their reading habits.
2. Students are more inclined towards reading the books available in the vernacular language
compared to the books available in English and other languages.
3. The impact of ICT has not been observed much in the reading habit of the students.
4. Students are more interested in reading novels, self-help books and reference books.
5. The positive effect of infrastructure of library reported the reading habit of students.
6. The library staff was found helpful to the readers and their attitude affected positively in the
reading habit of students.
7.0 Conclusion
Reading has been the royal habit and could maintain that aristocracy even if various eras have been
changed and the influences of external and internal factors have been reported nevertheless their
impacts were found less influential to the readers. The advent of Information Communication
Technology has tempted the readers but it could not appeal them much as they are the last
generation to live both with and without technology.
Bibliography
1. Bashir , I.& Mattoo, N. H. (2012). A Study on Study Habits and Academic Performance
Among Adolescents (14-19) years. International Journal of Social Science Tomorrow.,
1(5), 1-5.
2. Deavers, R. (2000). The Effect of Instruction on Early Non-Word Reading Strategies.
Journal of Research in Reading(23), 267-286.
3. Gallo, D. . (2007). Reading Interests and Habits of Connecticut Students in Grades Four
through Twelve. The Reading Matrix., 1-20.
4. Ogbodo, R.O. (2010). Effective Study Habits in Educational Sector: Counseling
Implications. Edo Journal of Counseling, 3(2), 1-11.
About Authors:
Mr. Kaushik Rao is a Head librarian in Marwadi Education Foundation,
Group of Institutions, Rajkot since 2010. Previously working in Nirma
University, Ahmedabad.
Education Qualification: M.L.I.Sc; Ph.D Pursuing
M. 9099939585 | Email ID: kaushikrao@gmail.com
Dr. Deepak Mashru is working as an assistant professor in Marwadi

Education Foundation, Group of Institutions since 2012. He has obtained
Ph.D in ELT.
Education Qualification: M.Com., M.A. (English), MJMC, B.Ed., PGDCA,
PhD (ELT)
M. 9824210500 | Email ID: deepak.mashru@gmail.com
47
MOOCS: A GATEWAY TO LEARNING ENVIRONMENT

Sangita Gangaram Utekar
Librarian, D.G. Tatkare Mahavidyalay Mangaon, Maharashtra
ABSTRACT: Massive Open Online Courses (MOOC) are a path breaking new concept which
can definitely be considered as a game Changer. It eases the flow of knowledge and information
rapidly available at a click of a button. This paper will explain the concept of MOOC and explores
its present role in LIS field. Also it will describe the SWAYAM – Indian MOOC Platform which
may helpful in knowing perceptions towards MOOCs in a massive domain of India.
Keywords: MOOCs, Online learning, Participatory learning.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Landscape of higher education is changing rapidly and is witnessing a seismic shift of ‘online
social learning.’ The pervasiveness of internet connectivity with technological developments have
created perfect storm for changing how we learn. Emergence of informal learning on social
platforms and within online communities is taking place against the rising cost and insular culture
of attending a traditional college. Content and the learner’s interaction with it is socialized through
online collaboration due to disruptive innovation in education. These developments continue to
force the evolution of connectivism of learners to instructors and course materials remotely, which
in turn have evolved into Internet Connected online learning environment.
Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) are a new model of learning on this emerging trend and
need for free or low cost learning, delivered through an increased use of social networking
platforms across the web. MOOCs are built on the virtual course- long offered by way of online
and distance learning efforts, within educational institutions – but allows courses to be taken free
for anyone, anywhere.
2.0 LITERATURE REVIEW
By combining literature review, we can outline the scenario of MOOC, its impact on Academic
Library services and various roles for LIS professionals in evolving and expanding learning
environments.
Michael Stephens (2013) explores new transformative learning environments and he provides the
potential roles of LIS professionals in networked, participatory learning environment. These
include roles in Self-Directed Learning (SDL), Professional Development Learning 2-0 and the
emerging MOOC environments. He summarizes several new roles that 21st century LIS
professionals, must consider and they might play new roles in network- enabled, large scale
learning environments. In addition, he also adapted online graduate course, called the Hyperlinked
Library, at San Jose State University’s School of Library and Information Science, In order to
explore how LIS professionals can use emerging technologies and participatory practices to serve
their communities.
Whereas Hannah Gore (2014) reviews, changed landscape in higher education, the position of
libraries in emergence of MOOCs and the role that a librarian could undertake within the research
production and presentation of MOOC. He also states that what are the issues and challenges that
librarians must face? He draws some conclusion about the impact of emerging disruptive
technological developments for libraries and librarians. He means that the MOOC bubble has by
no means burst. The landscape of education maybe continually shifting, but the role of the
Librarian will remain at the core.
48
Forest Wright (2013) examines the MOOC Phenomenon, identifying aspects that Academic
Librarians should consider in the coming years, including how these courses interact with scholarly
resources and library services. He also evaluated the methods for integrating library services in
these courses.
Some of the areas of collaboration were discussed by S.M. Pujar and P.G. Tadasad (2016) which
enable LIS teachers and Schools to adopt MOOCs to further LIS education and research especially
in developing countries.
Similar kind of responsibilities explored by Meghan Ecclestone (2013) that how reference and
Instructional Librarians taking over new areas of subject tools which can develop professional
expertise using new eLearning model called MOOCs.
Whereas current scenario of e-learning system using MOOC and its platform is explained by
Abhishek Kumar and ShwetaBrahmbhatt (2015).In recent studiesDr. Mohd. Asif Khan and Dr.
Nishat Fatima (2015) conclude that MOOCs are revolution or constructive learning in Academic
Libraries.
The guidelines given by Kevin Smith (2012) are intended to help in navigation especially at the
very beginning of this exciting new venture when there are many uncertainties, the use of
copyrighted materials in the development of MOOC.
Sofar limited attempts have been made to present a comprehensive review of MOOC in India.This
paper makes an attempt to present a current scenario of MOOCS in India with the latest available
information on SWAYAM. It also highlights the role of Libraries and Librarians in MOOCs.
3.0 WHAT ARE MOOCs
The soaring costs of on-campus education, coupled with improved models for online learning
interfaces are two obvious reasons for the emergence of open online education. Changes in the
global higher education landscape have evolved the recent emergence of ‘online social learning’.In
response to this horizon, MOOCs are evolved rapidly as a means, to transform teaching and
learning for the 21st century, an opportunity for global, open participation. Learners can access an
educational opportunity from anywhere with peers from all over the world.
The term MOOC was first used in 2008 by George Siemens and Stephens Downes to describe a
free, online course taught at the University of Manitoba for 2,300 students. (Educause 2011)
In principle, MOOC is denoted as:
· Massive – as registration is not capped.
· Open – to take advantage of widely available OER and open registration.
· Online – with no requirement for face to face attendance.
· Course – the concept of a pedagogically designed learning journey.
We can consider a MOOC to be an online course that requires no prior qualifications for entry,
can be accessed by anyone who has an Internet connection and includes large or very large
numbers of learners.
A growing number of educational institutions have been experimenting with MOOCs and an
increasing number of individuals across the globe are enrolling in MOOCs. One reason for this
growing interest is that MOOCs make content and learning more accessible and affordable. Many
MOOCs are offered at no cost to students, who receive no course credit. Typically, they include
open educational resources, easily accessible course sites (Ex. a blog or wiki), and interaction with
other students via online forums, study groups and peer review of assignments. In some MOOCs,
student performance is automatically assessed via tools such as online quizzes. It’s a way to connect
and collaborate, engaging in the learning process.
49
4.0 There are many reasons why librarians need to fully understand MOOCs
· Academic libraries are committed to serving students enrolled in distance education courses
and MOOCs are raising questions around how services and collections could be provided to
students in this transformational medium – as well as how to use MOOCs to assess online
services.
· MOOCs pose important intellectual property issues for higher education.
· MOOCs may serve as a disruptive innovation - leading to questions about their impact not only
on teaching, but also on research.
· As we come to fully understand MOOCs – including where they intersect with, or are contrary
to, established library values – they pose important questions about the role libraries can and
should play in the area of Open Education: particularly as it refers to their role as facilitators of
their effectiveness and sustainability.
5.0 MOOCS AS AN AID FOR CONTINUING EDUCATIONAL DEVLOPEMENT
MOOCs have the potential to become a very viable and promising option for continuing
Educational Development of students, teachers in India. By means of MOOCs, one can learn in
a flexible online environment, getting the opportunity to work in partnership, pool resources and
learn from virtual colleagues.
Following features can be considered about MOOCs as an Aid for Educational Development.
· Easy to use and easily accessible anywhere.
· Almost free.
· Online discussion forums, blogs and collaboration.
· Peer assessment, self-assessment and self-learning.
6.0 MOOCs AND LIS FIELD
MOOCs are not only Impacting the delivery of courses, but also as to how the Support Services
of Higher Education Systems such as Computer Centres and Libraries meet the changing needs
of teaching faculty and the students who are associated with these courses. In case of MOOCs,
the scenario of traditional libraries is sea changed, as the enrolment is massive that too from the
diverse population group having different levels of education a located at different Geographical
areas. For libraries, it is even unthinkable to provide any adequate support to such a massive group
owing to limitations posed by licensing constrained staff time, costs associated with content etc.
At the initial stage of MOOCs Development, some of the areas, which are identified as next
possible steps for libraries in OCLC (2013) Event on “MOOCs and Libraries” and further
reassessed in OEDB article (2013) have been taken here as base to highlight the role of Libraries
and Librarians in MOOCs.
Libraries may undertake following measures to work as a Change Agent: -
· Be A Part Of MOOC
Librarians need to engage with the institutions or faculty involved in developing MOOCS to
understand the role in the development of courses. It is possible that teams concerned might have
overlooked Library perspective in MOOCS.
· Persuade MOOC Usage

Library being a hub of information resources and services may encourage learners who are
undertaking MOOCS by providing them the facilities within the Library. Public libraries, being
theCommunity Information Centres, are much suited to play this role andencourage enrollment
50
to these courses to people from all walks of life. Libraries may even help these learners by
embedding lesson plan, Information LiteracyTutorials, Assignments etc.
The library advocacy given irrespective of type of library will go a long way in empowering the
youth and information seekers with knowledge.
· Create Library MOOC

Libraries may even create their own MOOCs to inculcate students on effective use of Scholarly
Resources, Information Literacy Programs on Information Retrieval Skills, Evaluation of Sources,
Plagiarism etc. It may also develop, Course Specific Research Guides or Tutorials to assist students
in locating required scholarly materials and can include links to qualitative subject tutorials or
guides already available on the internet as an additional resource.
· Preservation of content
Another potential area for Libraries, is preservation of content developed for MOOCs. Librarians
working in academic libraries may take lead in convincing the faculty or authorities the importance
of preserving contents in Institutional Repository for future use; this will also help in propagating
Open Access movement.Libraries may even play a role to preserve student generated content
created during a course on MOOC platform.
· Freedom from Licensing

This is one of the areas, where librarians can provide information on various legal as well as
copywrite issues. Also, librarians may lay the role of mediator between the faculty and the
publishers to explores the possibility of extending the course specific text books or journal articles
through MOOC platforms.
· Inter – Library Collaborations and Sharing

Collaboration with different types of libraries such as Academic, Public and Special libraries may
help librarians to learn from each other’s experience in extending support of MOOCs. The same
can be accomplished by sharing dedicated, Discussion Forum which eventually lead to developing
the librarian’sMOOC Community to understand each other’s problems as well as sharing the
success stories.
To get feel of the MOOC and recognise its impact, one may take a course on MOOC. So that,
they can understand the experiences of learning through MOOCs.
7.0 PLATFORMS OF MOOCS.
80% POPULARITY OF MOOC PLATFORMS

58%
60%
41% 41% 39%
36%
40%
18% 18%
20%
8%
0%
COURSERA Edx FUTURE LEARN
OPEN LEARNING UDEMY NPTEL SWAYAM OTHERS
Among the many initiatives, following are notable and taken lead in offering MOOCs platforms
in different disciplines:
51
1. Udacity:- It is a for-profit educational organization founded by Sebastian Thrun, David

Stavens and Mike Sokolsky offering MOOCs. At present, it offers 28 courses, majority in
Computer Science followed by Mathematics, Psychology and Business.
2. Cousera :- It is a venture-backed, for profit, educational technology company of Daphne
Koller and Andrew Ng which offers MOOCs. Coursera works with universities and other
organizations to make some of their courses available online. Today its partnership stands at 87
universities and institutes hailing from all parts of world offering 447 courses in different
disciplines.
3. Edx :-It differs from other MOOC providers, as it is a non-profit organization and runs on
Open Source Software. It hosts online university level courses in a wide range of disciplines to a
worldwide student body. It also conducts research into learning based on how people use its
platform.
Apart from these, there are many more platforms to name a fewVersal, OpenEd, FutureLearn,
Udemy, NovoEd,Canvas Network etc. Most of these offer only the course completion certificates
for successful students, but credits for certain courses is offered at a price.
Following graph shows the global popularity of different MOOC Platforms among the users.
8.0 MOOC PLATFORMS IN INDIA
India being a promising abode of education offers a perspective area to MOOCs for large scale
implementation. But several factors and constrains like low digital literacy and lack of massive
digital infrastructure hinder this process of extensive implementation of MOOCs. In a developing
country like India where significantly large number of people live in rural areas and cannot afford
quality education. MOOCS can definitely be considered as a game Changer.
By providing free online courses on demand, MOOCs enable learners to learn from anywhere
irrespective of their situation as long as they have internet access. Statistics from major MOOC
providers show that India is a home of second largest audience for MOOCs after US, which brings
great challenges and opportunities for the use of MOOCs in India. As a part of providing quality
and affordable education to its students, the Indian Government has recently launched an Indian
focused MOOC platform for all.
This platform is termed as SWAYAM -Study Webs of Active-Learning for Young Aspiring
Minds.It is indigenously developed by Ministry of Human Resource Development (MHRD) and
All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE) with the help of Microsoft and would be
ultimately capable of hosting 2000 courses and 80,000 hours of Learning: covering school, Under
Graduate, Post Graduate, Engineering, Law & other Professional Courses to ensure that every
student benefits from Learning material through ICT.
We noted that, MOOCs is gaining momentum in India with several different initiatives such as
SWAYAM, NPTEL, WizIQ etc. But SWAYAM, was one of the first ones to be announced. Here
are some of the things that SWAYAM wanted to achieve:
· Cater to native Language
· Permit the offering of blended MOOCs.
· Incorporate local marks/Grades.
· Offer proctored online exams.
· Integrate with AADHAR, the unique ID for Indians, and
· Provide content sharing between different platforms.
SWAYAM is a platform for new India where self-learing is fruitful not only for enrolled but also
for professionals and dropouts. Currently SWAYAM is going to use OpenEdx as its MOOC
platform. It will provide great opportunity to Indian students to learn without fearing from failure.
52
SWAYAM is a
· One-stop Web and mobile based interactive e-content for all courses from High School to
University Level.
· High quality Learning experience on anytime, anywhere basis.
· State of the Art systems that allows easy access, monitoring and certification.
· Peer group interaction and discussion Forum
· Hybrid model of delivery that adds to the quality of classroom teaching.
The courses hosted on SWAYAM will be in 4 quadrants
· Video Lecture
· Specially prepared reading material that can be downloaded/printed.
· Self-assessment through tests and quizzes.
· An online discussion Forum for clearing the doubts.
Steps have been taken to enrich the Learning Experience by using Audio-Video and multi-media
and State of the Art pedagogy/technology.
9.0 ASSESSMENT & CERTIFICATION AT SWAYAM
Ideally, courses will offer both formative assessment to promote Deeper Learning, Critical
Thinking and Reflection in combination with Summative Assessment designed to gauge student
achievements and/or Performance.
Summative Assessments may include Graded Quizzes, Reports or Projects, peer assessments or
Proctored Examination. Learners can get a certificate after they have attended the classes and
submitted the assignments/quizzes.
On successful completion of each course, the Institution offering the MOOCs would issue the
Certificate along with the number of Credits and Grades, through which the students can get
Credits transferred into his marks.
The course on SWAYAM will be free to take for anyone in the world. But SWAYAM’s biggest
impact lies in the potential to increase the quantity of higher education across India. Not only can
students learn from the best universities and colleges in India, but they can now earn credits from
them via SWAYAM. Each credit will be equivalent to 13-14 hours of learning activities. To earn
these credits, students will need to do all the required assignments/homework for these courses
and then attend a final proctored exam. The exam will be held either in the local institute where
the students is enrolled, in a nearby institute or proctored centre.
10.0 CONCLUSION
MOOCS have showed that how the powerful technology can be used to educate the masses.
MOOCS in the Indian context has great potential offerings both from massification and increasing
more quality by resource sharing of the experts. It will also help in institutional collaborations. It
has a great role to play on the Indian higher education system as it delivers through technologies
means which don’t have any kind of bias such as cast, creed, religion or gender. This has certainly
brought in cheers, that MOOC’s have brought many opportunities for libraries in supporting
higher education. Librarians being the disseminator of knowledge have a key role to play to support
the faculty, students and universities involved with these courses. Librarians must play a major role
in the MOOC’s movement as irrespective of nature of courses, more than ever before, libraries
now have a pivotal role in identifying quality resources, licensing copyrighted material and
educating clientele in the use of resources. At present the impact of MOOC’s may not be much in
India, but we expect the day may not be far off to see the impact in the coming years.
53
Reference:
1. Pujar, S. M., &Tadasad, P. G. (2016). MOOCS - an opportunity for international

collaboration in liseducation : A developing country's perspective. New Library
World, 117(5/6), 360-373. doi:10.1108/NLW-07-2015-0048
2. Kumar, A., &Brahmbhatt, S. (2015, April 1). MOOCS : An Educational Space with
Difference. INFLIBNET Newsletter, 22(1). Retrieved from
http://hdl.handle.net/123456789/1956
3. Gore, H. (2014). Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) and Their Impact on Academic
Library Services: Exploring the Issues and Challenges. New Review of Academic
Librarianship, 20(1), 4-28. doi:10.1080/13614533.2013.851609
4. Ambadkar, R. (2014, November). MOOCs : AN AID FOR PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT OF TEACHERS IN INDIA. Global Online Electronic International
Interdisciplinary Research Journal (GOEIIRJ, III(I), 91-96.
5. Michael, S. (2013). MOOCs for LIS Professional Development: Exploring New
Transformative Learning Environments and Roles. Internet Learning, 2(2). Retrieved from
http://digitalcommons.apus.edu/internetlearning/vol2/iss2/6
6. Ecclestone, M. (2013). MOOCs as a Professional Development Tool for
Librarians. Partnership, 8(2). http://dx.doi.org/10.21083/partnership.v8i2.2797
7. Kamat, R., Keleher, P., Patil, A., &Pujar, S. M. (n.d.). Promulgation of Higher Education in
India: From University to Meta University via Massive Open Online Courses
(MOOCs). Proceedings of the IETEC'13 Conference. Retrieved from
http://www.citationmachine.net/apa/cite-a-conference/manual
8. Wright, F., (2013). What do librarians need to know about MOOCs.DLib
Magazine.19(3/4).Retrievedfromhttp://www.dlib.org/dlib/march13/wright/03wright.ht
ml
9. Fowler, L., & Smith, K. (2013, July/August). Drawing the Blueprint As We Build: Setting
Up a Library-based Copyright and Permissions Service for MOOCs. D-Lib
Magazine, 19(7/8).
About Author:
Ms. Sangita Gangaram Utekar is working as a Librarian at MSPMS
D.G. Tatkare Mahavidyalay, Mangaon, Raigad – Maharashtra and having
8+ years of professional experience.
M: 9552803247 | E-mail ID: sangitagutekar@gmail.com
54
DIGITAL MARKETING OF LIBRARY SERVICES & LIBRARY

RESOURCES WITH THE HELP OF SOCIAL MEDIA IN THE
ACADEMIC LIBRARIES: A STUDY
Dipti Prajapati1 & Vaishaliben Bhavsar2
1
Research scholar, Department of Library & Information Science, HGNU, Patan
2
Librarian at Anand Education College of S. P. University, Anand.
Abstract: Now a Day we are living in the Digital era. In the present scenario of Digital world, a
new concept of Digital Marketing has taking a foot step ahead in the marketing and take place in
front of Traditional Marketing in the marketing strategy. For that Social media is one the tool
which plays a vital role in the Digital Marketing. Social media makes digital marketing more and
more easier compare to traditional marketing and also makes amusing to reach patrons. Social
media also helps to collect information on who is considering the content for targeting the patrons.
The present paper discuses about the Concept of the Digital Marketing of Library services and
Library resources with the help of Social Media in the Academic libraries.
Keywords: Digital Marketing, Social Media, Academic Library
1.0 Introduction:
As the usage approach of social media is growing rapidly and also became very popular in all over
the world, there is coming a new concept of marketing which is known as Digital Marketing.
Digital Marketing gives a new way to marketing of any product. With the use of social media and
applying concept of Digital marketing there is an opportunity to the library professionals for
promoting library services as well as library resources. There are so many applications available
which are helpful library professionals to serve among the library users and remix the library
services in a better way. Libraries can do marketing of their resources via advertising with the use
of social media. With the emergence of the new technologies and growth of competition in the
digital era, marketing within the social media tools is became a essential factor for continued
existence for Library and as well as library professionals too. So looking at this point of view it is
going to be important to get aware and in addition to implement the strategies of Digital marketing
with help of social media.
2.0 Impression of Digital Marketing and Social Media in Academic library:
In the present era of information and communication technology there are millions of people are
using the social media. In the scenario of Digitalization the concept of marketing takes a foot step
ahead, contemporary Library professionals require to consume all the social media tools at their
clearance to recognize and create new ideas. This will happens only by the knowing the Impression
of Digital Marketing and Social Media and how it works together.
· The impression of Digital marketing is used for include all the marketing efforts which is used
to assemble the alertness and growing engagement on Digital stage, where including: marketing
through blog, marketing through email, marketing through mobile , marketing through online
banners and/or marketing through social media.
· The impression of Social Media is plays a vital role in Digital Marketing and it is the latest tool
for Digital marketing which includes for promote message, connecting and engaging on Social
Media such as Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Linkedin, YouTube, Pinterest, Twitter,
Google+, whatsapp, Snapchat etc.
55
· To providing information about the library resources and present the best library services, the
Academic Libraries has to involve themselves in the Digital marketing via Social Media. With
the help of Social media it provides many opportunities to Library professionals to meet user
needs and interact with the Library users too. Through the Social Media Library Professionals
can promote library resources, branding, reference services, up to date with new arrivals, day
to day building relationships with library users and also serve their users in a better way via
saving users time. Promoting of library resources and services via social media is also becoming
a essential if librarians desire to move up Library revenue from library users.
3.0 Benefits of Digital Marketing via Social Media:
Comparing marketing strategy between Traditional marketing and Digital marketing we found that
the Traditional marketing is time consuming, monotonous, expensive, time bonded, static, one-
way, passive and also limitation to reach the patrons. Where the benefits of Digital marketing via
social media are it is time saving, exciting and stimulating, cost effective, no time limitation,
creative, interactive and it is very easy to reachable to the patrons instantly.
4.0 Objective of Digital Marketing via Social media in Libraries:
· To promote library resources

· To marketing services
· To create a center of attention and attract the users
· To provide reference services
· To spared library rules-regulation and alerts
· To provide most recent updates of library
· To create conversation groups and start mutual work
· To start two way communication
· To move forward library news and press release
· To modernize and move up library revenue
5.0 Social Media sits for Digital Marketing in Libraries:

There are so many sits available on the web which is used to as well helpful to marketing of library
services and promote library resources. Science the years passes and find the revolutionary changes
in information technology its open the new door and provide the easiest way of communication.
It is essential for library professionals to adopt new technology for become popular and create
brand recognition.
As we show there are lots of various social media websites available there such as Facebook,
Instagram, Twitter, Linkedin, YouTube, Pinterest, Twitter, Google+, whatsapp, Snapchat etc. ,
each one sites contain its own principle and functionality. This gives an idea when trying to
56
establish which site is best for library. Looking to the popularity of the social networking sites
which is given below we can select the site for marketing the Library services and promote library
resources.
Source:http://static3.businessinsider.com/image/597a4d4fb50ab11c008b5087-
1200/cotd72702.png
Looking at this image and analyze the popularity of the social media sites we found that the about
2000 millions community following facebook, which is the highest community, and more then
1400 millions community using youtube, while instagram has about 800 millions followers. More
then 200 millions community following Twitter, Pinterest and vine too. Here this figure shows
that the best popular sites and librarian can focus on the useful sites are best appropriate towards
the uses for the Digital Marketing.
6.0 How Social Media is useful for Libraries???
Facebook: It is the most popular social media site in the world, and also it is user friendly for
librarian to creating library awareness with various applications such as JSTOR search, World Cat,
LibGuides. Librarian and many more are there too. Library professionals be able to
communicate with their users to serve the best and also get to know users needs too. Also share
Library instructional links or video.
Youtube: Youtube has second largest followers in the world. In the academic sector it is very
useful. With the help of Youtube library professionals can highlights or serve important lectures,
conferences, workshops etc. Librarian can also share a library orientation video.
Instagram: Instagram is a simple way to capture and share the worlds moment. Instagram itself
express “ A simple, fun and creative way to capture, edit and share photos, videos and messages
with friends and family.” As the instagram tagline propose capturing and sharing moments, the
Instagram site becomes more and more superior tool for library professionals to share library
spaces, infrastructure, collections, events to their users. Once it is share on Instagram it is explain
a collective story of the vital role of the library to their users. Now one of the benefit of using of
Instagram is Hashtags also consent to content on Instagram to develop into accessible to a huge
community.
Twitter: Library professionals can also use Twitter for library purpose. Twitter is a micro blogging
social media site that allows its users to post massages. With the help of the site library
professionals can make connections and build a community online. Twitter is the tremendous way
to know what library users are thinking about library resources and services, also useful to build
conversations with users. Librarian can tag a ask librarian or requisition of books also.
57
LinkedIn: LinkedIn also one of the popular social media site for Library. Library professional use
this tool as a recruiting tool. Librarians can get connected their patron with subject specialists in
their particular area of interest via LinkedIn. Library can implement job search paradigm with
LinkedIn for job seekers.
Whatsapp: Whatsapp is very easiest and effective tool to reach out library users. Library
professionals can also create a special groups for staffs, faculty and students. With the use of the
Whatsapp library can send immediate information about ne arrival books, events. Library can also
provide Current awareness service (CAS).
Blogs: Blogs is one of the oldest social media tool for marketing library services. Librarians can
post massages regarding library, share latest information and also broadcast exacting article for
particular subject or issue, and also permitted users for contribution to content writing. Librarians
can also upload previous years question papers, Academic calendar including exam dates, events,
holy days list, and information about vacation too.
Google+: With the help of Google+ Library professionals can create virtual book groups of
students, faculties, and other staff. Google+ also become useful about facilitates to providing
content to target groups and also promotes announcements. Library can also promote library
resources as book of the month, author of the month, article of the week etc. And also decide a
particular theme.
7.0 Roles and Responsibility of Academic Library:

Digital marketing with the help of Social media sites has come into sight as a beneficial tool for
marketing the library services and promoting library resources. The thought of Traditional
marketing is changing towards digital marketing. The Academic Library professionals has o be
utilize these different social media tools used for providing library services in a better way.
Librarians should create online database management tool and also evaluating and applying
various knowledge and information with the community. Library professionals should play a role
as an active participant of the social media group and has to be able to identify and categorized
users needs and also serve them solutions by offering up to date information links to websites
which is appropriate to their information needs. Library professionals can also get in touch with
their users via social media sites with library website to linking their communication, chats,
reference pages, research guideline, information of events and news etc. Liberians should also
follow general guidelines while using social media tool for marketing such as decide the purpose
of using social media tool for marketing, should decide what to promote or post, about events,
content, maintain communication with users, to attract users and engage them with the library.
8.0 Conclusion:
In the growth of Information and communication technology and concept of Digital marketing
via social media has changed the way of marketing of library services. Here, in the present paper
it is attempts to define and express the concept of Digital Marketing of Library services and Library
resources with the help of Social Media in the Academic Libraries. This study also defines that
how effectively librarians can engage and connected with the library users with the help of social
media. A Social media tools provide a value added services to the library customers and creates a
new and the best image of Library in Digital age. At the other side it is reflects in a batter way of
promotion of Digital marketing of the library services versus traditional marketing, and also
increase the satisfaction of users which is attract the users to the Library.
58
References:
1. Akporhonor, B. A., & Olsie, F. N. (2015). Librarians use of social media for promoting
library and information resources and services in university libraries in south-south Nigeria.
Information and Knowledge Management [online]5(6), pp.1–9.
Available:http://www.iiste.org/Journals/index.php/IKM/article/viewFile/23139/23651
[Nov. 17, 2017]
2. Alonge, A. J. (2012). Social media in library and information centres. In Library and
Information Science in Developing Countries: Contemporary Issues [online] pp. 293–295.
Available: http://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-61350-335-5.ch021 [ Nov. 17, 2017]
3. Ayiah, E. M., & Kumah, C. H.” Social Networking : A Tool to Use for Effective Service
Delivery to Clients by African Libraries.” In World Library and Information Congress: 77th
IFLA general conference and assembly 2011.(pp. 1–14). IFLA. Available:
http://uknowledge.uky.edu/gradschool_theses/155 [Nov. 18, 2017]
4. Chauhan, M. Use of social media in libraries. In Redefining Libraries to Create Next
Generation Libraries.2013. Available:
http://www.alibnet.org/public/bookofpaper/ppts/85.pdf [Nov. 18, 2017]
5. Collins, G., & Quan-Haase, A.” Social media and academic libraries: Current trends and
future challenges.” In Proceedings of the Association for Information Science and
Technology, 2009, pp. 1–4. Available: http://doi.org/10.1002/meet.14504901272. [Nov.
14, 2017]
6. Faisal, S. L. (2009). “Blogs and Online Social Networks as User Centric Service Tools in
Academic Libraries : An Indian Library Experience.” In ICAL 2009-Library Services [online]
pp. 488–495. Available:http://crl.du.ac.in/ical09/papers/index_files/ical-83_162_349 _1_
RV .pdf [ Nov. 14, 2017]
7. Jain, P. (2013). “Application of social media in marketing of library and information
services”. European Journal of Business, Economics and Accountancy. [online] 1(1),pp. 1-
13.Available:https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/55d9/6514f1fd0ee8f43367d1e650989792d4
2267.pdf [ Nov. 18, 2017]
8. Mishra,C. S. “Social networking technologies (SITs) in digital environment: Its possible
implications on libraries”.
Available:http://eprints.rclis.org/16844/1/Social%20networking%20in%20Library.pdf,
Oct. 24,2014[Nov. 18. 2017]
About Author:
Ms. Dipti Prajapati currently pursuing Ph.D. in Library & Info. Science
from HNGU, Patan. Received MLISc from the same university in 2013.
She was working with Amity Global Business School (AMITY
UNIVERSITY) during 2014-2017 and was working with U.N. Mehta
institute of cardiology & research centre during 2013-2014. Her area’s of
interest is e-Resources management. Contribution in current study, she
has carried out this work as a part of her doctoral thesis.
M: 9429516356 | E-mail ID: dipti.prajapati81@gmail.com
Dr Vaishaliben Bhavsar is a Librarian at Anand Education College of
S.P. University. She has guided various U.G. and P.G. students of Library
Science. Her area of interest is Library Management. She has contribution
in present study and also analyzed, reviews and given inputs.
59
SOCIAL MEDIA, SOCIAL NETWORKING AND SCHOOL LIBRARIES

Shilpa Boricha1 & Bharatiben Solanki2
1
Librarian, Gujarat Institute of Disaster Management (GIDM), Gandhinagar, Gujarat and
Research Scholar, HNGU, Patan
2
Librarian, Marchant B.C.A. Collage, Visnagar
Abstract: Social media has many positive uses in schools and libraries. It provides an ideal
environment for teens to share what they are learning or to build something together online. More
than 42% of world population is using the internet, and around 167 million Indians are using
mobile social media. The paper deals with the possible uses of social networks and networking
applications by school libraries. Social networks are widely used by students. A socially connected
librarian opens the doors of communication with students.
Keywords: Social Media, Social Networking, School Libraries
“Social libraries need to be there because social media is here”
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The development of the internet was in many ways radically different than the coming on of any
previous sets of innovative communications technologies. Certainly, the internet was
similar to simply making it much easier than before to express and communicate information and
ideas to others. It also however brought new features that not only broke down a host of
boundaries between forms of personal and mass communication but also overturned a mass
media model that had endured for centuries.
The current communications revolution gave content recipients the opportunity to be their own
content producers. From simple beginnings, such as the ability to post text or images on personal
web pages, user-generated content has become an extraordinary global flood of mixed original and
reused content that appears in a multitude of forms and manners. These now notably include
video posting, social networking, blogging, tweeting etc. Collectively it has been termed as social
media. (Maurya, 2015).
In a world which is moving towards digitalization of even the most insignificant thing, and where
internet defines the way we form relationships, at personal and professional levels, with our
parents, peers, spouse and the society at large; information is the weapon that can make or break
structures.
Social media can be explained as an interaction between people or communities where information
can be shared and exchanged through a virtual network. Experts have defined social media as “a
group of Internet-based applications that build on the ideological and technological foundations
of Web 2.0 and allow the creation and exchange of user-generated content”. In the past three-four
years, social media has grown out from being restricted to tweets on fashion trends or commenting
on a celebrity’s relationship status to commenting on events of national and global importance.
(Prabhakar, 2016)
“Educators know it’s increasingly difficult to engage today’s student,

whose life outside of school is inextricably linked to technology.”
2.0 WHAT IS SOCIAL MEDIA
Social media are computer-mediated technologies that facilitate the creation and sharing of
information, ideas, career interests and other forms of expression via virtual communities and
60
networks. The variety of stand-alone and built-in social media services currently available
introduces challenges of definition; however, there are some common features. (Wikipedia)
Social media can be used in a variety of different ways; sharing events, showing photos,
communicating important information and creating a dialogue between the users of a service and
the providers. Users use social media to search for information. Therefore it is very important for
a library, a community institution, to be available in all the locations where people are. Social media
can help determine what people feel are lacking from the library but can also assist in finding out
what people love, this helps to shape future programming and how funding should be allocated.
3.0 SOCIAL NETWORKING
Social networking has changed the rules in many areas. It's changed the way people connect.
Facebook and Twitter aren't just available on computers, but on phones and tablets as well. The
way people search for information has changed as well. The old card catalog system is nearly
extinct, replaced by computers throughout libraries, even in school libraries. It calls for a whole
new set of rules for librarians to consider, and also gives librarians and teachers new tools for
teaching. (Tucker)
There are many Internet based utilizations that constitute the technological formations of Web 2.0
and that allow the formation and interchange of user produced materials. Furthermore, social
media depends on web based technologies to build and maintain interactive connections where
groups and individuals may work together, discuss, create and share subject matter. Many think
that social media and social networking are one in the same but social media is considered an
approach and an avenue for informing via electronic media. Social networking is an instrument
and a function for linking with others. Most feel as though social networking came about first
which progressed into social media. (Twedt, 2013)
4.0 SCHOOL LIBRARIES AND SOCIAL MEDIA
Social media has many positive uses in schools and libraries. It provides an ideal environment for
teens to share what they are learning or to build something together online. The nature of the
medium allows teens to receive feedback from librarians, teachers, peers, parents, and others.
Social media helps to create a sense of community (as do the physical library and school) and in
this way are already aligned with the services and programs at the library and school.
Schools and libraries are working to integrate positive uses of social media into their classrooms,
programs, and services. By integrating social media into educational environments, teens have the
opportunity to learn how to be safe and smart when participating in online social networks. They
also learn valuable life skills, as these social technologies are tools for communication that are
widely used in colleges and in the workplace. Here are a few examples of how teens are being
introduced to the positive uses of social media technologies. (Yalsa, 2011)
5.0 THE IMPACT OF SOCIAL MEDIA ON STUDENT LIFE
Today’s world is a global village. Everyone is connected to one another in this vast network
generated by the Internet. As said by Marshall McLuhan, a philosopher of communication theory,
“The new electronic independence re-creates the world in the image of a global village.” This
electronic independence is inherently dependent upon the Internet. It illuminates the lives of
thousands of people by spreading knowledge internationally, thereby making us global citizens.
Humans are social animals. We always like to remain in some group or another, and we prefer to
follow what this group does. All of our traditions and cultures are the product of this group-
oriented facet of human nature. A well-known American psychologist, Abraham Maslow, stated
in his “Theory of Motivation” that the social need of human beings is the third most important
requirement after our physical and safety needs — the third tier in his hierarchy of needs. Even
61
our self-esteem comes after this social dependence. This is the main reason billions of people use
social networking to stay connected, make friends and satisfy their social needs. As of the third
quarter of 2017, Facebook had 2.07 billion monthly active users, and the number of users is
increasing day by day. One of the most interesting things to look at is the increasing number of
student users on such social networking sites. As per the survey conducted by Pew Research
Center, 72 percent of high school and 78 percent of college students spend time on Facebook,
Twitter, Instagram, etc. These numbers indicate how much the student community is involved in
this virtual world of social networking. (Karadkar, 2015)
6.0 CREATING A SOCIAL NETWORKING GUIDELINES
For school libraries contemplating going down the path of using social media, there are some
important considerations that need to be kept in mind. Social media guidelines are particularly
necessary in the school setting where the age of students, institutional values, and parental concerns
necessitate consideration. We encourage teachers, students, staff, and other school community
members to use social networking/media (Twitter, Facebook, etc.) as a way to connect with others,
share educational resources, create and curate educational content, and enhance the classroom
experience. While social networking is fun and valuable, there are some risks you should keep in
mind when using these tools. In the social media world, the lines are blurred between what is
public or private, personal or professional. We’ve created these social networking/media guidelines
for you to follow when representing the school in the virtual world. (Dunn, 2014)
7.0 SOCIAL NETWORKING AS A TOOL IN SCHOOL LIBRARIES
Because of the negative ways it's sometimes used, social networking sometimes gets a bad rap, but
it can be used in a positive and beneficial way. It can be used as a tool in the learning environment.
In this familiar environment, students are more likely to pick up the tips and try them out. The
following are suggestions on ways librarians can use social networking to facilitate learning:
· Make a page on a social networking site such as Facebook and regularly update it with links and
information on ways students can use the library.
· Provide training to students to show them how social networking can be used in a positive safe
manner both in the library as well as out.
· Publish photos of different aspects of the library to Facebook or Flickr, creating a discussion
on how to do it in a positive, safe manner, as far as public vs. private settings and tagging.
· Find certain artists and authors using social networking sites and invite students to try and
connect with them online. (Tucker)
8.0 THE LIBRARIAN’S ROLE
Social media are a popular way for students to communicate with each other. School librarians are
starting to use this popular form of communication to interact with their students. School
librarians use social networking for many reasons. “Social media creates the opportunity for
libraries... to connect, share, and become visible”. Staying up-to-date with digital technology and
communication is another reason for librarians to use social media. It ensures that the librarian
does not become outdated. Social networking is popular with students. A socially connected
librarian opens the doors of communication with students. Social media allows the school librarian
to meet students where they enjoy spending time, online. The school librarian plays a role in the
administration of social media sites. Setting up the site includes several steps. These steps include
setting goals and policies and creating a user profile. There are also several methods of engaging
users of the sites that can be implemented using social media, so administering social media sites
also includes understanding how to use specific sites.
62
Each social media site operates differently. Knowing how to navigate the site is a key to using it
properly. This section will introduce the basics of using Facebook, Twitter, Blogs, Pinterest,
YouTube, and others. Social media is now a part of main stream society. In order for school
librarians to join the social media movement, they investigate what social networking is and which
social network will work best for their situation and goals. From there, librarians weigh the benefits
and disadvantages and obstacles of using social media. And finally, librarians have a role in social
networking and their library. It is their job to determine what that role is. (Erickson, 2013)
9.0 CONCLUSION
Student reliance on technology in the library is filled with negatives and positives. First, Schools
and Librarians must welcome social media software into their information and literacy world.
Second, social media and social networking must be used in a safe, positive, and effective way. We
all can learn from others and what better way to learn from others than in a virtual social
networking environment. Specifically, there has been a changing nature of reading. “Although
many adults are quick to condemn time spent online as wasted cognitive time, it doesn’t necessarily
mean that children and teens are spending time online instead of reading. Actually, much of
youths’ online activities involve reading and writing, such as texting friends, surfing the web, and
playing interactive online games. However, it does mean that the nature of reading itself is
changing. With the prevalence of online social networking (such as Facebook) and other digital
interactions (such as cellphone texting), reading is becoming more and more a fundamentally social
act”. As Jackie Marsh explains, “Recent work indicates that young children are becoming
increasingly social in their reading and writing on the Internet”. (Twedt, 2013)
Reference:
1. Dunn, J. (2014). An editable social media policy for schools that works.
2. Erickson, P. (2013). Social Media and the School Librarian : An annotated Bibliography.
3. Karadkar, A. (2015). The Impact of Social Media on Student Life.
4. Maurya, A. K. (2015). Regulation of Social Media in Cyber Space a Critical Study of
Regulatory Mechanism with Special Reference to India.
5. Prabhakar, M. (2016). Use of Social Media and Social activism a study of youth in Jaipur.
6. Tucker, L. (n.d.). Social Networking in School Libraries.
7. Twedt, L. K. (2013). Social Media and Social Networking in School Libraries : An Annotated
Bibliography.
8. Wikipedia. (n.d.). Retrieved November 2017, from
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Social_media
9. Yalsa. (2011). Teens & Social Media in School & Public Libraries : A Toolkit for Librariens
& Library Workers.
About Authors:
Ms. Shilpa J Boricha is a Ph.D. research scholar, from Department of Library and Information
Science, Hemchandacharya North-Gujarat University, Patan.
M. 9428009877 | Email: shilu.pandya@gmail.com
Dr. Bharatiben Solanki (B.Com, PGDCA, M.L.I.Sc, Ph.D.) is having 20+
years’ experience. At presently she is working as a Librarian at Merchant
B.C.A. Collage, Visnagar. She has completed her Ph.D form HNGU Patan
and she has also clear GSET exam. Apart from this she is a visiting lecturer
in HNGU Patan and also providing guidance in M.Phil. students.
M. 9427457858 | Email : bharatisol@yahoo.com
63
USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA NETWORKING IN LIBRARIES

Urjita Patel1 & Sejal Patel2
1
Librarian, Kadi Sarva Vishwavidyalaya, Gandhinagar
2
Librarian, V.P.M.P Polytechnic, Gandhinagar
Abstract: Present paper depicts an overview of social media and Social media as information
center. It also discusses about Academic social networking sites and Tools provided by academic
social networking services. An information can be sharing and provide through using social media
with the help of different social networking services and its applications or channels to the library
users. Such types of networking services provided through Marketing with the help of using social
media. It also discussed about an objective and faced difficulties while using social media.
Keywords: Social Media, Information Center, Academic Social Networking, Marketing of Library
Services, Library
1.0 Introduction
Social media are computer mediated tools that allow people to create, share and exchange
information, ideas and pictures/videos in virtual communities and networks. The usage of social
media by library community was little relevance but in recent years it is widely used to fulfill a
variety of objectives. It is very potential tools to facilitate much closer relationships between
libraries and their patrons to deliver customer services and resources. It is a powerful
communication tools to interact with faculty, staff, and students in new ways.
2.0 Social Media
Social media is the collective of online communications channels dedicated to community based
input, interaction, content-sharing and collaboration. The types of social media we can consider
magazines, weblogs, wikis, social blogs, micro blogging, social networks, podcasts, photographs,
pictures, videos etc. Social media can be defined of space timers, space locators, quick times and
slow times. Marketing, sales promotions are taking maximum benefit from social media.
3.0 Social Media as Information Center
The Social Media changes the way of study in current generation. The students are now referring
the Social Media to get the information. The teachers, researchers and students are playing more
interest towards social networks to acquire information on their demand for their academic
purpose. Many studies have proved that social network services offer opportunities within
professional education, curriculum education and learning. Through these social network
platforms many sites are developed. Among them few are very helpful for academic system. With
the help of academic and professional social networks users are very easily getting information
without moving from his place. According to Livingstone and Brake (2010), “Social networking
sites, like much else on the Internet, represent a moving target for researchers and policy makers.”
The Content communities and Blogs can be act as a Digital Library. It can provide useful
information and contents which are not available by nearest resources. Content Communities can
provide both visual and text information. Sherer and Shea (2011) claimed that YouTube increased
participation, personalization (customization), and productivity. YouTube also improved student’s
digital skills and provided opportunity for peer learning and problem solving. Majority of following
academic social networking sites are used by the users.
64
4.0 Academic Social Networking Sites:
The knowledge of academic social networking sites is very common among all the students and
the majority of the students are users of these services.
4.1 Academia.edu: is a resource that allows users to create a personal profile, upload papers,
request feedback, follow researchers, send personal messages to other researchers and view
analytics on your papers. Users on Academia.edu can also import contacts from Facebook,
Twitter, Yahoo and Google to find colleagues who already have Academia.edu profiles, thus
connecting many different networking tools described. Academia.edu has an alert service that
sends account holders an e-mail whenever a researcher whom they are following publishes a new
study, allows readers to tag articles, and alerts anyone who is following a certain topic.
4.2 Mendeley: Mendeley lets users upload and share pdfs and encourages collaboration with a
group feature in which members can share documents, follow updates, make comments and track
progress within the groups they create. Users can also search for papers in Mendeley’s crowd-
source database, add papers to their profile’s library and comment on their colleagues’ papers
directly. Mendeley is the only site that facilitates uploading and managing a library of documents,
it allows importing libraries and references from other services
4.3 ResearchGate.net: The main goal of research gate is to connect scientists in order to foster
collaboration. Its purpose is to connect geographically distant researchers and allow them to
communicate continuously on the basis of the open-world concept and the elimination of distance
as an important factor in working relations. ResesracheGate provides an online platform for users
to build an online portfolio, present their research, search a database of user publications, and lists
scientific conferences, participation in discussion board and number of views, upload journal
articles, data and code to an online repository.
4.4 Zotero: Zotero hosts groups that allow users to connect and collaborate with other scientists
and scholars, and discover the works of others.
4.5 Scholastica: The purpose of the site is to allow any scholar to create, manage, and publish in
peer-reviewed open access journals online.
4.6 Google Scholar: Google Scholar allows users to search for digital or physical copies of
articles, whether online or in libraries. It indexes "full-text journal articles, technical reports,
preprints, theses, books, and other documents, including selected Web pages that are deemed to
be 'scholarly.' Google Scholar also has a “Scholar Button” that users can install on Chrome, Firefox
or Safari web browsers to quickly search for articles without typing in a web address.
5.0 Tools Provided by Academic Social Networking Services
- Discussion Boards - File Repository

- Email - Instant Messaging
- Citation Count - Public/semi-public profile
- Group collaboration - Reference Management
- Collaborative document processing - Network visibility
- Upload publications - Linking of information to social media sites
6.0 Social Networking Services
Social networking services are Web 2.0 internet based applications. User generated content is the
lifeblood of Social Networking Services. Users create service specific profiles for the site or app
65
that are designed and maintained by the Social Networking Services organization and it facilitate
the development of online social networks by connecting a users profile with those of other
individuals and or groups. Social networking services provide a virtual “space” for learners.
7.0 Social Networking in Libraries
Today, libraries are using the latest technologies and trends to make their services popular and user
friendly. The librarian should think beyond the four walls of the library. The concept of a library
as physical place where one can visit to get information is rapidly changing to a social cyberspace
where users access, communicate and contribute to exiting knowledge. The internet and the
computer have proved very useful to the libraries. Social networking sites are playing a major role
in this changing. Social networking sites are constantly promoting open access to knowledge. In
an open access platform, users are not charged for access to articles or other resources, and are
free to read, download, copy, distribute, print, search, or link to full texts of these resources.
Libraries in digital era should use Facebook, Twitter, Flicker, and YouTube etc. for the promotion
of library activities, library rare photographs, seminars, proceedings of the meeting seminar,
conference, workshop, lecture or training.
8.0 Social Networking and its Applications in Libraries
Information Sharing: in this process librarians can keep regular touch and effective interaction
with users in online collaborative environment. The social networking tools i.e Myspace,
Facebook, LinkedIn, Ning, Blogs, Twitter etc. that can be used by the library professionals to fulfill
these activities.
Information Distribution: information knowledge sharing is the major part and decisive area
where the library professionals should look seriously whole considering and designing library
activities in Library Environment. Customer’s satisfaction should give first priority by providing
the right information at the right time in a right way. Some social networking tools i.e. .Flickr, You
Tube, Wikipedia, Digg, Teacher Tube, Second Life and slide share etc. that help the library
professionals to distribute the information.
9.0 Marketing of library services using of social media
Social media marketing is playing a major role in sharing the E-form based information. It covers
activities regarding library involving social sharing of contents, videos and images. In other words
library marketing means to provide information regarding library resources and services to users.
In more, to know the reader's information requirement, collect this information and then planning
ways of providing information as per user’s require. Social media play a wonderful role in
marketing of library resources and services. With the help of social media we can provide right
information to right user at right time.
10. Objective of Using Social Networking in Libraries
· To promote the library services · To support the library Resources

· To highlights subject specific information · To promote new acquisitions
· To promote the professional courses · Provide links to recommended internet
resources
· To connect with prospective users · To connect with distance learners
· To promote new acquisitions methods · To create a collaborative network with
users
66
· To make the users aware of the evens in · To solve users queries instantly
library
· To provide quick updates to users. · To provide user education classes.
11.0 Difficulties in Using Social Networking Sites
· Internet is must be compulsory

· Too many Social Networking Sites are available
· Fast changing technology
· Lack of interest
· No privacy
· Electricity problems
· Lack of clear policy by the institutions
· Copyright issues
· Technological expertise
12.0 Conclusion
Today libraries and information organizations have to act as powerful magnet in attracting the
users. Social media are powerful tools of information communicate in a time. They can be used
for advertising and displaying the library stock to the users. Social media is a rapidly developing
space. As more people grow up immerse in social media. Librarians at an academic institution
must be willing to participate in the ongoing process.
References
1. Aggarwal, S. (2016). Social media in libraries. New Delhi: Ess Ess Publication.
2. Livingstone, S. & Brake, D. (2010). "On the Rapid Rise of Social Networking Sites: New
Findings and Policy Implications"
3. Patel, A. & Lad, N. (2016). Use of social media networking in library. Conference
proceeding.
4. Sherer, P. & Shea, T. (2011). Using online video to support student learning and engagement.
College Teaching, 59(2), 56-59
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Google_Scholar
About Authors:
Ms. Urjita Patel is currently working as a Librarian in Kadi Sarva
Vishwavidyalaya, Gandhinagar. She is having 10+ years of experience in the
field of LIS. She is gold medalist in B.Lisc and M.Lisc and also qualified
M.Com. She has published 7 research papers in reputed journals, and
presented 4 research papers in national/international level conferences.
M. 9898672575 | E-mail ID: urjitaksv@yahoo.com
Ms. Sejal Patel is currently working as a Librarian in VPMP Polytechnic

College, Gandhinagar. She has 8+ years of experience in the field of LIS.
She has published 5 research papers in reputed journals, and presented 4
research papers in national/international level conferences.
67
USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA IN MARKETING OF LIBRARY SERVICES

Unnati Acharya
Librarian, Global Institute of Ayurveda, Rajkot
Abstract: Traditional Libraries gives emphasis on storage and preservation of physical items,
particularly books and periodicals those in which librarian were a custodian of the library. In the
past years, libraries have increasingly developed into a provider of information resources and
services that do not even require a building. It is about new demands of competence within
education, trade and industry, the public’s demand for new services, new media and information
resources, the range of possibilities offered by the Internet, digital services etc. The main aim users,
it will help in discover user’s need for effective and efficient library services. This paper is to focus
on creatively engage in marketing library services through social media. Now a day for excellent
library services social media has become an integral part. Libraries should design a workable plan
with total emphasis on the delivery.
Keywords: Library Marketing, Social Media, Library Services.
1.0 Introduction
Social Media deliver several opportunities to reach and interact with the society. In recent years
social media and social network have grown amazingly. Social Media is being used all over world
for manifold purposes in Libraries and Knowledge centre. Currently libraries and information
centres are facing many problems and challenges. It is very difficult for library professionals to
manage and share their resources with others manually. For solving these problems, many
technological development has been discovered and creating new forms of information, new
sources of information and new ways of providing information bypassing traditional institutional
like libraries. Now, the actual challenge for information professionals is not to handle the
collection, staff and technology, but to turn these resources into services which are user oriented.
Web 2.0 applications in libraries have acquired growing reputation all over world. It appears that
the library must think about marketing its services more regularly through the internet, taking
advantage of Social networks to get better access to its users and to promote information services.
Social media is a powerful new form of communication.
2.0 Statistical Analysis of 2017
In India Social media become very important part of life. These sites have made significant impact
in the individual’s life. Social networking websites made large impact on how internet users
exchange their ideas, maintaining their profile and establishing links within their communities.
Social Media Has changed Librarian and Information professional with a huge challenge of remain
alive and grow in this digital age where users can access online information resources at any time
of the day from where ever they are. For that library marketing is useful. Traditional marketing
was costly and stressful. This has progressed into online marketing with is time and cost effective
through Social Media.
68
3.0 Objectives of the Study
The study seeks to achieve the following objectives:

1. Review actual study on the Utilization of Social media platforms in marketing library and
information centres.
2. To investigate the problems in utilizing social media for marketing purposes in libraries.
4.0 Library Marketing
Marketing is the ongoing process of creating a connection between the library and its users.
Research is a key element of marketing. Librarians must match what the library offers with what
users want and need. Then, the library must demonstrate its value in meeting a customer’s need to
continue the cycle. Effective marketing requires careful planning, creative approaches, and focused
strategies. Librarians must think beyond traditional methods of recruiting non-traditional clients
and nurturing existing users. Keep in mind that a marketing campaign doesn't need to take months
and cost thousands of dollars. Small, focused efforts can be just as effective. Library marketing is
there for all about identifying users needs and developing strategies and services to reach out to
them. Spalding and Wang (2006) observed that by using marketing principles and techniques
librarians discovering that they can understand better their users needs justify funding
communicate more effectively with a variety of external audience and achieve greater efficiency
and optional results in delivering products and services that meet the identified needs of their
clients.
5.0 Social Media
Social media is the collective of online communications channels dedicated to community-based

input, interaction, content-sharing and collaboration. Social Media can be described as a group of
web-based and mobile applications that allow users to share and create knowledge in a real time
social interaction. It is user-centric, multi-purpose and it is not time and location bound. Social
Media consists of various users driven marketing channels, e.g. Face book, Twitter, Blogs,
YouTube, Flickr, Pinterest. Social Media provides more opportunities to reach the user community
target specific audiences and give users a chance to interact with Library. Libraries can market their
services and products using different social media platforms, for Example publicize their different
upcoming events and newly acquired information materials through the Face book. Different
programs such as conference and workshops can be marketed by uploading videos on the
YouTube. The pictures of different library events and services can be shared using Flickr. Blogs
can be used to market library services among distance learners. Twitter and Instance messaging
can be used to market a Library’s Reference. Quora can be used for A Questions and Answers. In
Marketing of Library services the most widely used social media platforms follow.
5.1 Face book
Face book is a social networking website intended to connect friends, family, and business
associates. It is the largest of the networking sites, with the runner up being My Space. Face book
has the largest number of active users and is easy to get started with. When looking for a business
or information Face book is one of the first places many people look. It is a place for community
members to connect online. Therefore every library in the Peace Library System should have a
Face book page. Through the face book page / Accounts librarians can draw user’s attention to
useful hidden treasures of the library that library users have forgotten or are not aware of such a
grey literature.
69
5.2 Twitter
Twitter is second most popular social media platform. It is micro blogging network of real posts
and all post is limit to 140 characters or less. Twitter can be used to keep library staff and patrons
updated on library’s daily activities for exam frequently updated library collections. User can utilize
this platform to type in short messages or status updates. Often library users prefer twitter to
interact with librarians because this is more influential than other social media platforms and what
happens on Twitter does not stay in twitter. Twitter is a marketing tool for libraries including tips,
best practices, evaluation and assessment of a twitter account.
5.3 Blog
A blog is a discussion or informational website published on the World Wide Web consisting of
discrete, often informal diary-style text entries ("posts"). Posts are typically displayed in reverse
chronological order, so that the most recent post appears first, at the top of the web page. Blogs
are popularly used in library to broadcast library news and market other library resources.
Librarians can also develop subject specific blogs and play a leading role in advocating the use of
blogs for scholarly communication and commenting on research findings.
5.4 Flickr
It is an image- and video-hosting website and web services suite that was created by Ludicorp in
2004 and acquired by Yahoo on 20 March 2005.[4] In addition to being a popular website for users
to share and embed personal photographs, and effectively an online community, the service is
widely used by photo researchers and by bloggers to host images that they embed in blogs and
media. Librarians can use it to market general library services to their users. Most students / users
are not aware of the different services offered in the library such as reservation of Books, Reference
services and strategic dissemination of information. Flickr is good to sensitize users with library
services.
5.5 Pinterest
Pinterest is a web and mobile application company that operates a software system designed to
discover information on the World Wide Web, mainly using images and on a shorter scale, GIFs
and videos. it provides great venues to market library resources. A library can make its own profile
and create boards, pinning photos and video showcasing the library.
6.0 Advantages of using Social Media
Use of Social media by the library has now become Mainstream. As per the survey 80%
librarians now feel that use of Social Media is important.
1. Financial costs of using Social media are perceived to be low. It requires little training.
2. It connects users with the library activities and engages them in library activities. It increases
interactions with library users.
3. It helps gather feedback of libraries for redesign the library services.
4. To marketing the product and services of library.
5. To promote information on new arrivals on library resources and process to use it.
6. It also creates awareness and innovate the way users live.
7.0 Challenges of using Social Media
1. Social Media can require considerable time from Library Professional.

2. The Users can create a false account and do anything without being traced.
70
3. There are limited funds to support more advanced social media usage / features and the
training that would be required to enable this.
4. Library professionals need to work hard to maintain engagement with library users.
5. Personal Data and privacy can easily be hacked and shared on the internet.
6. Factors such as internet connectivity, technological infrastructure and government
restrictions on the use of Social Media may restrict access.
8.0 Conclusion
His research contributes about various techniques used to improve library services and resources
through library marketing and social media. It has practical implications for how to effectively
promote future services and resources and contributes to future researchers wanting to explore
library promotional techniques. By using social media libraries can fulfill users need. Study gathers
that according to the changing needs of library users, libraries need to be changed correctly.
Libraries should be facilitated with internet service and develop their web page and social media
page. Social media is used by libraries to supply a merging of user services, news, content etc. Social
media networks are used but as yet there is limited differentiation is this how they are used.
References
1. Burkhardt,” Four reasons libraries should be on social media”, 2009.

2. S.N. Chand, D. Suman & P. Nirmalendu, “Application of Web 2.0 in library and
information science: With special Reference to RSS”, 2008.
3. S. Kamdani & B.D. Kumbar, “Web-based services expected from libraries: A case study of
Management Institutes in Mumbai City “2006.
4. Kaba, “Marketing information resources and services on the web: current status of academic
libraries in the United Arab Emirates” Information Development,2011 27(58), 58-65
5. E.E. de Saez, “Marketing concepts for libraries and information services” (2nd Ed.).
London: Facet Publishing, 2002
6. W. Fang, “Using Google analytics for improving library Website content and design: a case
study” , Library Philosophy and Practice, 9(2), 2007
7. Adeloye, How to market yourself and your library organization: a solo librarian's guide. The
Bottom Line, 16(1), 15-18, 2003.
8. S.A. Khan &, R. Bhatti, “Application of social media in marketing of library and information
services: A case study from Pakistan” Webology, 9(1), 1, 2012
9. A.M. Kaplan & M. Haenlein,” Users of the world, unite! the challenges and opportunities
of social media”, Business Horizons, 53(1), 59-68.
10. Jahan & S.M.Z. Ahmed , “Students' perceptions of academic use of social networking sites:
A survey of university students in Bangladesh” Information Development, 28(3), 235-
47,2012.
11. Z. David Xia, "Marketing library services through Facebook groups", in Library
Management, Vol.30, Issue-6 pp. 469-478, May 2009.
About Author:
Ms. Unnati Acharya has done B.Com, PGDCA, B.lib and M.lib from
Bhavnagar University. She is having 8+ years of experience as a Librarian.
Currently she is working as a Librarian at Global Institute of Ayurveda,
Rajkot. She is creative, self-motivated, and a good team leader. Her area of
interest are Automation of Library, Social Media and Marketing of Library
services.
M.: 9429164993, 8734007510 | E-mail : unnatiacharya12@gmail.com
71
CHANGING ROLE OF LIBRARIES IN TO THE INFORMATION

RESOURCES CENTER
Dharmendrakumar D. Dholakiya
Asst. Librarian C.U.Shah College of Engineering & Technology Wadhwan - 363030
Abstract: Information technology has changed the scenario of every aspect of our daily life.
Libraries and information centers are also changing now. From books to e-books, Journals to e-
journals and ownership to access. Technology has creates unlimited opportunity to library services
now users of library can access the resources without any geographical limits at any time.
Traditional libraries are now converting into information and resource center. On the other side
technology has also creates many challenges to library professionals. User expectations are also an
important factor of modern library environment users are more aware they need pin pointed
information in short time of period to fulfill this expectations libraries will have to be more
organized and demand oriented.
Keywords: Information Technology, Modern Library, Digital Library
1.0 Introduction:
Traditional libraries are mostly collecting the materials in the form of Books, journals and other
physical media. With the emergence of computers ICT the scenario of libraries is totally changed.
Modern libraries are more service oriented now. With the use of ICT libraries provide services to
the end users at any time anywhere.
Libraries now converting into resource centers, modern libraries are providing more user friendly
interface. With the emergence of ICT has also brings some challenges for library people. Compare
to traditional resources Electronic resources are fragile so preservations and conservations and
archiving of electronic material is a big challenge for any library. Compare to physical space, digital
space is more required nowadays. Access of electronic resources users will have to be trained and
digitally literate so empowerment or user education is also playing a big role in modern library
environment.
2.0 Library Software:-
- DSpace - Greenstone
- Fedora - E-Prints
3.0 CHARACTERISTICS:
● Digital library is access in digital format.

● Digital library provides faster access to information and sources.
● Digital library enable easy management of large amounts of data collection.
● Digital library support formal and informal learning procedures.
● Digital Libraries are large and persist over time;
● Digital Libraries contain many formats.
● Quick Access of information by key search.
72
4.0 OBJECTIVES:
The aim of the library is to investigate what the future potential of the library systems is: How can
library systems ensure they are able to serve the needs of next generation library services and users,
as well as being both effective and efficient in meeting reduced budgets and rising user
expectations. The primary objective of this study is to analyze and explore the changing vision and
the roles of future academic library to meet the changes and challenges in the learning environment
to define and explain the concept of e-literacy and digital learning Environment in academic
institutions which changes the role of library to the real situation. To discuss about the various
skills needed for the library professional to meet the present online and digital needs of the user
The objectives of this study are given below:

1. The primary objective of this study is to analyze and explore the changing vision and the
roles of Future academic library professionals accordingly to meet the changes and
challenges in the Learning Environment’s resources access and provide to user.
2. To document the various changes and challenges evolved before the academic library
Professional in the e-learning environment.
3. To define and explain the concept of e-literacy and digital learning environment in
academic. Online information access and provide to specific user.
4. To discuss about the various skills needed for the library professional to meet the present
online and digital needs of the user.
4 To introduce and provide new services.
5 To create digitized collection in the digital format
6 To create electronic database. In electronics format
5.0 MANAGE of E-Library
Creation, maintenance and provision of services using digital library collections requires several
resources. Two major resources required for setting up and operating digital library collections are:
Technology infrastructure includes computing and other equipments, software and networking
connectivity. Personnel will require for handling various tasks associated with the creation and
maintenance of the collection. The maintenance of digital library is a costly affair. The cost of
maintenance includes:
1 System hardware.
2 Software upgrades.
3 New equipments.
4 Improved or alternative network solutions
5 Technical personals.
6 Maintaining various activities in digital environment, upgrading, deleting the links to
6.0 Changing Roles of the Librarians in to the Information officer.
· Leadership Role and Managerial Skills

· An Evaluator of Digital Resources Collection
· IT Skills as Digital Information Provider
· Digital Resources Collection
· Staff Development Programmers
· Information on Literacy Programmers
· E-Resource Managers Need E resources supporting system with upgrade system.
73
7.0 CONCLUSION
Librarians as professionals trained in acquisition, organization, retrieval, and dissemination of

information need to adapt and acquire new skills of digital age. Virtual library is not the ultimate
answer to veryone'snformation needs. It is merely a not her step in a dynamic and evolutionary
process. The traditional print library and traditional library services will not disappear. But, as
librarians, we must accept and adapt to the introduction of new techniques and systems. We must
recognize the enormous s potential of the virtual library, address the issues involved in its creation,
and take a leadership role in integrating these new systems and services into our libraries, for our
own good and for the good of our users. The time of changing role of information center Its the
depend of the librarian how can use technology and get better services to user of particular
information provide to quick deliver information with support of E-Internet and technology of
the information center.
Reference:
1. crl.du.ac.in/ical09/papers/index_files/ical-23_154_338_1_RV.pdf
2. www.trp.org.in/wp-content/uploads/.../IJISS-Vol.5-No.1-Jan-Jun-2015-pp.29-33.pdf
3. National Conference Cilibcon2017 Proceeding, at C.u.shah University: Transforming
Libraries in to Digital Era.
4. SRELS Journal of Information Management Vol. 49, No. 5, October 2012, Paper AX
p495 - 500.
5. P. Sarasvathy1; Nambratha G.R2 and D. Giddaiah CHANGING ROLES OF THE
LIBRARIANS IN THE VIRTUAL/DIGITAL ERA
About Author:
Mr. Dharmendra D Dholakiya is working as an Assistant Librarian at
College of Engineering & Technology, C. U. Shah University, Wadhwan
since 2002.
M. 9925974446 | E-mail ID: dddholakiya@yahoo.com
74
DIGITAL PRESERVATION: PROCESS AND STANDARDS

Kishore Sakariya
Librarian, Faculty of Technology and Engineering, C. U. Shah University, Wadhwan, GUJARAT
Abstract: Libraries and information centers are converting in to digital form, Digital libraries are
storing and managing huge amount of information. To continue access of these digital information
libraries must be aware about digital preservation process and standards. How to convert material
into digital format, which file format is most appropriate for long term preservation. Digitization
concept, process and standards have been discussed in this article.
Keywords: Digital Preservation, Digital Archiving. Digital Library
1.0 Introduction
The libraries, museums and archives of the world are filled with materials recorded in many
‘analogue’ formats. These include paper and all its variants, for example vellum, papyrus, birch
bark, wood and other substrates. Images can be represented on paper or canvas, as well as many
surrogate forms including negatives, glass plates, and microfilm and microfiche. Sound and moving
image have been stored on film, videotape, audio cassette and LP records.
Digitization is the process by which analogue content is converted into a sequence of 1s and 0s
and put into a binary code to be readable by a computer. Digital information also has common
characteristics and qualities, regardless of whether the content is stored on DVD, CD-ROM or
other digital storage media: it can be linked to other materials to create multimedia. Digital content
can be browsed easily, and can be searched, indexed or collated instantly. Most importantly, it can
be linked to a whole ‘web’ of other content, either locally or globally via the internet. There is a
growing demand for immediate access to rich content and easily accessed, up-to-date information
from news and media organization; to fulfill this demand the digitization process is necessary for
any type of libraries or archival agencies.
2.0 What is Digitization?
The term digitization is often used when diverse forms of information, such as text, sound, image
or voice, are converted into a single binary code. Digital information exists as one of two digits,
either 0 or 1. These are known as bits (a contraction of binary digits) and the sequences of 0s and
1s that constitute information are called bytes.
Digitization is a process to capture an analog signal into digital form, Conversion of physical object
into an electronic format, which can be stored and accessed using a computer. Physical object may
be printed text, manuscript, image or sound, film and video recording from an analogue format to
a digital one.
Digitization is the process by which analogue content is converted into a sequence of 1s and 0s
and put into a binary code to be read-able by a computer. Digital information also has common
characteristics and qualities, regardless of whether the content is stored on DVD, CD-ROM or
other digital storage media: it can be linked to other materials to create multimedia; it is not
dependent upon spatial or temporal barriers, or hierarchies; it can be stored and delivered in a
variety of ways; and can be copied limitless times without degradation of the original. Digital data
can be compressed for storage, meaning that enormous amounts of analogue content can be stored
on a computer drive, or on a CD-ROM. Digital content can be browsed easily, and can be
75
searched, indexed or collated instantly. Most importantly, it can be linked to a whole ‘web’ of other
content, either locally or globally via the internet.
3.0 Purposes of digitization of library resources
There are three major reasons for digitization endeavors:

(i) There is a need to preserve endangered library resources,
(ii) Improvement of the efficiency of information search mechanisms, and
(iii) Digitization improves access to library resources.
Most libraries are digitizing materials which might be lost in the future, such as old manuscripts,
research projects, photo images, analogue maps, non-live musical recordings, government official
gazettes and several other historical records. Digitization is useful in preserving precious materials.
Making high-quality digital images available electronically will reduce wear and tear of fragile items.
However, digital copy should not be seen as a replacement for the original piece, therefore original
document should be cared for even after digitization
4.0 Digitization Process
The whole process of Digitization can be divided into three stages:
Post-
Pre-digitization Digitization digitization
processes process processes.
4.1 Pre-Digitization Process
Before starting the actual process of digitization the organization should have some preparations
of digitization process. Pre-digitization process includes decisions pertaining to…
· Creating necessary infrastructure: Before starting digitization process the organization has
to be arrange necessary infrastructure facility for digitization. Particularly hardware and software
requirement for digitization like… Scanners, Digital cameras, server, processing software etc.
· Selection of Material: How to select the material? Before selection of material we should go
through following questions.
Ø Does the material have sufficient intrinsic value to ensure interest in digitization?
Ø Will digitization significantly enhance access or increase use by an identifiable constituency?
Ø What goals will be met by digitization?
Ø Does a product exist that meets identified needs?
Ø Are rights and permissions for electronic distribution securable?
Ø Does current technology yield images of sufficient quality to meet stated goals?
Ø Does technology allow digital capture from a photo intermediate?
Ø Are costs supportable? Does an institution have sufficient expertise in project management?
Ø Is the local organizational and technical infrastructure adequate?
(Ayris, 1998)
· Standards of digitization: when we going to be digitize our collection we should follow the
international standards for digitization. The collection should be compatible for exchange
metadata with other repositories.
We should have answer following questions.
76
Ø Do the standards being used meet national/international standards, yielding images of suitable
quality?
Ø Will the resources thus digitized be available from the variety of hardware platforms supported
by your institution?
Ø Is the software used to deliver the materials readily available and easy to use?
Ø Does the metadata conform to agreed international standards, e.g. Dublin Core?
Ø What are the requirements for archiving in terms of hardware, software and data migration?
· Administrative issues: some administrative issues has to be solve before starting the
digitization process, these are…
Ø Is there sufficient finance to meet the costs of digitization, and does the outcome of the
digitization process meet the requirements of the funding body?
Ø Have copyright permissions been obtained and rights issues addressed?
Ø Does the institution have sufficient expertise to carry through the project?
Ø Does the digitized resource enable you to create a partnership with a commercial provider?
Ø Do the benefits of digitization justify the costs of doing it?
4.2 Digitization Process
The first step in the process of digitizing a text that exists in print/paper document is to convert
it into a digital image. For creating this image from paper, scanners and digital cameras are used.
· Scanning: Scanning or Imaging is the process by which paper documents are copied and saved
as digital images. These digital images or electronic records are saved as PDF or TIFF files.
Black and white, gray, and color paper records can be scanned. Any kind of record can be
scanned including color text documents, photographs, and maps, plans, and engineering
drawings. Each scanned record is visually inspected to ensure that the image is complete, clear
and usable.
· Optical resolution: It is necessary to set resolution for scanning documents; the greater the
details captured by the scanner, the better the quality of optical resolutions. The quality of
optical resolution is stated in numbers indicating dots per inch (DPI). Normal resolution for
document scanning is minimum 300 dpi (dots per inch): and Scanned records must be saved as
PDF or TIFF files. JPEG is not advisable if the scanning is done with the intention of
destroying the original paper records.
4.3 Post Digitization Process
After the completion of scanning process the post digitization process starts. Post digitization
process can be divided in to three steps.
Image/Word Retrival
Storage
Processing Mechanism
· Image/Word Processing: After the completion of scanning we cannot upload the documents
as it is on our repository, before submitting we should edit or cropping the scanned documents.
All the scanned documents are not same in size or color, so after scanning process is necessary
for uniformity.
77
Example:
Before Edit After Edit
We can see the difference between two images.

Sometime when we convert images to OCR some spelling errors may be appeared. Before
submitting the documents we should edit these errors.
Example:. Spelling Corrections using OCR Software

· Storage:
After processing of scanned documents the next step is to store the documents. The scanned
documents can be store in any digital storage media. It may be a CD, DVD, Hard disk, USB
drive or any other portable media.
The library should select proper media for storage. Any digital storage medium is completely
dependent upon very specific combinations of hardware and software for access. The
accessibility of information stored on such media is highly vulnerable in today’s rapidly evolving
technological environment.
78
The following criteria should be considered by data creators when selecting removable storage
media:
Longevity: The media storage option chosen should have a proven life span of at least 10
years.
Capacity: The media storage option chosen should provide a storage capacity appropriate for
the quantity of data to be stored.
Viability: The media and drives chosen should support robust error-detection methods for
both reading and writing data. Provision for testing the integrity of media after writing is also a
benefit.
Obsolescence: The media and its supporting hardware and software should preferably be
based on mature, rather than leading-edge technology. The technology should be well
established in the market place and widely available.
Cost: Two elements must be considered when assessing the relative costs of storage media –
the cost of the media itself and the total cost of ownership.
Susceptibility: The media should have low susceptibility to physical damage and be tolerant
of a wide range of environmental conditions without data loss.
(Brown, 2008)
Before selecting the media we should evaluate available media on above basis.
· Retrieval Mechanism:
To fulfill the goal of digitization the digitized materials has to be accessible to end users, for this
the library should implement proper mechanism for digital information retrieval. The system
should prove support to various functions of library in order to facilitate activities such as
acquisition, storage, organization, and access to the digital collection. It should be scalable and
flexible to accommodate any changes throughout its lifecycle. It may be an Institutional repository
or digital library system like Dspace, Greenstone or E-prints or any other computer based system.
5.0 Parameters for Digitization:
5.1 Hardware-Scanners
Scanners are not all the same: there are a number of different scanning concepts to choose from
when digitizing documents. Which type of equipment is suitable for a particular project depends
on the properties of the material (type, condition, format etc.) and on the scale of the project.
Document scanners
Suitable for scanning unbound single pages.
· Very fast processing with a high throughput (up to approx. 50

pages/minute).
· Automatic feed
· Software enables other processing stages to be carried out (e.g.,
conversion to PDF).
Disadvantages
· The documents have to be cut open.
· Limited scan quality.
· Not suitable for material requiring careful handling for conservational reasons.
79
Overhead scanners
· Suitable for bound or delicate material
· Careful processing thanks to book cradle and attachments: scanning is
possible up to an opening angle of (min) 90 degrees.
· Simultaneous production of more than one derivative
· Disadvantage: limited throughput because operated manually
Scan robots
· Very high throughput
· Automatic page turning
Disadvantages
only suitable for certain materials, so pre-sorting is necessary.
5.2 Resolution
The term resolution means the number of pixels per unit of length. They are measured in dpi (dots
per inch) or ppi (pixels per inch). The higher the resolution, the more detailed is the digitized result
– and the larger the volume of data.
The digital library federations1 has recommended following standards for scanning.
Document type Resolution DPI Resolution Bit depth
Books (text pages) 400 or 600 dpi (access quality) 1 bit (black and white bitonal)
600 dpi (preservation quality) 24 bit (color)
Rare/damaged 300–600 dpi 8 bit (gray scale)
printed text 24 bit (color)
Book illustrations 400 dpi (access quality) 8 bit (gray scale)
or figures 600 dpi (preservation quality) 24 bit (color)
Manuscripts 300–600 dpi 8 bit (gray scale)
24 bit (color, if color present in
original)
Maps and other 400 dpi 8 bit (gray scale)
oversized items 24 bit (color)
5.3 Color management
The color management system ensures that colors are reproduced perfectly, regardless of the
scanning or viewing equipment that is used. To achieve this, there are device-specific color profiles.
In order for the color on digitized items to be faithfully reproduced, it is essential to use filming
and reproductive devices that have been calibrated to have the same color profile. The color profile
must also be saved with the digital file. If the color of the material is an important criterion in
research work, it is recommended to scan a standard color chart along with the original document.
5.4 Parameters of data formats:

File format can be divided in to three major categories.
1Digital Library Federation, Benchmark for Faithful Digital Reproductions of Monographs and Serials,
December 2002, Government Printing Office (GPO) Specifications and Metrics for Quality Control of
Converted Content, March 2006, University of Virginia Library, University of Virginia Community
Digitization Guidelines, March 6, 2006, and Western States Digital Standards Group, Digital Imaging
Working Group, Western States Digital Imaging Best Practices, Version 1.0, January 2003.
80
I. Text formats
II. Image formats
III. Presentation formats
Text Format: Text document formats are the simplest form of digital data. Denoted by the ".txt"
file extension, these documents contain only a simple string of characters and are devoid of more
complex information. Most common encoding standards for text are ASCII and UNICODE.
· ASCII: American Standard Code for Information Interchange

represents text in computers, communication equipment and other
devices that use text. ASCII files contain no formatting- only text, spaces
and carriage return codes. When a file is in this format, it can be retrieved
into many other programs without additional conversion, since the
software-specific codes have been removed. Virtually all PC applications
accept ASCII data and can transfer data in the ASCII format.
· Unicode: Developed by the Unicode Consortium (IBM, Novell,
Microsoft, DEC, Apple and other industry leaders) Unicode is a 16-bit
code used in various countries of the world. As a base format, the
contents of text documents are available to all text processing
applications, such as indexing, word-processors, and screen readers. The
multilingual characters are supported depending upon the encoding
scheme used.
Image Formats: When we talk about "digitization," we are usually referring to digital images of
paper pages. Image formats are typically used to display digital images of text pages, photographs,
illustrations, artwork, and other graphical material. Common image formats in use on the Internet
include TIFF, GIF, and JPEG.
· TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): TIFF, denoted by the ".tiff"

extension, was developed by Aldus and Microsoft as a common format for
image scanner vendors and DTP software. It is currently the standard
intermediary file format for transferring files among scanning, paint, imaging,
and DTP programs.
The main advantage of TIFF is that it uses a "loss-less" compression scheme

wherein no information is thrown away when compressed.
· GIF (Graphics Interchange Format): GIF was developed by

CompuServe Incorporated in 1987 and improved in 1989. Recognized by the
".gif" extension, It resembles the original exactly, acting like a digital "picture"
of the original. While it supports limited colors, it is an uncompressed image
format, thus file sizes are smaller than TIFF, but larger than JPEG. GIF is
supported by almost all image software and, because it has been the preferred
file format for inline images in Web browsers, it is one of the most common
on the Internet.
81
• JPEG (Joint Photographic Expert Group): JPEG is an image coding

standard that has been optimized for continuous tone images, such as
photographs. It supports 16 million colors and, because of high compression
ratios, is an excellent, small-sized format for delivering photographs over the
Internet. JPEG files are denoted by the ".jpg" or ".jpeg" extension. JPEG retains
the look-and-feel of the original, thus layout features, graphics, and characters of
any type are displayed.
Presentation Formats
Presentation formats are those formats that have been developed for on screen display or printing.
The most common presentation formats are Adobe PostScript and Adobe Acrobat Portable
Document Format (PDF).
· PostScript: Adobe PostScript is a page description language that is used to

specify precisely the location and nature of graphical elements on an output page.
PostScript, a proprietary language developed by Adobe Inc., is a hardware- and
application-independent language which allows documents containing high-quality
graphics and typography to be printed on any PostScript-compatible printer. Use
of PostScript is fairly common on the Internet, or before the advent of PDF
· Adobe Acrobat PDF (Portable Document Format): Adobe's PDF

format is relatively a new format, based on PostScript that supports on screen
display and printing of documents containing complex text and graphical
information. Producing PDF files requires a for-fee program called the Adobe
Acrobat Suite.
The advantages of using PDF are:
I. retains the look-and-feel of the original document
II. bundles multiple pages in a single file
III. Supports zoom feature
IV. supports internal hypertext links and tables of contents
V. supports thumb-nail views of document pages
VI. supports multimedia content
VII. supports forms
VIII. can be made keyword searchable
IX. Can be viewed within a Web browser through the use of a plug-in.
6.0 Conclusion
Digitization of library materials is changing the ways in which collections are used and accessed.
Many materials are amenable to digitization, including scarce, fragile and ephemeral materials, as
well as the whole spectrum of moving image and audio materials. All can be safely used by a wider
audience in digital form. Research and interrogative tools for digitized source materials can also
make digital surrogates more amenable to certain types of interpretation, such as full-text searching
and indexing, as well as comparison of materials for multiple sources. Nonetheless, there will
always be times in which no digital surrogate will be adequate for scholarship, and it will be
important to be able to evaluate whether or not digitization is truly worthwhile before undertaking
a digitization initiative. Valuable digital resources, which will bring prestige to the institutions that
create and maintain them, will be those that can support scholarship without any loss of the
benefits of working with the originals.
82
References
1. Ayris, P. (1998). Guidance for selecting materials for digitisation. Joint rlg and npo preservation
conference, Ukolan. Retrieved from http://eprints.ucl.ac.uk/492/1/paul_ayris3.pdf
2. Brown, A. (2008). Selecting storage media for long-term preservation . Informally published
manuscript, THE NATIONAL ARCHIVES 2008, Retrieved from
http://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/documents/selecting-storage-media.pdf
3. Lickteig, L., Longig, H., & Pauig, E. (2009). University of colorado digital library, digitization best
practices, version 1.0. University of Colorado, Retrieved from
https://www.cusys.edu/DigitalLibrary/cudldigitizationbp.pdf
4. Preservation Committee: Canadian Council of Archives. (2002, October). Digitization and
archives. Retrieved from http://www.cdncouncilarchives.ca/digitization_en.pdf
5. Environmental Protection Agency. (2007). Epa library collections digitization process report.
Unpublished raw data, Retrieved from http://www.epa.gov/nscep/DigitizationReport.pdf
6. Arms, C., & Carl, F. (n.d.). Digital formats: Factors for sustainability, functionality, and quality.
Retrieved from
http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/techdocs/digform/Formats_IST05_paper.pdf
7. Berman, A. R., Egan, D. F., & Linden, A. S. U.S. Environment Protection Agency, (2007).
Overview of current digitization practice. Retrieved from website:
http://www2.epa.gov/sites/production/files/documents/overviewcurrentdigitizationprac
ticeslmijuly07.pdf
8. Feltner, M. & others University of Tennessee, (2011). Digitization standards. Retrieved from
website: http://www.lib.utk.edu/digitalcollections/standards.pdf
9. Fabunmi, B. A., Paris, M., & Fabunmi, M. (2006). Digitization of library resources: Challenges and
implications for policy and planning. International Journal of African & African American
Studies,5(2), 23-36. Retrieved from
https://ojcs.siue.edu/ojs/index.php/ijaaas/article/view/80
10. Inden, Y., & Graf, N. (2009). Best practices in digitization projects. Retrieved from
http://www.digitalisierung.ethz.ch/digitalisierungsparameter_e.html
11. Fleischhauer, C. (1996, January). Steps in the digitization process. Retrieved from
http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ammem/award/docs/stepsdig.html
12. University of Washington. (2013, January 22). Managing your records. Retrieved from
http://f2.washington.edu/fm/recmgt/scanning
About Author:
Mr. Kishore Sakariya is working as a Librarian at Faculty of Tech& Engg.
C. U. Shah University, Wadhwan city, Surendranagar since April 2014.
Before that he was working as a Librarian in N. R. Vekaria Institute of
Business Management, Junagadh. He is also a course coordinator of
Department of Library and Information Science, C. U. Shah University. He
teaches information Processing, Digital Libraries and E-Resource
Management to the UG and PG Students. His areas of interests are Digital
Library, Electronic resource management, Library automations and cloud based library
applications.
M. 9227443830 | E-mail ID: ccetlib@gmail.com
83
DSPACE AS AN OPEN-ACCESS DIGITAL INSTITUTIONAL

REPOSITORY: ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS
Shanthakumara, T. N.
Library Assistant – “A”, National Remote Sensing Centre (ISRO) Hyderabad
Abstract: Every library wants their information to be archived and wanted it to be preserved safely
somewhere for the future usage. That’s the actual dream of every librarian. In this modern world,
we have developed some software’s which can help us to achieve our dream of having a digital
institutional repository. ICT (Information and Communication Technology) made this very easy
to build our repository and also it keeps on helping in all possible ways. With the help of ICT,
libraries can create a digital institutional repository and archive their information such as Books,
Journal Articles, Rare collections of Images, Documents etc…
Keywords: Institutional Repository, Digital Library, DSpace.
1.0 Introduction
Institutional Repository? How does it work? Like these many questions will comes to our mind
when we start thinking of a digital repository. Let’s keep it simple, a digital institutional repository
is an archive, where one can collect, preserve, and disseminate the information.
“An Institutional Repository (IR) is an online locus for collecting, preserving, and disseminating
in digital form the intellectual output of an institution, particularly academic or research institution.
In a university, this would include materials such as research articles, before undergoing peer
review or preprints; and digital versions of theses and dissertations. IR also includes other digital
assets generated by normal academic life, such as the administrative documents, course notes, or
learning objects” (Wikipedia, 2010).
An institutional repository is a database where we will store, index, preserve and disseminate
scholarly research in digital formats among a community in any Univeristy. In an institutional
repository, we cannot simply preserve and disseminate all the intellectual information due to
copyright issues. Therefore, we can only keep the information which is published by a member or
a faculty in an organization or an institute.
2.0 DSpace as an Institutional Repository
DSpace is developed by MIT and HP Labs in 2000. People from all over the world are using this
application to create an in-house repository. This application really helped lots of people to create
and store their scholarly publications and institution records and other documents such as
Circulars, Memorandums, etc.
3.0 How does it work?
Image Courtesy: http://www.dspace.org
84
As we can see in the above image, it all starts from a submitter, a submitter is responsible for
uploading documents to DSpace and where the curator will examine, create metadata, upload the
data and arrange them in the database. Eventually, the End-User will be accessing the data which
is already uploaded and preserved in a database using the URL or IP address. The digital content
may be stored on a local server, or accessed via computer networks. A digital library acts as an in
house information retrieval system.
4.0 Why DSpace?
There are some factors which made DSpace very reliable software, they are followed;
- Has the largest community of users - Open Source and source code freely available
- Easy to customize as per our needs - Out of the box installation
- Ability to store all type of files
Hence, if we want to digitize our collection and to preserve them in an application or in software
DSpace is the best option. We can see the many people using DSpace are increasing so rapidly.
DSpace will work as your digital library as well as your Institutional Repository. Repository
software is mainly two different types: Open Source software (OSS) or Open Access, and
Proprietary software. Open Source Software like; DSpace, Fedora, EPrints and Commercial
software like; Digital Commons, SimpleDL, ContentDM, DSpaceDirect, etc.
5.0 Issues and Solutions

There are mainly few issues with DSpace are follows;
5.1 Copyrights
Copyright is considered as the most common issue what we face in DSpace. In an Institutional
Repository, we cannot simply keep someone else’s intellectual information on the internet or in an
Institution library because the data which we are going to preserve it may come under copyright
protection. Every author/individual will not simply allow us to preserve or keep his/her
intellectual work in our Repository without their permission. In this case, we should have the
permission of the author or from the publishing body. Hence, we should always keep an eye on
this piece of information when we are about to upload any kind of data or information to our
Repositories or Digital libraries.
5.2 Hardware Requirement
Infrastructure plays a key role here; the bigger is your infrastructure the more users it gets and the
optimum use of your information is possible. Infrastructure includes; A Server to host our data,
High speed Internet, Computers to retrieve the information. When it comes to choosing a right
hardware we should consider two things, we should look at the server configuration and the
database system. The database system should support various file formats and the search
mechanism of the database should be way better
If it is a university library the infrastructure should be bigger because it gets more numbers of
visitors. And institutions and colleges should plan accordingly because they don’t have to invest
big they get less number of visitors.
5.3 Budget
Budget is an essential element when it comes to creating a Digital library or an Institutional

Repository. All libraries will not be having the sound amount of budget. If they don’t have
sufficient budget they have to plan accordingly. The libraries which have sufficient funds they can
set up their digital library with ease. Only thing is here the librarian has to come up with a proper
85
plan and they should have a future goal how they are going to use their digital library. Thus, Budget
is the game changer, and we can’t do anything when we don’t have it.
5.4 Committed and skilled Professionals
When it comes to handling a digital library we are indeed in committed and skilled professionals
who have sound knoweldge about ICT. She/he is responsible for uploading the available
information in an Institution such as faculty publications, scholarly published information etc. and
to disseminate it to the end-users. The professionals should know the basics of ICT and should
be very authenticated while it comes to uploading, curating and assigning metadata to the uploaded
data.
5.5 Service Providers
The table below is a list of DSpace Service Providers. In India, there are few companies who
provide hosted digital library service, and they have helped many institutions to create their own
digital repositories using DSpace.
They are followed;
• Informatics India Pvt. Ltd. • D Square Technologies, India
• Vir Softech Private Limited • Edutech India Pvt. Ltd.
6.0 Conclusion
Institutional Repositories or a Digital library plays a vital role in present day librarianship. In
present day scenario, scholarly articles are publishing in universities’ and Institutions have become
Born-Digital. Now-a-days people are not using the traditional publishing tool to publish their
scholarly information. Digital libraries helped us to preserve our information for future use and
they also helped us to save labor and time. Digital repositories helped users find new ways to
search and retrieve in house published information in a well-organized manner.
References:
1. Lynch, Clifford A. "Institutional Repositories: Essential Infrastructure for Scholarship in

the Digital Age" ARL, no. 226 (February 2003): 1-
7. http://www.arl.org/resources/pubs/br/br226/br226ir.shtml.
2. Wikipedia (2010): Open access publishing. Available at:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_access (publishing) [Accessed 18/12/17]
3. DSpace (2017), http://www.dspace.org
About Author:
Shanthakumara, T. N. received his Master’s Degree in Library and
Information Science from the University of Mysore, Mysore, India, in
2014 with Gold Medal. He is having 4+ years of experience. He is
working at National Remote Sensing Centre (ISRO), Hyderabad, where
he is working as a Library Assistant – “A” and also worked at Vikram
Sarabhai Library, Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad, as a
Library Trainee. His research interests include Library Automation,
Digital Library, and Emerging Library Trends.
M: 9886944211 | E-mail ID: shanthakumaragowda@gmail.com
86
E-JOURNALS AND RESOURCE SHARING THROUGH CONSORTIA

Deepak Ramesh Patil
Librarian, Pratap College, Amaner, Dist. Jalgaon (MS)
1..0 Prelude:
Journals are one of the most important media for scholarly communication. Scientists and
researchers have many kinds of forums and media for communication about their research. They
include seminars, conferences, symposia, workshops, publishing books, reports, monographs,
articles in journals, papers in conference proceedings and so on. However, researches have shown
that scientists/ researchers depend on or prefer more journals than any other form of information
sources. (King and Tenopir, 2000). There has been an economic crisis in scholarly publishing since
late 1980’s due to spiraling costs of scientific journals (Hanghton, 2001; Johnson, 2000; Odlysko,
1997). Libraries were the first to experience the effects of this crisis as they struggled to keep up
with the exploding volume and escalating cost of Journals. Data collected by the Association of
Research Libraries (ARL) USA, reveals that the unit cost paid by research libraries for serials
increased by 226 percent between 1986 and 2000 as against 57% increase in the consumer price
index over the same time period. As the unit cost of journals in major disciplines soared, libraries
were forced to cancel large number of journal subscriptions.
2.0 Electronic Journals (e-Journals):
The culmination of advances in printing and publishing technology, information storage media,
information & communication technology (ICT) and networking resulted electronic publishing
during 1970’s and further refinement there after. This not only reduced the cost of publishing but
increased the speed of publications exponentially apart from providing many more advantages
over print resources.
There are two major types of electronic publishing viz-electronic journals (e-journals) and
electronic books (e-books). E-journals are serial publications available in
digital format. Rich and Rabine define e-journals as “a periodical literature that is made available
as an individual title via electronic medium, typically the world wide web” (Rich and Rabine, 2001).
Electronic Journals can be electronic journals only or electronic equivalent of print version. Kling
and Mckim (1997) distinguished e-journals into four kinds, viz.,-
Pure Electronic Journals - Journals whose text is originally distributed only in digital form;
Electronic Print Journals – Journals primarily distributed electronically, but may have very limited
distribution in paper form;
Print Electronic Journals – Journals Primarily distributed in paper form, but are also distributed in
electronic form;
Print + Electronic Journals – Journals that are initiated with parallel paper and electronic editions that
may be widely distributed.
3.0 Growth of e-Journal Publishing:
Henry Oldenberg produced the first issue of a scientific journal “The philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society of London” in 1665 (Schaffner, 1994). In 2001, Ulrich’s Periodicals Directory
listed over 160,000 periodicals and serials published throughout the world. This list apart from
journals includes the proceedings of annual conferences and annual reviews. None the less, the
number of scientific journals and abstract journals published world-wide is estimated to be
87
1,00,000 and the number of journals has grown steadily and rapidly during the second half of the
20th Century (Tinopir and King, 2000).
4.0 Formats of e-Journals:
One of the important issues in e-journals publishing is format of publishing. While traditional
format of print journals on paper is relatively limited, there are many more possibilities in
electronic environment. The most important digital formats are: PDF and HTML. Other format
include : ASCII, Post Script, SGML, XML, RTF, Excel, MS Word, Word Perfect, Tex, La Tex,
Real Page etc.,
5.0 A Historical View of Library Consortia:
‘Library consortia’ refers to co-operation, co-ordination and collaboration between, and amongst
libraries for the purpose of sharing information resources. A review on the literature shows that
‘library consortia’ is not a new concept, although libraries were not used it widely until about 1980s.
The main driving forces for collaboration among libraries especially academic libraries were
increase in publications or information explosion, the rise in the cost of publications along with
the decline in library budgets. Increase in the students enrolment and increasing demand for library
services and collections were other factors 1980s onwards (Baathuli Nfila and Darko-Ampen,
2002).
Historically, the common form of library co-operation was the sharing of union catalogue
information, storage facilities, collection development, and human resources at local, regional and
national and levels in the United States (Payne, 1998). Later, these services expanded to others. In
the ten-year period from 1980-1990 many libraries in the Western countries were involved with
library automation, coupled with the increased use of computers in bibliographic processing
activities, and database searching. There was a need to share expertise on library automation and
this can be considered as a possible reason to move toward library consortia in 1980s (Baathuli
Nfila nad Darko-Ampem, 2002).
Creation of the Internet in 1990s imposed new challenges for libraries. In the print era, libraries
used to buy resources and own it; copyright law allowed for fair use in ways that advance education,
study and scholarship. In the electronic era, use of information recourses goes under contract law
and licenses. Libraries become involved in several partnerships when a license is created.
Electronic publishing also brought possibilities for resources sharing in many ways.
6.0 Library Consortia in Developed Countries:
Consortia activities which began long before among libraries increased and integrated in fine tune
with advances in information and communication technologies. Co-operative and collaborative
efforts have grown from peripheral and limited positions of resources sharing to an integrated
system-wide resources sharing in recent years in the West. Within USA, there are now well over
100 large library consortia. Some of the most established ones are :Washington Research Library
Consortium (WRLC), International the Coalition of Library Consortia (ICOLC) Ohio Link,
Georgia’s Galileo, Virginia’s VIVA, Pennsylvania Academic Library Consortium (PALCI) etc.,
The WRLC (Washington Research Library Consortium) founded in 1987 by some of the major
Universities in Washington D. C., comprises of seven universities. It provides access to online
catalogue, electronic journals, article databases and digital collections. It promotes co-operative
storage facility. Ohio-Link (Ohio Library and Information Network) is a consortia of Ohio College
88
and University libraries and the State Library of Ohio. Serving more than 600,000 students, faculty
and staff at 85 institutions Ohio Link emphasizes sharing of electronic resources, and in particular
shared digital multimedia. Georgia’s GALILEO stands for Georgia Library Learning Online. It is
an initiative of the Board of Regents of the University system of Georgia. Over 100 databases,
2000 full text journals, encyclopedias, business directories and government publications are
accessed through GALILIO. Virginia’s.
7.0 Library Consortia in Developing Countries:
While library consortia are originated in the Western countries, some developing countries have
been active in such efforts and have benefited from the advantages of consortia. In Thailand, there
are two existing networks (THAILINET, a network of online catalogues of academic libraries in
the Bangkok region, and PULINET, the grouping of provincial academic libraries) have now
joined forces to from ThaiLIS, which is the backbone of a national resource-sharing system. The
China Academic Library and Information System (CALIS) lunched in the first half of 2000 is a
nation-wide academic library consortium which links services across the provinces and cities in
China. Consortium of Academic Libraries of Catalonia (CBUC) is a consortium of the state-funded
universities and the State Library of Catalonia ( Spain) acting as a channel for cooperation. The
digital library of Catalonia has been sharing electronic resources among all the member libraries of
the consortium. The Gauteng and Environs Library Consortium (GAELIC) is the largest academic
library consortium in South Africa.
8.0 International Library Consortia Efforts:
The Regional University and Science Library Advanced Network (RUSLANet) in North-West of
Russia is creating common information space of libraries and integrating with worldwide library
information space. International Coalition of Library consortia (ICOLC) comprising of library
consortia in the United States, Canada, The United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Germany, Israel,
Australia and many other countries is a cooperative venture at international level. The Coalition
represents over 5000 member libraries worldwide and serves primarily higher education
institutions by facilitating discussions among its members on issues of common interest. Electronic
Information for Libraries, known as eIFL.net, is an independent foundation that negotiates and
advocates for the wide availability of electronic resources by library users in transition and
developing countries. Its main focus is on negotiating affordable subscriptions to electronic
journals for libraries in the education and research sectors, while supporting emerging national
library consortia in member countries. The two primary activities of eIFL.net are the creation and
support of library consortia in transition and developing countries and assistance in the provision
of access to electronic resources. Over the years other program areas have been added. eIFL.net
began in 1999 as an initiative of the Open Society Institute.
9.0 Library Consortia in India
India is a vast country with large higher education system. Today there are more than 400
universities, and over 18000 colleges providing higher education to more than 7.8 million pupil.
The number of teachers engaged in teaching and research in various institutions & universities is
3.1 million. Apart from research carried out in universities, there are many R & D institutions
devoted to research in specific areas. Efforts have been made in India by libraries and Government
agencies like UGC, AICTE, CSIR etc., to initiate network based consortia to facilitate information
to this huge population of scholars, teachers and students. Though there exist in India many
consortia at different levels, prominent among them are: UGC - INFONET, INDEST, FORSA,
CSIR Consortium and HELENET.
89
9.1 UGC-INFONET e-Journals Consortium :
The Government of India, through University Grants Commission (UGC) initiated UGC-
INFONET e-journals Consortium to provide scholarly access to electronic journals and databases
by the research and academic community throughout the country. This consortium was launched
on the concluding day of University Grant Commission’s Golden Jubilee Celebrations by His
Excellency, The President of India, Dr. APJ Abdul Kalam on 28th December 2003. This initiative
is a great boon to academics and scholars in the country.
The main features of the UGC - INFONET are:

Ø It has Scaleable Architecture to grow from University to affiliated colleges.
Ø Nation-wide Terrestrial Backbone using Fiber Optic Links
Ø Integrated Satellite WAN supporting broadband and STPC VSAT technology
Ø Comprehensive Network Management Systems for overall monitoring of the network, down
to each and every device.
Ø Linkage with other academic and research networks all over the world.
Ø Data security and virus protection using firewalls and Intrusion Detection Systems.
Ø Dedicated Data Center for Web hosting, e-journals and Mail Boxes
Ø Mirror sites spread all over the country for content hosting
Ø Broadband Multimedia and Video Channels for Distance Learning
The UGC-InfoNet e-journals consortium is wholly funded by the UGC and is monitored by
Information and Library Network (INFLIBNET) Centre, Ahmadabad. INFLIBNET acts as a
coordinating and monitoring agency and liaisons between UGC, Education and Research Network
(ERNET) and all universities in the country. The consortium provides access to nearly 9000 full
text scholarly electronic journals from more than 25 publishers across the globe. It provides
current as well archival access to core and peer-reviewed journals in different disciplines, such as.,
arts and humanities, social sciences, physical and chemical sciences, life sciences, earth sciences,
mathematics, statistics, computer science etc. So for, 100 universities out of 171 universities, which
come under the perview of the UGC have been provided access to these e-journals & this facility
will be extended gradually to other universities and affiliated colleges. In 2008, UGC decided to
adopt JCCC ( j- Gate Custom Content for Consortia) for all universities it has extended Info Net
facility. JCCC is a customized access solution for both electronic and print journals subscribed by
Indian Universities and UGC- InfoNet’s e-journals consortium under the aegis of INFLIBNET.
9.2 INDEST Consortium:
The Ministry of Human Resources Development, Government of India has set up Indian National
Digital Library in Science and Technology (INDEST) consortium. The consortium subscribes to
full text electronic journals and bibliographic databases to 38 leading engineering and technological
institutions. The Ministry of Human Resources Development (MHRD) provides funds for the
consortium. The All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE) also contributes to this
consortia project for purchase of e-resources. The members of core group of institutions are as
follows: IITs and Indian Institute of Science (IISc) (8), National Institute of Technologies (NITs),
Indian School of Mines ( ISM), Sant Harchand Singh Longowal Central Institute of Engineering
and Technology, Sangrur (SLIET) and North Eastern Regional Institute of Science & Technology
(NERIST) (20), Indian Institute of Information Technology (IIIT) and Indian Institute of
Information Technology and Management (IIITM) (2), Indian Institute of Management (IIMs)
and National Institute of Training and Industrial Engineering (NITIE) (7). The policy of the
consortium, being an open-affiliated institutions to join hands and share the benefits it offers in
terms of lower subscription rates and better terms of agreement with the publishers, a few other
90
core members of the INDEST Consortium are AICTE-supported Members (63) and Self-
supported Institutions (382). The consortium subscribes to more than 6,500 full text journals and
seven databases from various publishers and aggregators. The consortium negotiates the prices
with the publishers to get more discounts.
9.3 CSIR Consortium:
The Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), one of the largest government-funded
organizations in India established in 1942, has 43 national laboratories carrying out research and
development work in the areas of Engineering, Biological, Chemical, Physical, Environmental and
Information Sciences. It has an estimated 5,000 active researchers supported by approximately
16,000 technical and administrative staff. As support services, these laboratories have established
libraries and documentation centers on their premises. In the year 2001 CSIR consortium was
formed, basically to provide access to electronic journals for forty-three centers. The major
objective of CSIR Consortium is to strengthen CSIR library resources by pooling, sharing, and
providing electronic access to scholars and scientific circles of CSIR, NISCAIR( National Institute
of Science Communication and Information Resources) is the nodal organization for developing
a Consortium for CSIR laboratories for accessing e-journals. Targeted to access over 4,500
journals, this consortium has entered into an agreement with many publishers, such as., Elsevier
Science, American Chemical Society, American Institute of Physics, and Springer. Attempts have
been made to make available the J-Gate Custom Contents for Consortia (JCCC) to all laboratories.
9.4 HELINET Consortium:
HELINET (Health Library and Information Network) established by Rajiv Gandhi University
of Health Sciences (RGUHS), Bangalores is a consortium on a cooperative access model in
Health Sciences and related areas. The consortium subscribes to 09 databases, 709 full text
journals from 200 + publishers and several e-books, Clinics and Year books. Archival access for
5-10 years has been made available. The collection represents all major health science
disciplines- medical, nursing, pharmacy, dental, etc. J-Gate@HELINET, the Customized e-
journals gateway for searching and finding articles from over a million articles available through
HELINET has been created to facilitate single point access to all these journals.
10. Conclusion:
Electronic journal publishing, particularly after the birth of Internet has revolutionized the
information world and more so library environment. Consortia, as collaborative effort, in general
are tailored to meet the unique needs of their members Consortia purchasing projects have become
a basic tool that expand collections and support co-operative technological development for
libraries. The creation of the Web and networks brought many possibilities for integrating
consortia activities both in developed and developing countries. The library consortia are shifting
from a peripheral and limited position of resource sharing to an integrated system-wide resources
sharing in recent years. India has been active in consortia activities. UGC-InfoNet e-journals
Consortium, INDEST, FORSA, CSIR Consortium, HELENET etc. are facilitating access to
thousands of journals and have proved to be boon to academic and research community in the
country.
91
References
1. Association of Research Libraries (1997). Directory of Electronic Journals, News Letters
and Academic Discussion lists. Washington DC. Association of Research Libraries.
2. Baathuli Nfila, Reason and Darko-Ampem, Kwasi (2000). Developments in academic
library consortia from the 1960’s through to 2000 : A Review of Literature. Library
Management, 23 (4/5).
3. Hitchcock, S; Carr, L and Hall, W (1996) A survey of STM online journals 1990-95 : The
calm before the storm. Available at : http://journals.ecs.soton.ac. uk/survey/survey.html
4. Hayton, H J (2001). Electronic resources: Matching client attitudes and usage data to
management decisions. The paper presented at 9th Specials, Health and Law Libraries
Conference. Available at :http://conference.alia.org.on/shllc2001) paper/hayton.html
5. Johnson, Richard K (2000). A question of access : SPARC, bio one, and society
driven electronic publishing. D-Lib Magazine. 6 (5). May.
6. King, DW and Tenopir, C (2000), Scholarly journal and digital database printing. Threat or
opportunity. Paper presented at Economics and usage of Digital Library collections
conference. University of Mishigan, Ann Arbor, MI, March 23. Available at :
http://www.sri.umich.edn/ PEAK -2000/king.pdf
7. Mahajan, Preethi (2005). Academic libraries in India : A present day scenario. Library
Philosophy and Practice. 8 (1).
8. Odlyzko, Andrew (1997). The economics of e-journals. Presented at the Scholarly
Communication & Technology Conference, organized by the Andrew W Foundation at
Emay Unoversity, Atlanta April 24-25
Available at : http://www.ori.org/scomn/seat/odlyzto.html)
9. Okerson, A (2000). Are we there yet? Online e-resources Ten years after. Library Trend.
48, p 671-694
10. Payne, L ( 1998 ) The Washington Research Library Consortium: A real organization for a
virtual library. Information Technology and Libraries. 17 (1), p.13-17.
11. Rich , L A and Rabine J L (2001). The changing access to electronic journals :A survey of
American Library Websites Revisited. Serials Review. 27 (3/4), p 1-6
12. Schaffner, A C (1994). The future of scientific journals: Lessons from the past.
Information Technology and Libraries. 13, p 239-247
13. Tinopir, Carol and King, Donaldu (2000). Towards electronic journals: Realities for
scientists, librarians and publishers. Washington, D.C.,: Special Library Association
92
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES MANAGEMENT: AN OUTLOOK

Vasantray A Chauhan
Librarian, Indian Institute of Teacher Education, Gandhinagar
Abstract: Computer applications which deal with Electronic Resource Management (ERM) are
quite a recent development. They have grown out of the need to manage the burgeoning number
of Electronic Resources, particularly Electronic Journals. The process involved in the management
of E-Resources has often affected with the library personnel. This in turn led to demands for
incorporating more information and more functionality into the developing application. This
paper looks at the origins of the ERMS and the available ERMS in the Digital Library landscape.
1.0 Introduction
Electronic Resources plays a vital an emerging role at libraries on many levels. The relentless
growth of E-Resources available in a variety of forms viz, full-text databases, bibliographic
databases, E-books, E-journals, E-Theses, Digitized and born-digital documents, Digital images,
streaming video sound, and audio books becomes more decisive to manage effectively. These
resources pose huge challenges for information professionals to sufficiently manage and access
the diverse E-Resources. With these growing challenges there is a need to have a mechanism “one-
stop solution” i.e. Electronic Resource Management System (ERMS) for the evaluation, selection,
acquisition, renewal / cancellation, license agreement, access rights, usage statistics, single access
point, copyright, operation and administration of E-Resources. ERM software assists the library
to manage the details to access and to manage the E-Resources.
2.0 E-Resources Life Cycle
2.1 Discovery
The awareness of a new E-Resource results from a faculty member’s request, a suggestion from a
librarian, an advertisement, a message in a forum, or any other source. The librarian then locates
information about the E-Resources information that might include, for example, the
bibliographical details of an E-Journal, the packages that include the E-Journal and the interface.
2.2 Trial
In many cases, a librarian will want to try out an E-Resource before deciding whether to purchase
a license for it. A trial enables the librarian to offer the E-Resource to some or to all the users and
then bases a decision on their feedback. During the trial period, the librarian activates the E-
Resource in the desired areas of the library environment, and obtains feedback.
2.3 Selection
Once the trial is over. The librarian decides whether to obtain the E-Resource. A decision not to
purchase the e-resource results in its deactivation in the library environment.
2.4 Acquisition
If the librarian decides to go forward and subscribe to the resource, he or she carries out an
acquisition process that somewhat resembles the process for print resources. When the library
acquires e-journals as part of the packages from the E-Resources collection, the librarian
93
requirement needs to be considered which packages are covered by the package and for which
period.
2.5 Access
Access, of course, is a major issue when dealing with E-Resources. Once a library has acquired an
E-Resource, the librarians want to ensure that it is well used. First, they need to make certain that
users can access it easily.
2.6 Decision to renew or cancel
An E-Resource subscription is typically valid for a defined time period. When the period ends, the
librarian requisites either renew the subscription or cancel it. Furthermore, even after a
subscription has been cancelled, the library might have continuous access or archiving rights to
the data, another area that librarians must deal with on an outgoing basis.
The description provided here is a simplified version of life cycle. Many E-Resources today are
subscribing through consortia, which wield considerable purchasing power.
3.0 E-Resource Management Tools
3.1 Innovative ERM
Innovative ERM developed in 2004 for managing E-Resources. The advantages of this software
are saving time, Collection Analysis, Centralizing Budgetary and Administrative details of E-
Resources. This software also offers content access service (CASE), Spell check, Integrated Really
Simple Syndication (RSS) feeds. Software also has Acquisition, Serials, Cataloguing, Circulation
and Management module. Innovative ERM also has compatibility with ANSI/NISO,
COUNTER, MARC, ONIX and SUSHI.
3.2 TDNET ERM Solutions:
TDNet ERM Solution is proprietary product of TDNet Inc developed in 2000. It offers E-
Resource Access and Management solution for Academic, Government and Corporate
communities. It also offers flexibility and customization of A- Z holdings, Federated searching,
Classification based analysis. It provides unique functions such as single point of maintenance, E-
Book Management, Public display function, Collection evaluation, report etc. TDNet ERM
Solutions also compatible with COUNTER, MARC, NISO, ONIX, SOH.
3.3 VERDE ERM:
Verde ERM is developed by Ex Libris in 2004. It is a centralized repository that manages E-

Resource such as acquisition, trial, cost and administrative data. It can be integrated with existing
library applications such as SFX, OPACs, A-Z list. Users can access E-Resources via an A-Z list,
library portal, library OPAC, or link server. Verde support for industry standards such as
ANSI/NISO, COUNTER, SUSHI, MARC, ONIX Open URL, Simple Object Access Protocol
(SOAP), Unicode, XML with additional consortia support and tools for cost analysis.
3.4 WEB-SHARE Licence Manager
Web-share License Manager has been developed by OCLC. It manages divergent e-content
workflows and put everything in one place. The modules of World-Share License Manager are
Metadata, Acquisitions, Licenses, Circulation, Admin, and help. It compatible with Open URL link
resolver, and manage interlibrary loan, course reserves, and archival materials of E-Resources.
94
Web-share License Manager compatible with COUNTER, EZproxy, OCLC MARC Format,
Open URL link resolver, Z39.50 search and Retrieval Protocol.
3.5 SMDB
SMDB is open source ERM software developed by Semper Tool and can be installed by the system
LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, and Perl). SMDB provides product and its price information,
renewal notification, subscription history, contact information of content provider, and holding
information of E-Resources. SMDB support the standards such as SUSHI.
3.6 CORAL
CORAL is an open source ERMS developed by the University of Notre Dame's Hesburgh
Libraries, released in the year 2010. CORAL is called Centralizes Online Resources Acquisition
and Licensing. CORAL has facilities for management of E-Resource workflow, starting from
overall acquisition process to ongoing support and maintenance. It has four major modules such
as Resource, Licensing, Organizations and Usage Statistics. CORAL is compatible with the
standards such as HTML, LDAP (Lightweight directory access protocol), MySQL, and ONIX-
PL.
3.7 VERA MIT
VERA is a project of MIT (Massachusetts Institutes of Technology) for managing the E-Resource,
launched in 2000. It allows librarians, sitting anywhere, to make changes to the title database
without downloading software in their computers. Modules of VERA are licensed details, licensed
list, admin details, admin list, subject list, maintainer list and reports. VERA ERMS is compatible
with COUNTER, SUSHI, DLF-ERMI Standards, MARC, NISO, ONIX, SOAP, and XML.
3.8 360 Resources Manager
360 Resource Manager is proprietary ERM software developed by Serials Solutions in 2005. It is
an E-Resource knowledge base system that provides consistent and accurate access and
streamlined management of E-Resources. It provides easy access to end-users having the functions
and modules such as holdings, Bibliographic Metadata, Acquisition information, Cost data and
licensing information. 360 resource managers is compatible with COUNTER, SUSHI, CrossRef
DOI Linking, MARC, NISO, OAI-PMH, ONIX SRU/SRW, OpenURL, SOAP, SOH, and XML.
3.9 HARRASSOWITZ Electronic Resources Management and Information Solutions

(HERMIS)
HERMIS is developed by HARRASSOWITZ, a Bookseller and subscription agent. It manages

life cycle of E-Resources such as order, payment, renewal, and cancellation. Access management
such as link resolvers, tables of contents service, A-Z lists, and MARC records is available. License
management such as negotiation with publishers, Online Repository for signed licenses, license
analysis based on library licensing requirements etc. HERMIS is compatible with COUNTER,
SUSHI, DLF-ERMI standards, MARC, NISO, ONIX (Online Information exchange), SOH
(Serial Online Holdings), SPS (Serial Products and Subscription), SRN (Serial Release
Notification), and XML.
3.10 GOLD RUSH
Gold Rush has been developed by the Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries in 2003 to help
libraries for managing E-Resources and to provide access to users. It can integrate with any library
95
system and folded into library's website. It also has modules to create Reports, Holdings,
Subscriptions, Cataloguing and Settings. GOLD RUSH is compatible with OpenURL link
resolver, SOAP Protocol, Excel, SUSHI, and XML.
3.11 JOURNAL FINDER
Journal Finder was developed by University of North Carolina-Greensboro in the year of 2000. It
is complete ERM solution software, provides library users on easy access to electronic content
with a user friendly interface. It can link citation from commercial database to the library catalogue
or to the full text article in another database. Journal Finder standards compatible with Link
Resolver.
3.12 ERM Essentials
EBSCONET' ERM Essentials is developed by EBSCO in 2010. It is an E-Resource management

tool that maintains approximately 100 highly customizable data fields for E-Journal and E-Package
orders. Modules available in this ERM Essential are My collection, Renewal, Upload, Reminders,
Tasks, Options and Reports. It is compatible with standards such as ANSI/NISO, CORE (Cost
of Resource Exchange), HTML Format, MARC, ONIX, OpenURL link resolver, Support Excel
format, support proxy, XML.
3.13 CUFTS
CUFTS is open source software developed by the Simon Fraser University Library. CUFTS
facilitates the creation of publicly-accessible A-Z serials databases as well as for basic E-Resource
management (ERM) functionality. The modules of CUFTS are Local resources, site setting,
statistics, tools, change site, account setting. CUFTS is compatible with COUNTE, SUSHI,
MARC, ONIX, OpenURL Link solver and XML.
3.14 E-RESOURCES CENTRAL
E-Resource Central is an E-Resource Management solution for libraries developed in 2011 by Sirsi
Dynix. It is a single user interface that provides access to all library E-Resources. Manage licensing
and an access right, maintain MARC records and Metadata, integrate E-Resource usage into
circulation report, and manages E-Content Acquisition and creation. E-Resource central is
compatible with MARC, ONIX, and XML.
3.15 RESEARCH MONITOR
It has been developed by Priory Solution in 2004. Research Monitor is an E-Resource solutions
manager that helps manage external online database as well as internal intranets and knowledge
base portals. It translates into 10 different languages, forecasts, ability to export the reports into
Excel, power point & PDF formats and split screen facilities etc. The modules of RM are Usage
Analysis, Access control, Client validation, Cost recovery, Contract management.
4.0 CONCLUSION
The effectiveness ERMS for any library depends on the available resources they have. Since many
ERM solutions provide custom-built knowledge-base to work with, it is expected that the future
ERMS will concentrate on choice-based solutions streamlined and cut out for individual libraries.
This will be highly recommended for libraries, which form part of consortiums where individual
procurements are feasible, while their mass of resources are channelled through the consortium.
96
In the end the librarians look forward to ERMS which are cost efficient and at the same time, save
lot of their time and easy to manage.
Reference:
1. 360 Resources Manager. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from

http://www.proquest.com/product-service/360-Resource -Manager.html.
2. Breeding, M. (2004). The Many Facets of Managing Electronic Resources. Information
Today , 24 (1).
3. Chandel, A. a. (2012). Challenges and Opportunities of E-resources. Annals of Library and
Information Studies , 59 (September), pp. 148-154.
4. CORAL. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from http://coral-erm.org.
5. CUFTS. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from http://researcher.sfu.ca/cufts.
6. Dhanavandan, S. A. (2012). An Evaluation of E-Resources in Academic Libraries in Tamil
Nadu. Journal of Emerging Trends in Computing and Information Sciences , 3 (3).
7. E-Resource Central. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from
http://www.sirsidynix.com/eresoucrecentral.
8. ERM Essentials. (2017). Retrieved May 2017, from https://www.ebsconet.com.
9. GOLD RUSH. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from http://www.coalliance.org.
10. HARRASSOWITZ. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from
https://www.harrassowitz.de/suscription_service/hermis.html
11. Innovative ERM. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from http://www.iii.com/products.
12. Jornal FInder. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from http://www.wtcox.com/journal-
finder.cfm.
13. Klusendorf, H. A. (2010). Next-generation ERM system:ERM Essentials in context. Serials
, 23 (1).
14. (2006). Library Technology Reports. ALA.
15. Maria, C. A. (2011, March). Building a better ERMS. Library journal , 136 (4), pp. 22-28.
16. Nathan, H. (2014). Managing the Electronic Resources Lifecycle: Creating a Comprehensive
Checklist Using Techniques for Electronic Resource Management (TERMS). The Serial
Librarian , 66 (1-4).
17. Research Monitor. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from
http://www.priorysolution.com/researchMonitor.
18. SMDB. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from http://sempertool.dk.
19. TDNET ERM Solution. (2017). Retrieved May 2017, from http://web.tdnet.com.
20. The Life cycle of E-resources. (2017). Retrieved june 2017, from
http://www.lisbdnet.com/the-life-cycle-of-e-resources.
21. VERA MIT. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from http://vera.mit.edu.
22. VERDE ERM. (2017). Retrieved May 2017, from http://www.exlibrisgroup.com
23. WEB Share Licence Manager. (2017). Retrieved June 2017, from https://www.oclc.org
About Author:
Dr. Vasantray A. Chauhan is working as a Librarian at Indian Institute of
Teacher Education, Gandhinagar. He has qualified UGC-NET from
University Grants Commission, New Delhi in 2000, GSET from
M.S.University, Baroda in 2014 and completed his Ph. D in Library &
Information Science in 2016 from Hemchandracharya North Gujarat
University, Patan.
M: 9727652801 | E-mail ID: vasantray.chauhan@gmail.com
97
ENHANCING ACADEMIC RESEARCH AND RESEARCHER

PROFILES USING UNIQUE AUTHOR IDENTIFIERS
Manu T.R.1, Viral Asjola2 & Shashikumara A.A.2
1
School of Library and Information Science, Central University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar,
Gujarat.
2
Central Library, Indian Institute of Technology Gandhinagar, Gujarat
Abstract: In state-of-the-art scholarly communication system academic research enhancement and

accessibility have been taken high significance in maximizing the research impact for researchers.
Enhancement of research and accessibility can be increased through creating research accounts in
various institutional accounts & social and scholarly academic network tools such as
menedely.com, researchgate, academia.edu, linkedin, Google scholar, social science research
network etc. where irrespective of researcher managing their research profile and made available
for public access. Though researcher having their research in multiple platforms, they are not able
to integrate research profile under single identifier due name ambiguity and inconsistence of author
names & affiliations in their publication, this create more challenge to distinguish authors from
each other. To overcome with this problem & enhancing research in wider significant scholarly
publishers & scholarly societies have been stated to assigning the unique author identifiers to article
authors published or indexed in their databases & publications. In this paper authors will give
overview of list of such highly important unique author identifiers are available for researcher to
create and manage their academic research profile in order to enhance their academic research
visibility in state-of-the-art scholarly communication system.
Keywords: Unique Author Identifiers; Researcher Profile; ORCID; Scopus Author ID;
ResealedID; Enhancement of Academic Research; Research Management
1.0 INTRODUCTION
A unique author identifier connects authors with their complete list of research publications
including, educational details, history of the affiliation, institutional, biographical information,
biography etc. which comprise complete profile of authors in single unique author identifiers. The
most of unique author identifiers provides the citation profile to improves research impart through
generating citation metrics such as total citations, h-index, i10-index, cited articles, more cited
research papers etc. Researchers are finding potential collaborators related to their research interest
through unique author identifiers. Unique Author Identifiers helps in avoiding misidentification
and add values to researcher profile page by linked to various other researcher profiles such as
faculty profile, social network sites, blogs etc. to enhance the researcher profile.
Standardized unique author identifiers widely used by the academic institutions, universities,
research organisations, publishers, institutional digital repositories, funding agencies, research
scholarly societies for researcher that embedded with researcher profile and their publication. Since
1940s to enhance research visibility, evaluating author productivity and impact, simplifying
research management and streamlining publication process, maintaining their quality of their
publication certain organizations link Thomson Reuters (web of science), Elsevier, NLM,
American Mathematical Society etc. have started assigning unique author identifiers to articles
which the authors published in their publications. Scholarly search engines are also provide the
facilities for researchers to set up their research profiles of publications indexed in search engines.
Such list of unique author identifiers available for International Standard Name Identifier; ORCID;
ResearcherID; Scopus Author ID; Google Scholar Profile ID; ArXiv Author IDs; MathSciNet:
98
MR Author ID; RePEc Author Service; VIVO research profile ; Prolific DBLP authors profiles;
AuthorClaim; DAI (Digital Author ID); Faculty of 1,000 etc.
2.0 NEED FOR UNIQUE AUTHOR IDENTIFIERS
· To create unique profile for researchers to discover, share, access, research management,
evaluate productivity and impact etc.
· To solve the author name ambiguity problem in scholarly communication system.
· To distinguish authors from others to ensure the researchers’ individual work is recognized.
· Unique number sequence is used to identify a scholarly author by registration or assigned when
he/she publishes their work.
· To build scholarly profile with biographic and bibliographic information associated with the
identifier.
· To find potential collaborators.
· To find collaboration to researcher research interest
· To showcase Institutional research and researcher.
· To simplify the publishers publication workflow and peer review process.
· To simplify the research grant submission workflow of funding organizations.
· To track & evaluate researcher achievements.
· To promote the researcher work to external world.
3.0 ADVANTAGES OF UNIQUE AUTHOR INDENTERS
· Improve research discoverability

· Analysing the particular researcher research data
· All publications and research data in a single platform
· Unique author identifiers for single person and authors
· Create a custom profile, choosing what information is public or private
· Build an online publication list and publication network
· Add past institution affiliations to your profile
· Track times cited counts and improve citation and h-index
· Improves researcher impact and gain more citations
· Easy access to publications of interest
· Researcher profile easily connect to the peers
· Unique identification for all publications
4.0 PRINCIPLES OF UNIQUE AUTHOR IDENTIFIERS
· Unique author identifiers helps researcher to create the permanent, clear and unambiguous
record of research and scholarly communication by enabling reliable attribution of authors and
contributors.
· Are transcending discipline, geographic, national and institutional, boundaries.
· Open to any organization which has interest in research and scholarly communications.
· Researchers will be able to create, edit, and maintain their author profiles and record free of
charge.
· Researchers will control the defined privacy settings of their own research profile.
99
· Connected with Research organizations, funders, publishers, universities, repositories and

professional associations etc.
· Are fundamentally difference from the digital identifiers for objects
· Associated with biographic and bibliographic information of about particular author
5.0 UNIQUE AUTHOR IDENTIFIERS
ORCID - Connecting Research and Researchers

ORCID is an open, non-profit, community-driven effort to create and maintain a registry of
unique researcher identifiers and a transparent method of linking research activities and outputs
to these identifiers. ORCID started in late of 2009, to solve the authors name ambiguity problem
in scholarly communication. ORCID provides a persistent digital identifier for every researcher
and supports automated linkages between you and your professional activities ensuring that your
work is recognized. Researchers will be able to create, edit, and maintain their research profile with
education details using ORCID identifier. It’s a hub that can connect researcher and their research
through embedding of ORCID identifiers.
Basically, ORCID is 16 digit numbers groups divided into four by hyphens. ORCID provides two
core functions: (I) a registry to obtain a unique identifier and manage a record of activities, and (II)
APIs that support system-to-system communication and authentication. ORCID contains the
author scholarly profiles includeing publications, affiliations and education details. ORCID author
scholarly profiles linked to the Scopus author id, Web of Science ResearcherID, Linkedin etc.
ORCID supports the authors for 37 types of materials.
6.0 SCOPUS AUTHOR ID
Scopus author ID is a unique author identifier assigned by Elsevier publisher; it’s assigned to
authors indexed in Scopus database. Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-
reviewed literature produced by the Elsevier. It will help researcher in showcasing their research
in single dashboard. It’s an 11-digit unique identifier created in algorithmically that can be manually
updated and corrected. While article processed for indexing the Scopus database, assign unique
identifier to each author of an article, meanwhile it also create the affiliation history for an author,
where researcher has more than one affiliation. Scopus connected with ORCID for consolidating
all publication under a Scopus author profile and full list of publication can be send to ORCID.
Scopus has their own metadata for building author research profile in Scopus database, author
profile contains author & co-author name, affiliation, department/subject interest, document title,
abstract, citation, source, ASJC classification, publication date etc. It provides RSS & APIs to
supplement research data for institutional repositories through Scopus author ID. Till now Scopus
has over 12 million author profile and 8.5 million affiliation profiles.
7.0 RESEARCHERID
ResearcherID is Gateway to researchers and their published works introduced by Thomson

Reuters in 2008, for scholarly research communities, it fully integrated with Web of Science citation
and bibliographical database, so researcher profiles are getting quality research work indexed in
web of science. It is standardized and clarifying author names and citations by making information
searches more straightforward and relevant to identify research collaborators and reviews.
ResearcherID enable researcher to obtain their own profile URL of publication and research
output for managing their publication lists, citation counts and h- index etc. it helps researcher to
identify the potential collaborators related to their researcher interest. It’s available freely to search
100
and retrieve researcher profile and their publication; researcher profile shows highly cited
publication first with plot graphs based on web of science Citation Metrics. Researcher can view
their publication in bibliometrics analysis, such as number of times cited, average citation per
article, h-index, articles with citation data, and total article in publication list. It enables researcher
to obtain their own profile URL of publication and their research output.
ResearcherID covers the author’s name, publication list, citation metrics, institutions, country,
keywords, role and address etc. It’s associated with ORCID complementary attribution identifier,
ORCID is a platform-agnostic identifier, whereas the ResearcherID identifier is specific to
Clarivate Analytics.
Researcher can get upload their publication through, ISI Web of Knowledge, Web of Science,
Web of Science Distinct Author Set, EndNote Web and RIS file from EndNote, Reference
Manager (RefMan) and other reference software, it also supports to build researcher profile in
ResearcherID, and provide facility to create ResearcherID Badg, ResearcherID Labs environment,
explore collaboration networks, citation networks to create more visibility of author researcherID
profiles.
8.0 GOOGLE SCHOLAR PROFILE ID
Google Scholar allows authors to set up their research profiles and track citations of their
publication indexed in Google Scholar. It is a simple platform for authors to managing
publications, citations, h-index, and i10-index as calculated by publications in Google Scholar. It
provides article level citation metrics that computed and updated automatically as Google Scholar
adds new publications. Authors can find co-authors, who are citing their publication and graphical
presentation of citation over time. Google Scholarly profiles are available for public and appear
in Google Scholar results when people search for author name. It increases visibility of author
work.
Google scholar profile can update automatically research articles and also sends the alerts to
authors every time to add a publication for researcher profile. Google scholarly is not integrated
with ORCID, Scopus author ID and other author profiles, There are no criteria for indexing article
into Google scholar, generally Google scholar citations considered less consistent then Scopus,
Web of Science and other citations.
9.0 ARXIV AUTHOR IDS
ArXiv.org is pre-print archive maintained and operated by the Cornell University Library since
2005. It covers over 1,320,615 e-print open access papers. ArXiv.org assigned author IDs for
physicists indexed in ArXiv.org, to encourage all arXiv authors to link their ORCID iD with arXiv
author profiles. ArXiv author identifiers are created by combining the last name of the author, the
first initial, and a sequence number starting at 1. To avoid URI encoding issues all characters in
the last name and first initial are dumbed-down to lowercase ASCII a-z by lowercasing, stripping
accents and removing any remaining characters not in the set a-z.
10.0 MATHEMATICAL REVIEW AUTHOR ID
Mathematical Review Author ID is unique identifier for mathematical authors in the Mathematical
Reviews Database (MathSciNet) created by the American Mathematical Society since 1985.
MathSciNet create the author profile of each authors with total publication, total co-authors, and
citation metrics of their publication. MR author ID also called MR number for mathematical
authors. This also called authority control, it helps keep tracking of all that author's publications
101
indexed in MathSciNet database. It’s unique seven-digit accession number starting from “MR”
prefix. MR Author ID enabling a search for publication by for specific author works in MathSciNet
database rather than searching by name string.
MathSciNet author profiles made available for access of bibliographic information to HTML,
bibliographic information in HTML, BibTeX or AMSRefs, Endnote and the MR citation format,
Access to a MathSciNet record is limited to MathSciNet subscribers.
11.0 REPEC AUTHOR SERVICE
Research Papers in Economics (RePEc) is collaborative effort project for decentralized

bibliographic database of working papers, journal articles, books, books chapters and software
components related to Economics. Over 1,900 archives from 93 countries have been contributed
about 2.3 million research pieces from 2,800 journals and 4,500 working paper series. Provide
consistent contact information for authors RePEc provides author services that to create and
maintain a research profile build and showing all identified work by economists indexed in RePEc
database. When authors register with the RePEc Author Service, authors have an opportunity to
specify with which institutions they are affiliated with among those listed in EDIRC. RePEc author
services can be traced contact details, author affiliations and author obtains regular statistics about
total number of downloads and new citations.
RePEc provides the monthly email update which includes statistics about downloads and abstract
view of the works as well as citation analysis. It also helps in ranking the authors and institutions
based on their list of works.
12.0 AUTHORCLAIM
AuthorClaim is the open source RePEc project that aims to extend the RePEc author services
model. It is free author registration system which allows scholars to build their publication research
profile, it has registered majority of economics researchers.
13.0 VIVO RESEARCH PROFILE
VIVO is ontology based research profile management system developed by the Cornell University
and Duraspace. It provides discovery of connection across research partners among similar
interested group of researchers. It supports recording, editing, searching, browsing and visualizing
the scholarly research.
VIVO encourages research discovery, expert finding, network analysis and assessment of research
impact. It’s easily extended to support additional domains of scholarly activity, its open source
software and distributed under the terms of the BSD open source license.
14.0 CONCLUSION
Unique Author Identifiers are the modern discovery tools for researcher to enhance their research
profile for getting more citations, views, downloads, share, visibility through various platforms.
Managing researcher profile is essential to promote their work to thw external world, however
ORCID, Scopus Authors ID and Resercher ID provides the facilities to integrate or link with
researcher Institutional Repositories, faculty profiles, preprint archives, data repositories, expert
database, social network platforms etc. The author identifiers are integrated with CrossRef and
Figshare. Most of the Unique Author Identifiers are freely available to create, update and editing
researcher profile. The profile privacy control, bibliographical metadata, organization discipline,
geographical region are part of unique author identifiers, its widely accepted by the research
community.
102
Now-a-days Unique Author Identifiers have been playing most significant role in enhancement of
researcher profile worldwide. Consistency need to be maintained among all unique author
identifiers otherwise there may chances of author mix-up researcher profile by incorrect spellings,
name, outdated affiliations, manually updating article where facilities available. Consistent and
accurate unique author identifiers add value to academic research and researchers.
Reference:
1. ArXiv Author IDs (n.d) Retrieved from https://arxiv.org/help/author_identifiers
2. AuthorClaim (n.d) Retrieved from http://authorclaim.org/
3. Baykoucheva, S. (2015). Unique identifiers. In Managing Scientific Information and
Research Data (pp. 137–143). Elsevier.
4. Cave, Richard (2006). Unique author identification [Blog post]. The Official PLOS Blog
5. Fenner, M. (2011a). Author identifier overview. Library Ideas, 18.
6. Fenner, M. (2011b). The Open Researcher and Contributor ID (ORCID). Information
Standards Quarterly, 23(1).
7. Fenner, M., & Haak, L. (2014). Unique identifiers for researchers. In S. Bartling & S.
Friesike (Eds.), Opening Science (pp. 293–296). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
8. Google Scholar Profile ID (n.d) Retrieved from https://scholar.google.com/citations
9. Haak, L. L., Fenner, M., Paglione, L., Pentz, E., & Ratner, H. (2012). ORCID: a system to
uniquely identify researchers. Learned Publishing, 25(4), 259–264. DOI:
10.1087/20120404
10. Kowalski, Jessica (2017). Scopus: how do author profiles work and how can they help you
showcase your research [presentation]. Elsevier
11. Mathematical Review Author ID (n.d) Retrieved from
http://www.ams.org/publications/math-reviews/mr-authors
12. Mazov, N. A., & Gureev, V. N. (2014). The role of unique identifiers in bibliographic
information systems. Scientific and Technical Information Processing, 41(3), 206–210.
DOI: 10.3103/S0147688214030101
13. ORCID | Connecting Research and Researchers (n.d.) Retrieved from http://orcid.org/
14. RePEc Author Service (n.d) Retrieved from https://authors.repec.org/
15. Researcher Identification ResearcherID, Scopus Author Identifier (n.d.). Victoria
University. Fulltext available at
https://www.vu.edu.au/sites/default/files/research/pdfs/researcher-identification.pdf
16. ResearcherID (n.d.) Retrieved from http://www.researcherid.com
17. ResearcherID: Gateway to researchers and their published works (2009). Thomson
Reuters. Fulltext available at http://ips.clarivate.com//m/pdfs/rid_qec_jul09_web.pdf
18. Scopus Author ID (n.d.) Retrieved from
https://www.scopus.com/freelookup/form/author.uri
19. VIVO Research Profile (n.d) Retrieved from http://vivoweb.org
20. Wagner, Ben (2009). Author Identification Systems. Issues in Science and Technology
Librarianship.
21. Warner, S. (2009). Author Identifers in Scholarly Repositories. ArXiv.
22. Young, David (2014). Unique Author Identifiers: ORCID, Scopus ID and Researcher ID
– what’s the difference? [Blog post]. Embedding ORCID across researcher career paths
103
ENHANCING LIBRARY SERVICES WITH THE APPLICATION OF

MAKERSPACES IN ACADEMIC LIBRARIES
Anjana R. Bunkar
Librarian, Parul Institute of Medical Sciences & Research, Parul University, Waghodia, Vadodara,
Gujarat
ABSTRACT: Makerspaces is one of the new flourishing cultures in academic world. It gives the
equal opportunity to the different user of different community to come together and share the
ideas, tools and equipment to create and work in creative way. Library is a place which always gives
an access to their users to the materials for learning and developing their skills which is not easily
available. In this new trend, library may create a space which gives their users access to technology
to flourish their future well. This is study is an effort to understand the concept of Maker Space in
academic libraries. The paper presents the benefits and available tools of Makerspaces in the
library. It also focuses on challenges for libraries for developing this new service in education field.
Keywords: Makerspaces, Hackersapce, Fablab, Library, DIY
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Maker Space as the name indicates is the place in the community where people from the different
age group and community come together to work on some creative work. Makerspace allows same
minded people to share ideas, skills and tools to create something innovative. The aim of the
Makerspaces is to DIY i.e. Do It Yourself. Maker Space also known as Hackerspace, Fablab, or
Techshop.
Makerspaces are a growing service area for many libraries in school, public, and academics. Users
can create digital and physical items in common working spaces using shared equipment and
resources. The essential makerspace elements of makers, tools, space, and shared expertise are also
often joined by a spirit of individual exploration and discovery through creative activities.
Makerspaces can be a mechanism for encouraging students to experiment and learn beyond the
classroom and outside of the normal structure of their assignments. Students are encouraged to
examine new means of creation and in doing so they strengthen and apply more broadly the
learning they experience in their courses.
Library Makerspaces may offer a many types of services. Maker space is generally depend upon
the interest of certain age group for example , maker space may include computer programming
,Coding, Robotics, Electronics, 3D Modeling, 3D Printing, Laser cutting, Games, or traditional
arts and crafts like paper cutting or quill art . In maker space , experts of different field are also
available, the environment of the maker space allows users to learn from each other and
experiment rather than to receive lessons.
2.0 LIBRARIES AND MAKERSPACE
The library can and should play an important role in promoting citizens desire and ability to
innovate. The library is the organization that can facilitate meetings between people, knowledge
areas, media, communication forms, etc. This is the reason why the library has a clear potential in
becoming the place where citizen-made ideas can be developed and carried out.
In a library, users of varying ages can work together may alone or with team or with library staff
on creative projects. These library makerspaces often give community members access to tools,
technology, and social connections that may not be easily accessible. The goal of a makerspace is
to allow their users to learn through direct experimentation and from each other. Library
104
makerspaces do not require specified areas. A preexisting space can be temporarily modified or
made to better suit the needs of users. Maker spaces have also grown to allow patrons to take
classes to develop a certain skill, like cooking, sewing or yoga
3.0 HISTORY OF MAKERSPACE
Maker Space has come in the existence in around 2005 with “Maker Movement” launched by
Make Magazine which was promotion of creating work and methods of making. The publisher
of the magazine were also offering a series of Maker “Faires’’ all around the United States. The
efforts of makers were also showcased internationally. In the same year in US, libraries took the
notice and start offering maker space service in their library as a making activities. The first public
library with a maker space was the Fayetteville Free Library.
4.0 PURPOSE
A purpose of the Library Maker Space is to allow their users to experience technology and activities
which are not easily available. Those tools that previously were not able to access. Users are invited
to experiment technology freely. Maker Space includes technology like 3D printers, sewing
machines, soldering guns, coding, robotics, and wood carving machines.
Makerspaces are also intended to allow minorities or underrepresented populations, like women
or people with disabilities to become involved with technology and fields they may not have
previously considered.
5.0 BENEFITS OF MAKERSPACES IN ACADEMIC LIBRARIES
There are lots of benefits of makerspace for academic library. Some of them are listed here:
• Users can access the material that will spark their creativity and also give exposure to current
techniques which are not easily available
• There are many users who would not have access to hi tech techniques at home or they have
least financial means to purchase them. Having these resources available in the Library
makerspace means that users can use library materials and be able to complete their assignments
in better manner.
• “Do it Yourself “ activities expose users to a wide variety of activities that can spark interest,
creativity and, hopefully, identify and awaken a hidden passion that will stay with them through
the coming years.
• Makerspace activity will enhance the learning and creativity quality of users. Engaging students
with hands-on learning experiences will helps in to prepare students for college and careers in
these fields.
• Makerspace gives them the opportunity to use valuable critical thinking skills to solve a
problem.
• Best thing of Makersapce is that user learn best when they experience things rather than read
about. When we give them the power to imagine how things can work and give them the tools
& materials to help facilitate that learning, they can become so much more engaged in school
and invested in their own learning.
6.0 MOST POPULAR TECHNOLOGIES AND ACTIVITIES IN LIBRARY MAKER

SPACES
Tools, techniques and equipments offers in makerspace may be high tech and non-tech
materials also. Some of the most popular tools and techniques of Maker Space which are useful
in academic libraries are listed here:
105
6.1 Useful for School Libraries ( Non – Tech materials )
• Craft supplies
• Cardboard
• Plastic materials
• Paper
• Styrofoam
• Paint
• Collage materials
• Rainbow Loom
• Knitting and crochet supplies
• Legos
• TinkerToys
• K'Nex
• Attribute blocks
• Box rivets (Makedo and/or Mr. McGroovy)
• Plastimake
6.2 Useful for College & University Libraries ( High Tech Materials)
• 3D printers
• littleBits
• MaKey MaKey
• Sphero Robotic Balls
• Ollie
• OSMO
• ipads-loaded with production apps
• Robotics Materials-WeDo/Lego Mindstorm EV3
• Motors
• LED lights
• Snap Circuits
• Dash and Dot Robots
• Cubelet Robots
• Arduino/Raspberry Pi
• Tinkering
• Animation
• Game Creation
• Website Creation
• Digital Music Recording
6.3 OTHER MATERIALS
• Sewing machines
• Old electronics for tinkering
• Electric Keyboard
• Tinkering tools
• Video production materials-green screen and lighting
106
7.0 SOME USEFUL TIPS BEFORE PLANNING OF MAKERSPACE IN LIBRARIES
If Library been thinking about starting a Makerspaces, then librarians have probably spent some
time trying to figure out the best way to spend money like what technology, tools and activities
can be purchase, how much space it will cover, how extent these tools engage the user.
• Funding and budgeting for Makerspaces is a key part of an implementation plan.
• Before setup Maker Space in the Library, library should know about the interest of their user
community. A library has to assess your user needs before buying materials.
• Discover specific area for setup of tools as how much area will cover by the equipment.
• Library should maintain the balance between the traditional services and new techniques as the
peace of library should not be disturbed by these activities. Maker Space involve both activities
.i.e. digital as well laser cutting or carpentry work that can left many dirt on the floor. So the
environment of the library must not be disturbed.
• Involvement of the users is must. As this is community work, so, involvement of all is must
from the beginning. Do not reduce your community to just guests.
• Working together is as important as “Do it yourself” is important. As this services is for all so
sharing and creating ideas together is must.
• Least staffed is needed for Makerspace as this concept is depend on “ Do it yourself”. So this
makes the operation of the makerspace less of drain on the human resources of the library.
• Acquire general use equipment before task specific tools. It creates opportunities for
engagement of users of different levels.
• Focus on learning as something also done with your hands; skills are created by making,
touching and participating.
• Makerspace must includes the tools some for newer and some for the experts.
• Build a frame around the space, the activities and processes you want to facilitate so the users
can easily see what is going on. But be willing to change and expand the frame so ideas are not
limited.
• Do not clean up all the time. Creativity and new ideas come from chaos and mess. -People are
more important than technology and machines
8.0 CHALLENGES FOR LIBRARIES
There are many challenges for libraries to create their own makerspace. One of the challenges is
space itself. Library has to manage available space. Space should be comfort for makerspace user
as well as library regular users. The makerspace should not mess the environment of library.
Another challenge is finance. As ever sinking of library budget, its become difficult for the libraries
to purchase hi tech tools and equipment. One of the criticism of makerspace is that makerspace
over emphasis on high tech equipment. They may attract some specific users group only like tech
savvy people. They may fail to welcome users from other groups. Some may feels that library is
not place for manufacturing.
One of the big challenges for Indian libraries is that there is little guidance available on how to set
up an effective makerspace which attract their users.
9.0 CONCLUSION
Library has faced many changes in recent time especially from the evolution of information
technology. It is the main aim of the library to cope up with new technology as well as ever
changing needs of the users time to time. Library maker space give an opportunities to library and
librarians to set a new standards for how librarian can work as a motivator and inspirational to
inspire people to develop their own skills. Library maker space is a need of an era. Its encourage
107
and develop the creative skills of the users. As this concept is very new for Indian libraries, but
this has to become realty in near future
Reference:
1. Wikipedia.org,‘LibraryMakerSpace’,2017.[Online].Available:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
Library_makerspace. [ Accessed : 23- Dec-2017].
2. 2Everipedia.org,‘LibraryMakerspace’, 2017.[Online].Available:
https://everipedia.org/wiki/Library_makerspace/. [Accessed : 23-Dec-2017].
3. 3Smore.com,‘Making without maker space”, 2014.[Online].Available:
https://www.smore.com/utwjw-lc-makerstudio. [Accessed : 23 - Dec-2017].
4. IFLA.org, ‘Making without makerspace’, 2014.[Online]. Available:
https://www.ifla.org/files/assets/public-
libraries/publications/allan_thomsen_volhoj_henriette_dybdal.pdf. [Accessed : 24-Dec-
2017].
5. H. Okpala , ‘Making a makerspace case for academic libraries in Nigeria", New Library
World, Vol. 117 , no.9/10 pp. 2016 . DOI :http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/NLW-05-2016-0038
6. Hussian, ‘Awareness and Use of Makerspaces among Library Professional in India : a Case
Study’, DESIDOC Journal of Library & Information Technology, Vol. 37, no.2, 84-90 pp.
2017. DOI: 10.14429/djlit.37.2.10989
7. Turner, B.Welch & S. Reynolds, ‘ Learning Spaces in Academic Libraries – A Review of the
Evolving Trends’, Australian Academic & Research Libraries,Vol. 44, no. 4, 226-234 pp,
2013. DOI: 10.1080/00048623.2013.857383.
8. J. Burke, ‘Making Sense : Can Makerspaces work in Academic Libraries’, ACRL , March 25-
28, 2015,Portland, Oregon. [Online]. Available :
http://www.ala.org/acrl/sites/ala.org.acrl/files/content/conferences/confsandpreconfs/
2015/Burke.pdf
9. L. Bowie, ’25 Reasons Library Makerspaces are Good Things, ’ 2016.[Online]. Available :
http://ideas.demco.com/blog/makerspace-survey-contest-winner-announced/
10. H.M. Moorefield-Lang, (2014) "Makers in the library: case studies of 3D printers and maker
spaces in library settings", Library Hi Tech, Vol. 32 Issue: 4, pp.583-593,2014
https://doi.org/10.1108/LHT-06-2014-0056
About Author:
Ms. Anjana R. Bunkar is currently working as a Librarian at Parul Institute
of Medical Sciences & Research, Parul University, Waghodia, Vadodara.
She has completed her M.Lisc from M.S. University Baroda, Vadodara and
PGDLIM from Tata Institute of Social Science, Mumbai. She has also
cleared UGC-NET Exam in 2013 and having more than 13+ years of
experience as a Librarian. She has published various papers in national
conferences.
M. 8128122192 | E-mail ID: anjanabunkar@gmail.com
108
GREEN LIBRARY INITIATIVES: AN OVERVIEW

Smita Shamrao Patil
Assistant Librarian, S.R.T.M.U.N. Sub-Centre, Latur (Maharashtra)
ABSTRACT: Libraries are particularly responsible not only for disseminating information on
environmental sustainability but also for serving as examples to follow. Small steps in going green
can have a big impact on the library’s image. The paper mainly focuses on few green library
initiatives at International and National level under the green library movement and highlighted
the main parameters which involved for location selection, water and energy conservation, building
materials and indoor and outdoor air quality etc. The paper would attempt to recognize the
standards for Green libraries in India and abroad under Indian Green Building Council (IGBC),
LEED-Leadership in Energy and Environment Design.
Keywords: Green Library, Sustainable libraries, Green building, LEED, IGBC, Green library
initiatives, Green Library Movement
1.0 Introduction
Green libraries are a part of the larger green building movement. Also known as sustainable
libraries, green libraries are being built all over the world with many high profile projects bringing
the concept into the mainstream. Along with library 2.0, green design is an emerging trend,
defining the library of the 21st century. Many view the library as having a unique role in the green
building movement due to its altruistic mission, public and pedagogical nature, and the fact that
new libraries are usually high profile, community driven projects. Such libraries are building all
over the world bringing these projects into the main stream.
Green Library is uniquely placed to educate people on the importance of sustainability and at the
same time creating interest and attraction towards libraries. The term Green Library refers to a
library that is environmentally conscious in many ways. Green library practices are witnessed and
impressed for improved library services. While the emerging concept of green library or sustainable
library in India has to travel long road to reshape the library buildings to meet out the next
generation user’s behaviour and expectations.
Today, libraries are considered significant as they not only disseminate the idea of sustainability
and teach environmental literacy but also become a role model for other organizations in green
practices by thinking globally and acting locally (Mulford & Himmel, 2010). This innovation is
happening by building green library buildings, by greening existing library facilities, providing green
library services, and embracing environmentally supportive and sustainable practices within the
library. The two most important things for making healthy and prosperous sustainable libraries are
economy and ecology. That is, the libraries can manage the use of resources and save money and
time and they can keep the relationship between living things and their environment and can make
eco-friendly environment.
2.0 Definitions
1. Online Dictionary of Library and Information Science defined as, “a library designed to
minimize negative impacts on natural environment and maximize indoor environment quality
by means of careful site selection, use of natural construction materials and biodegradable
products, conservation of resources such as water, energy etc.” (ODLIS, 2017).
109
2. A green library is designed to minimize negative impact on the natural environment and
maximize indoor environmental quality by means of careful site selection, use of natural
construction materials and biodegradable products, conservation of resources (water, energy,
paper), and responsible waste disposal (recycling, etc.). (Wikipedia, 2011).
3.0 Why Green Libraries
Ø Global reasons:
ü Role in conserving environment
ü Limited Natural Resources
ü Environmental threats to Human Health
ü Climate change
ü Lead by example to generate attraction towards library
Ø Local reasons:
ü Providing environment friendly and sustainable library services to the users
ü Environmental Benefits – Reduce impacts on the environment
ü Economic Benefits – Reduce operating costs
ü Health & Safety – For staff and patrons
ü Opportunity to be Community Leader
ü Patrons appreciate it
ü To continue working for the betterment of mankind
4.0 The main objective of building the Green Libraries
· Global surface temperature is probably rising

· To control the pollution, global warming
· To play a important role in becoming the planet green
· To work for the betterment of mankind
· It is great for the image of the Library
· To increase the awareness on the environmental issue
· To study the major green library initiatives at the International and national level
· To improve and strengthen the environmental consciousness
5.0 Standards and Prospects for Green Libraries
5.1 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED)
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) is one of the most popular green
building certification programs used worldwide. Developed by the non-profit U.S. Green building
Council U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) it includes a set of rating systems for the design,
construction, operation, and maintenance of green buildings, homes, and neighbourhoods that
aims to help building owners and operators be environmentally responsible and use resources
efficiently.
Development of LEED began in 1993, spearheaded by Natural Resources Defence

Council (NRDC) senior scientist Robert K. Watson. As founding chairman of the LEED Steering
Committee, Watson led a broad-based consensus process until 2007, bringing together non-profit
organizations, government agencies, architects, engineers, developers, builders, product
manufacturers and other industry leaders.
110
LEED is considered a performance standard, which means it allows a building owner or planner
to choose how to meet certain benchmark numbers without prescribing specific measures. It is a
point-based system in which projects earn LEED points for meeting green building criteria, which
consists of a new continuous development process, a new version of LEED Online, a revised
third-party certification program and a new suite of rating systems known as LEED 2009.
Under LEED 2009, there are 100 possible base points distributed across six credit categories:
1. Sustainable Sites
2. Water Efficiency
3. Energy and Atmosphere
4. Materials and Resources
5. Indoor Environmental Quality
6. Innovation in Design
Up to 10 additional points may be earned: four additional points may be received for Regional
Priority Credits and six additional points for Innovation in Design (which includes exemplary
performance credits for existing credit categories).
Certification level
Buildings can qualify for four levels of certification:
· Certified: 40–49 points
· Silver: 50-59 points
· Gold: 60-79 points
· Platinum: 80 points and above
5.2 Indian Green building council (IGBC)
The Indian Green Building Council (IGBC) part of the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII)
was formed in the year 2001 to promote and rate Green buildings in India. The council offers a
wide array of services which include developing new green building rating programmes,
certification services and green building training programmes. USGBC has also established a
LEED hub in India to further accelerate the adoption of LEED in India. The Indian Green
Building Council (IGBC) has been instrumental in mobilizing the green building movement in
India. USGBC and IGBC continue their collaboration in advancing the uptake of green buildings
in India. LEED India projects registered with IGBC till June 2014 would be certified by IGBC.
LEED projects in India registered after June 2014 would be certified by the Green building
certification Institute (GBCI)
6.0 Green Libraries Initiatives
6.1 International level
Sr. Name of the Libraries Project Country LEED Projects ongoing

started Belong Certification
1 Children's Museum of 2004 America silver LEED extensive expansion and
Pittsburgh, California renovation, reduce water
and energy
2 University of California, 2005 America Gold LEED recycled content, glass-and-
Merced Kolligian Library concrete building, uses less
water and less energy
3 Ballard Branch Seattle 2006 America Striving for Green Roof, Seven
Public Library Seattle, LEED skylights, restrooms feature
(Washington) WA waterless urinals, Recycled
111
carpet, glass and ceiling tiles

were used
4 Blair Library Fayetteville 2006 America LEED Silver Rainwater for irrigation, a
Public Library, Fayetteville NC white membrane roof, cork
AR flooring, recycled content
furnishings, waterless
urinals low VOC finishes
and fabrics etc.
5 Minneapolis Public 2006 green roof, adds green
Library space, reduces rainwater
runoff
6 Bozeman Public Library, -- America LEED Silver Natural daylighting, green
Bozeman MT materials, photovoltaic
system, waterless urinals,
landscaping requiring low
irrigation
7 Broward Community 2007 America LEED Bookshelves and
College/South regional Certified furnishings made from
Library Pembroke Pines, F sustainably harvested wood,
carpet made
8 Budlong Woods Branch -- America Received Photovotaic system wall and
Chicago Public Library, LEED roof insulation, lighting
Chicago, IL controls and windows
9 Central Library Seattle -- America LEED Silver Uses automatic lighting,
Public Library Seattle, WA construction was recycled,
planting trees, Rainwater
10 Candler Library Emory -- America LEED Silver 60% recycled materials and
University, Atlanta, GA 43% of raw building
materials low flow water etc.
11 Lake View Terrace Library 2004 America Platinum Landfills to local recycling
Lake view Terrace, CA LEED facilities
12 Rosemary Garfoot Public 2006 America LEED Silver Natural daylight, recycled
Library Cross Plaines, WI materials
13 National Library, 2005 Singapore LEED Light shelves to dim or
Singapore brighten the lights and raise
and lower the shades
14 Public Library of Charlotte 2006 America LEED Silver Concrete, wood, drywall,
and Mecklenburg country metal and paper were all
sorted onsite and recycled
locally.
15 Santa Monica Public 2006 America LEED gold Underground parking, Solar
Library, Santa Monica, CA electric panels and a storm
water management system,
building materials recycled
content
16 West Valley Branch -- America Received By using a drought-tolerant
Library, San Jose Public LEED landscape, recycled
Library System, San Jose, products, such as soda
CA bottles. It also uses natural
day lighting
17 The Oldham Country 2008 America LEED Silver Green elements, a storm
Public Main Library management and rainwater
LaGrange, Ky system for toilets and
irrigation
112
18 Ritter Public Library 2010 America Gold LEED Low-emitting and recycled-
Vermilion, Ohio content materials, Rainwater
management systems
include a green roof, a
bioswale, open-grid
pavement
19 City of North Vancouver -- Canada Striving for Sunshades a span, 3 sets of
Public Library LEED Gold solar hot water panels
installed on the roof of the
monitor
20 Collingwood Public -- Canada Striving for Environmentally friendly
Library (Ontario) LEED Silver design, LEED Silver 33-38,
21silver points
21 Coquitlam Public Library -- Canada Following Environmental
Poirior Branch (British LEEd sustainability, such as water
Columbia) and waste-water systems,
public transit and
environmental energy
improvement
22 Edmonton Public Library -- Canada LEED Gold A storm water retention
Lois Hole Branch pond, 50% roof is sloped,
(Alberta) allowing the light to
penetrate deeper
23 Langara College Library -- Canada Striving for Significant energy savings
(British Columbia) LEED Gold was derived from tempering
supply air by using an earth-
tempered system combined
with an earth-source energy
heat-pump
24 Regent College Library 2007 Canada Striving This project took the Net-
(British Columbia) LEED Gold Zero design approach
originally intending to use
solar panels to produce hot
water
25 Semiahmoo Library and -- Canada LEED Silver Comfortable searing for
RCMP Facility relaxing and reading
26 University of Toronto 2005 Canada Seeking The HMALC was actually
Hazel McCallion Silver LEED designed by our architects,
Academic Learning Centre shore Tilbe Irwin &
(HMALC) (Ontario) Partners, using tyhe
USGBC(US Green building
Council) LEED
requirements
27 Emory University, -- Atalanta LEED Built the Chandler Library, it
Atalanta Certified used 60% recycled building
materials
28 The Massachusetts -- Cambridge Striving Relies on rooftop solar
Insititute of Technology’s LEED panels to generate 15,000
Hayden Library kilowatt-hours of electricity
annually
29 Birkbeck Library -- England Striving Remove upto 87% of
LEED indoor pollution with the
help of recycling and
greening, cotton bags,
turning off the computers
113
30 Marston Green Library 2005 England Striving Have a IT Lab

LEED
31 Bethnal Green Library 2008 England Striving Wide range of fiction and
LEED non-fiction books small
reference and information
collection
32 Morgan Green Library, -- Louisiana Striving Sustainable electronic
Louisiana LEED services such as electronic
reserve and local document
delivery
33 Taipel’s Green Libraries 2006 Japan LEED The aim of Green Library to
minimize harm to the
environment through the
use of recycled or renewable
materials
34 Dexter Libary, Ashland -- Ashland Striving Natural daylight,
LEED consumption of water and
energy, green roof
The above table shows that there are number of Green Libraries initiatives at International level,
especially America and Canada are leading countries. Apart from these, other should participate in
the environmental movement. This is need to aware among the countries.
6.2 National level
Sr. Name of the Project Country LEED Projects ongoing

Libraries started Belong Certification
1 Anna Centenary 2009 Chennai LEED Gold an ample amount of daylight,
Library, (India) prevent solar radiation, allows in
Kotturpuram abundant natural light, uses less
water, optimizes energy
efficiency, conserves natural
resources, generates less waste
and provides healthier spaces for
occupants
2 Perma Karpo Finish Ladahk Striving for Ventilated Trombe walls, wool
Finish Library, in 2010 (India) LEED Silver insulation, a roof made of mud
Ladahk in Indian and timber panelling
Himalayas
3 National Library 2009 Kolkata Striving for Trees whisper, the road gets
of India, Kolkata (India) LEED strown with green and yellow
leaves
4 NIT Library, 2009 Assam Striving for implemented RFID and
Silchar (India) LEED DVR technology for security
purposes under a TEQIP grant,
a hybrid library with the state-of-
the-art technological
applications
5 Karnatak 2010 Karnatak Striving for A natural-green environment
University (India) LEED with lush greenery. incorporating
Library, modern pergolas, Gurukul Huts,
Dharwad open granite mantaps, granite
114
tables with benches beneath the

trees, solar lightings, etc.
6 Mumbai 2010 Mumbai Striving for a new library at its Vidyanagri
University (India) LEED campus in Kalina based on the
Library, concept of a ‘green’ building
approximately 4500 square
metre area will be varsity’s first
green building.
7 Indian Institute 2010 Uttarakhand Striving for a unique place in Academic
Technology (IIT) (India) LEED Service centres, digital
Library, Roorke information support
8 The Energy 2011 New Delhi Striving for TERI is one of the Consortium
Research (India) LEED Partners of the UNEP led
Institute (TERI) Climate Technology Centre and
Network (CTCN).
9 NIT Trichy – 2009 Tamilnadu Stiving for Reduces water and energy use,
Library LEED green environment
The above table shows about the least number of Green libraries initiatives in India need much
more awareness in common people.
7.0 Conclusion
Libraries play an important role in the society, and therefore also in the environmental world. The
awareness among libraries in India about the Green Libraries is least. Hence, there is a need of
building the Green Libraries more and more. A very few Green Libraries in India are going Green
Thus, it can be stated that as decision makers, library directors, play a key role in sustainability and
practises of green libraries while making decisions in crucial issues such as supporting
sustainability, being more sensitive to nature, and creating green library perception. Libraries can
use a variety of tools to popularize the ‘green concept’ and educate their patrons about the features
of their green buildings. These include in-library displays, publications, and library programs
relevant on ‘going green’. Libraries can arrange strategic thinking and planning sessions to ensure
sustainability. Identify the librarians who are willing to promote green library techniques and
encourage them. Government should take steps to promote green libraries through award and
financial aid to maintain such libraries.
References:
1. Choudhury, S. (2015). Green library: scope and implications at the national and
international level. Retrieved from http://www.slideshare.net/ksatpathy/wnl-165-green-
libraries-by-sonali-choudhury
2. Hauke, Petra & Werner, Klaus Ulrich (2013).
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
3. Mulford, S. M. & Himmel, N. A. (2010). How green is my library? Santa Barbara, CA:
Libraries Unlimited.
4. Online Dictionary of Library and Information Science (ODLIS), Retrieved 28.02.2017
from http://www.abcclio.com/ODLIS/odlis_g.aspx in 25th February in 2017
5. Pangail, Ramyia Krishnan(2015). Green Libraries: Meaning, Standards and Practices.
Episteme: an online interdisciplinary, multidisciplinary & multi-cultural journal.
Badlapur:Bharat College of Arts and Commerce. 1(3), pp. 25-28
6. Sotak, D. (2014). Going Green: Libraries and Sustainability. OLA Quarterly, 13(4), 1.
7. Tom Burack (2011). Green Libraries NH Library Trustees Association Annual Conference
8. Trotter, Dorthy Waterfill. (2008). Going for the green. American Libraries, 39, 40-43.
115
9. U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) (2016). LEED is an internationally recognized

green building program. Retrieved from
http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1988 www.des.nh.gov
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Green_library
11. https://www.slideshare.net/amolakhobragade/green-libraries-initiatives-at-national-and-
international-level-ppt
12. https://www.slideshare.net/ksatpathy/wnl-165-green-libraries-by-sonali-choudhury
13. http://dx.doi.org/10.7710/1093-7374.1175
14. http://www.librarysample.org/nhlta/documents/green%20libraries%20presentation.pdf
Indian Green Building Council.<http://igbc.in/site/igbc/index.jsp> (12 December,
2017).
About Author
Mrs. Smita S. Patil completed his M.L.I.Sc and M.Phil (in LISc) with
Distinction from Dr. B.A.M.University, Aurangabad (Maharashtra, India)
and PGDLAN from University of Hyderabad. She is also qualified
NET/JRF and SET exams and recently submitted her final Ph.D thesis. She
has about 08 research papers to her credit published in reputed Indian and
International Journals. She has also 03 books on her credit. She has also 23
Conference papers and has attended more than 50 Workshops/ Seminars/
Conferences both at National and International level. She has 08 years’
service in the S.R.T.M. University, Nanded’s Sub-centre, Latur (M.S.) Library and presently
working as Assistant Librarian and active member in various committees of Sub-centre, Latur.
M. 9158905227 | E-mail ID: smitapatil379@gmail.com
116
INTEGRATION OF LIBRARY WITH SWOC ANALYSIS WITH

SPECIAL REFERENCE TO DIGITAL NATIVES
Urmila Pravin Ravat
Librarian, R.C. College of Commerce, Ahmedabad
Abstract: The emergence of ICT and Digital revolution made communication easy. Through all
these facilities library and information services become more productive in its nature. Information
storage media and transmission process becomes more smoothly for library manager. As we know
today’s generation spending their 80 to 90 percent of time for using Internet. Using library services
with the help of internet is a well-known handy tool for digital natives. The main focus of this
paper is on what is digital native? And what is the role of library and librarian to fill this gap. Here
researcher had made an attempt to short out SWOC analysis connecting to digital natives and
librarianship.
Keywords: Digital Natives, SWOC Analysis, Librarianship
1.0 Introduction
The term "digital native," was coined by U.S. author Marc Prensky in 2001. Prensky defines digital
natives as those born into an innate "new culture" while the digital immigrants are old-world
settlers, who have lived in the analogue age and immigrated to the digital world. It also observed
that today’s students have spent their entire lives surrounded by and using computers, videogames,
digital music players, video cams, cell phones, and all the other toys and tools of the digital age.
Today’s average college grades have spent less than 5,000 hours of their lives reading, but over
10,000 hours playing video games (not to mention 20,000 hours watching TV). Computer games,
email, the Internet, cell phones and instant messaging are integral parts of their lives. The main
focus of this paper is on what is digital native? And what is the role of library and librarian to fill
this gap, means which skills required for librarianships.
2.0 Definition of the terms
2.1 Integration
To combine two or more things in order to become more effective.
2.2 Digital natives
“A person born or brought up DURING the age of digital technology and so familiar with
computers and the Internet from an early age.”
From the above definition it is clear that we all are digital natives through all the different means
of communications for exam. All social media like whatsup, facebook, linkdin, instagram, twitter,
blogs, etc.
2.3 SWOC (SWOT) Analysis
SWOT analysis (or SWOT matrix) is an acronym for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities,
and Threats mainly coin by Albert Humphrey. It is a structured planning method that evaluates
those four elements of an organization, project or business venture. A SWOT analysis can be
carried out for a company, product, place, industry, or person.
117
2.4 Operational definition of SWOC Analysis of Library
SWOC analysis is relevant to SWOT analysis. SWOT examines Strengths, Weaknesses, and
Opportunities. But it focuses on threats rather than Challenges. Challenges are similar to threats
but have the chance of being overcome. Threats have the potential to damage a firm, but
challenges often already exist and need to be handled appropriately. (Kiesha Frue) here researcher
had made an attempt to short out SWOC analysis connecting to digital natives and Librarianship.
2.5 Rational
Before focusing on digital natives and librarianship it is worthwhile to discuss what the overall
situation of internet users as worldwide, the time spent with social media and the Indian scenario.
Let us discus in brief one by one.
The statistic shows the number of worldwide

internet users, sorted by region. As of Jane 2017,
Asia accounted for 1938 million internet users,
followed by Europe with 659 million internet
users.
Time spent with digital media continues to grow

— but that growth is all mobile. ComScore released its “2017 US Cross-Platform Future in
Focus” report, which tracks consumer usage
patterns across digital media channels and
platforms.
The measurement firm found that mobile “now
accounts for 69 percent of digital media time
spent.” By comparison, the desktop has fallen to
less than one-third of total digital media time.
Mobile apps are 60 percent of the total, with
smartphone apps specifically commanding 51
percent of all digital media time.
118
The above figure represents the number of social network users in India from 2015 to 2022. In
2019, it is estimated that there will be around 258.2c7 million social network users in India, up
from close to 168 million in 2016. The most popular social networks in India were YouTube and
Face book, followed by social app what’s App. Face book is projected to reach close to 319 million
users in India by 2021.
From above discussion it is clear that social media plays a vital role to connect youth in one
platform. Digital India program me transform India into a digitally empowered society and
knowledge economy. It means educational institute have to adopt this technology for–teaching
learning activity more productive in terms of quality education. UGC also launched some websites
and enforced educationalist to go through E-PG PATHSAHALA, Swayam, and Swyam Prabha.
Through Shodhganaga and N-LIST research related information access made easy. “Through
social media, students find it easy as well as convenient to communicate, access information, and
to provide information. Studies have shown that in the recent years academics have been
expanding their social media usage to offer after-hours support for students, deliver and host
lectures, disseminate information and engage in discussion.” Due to effect of social media
engagement in higher education sector how can library services overlooked. Library and
information services are the prime factor that easily accomplishment future demands and be ready
to connect student without any physical border.
3.0 LITERATURE REVIEW
According to Pew Research data 92% of teenagers report going online daily — including 24% who
say they go online “almost constantly” . Another study of pew shows that More than half (56%)
of teens — defined in this report as those ages 13 to 17 — go online several times a day, and 12%
report once-a-day use. Just 6% of teens report going online weekly, and 2% go online less often.
Gordon (2000) Explore his views on digital natives that “the Millennial Generation focuses on
their use of technology in their daily lives. Millennials are using technology to create new ways of
doing things, such as creating a digital video for a term project, playing video games instead of
traditional board games, and connecting with friends and extended family worldwide through
email, instant messaging, and social networking.” Morton (2002) views on about digtial that they
have grown up with reality television, which means anyone, can have his or her fifteen minutes of
fame. In turn, this means being heard, having their say, and becoming famous online are all natural
experiences that can be shared by anyone. Paul said that they can create their own customized
media and make media consumption an interactive, as opposed to a passive and hierarchical,
experience; they believe that everyone’s opinion counts and deserves to be heard. Bauerlein (2008)
said that they believe they are the greatest generation and Expert users of technology, others have
a different view. For example, Bauerlein argues that they are not intellectually curious, are anti-
library, and blindly accept technology at face value while not understanding the societal
implications or context of technology. They also consume technology without understanding how
it works. Del Bosque and Lampert, who surveyed librarians from a variety of library settings with
less than nine years experience working as professional librarians. The survey found the majority
(55 percent) understood that technology played a large part of their library education, but a similar
percent (57 percent) did not expect to work in a technical position upon graduation. Respondents
also thought there were disconnect between the technology skills taught in library school and what
was needed on the job, with job responsibilities being much more technical than they expected.
Thus, even though more experienced librarians expected recent graduates to fill highly technical
roles, library school did not prepare them for these roles and students did not opt to go to library
school to gain strong technology skills. Based on survey comments, the researchers noted two
categories of new librarians: those who have a high level of technical experience, usually from a
previous job in a technology related industry, and those who struggle with technology. For those
who struggle with technology, technology was not the reason they decided to become librarians,
119
and they wish their library school had more hands-on opportunities for technology instruction
instead of teaching theoretical applications.
4.0 SWOC Analysis of Library

SWOC is an acronym word. Let us look the details information regarding this and how it is seen
with connecting to digital natives and librarianship.
Strength Weaknesses
· Physical place turns in to Virtual place · Lack of proper Infrastructure
· Working hours and Flexibility · Supported Network
· Reading area turns in to discussion forum · Lack of techno-savvy staff
· Cyberzone · Security in sense of cyber crime
Opportunity Challenges
· Outreach Marketing of library services · Low Budget
· Hiring library services · Changing perception of users
· Digitization of Archival materials · Lack of information Literacy
· Webinars and video- conferencing · Alternative information provider
4.1 Strength
4.1.1 Physical place turn in to virtual place
Before digitalization of library materials there were number of visitors who visit the library. They
have no alternate Place for using print materials. Books, thesis and journals were available after
physical visit of library. Sometimes visitors should wait a long time for accessing requires materials
in absence of physical materials. After digital revolution, physical place of library turns in to virtual
place, physical visitors turn in to virtual users, librarian role sifted to cybrarian and facilitators
(digital natives). Accessing of information made easy without any limitation of time, place and
materials.
4.1.2 Working hours & Flexibility
Before digitalization, Access of library has particular time. In absence of library personal and after
closing the library there was no scope for transaction of any information sources. Due to social
media and easy availability of Internet access libraries are working on basis of 24*7*365 concepts.
Digital arena Librarian has also grown up their mindset with flexible environment. They are ready
to provide information right time, to users with proper information.
4.1.3 Reading area (Silence zone) turns in to discussion forum zone
One unique symbol of silence please displays entrance place in library. Means do not disturb this
area, users or library patron itself. Day by day the new concept has come out with impact of
digitalization, that library also serves users demand for discussion forum and seminar. Users come
with their particular demand related to assignment and project work with their group. They utilized
library resources and space for completing their task.
4.1.4 Cyber zone
Due to digitalization library becomes an ocean of knowledge then sky is the limit for information
and Information sources available on handy. Due to intellectual security purposes publisher gave
120
license to library for information distribution or usage access in library only. There are some special
Library who made a special counter (cyber zone) for providing password for retrieval of
information and e-access of library resources.
4.2 Weakness
4.2.1 Lack of proper Infrastructure
There is no doubt that the library has changed now more than at any other time in history. Library
and library personal always ready to cater their users demand. There are some obstacles which
effect library services like… due to lack of proper infrastructure and budget cut policy on library
restricts them for serve user community. Compare to developed countries India needs to develop
more infrastructural facility.
4.2.2 Supported Network
Western countries and developed countries worked on 4G Network facility with high speed
network bandwidth. In India there are some geographic regions that still have working on outdated
network facility. That is the crucial part of Indian librarian to cop up with latest technology and
serve better to digital natives.
4.2.3 Lack of techno-savvy staff
In India specially three types of library are working.

1. Fully automated working environment and has trained staff
2. Traditional library with some portion Automation work has done facing less trained staff
3. Totally traditional library
When we discussed about digital natives and digitalization these three face of library environment
needs to be consider and rethink about it.
4.2.4 Security in sense of cyber crime
Free and easy availibility of information motivates their users for unethical use of information.
Day by day usage of information for research and writing activity may be incresed intentionally or
unintensionally. This type of activity may be lead to users for cybercrime.This would be very
harmful to intellectual property rights.
4.3 Opportunity
4.3.1 Outreach Marketing of library services
Marketing of digital resources through social media would be posssible within a few moments so;
librarian would be able to outreach their library services with global perspectives.
4.3.2 Hiring library services
Without librarian no library can exist and runs smoothly. If a librarian desires any kind of help for
betterment of library services hiring of library services or outsourcing of services made easily with
the help of social media.
121
4.3.3 Digitization of Archival materials
ICT is a revoultionary concept for library. Through ICT tools printed materials and other resources
can be easily transformed in to digital format for life long preservation and for future
communication.
4.3.4 Webinars and video- conferencing
Through webinars and vidio-conferencing librarian and digital natives meet easily, communicate
and update themselves for future requirement. this facility enable digital natives more productive
in terms of TQM.
4.4 Challenges
4.4.1 Low Budget
Every academic institute has its own budget provisison for different heads. UGC and other
instituion also provide funds for institute. If UGC cut the budget in financial crisis the first victim
of any instituion is library. Due to budget cut in library servies, librarians have to ready for the
slow down in exiting services or may be close the services. This would creat negative impact for
library in community.
4.4.2 Changing perception of users
Survey on digital services found that they are satisfied with services, users are aware about on-line
resources, wi-fi and various serach engines. Users perception have changed towards library services
so, the librarian have ready to coup with growing technology and be well equipped according to
current trends or users demand.
4.4.3 Lack of information Literacy
As we discussed, todays generation have born and brough up with technology. They coudnt think,
live and breath without any digital instrument. As per mark study, today’s generation spent their
most of time with mobile and internet for fun. They don’t aware about how to get quality
information for their study and research purposes. Lack of information literacy is the crucial point
to survial in digtial era for student life.
4.4.4 Alternative information provider
As we know library and information center is a key source of Knowledge Ocean. Due to
revolutionary changes in publication milions and milions of information avilable freely as well as
online. Google is a notable search engine that provides online free information sources to user’s
community. There are thousands of publishers who wish to provide direct information to user’s
community without any channel of library. This alternative information provider will be the big
challenge for librarian.
5.0 Skills Required for Librarianship
Ø Basic technology skills

Ø CMS skills
Ø Workplace performance
Ø Return on Investment (ROI ) evaluation skills
122
Ø Information Literacy Trainer
6.0 Conclusion
In this revolutionary changes, to cater diversify needs of digital native’s librarian should ready to
except modern trends, be well equiped with technology have to buildup managerial as well
technological skills, infromation literacy trainer then and then library will able to get maximum
ROI and full fil the objectives of institutes.
References
1. Bauerlein, M. (2008). The Dumbest Generation: How the Digital Age Stupefies Young
Americans and Jeopardizes our Future (Or, Don’t Trust Anyone under 30) New York:
Penguin.
2. Bosque, D. and Lampert, C. (2009). “A Chance of Storms: New Librarians Navigating
Technology Tempests,” Technical Services Quarterly 26 (4), 261–86.
3. Bruns, T. A. (2013) Using Social Media in Libraries: Best Practices edited by Charles Harmon
and Michael Messina. Public Services Quarterly, 9 (4), pp. 313-314.
4. http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/15228959.2013.842407#tabModule
5. Chugh, R. (2017). “Role and Use of Social Media in Higher Education. Retrieved from
https://www.thehighereducationreview.com/opinion/in-my-view/the-role-and-use-of-
social-media-in-higher-education-fid-38.html.
6. Frue, k. (2016). Retrieved from http://pestleanalysis.com/what-is-swoc-analysis/
7. Gordon, (2006). The NextGen Librarian’s Survival Guide; Lisa Johnson, Mind Your X’s
and Y’s: Satisfying the 10 Cravings of a New Generation of Consumers. New York: Free
Press.
8. Lenhart, A. “Teens, Social Media & Technology Overview 2015”. Retrieved from
http://www.pewinternet.org/2015/04/09/teens-social-media-technology-2015/
9. Morton L. P.(2001). “Targeting Generation Y,” Public Relations Quarterly 47, 46–48.
10. Paul. P. (2001). Getting Inside Gen Y, American Demographics 23 (9), 42–49.
11. Tapscott,(2000). Growing up Digital; Ron C. Zemke, Claire Raines, and Bob Filipczak,
Generations at Work: Managing the Clash of Veterans, Boomers, Xers, and Nexters in Your
Workplace. New York: Amacom.
12. Sterling, G. “Marketing Land” retrived from https://marketingland.com/mobile-now-
accounts-nearly-70-digital-media-time-comscore-210094
13. William Strauss & Neil Howe, (2000). Millennial Rising: The Next Great Generation. New
York: Vintage.
14. https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/digital_native
About Author:
Dr. Urmila Pravin Ravat (M.A. M.L.I.Sc., UGC, NET, G-SET, PH.D.,
Gold medalist in B.L.I.Sc.) working as a librarian in R.C. College of
Commerce, Delhi Chakla, Ahmedabad and having 15+ years of working
experience in academic library. She has published and presented more than
40 paper and also published 2 books.
M. 9737677995 | E-mail ID: urmilapravinravat@gmail.com
123
OPEN SOURCES DIGITAL LIBRARY SOFTWARE’S: AN OVERVIEW

Yadav Shyamla C1 & Ghumre Shivshankar K2
1
Research Scholar, Dept. of Library & Information Science, Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar
Marathwada University, Aurangabad
2
Librarian & Research Guide, Matsyodari Shikshan Sanstha’s Arts, Commerce and Science
College, Dist. Jalna
Abstract: The paper describes in brief open source software about the feature of some of the
open source Digital library software like Koha, New Gen Lib, Evergreen, D-Space, Fedora, E-
Prints which are useful for developing digital library. The libraries have much greater challenges
to face the whole insight of library has now changed form collection of books to a single window
knowledge bank this paper discusses the definition and features of open source library
management software criteria of selection of best open source library management software their
advantages and Reasons for the success of open source software is a solution to reducing that cost.
Keywords : Open Source Software, Digital Library, Koha, D-Space, E-prints, Evergreen,
1.0 Introduction
Library automation starts with the adoption of library management software in the library. The
software should have the maximum facilities to automate the library into computerized systems.
Library automation is the general term for information and communication technologies that are
used to replace manual systems in the library. The key functions of the library, which may be
automated are acquisition, cataloguing, circulation, serials control, and reference service.
There are many commercial library software are in use in the different libraries, but open source
library management software has generated lot of interest among the library professionals over the
past years.
2.0 What is Open Source Software
Open source software (OSS) is not a new concept. Free Software and open source software are
used synonymously for free distribution of software. Free software are those which are available
free of cost. According to free software foundation. Free software means software that respects
users freedom and community. Those who are using have the freedom to run copy distribute study
change and improve the software and with these freedoms they control the program and what it
does for them. The attitude behind OSS is mutual sharing of knowledge expertise and skills
DSpace, New Genlib, Php my Library, Open Biblio, Avanti, Greenstone, E-Prints, Fedora are the
few open source software’s available in the market for digitization as well as institutional
repository.
3.0 Definitions
Proprietary:The software costs money and the source code is restricted you cannot modify fix
add to take away or change the code in any form.
Open Source: The definition on Wikipedia is given Open source as a development model
promotes a universal access via a free license to a products design or blueprint and universal
redistribution of the design or blue print including subsequent improvements to it by anyone.
124
The software is most likely free and the source code is completely open you can modify fix add to
take away and change the code any way you wish.
4.0 Open Source Software
The term open source software is originated as a part of marketing campaign for free software.
Open Source Software is very often development in a public collaborative manner open source
software the most prominent example of open source developments and oftwn compared to user
generated content or open content movements. Open Source Software enables the users to view
and modify the source code source code is set of computer instructions used in the creation and
development of software when source code is viewed by other users and developers who can make
improvement to it the modified version of the same software are the further redistributed with
authorization to subsequent user to do similar things.
5.0 Digital
Traditionally digital means the use of numbers and the term comes from digit or finger today
digital is synonymous with commuters digital means original the 0s and 1st of digital data mean
more than just and off. They mean perfect copying when information music voice and vide are
turned into binary digital form they can be electronically manipulated preserved and regenerated
perfect at high speed the millionth copy of a commuter file is exactly the same.
6.0 Digital Library
Witten Ian, et al. (2009) defines a digital library as a special library with a collection of digital
objects that can include text visual material audio material video material stored as electronic media
formats (as opposed to print or other media) along with means for organizing storing and
retrieving the files and media contained in the library collection. Digital libraries can vary
immensely in size and scope and can be maintained by individuals organizations or affiliated with
established physical library buildings of institutions, or with academic institutions. The digital
content may be stored locally or accessed remotely via computer networks.
· Physical infrastructure which would house multiple state of the art devices.
· Appropriate digital contents which can be accessed both from the digital library or from the
employee work stations and handheld devices.
7.0 History of Open Source Software
The concept of free sharing technology is not new it is as old as computer origin. First time a
researcher gave his idea about open standard with ARPNET for the development of network
protocol of telecommunication on the origin time of internet in the year 1969. That time many
open source software were available, but there was no copyright so researcher felt that it should
be copyrighted so Mr. Palo Alto gave new structure with the help of technology of Tim o Reilly
at California in April 1988.
125
Name Features of OSS Licens Operatin Developer Programmi Website

of e g ng s
OSS Systems Language
Koha Koha is an open source integrated GNU- Linux Katipo Perl, Apache www.ko
library system using an OPAC GPL Communicati web server, ha.com
interface since the original ons for my sql munity.
implementation in 1999 koha Horowhenua database, org
functionality has been adopted by Library Trust
thousands of libraries worldwide
each adding features and functions
deepening the capability of the
system with the 3.0 release in 2005
and the integration of the powerful
zebra indexing engine koha become
a viable scalable solution for
libraries of all kinds LibLime koha
is the most functionally advanced
open source ILS on the market
today
NewG In March 2005 the first Indian OSS GNU- Linux Verus JAVA J2SE www.ve
en Lib New Gen Lib (New Generation GPL and Solutions Pvt kit Postgre russoluti
Library) was developed by Virus window Ltd Domain SQL, JBoss on.biz
Solution Rt. Ltd and the Kesava SQL
Institute of Information and
Knowledge Management, India
Evergr Evergreen is an open source GNU- Linux Georgia C. Perl, XUL, www.ev
een integrated library system (ILS) GPL public library JS ergreen.l
designed by the Georgia PINES service PostgreSQL, is.org
consortium and used in many Public OpenSRF,
libraries of all types worldwide used information Evergreen
to help manage catalogue and network for
circulate materials electronic
services
(PINES)
Dspace Dspace is a groundbreaking digital BDS Cross MIT Java 1.4, www.ds
institutional repository that platform Libraries and Apache 1.5, pace.org
captures stores indexes preserves Hewlett and J2E,
and redistributes the intellectual Packard Oracle,
output of a university’s research PostgreSQL,
faculty in digital formats. It
manages and distributes digital
items, made up of associated
metadata to locate and retrieve th
items. Dspace supports submission
management and access of digital
contents.
Fedora Fedora it is open source software ECL Linux Cornell Apache 0.2 www.get
gives organizations a flexible service University and 1.5 Java fedora.o
oriented architecture for managing Info. Sci. 1.4 and J2E, rg
and delivering their digital context Cornell Oracle,
University MySQL,
Information PHP Perl,
Sci. PostgreSQL
E- E-Prints has been developed at the GPL Cross University of Perl , www.sof
Prints University of Southmptan School platform Southampton Apache0.2, tware.ep
of Electronics and Computer Jave1.4, J2E rints.org
Science in 2000 and released under Oracle
a GPL license for Building open MySQL,
access repositories that are PHP,
compliant with the open archives
initiative protocols seen in
126
document management systems

but is primarily used for
institutional repositories and
scientific journals
8.0 Open Source Licenses
Open source licenses are assure users freedom to use, copy, improve and distribution of software.
GPL is the most popular license for free and open source software and provides feasible terms of
use. Using GPL license, a user can modify the software without the permission of its creator. At
the same time BSD license impose certain restrictions on modification of software without the
permission of its developer. If you have decided to choose the software with non General Public
License, check the license if it contains any un- acceptable clauses.
9.0 Reasons for the Success of Open Source Software’s

9.1 Openness
The generally open conducted development corresponds to the academic tradition to directly
exchange results of (scientific) work, provide research data etc.
9.2 Flexibility
Many OSS projects integrate a large number of deve-lopers with very different emphasis and
background. This facilitates the understanding for special requirements and, at the same time,
offers the potential to quickly implement needed adjustments.
9.3 Speed
The speed by which there is reaction to problems, errors or security leaks of the software is
legendary. A large group of people that want to make a product successful immediately undertake
the tasks and test new versions, is significantly faster and more successful than the proprietary
competitors.
9.4 Motivation
OSS developers are (experience themselves) part of a community that works on a collaborative
success (-product). Often they are, by the way, no part-time hobby developers but professional
developers that create OSS full-time. Also, the standard for governmental financed projects to
provide the resulting software cost-free for others (that does not necessarily mean OSS or free
software), supports the motivation.
10.0 Characteristics
OSS has many characteristics. the important ones are:

● It is generally acquired freely
● Manufacturer or developer has no right to claim royalties on the distribution or use
● Source code is accessible to the user and distributed with the software
● No denial to an individual or to a group to access source code of the software
● It has provision of modifications and derivations under the programme’s original name.
● Rights of facilities attached to the programme must not depend on the programme’s being
part of a particular software distribution.
127
● Licensed software can not place restriction on other software that is distributed with it
● Distribution of License should not be specific to a product and License should be technology
neutral, etc.
11.0 Reasons to use Open Source Software
● The open source software is free to download and run

● The major cost in IT goes to upgrades services and supports while OSS proves inexpensive
and zero cost for services up gradation and support
● The open source license means that software can be run on multiple machines with no extra
licensing fees
● OSS feature includes local control customizability interoperability vendor independence
reliance on open standards collaborative development and flexible support options
● OSS is free from hardware and operating system dependency and incorporation with any
program is possible
● Data back up facility to ensure no loss of data
● Open source community peers forums groups and internet relay chat centers resolve queries
the open source developers quick to solve the bugs errors and regular releases of stable
versions
● OSS ensures better quality freedom from vendor lock in flexibility extensions add ons elasticity
ability to scale at little cost or penalty superior security pace of innovation multiple language
support lower cast access to source code right to redistribution modification and use of
software anyway and international standards.
12.0 Advantages of Open Source Software
● Software Available on Free of Cost

● Simplified license management
● Scaling / Consolidation Potential
● Superior Support
● Lower hardware costs
● Quality Software
● Escape vendor lock in
● Unified management
13.0 Disadvantages of Open Source Software
● No option to claim for bugs

● Continuous development
● Every version has some changes which creates problem in exchanging data form one version
to other.
● Online assistance may take more time than purchased / proprietary software.
● One has to pay proper attention for recent changes / facilities / shortcomings
● Lack of formal support and training that a commercial software package offers.
● Often software support is provided only through mailing lists and discussion forums
● Installing and maintaining OSS generally required for commercial software
● OSS are also not known for ease of use as the focus is usually on functionality
● Documentation manuals of OSS are not very simple.
128
14.0 Limitations of Open Source Software
For any up gradation/change in the OSS the library needs support. In case of OSS there is no
body to solve problem either one has to hire some expert to solve the problem or library should
make arrangement with some company. Open source products require technical expertise to
operate and maintain open source costs more to support because the software is typically self
supporting. Generally a commercial software company will immediately respond on customer
requests for any problem with OSS if one doesn’t do it himself he/she is at the mercy of a disjoint
community of developers.
15.0 Selected Open Source Software’s

15.1 Library Automation
Koha : Koha is a promising full featured open source ILS (Integrated Library System) currently
being used by libraries all over the world for those of you out there unfamiliar of what an ILS is
well it is a system of keeping track of the operations of a library payroll expenses purchases and
most importantly keeping track of the various media being checked out by the librarians patrons
many smaller libraries cannot afford to purchase install and maintain an ILS and Koha is a perfect
alternative. Koha is built using library ILS standards and uses the OPAC (Open Public Access
Catalog) interface in addition Koha has no vendor lock in so libraries can recive tech support from
any party they choose.
New Gen Lib : New Gen Lib (New Generation Library) is an integrated library automation and
networking solution developed by verus solutions Pvt Ltd and the Kesavan Institute of
information and Knowledge Management India in March 2005 new Gen Lib version 1.0 was
released and versions 2.0 and 2.1 have come up later on 9th January 2008 NewGenLib has been
declared open source software under GNU GPL Licence by the verus Solutions Pvt Ltd
Hyderabad India.
Evergreen : Evergreen ILS is another option when researching open source ILS options
Developed by Equinox Software Evergreen is a robust enterprise level ILS solution developed to
be capable of supporting the workload of large libraries in a fault tolerant system it too is standards
compliant and uses the OPAC interface and offers many features including flexible administration
work flow customization adaptable programming interface and because its open source cannot be
locked away and can benefit from any community contributions.
15.2 Digital Library
D-Space : D-Space is one of the first OSS platforms to store, manage and distribute the collections
in digital format. D-Space is the choicest software for academic, nonprofit and commercial
organizations, building open digital repositories. D-Space preserves and enables easy and open
access to all types of digital contents including text, images, moving images, mpegs, data sets, etc.
And with an ever-growing community of developers, committed to continuously expanding and
improving the software, each new D-Space installation benefits from the previous. It is a
groundbreaking digital repository system that captures, stores, indexes, preserves and distributes
digital research material. As much of the world’s contents are now being developed and
disseminated in digital format, the software supports next generation digital archiving which is
more permanent and shareable than current analog archives.
Fedora : Fedora open source software gives organizations a flexible service-oriented architecture
for managing and delivering their digital content. At its core is a powerful digital object model that
129
supports multiple views of each digital object and the relationships among digital objects. Digital
objects can encapsulate locally managed content or make reference to remote content. Dynamic
views are possible by associating web services with objects. Digital objects exist within a repository
architecture that supports a variety of management functions. All functions of Fedora, both at the
object and repository level, are exposed as web services. These functions can be protected with
fine-grained access control policies. This unique combination of features makes Fedora an
attractive solution in a variety of domains. Some examples of applications that are built upon
Fedora include library collections management, multimedia authoring systems, archival
repositories, institutional repositories, and digital libraries for education.
E-Prints : E-prints is an open source software package for building open access repositories that
are compliant with the Open Archives Initiative Protocol for Metadata Harvesting. It shares many
of the features commonly seen in Document Management systems, but is primarily used for
institutional repositories and scientific journals. E-Prints has been developed at the University of
Southampton School of Electronics and computer Science and released under a GPL license.
16.0 Conclusion
The library and information science professionals should keep eyes on development in order to
choose appropriate technology depending upon institution’s needs. Since numbers of libraries
worldwide are using OSS for managing their library systems more economically and effectively.
Librarians and programmers should worked together in order to implement open source integrated
library systems and at the same time library professional are also required to acquire new skill for
developing and managing the library by using open source LMS for taking benefit from OSS
additional technology education and training of the professionals is essentially required.
Reference
1. Bissels Gerhard (2008) Implementation of an open source library management system,

Program: electronic library and information systems, Vol. 42 No. 3, Pp. 303-314
2. Baarve, S & Dahibhate N B (2012) open source software for library services, DESIDOC
Journal of Library and information Technology Vol. 32 No. 5 Pp. 401-408
3. Das Santanu (2017) Presence of Open Source Software in library and information science
domain an overview, New Delhi Ess Ess Publication 527-539.
4. Gopnarayan S R and Adhe G D (2017) Open Source Digital Library Software’s New Delhi
Ess Ess Publication 540-551.
5. Kumar Rajesh, Tiwari Rishi, Jha Bibhuti Narh, Pandey Rajesh Kumar and Singh Preeti
(2017) Need of Dspace in Present Scenario, Management Libraries Network and Jaipuria
Institute of Management, Noida
6. Kamble V.T, Hans Raj, and Sangeeta (2012) Open Source Library Management and Digital
Library Software, DESIDOC Journal of Library & Information Technology, Vol. 32, No.
5, Pp. 388-392.
7. Neelakandan.B, Duraisekar. S, Balasubramani.R, Srinivasa Ragavan.S (2010)
Implementation of Automated Library Management System in the School of Chemistry
Bharathidasan University using Koha Open Source Software, International Journal of
Applied Engineering Research, Dindigul, Volume 1, No1, Pp. 1-19.
8. Payne Alexandria and Singh Vandana (2010) Open Source Software use in Libraries, Library
Review Vol. 59 No. 9, Pp. 708-717
130
9. Padma, P and Ramasamy, K (2016) Internet Use Behaviour of Civil Engineering Students:
A Case Study of Thiruvalluvar Polytechnic College, Soolapuram, Madurai District,
Tamilnadu, International Journal of Digital Library Services, Vol. 6, No. 4, Pp. 1-15
10. Reddy C S Venkatarama (2013) Comparative Study of Free/Open Source Integrated Library
11. Management Systems (Fosilms) with Reference to Koha, Newgenlib and E-Granthalaya, e-
Library Science Research Journal, Vol.1 No.12, Pp. 1-10
12. Reddy T. Raghunadha and Kumar K. (2013) Open source software’s and their impact on
library and information centre: An overview, International Journal of Library and
Information Science Vol. Vol. 5 No. 4, Pp. 90-96,
13. Shukla A (2010) Future of Open Source Library Solutions in Tripathi Aditya, Prasad H N
and Mishra Rajani (Eds.) Open Source Library Solutions, New Delhi Ess Ess Publication
259-280
14. Singh Manisha and Gareema Sanaman (2012) Open source integrated library management
systems, The Electronic Library, Vol. 30 No. 6, Pp. 809-832
15. Umarani and Gupta Pradeep (2017) open source software for libraries: a review,
Management Libraries Network and Jaipuria Institute of Management, Noida.
About Authors:
Mss. Yadav Shyamla C
Research Scholar, Dept of Library & Information Science, Dr. Babasaheb
Ambedkar Marathwada University, Aurangabad
M.9404011877 | yadav.shamlya98@gmail.com
Dr. Ghumre Shivshankar K

Librarian & Research Guide, Matsyodari Shikshan Sanstha’s Arts,
Commerce and Science College, Dist. Jalna
131
RE-ENGINEERING OF LIBRARIES AND INFORMATION CENTRE:

A NEED
Ganesh D Sagre
Librarian, MGM Institute of Management, Aurangabad
Abstract: Libraries have an educational and communal mission which involves in providing
collections and services to gather a community’s information requirements. It is the local gate way
to knowledge and provides a basic condition for lifelong learning, independent decision making
and cultural development of the individual and social groups. But in today’s information age due
to application of Information and Communication Technology and changing life style have greatly
inclined the information seeking behavior of the library users. Many Library services is based on
the conservative & poor service model lack the new information services and there exist a large
gap between user needs and actual library service. Librarymanagement & services should be re-
engineered to meet the changing atmosphere. Library skillful staff must have the skills to create
and nurture a new type of library culture in which change is encouraged and new visions of service
implemented. This paper focused on meaning of re-engineering process, need of re-engineering,
their impact on the total library quality management and their betterment.
Keywords : Libraries, Re-engineering, Digital library, Library services
1.0 Introduction
As the traditional concept of library is changing towards digital library, the existing manual system
should be re-engineered to cope with its changing environment Computerization of Library &
Information is the primary step of re-engineering of Library in Digital Era. In this 21st century
most of the libraries and librarians move towards digitization and computerization of libraries and
information centers because it is a need of today’s information and knowledge society to acquire
quality based services. But there is lot of problems and threats creates among establishment of
digital libraries, digital library functions, digital library management and planning because of
maximum libraries do not have proper guidelines or policies. Reengineering changes library and
information centre policies and controls the systems, technology and organizational
relationships.In Library and Information Services and System also it is applicable more or less.
Here, in the LIS environment, the term Customer is replaced with term User and term Company
will be replaced with Library and Information Centre. Reengineering help to libraries for redesign
their process, functions and management policies which help to achieve a radical improvement in
speed. And provide a quality based services to the users.
2.0 Definition of Reengineering
The application of technology and management science to the modification of existing systems,
organizations, processes, and products in order to make them more effective, efficient, and
responsive.
3.0 Concept of Reengineering
Re-engineering is a principle and technique of quality management practice which is equivalent to

TQM, and Continuous Quality Improvement. The application of technology and management
science to the modification of existing systems, organizations, processes, and products in order to
make them more effective, efficient, and responsive. Re-engineering involve a necessary three
132
phase systems engineering life cycle comprising definition, development, and deployment of the
entity to be re-engineered. It is the modification of the existing system by the computer based
system or a new human based system, and can even replace an existing computer based system
with a human based system.
4.0 Re-engineering Objectives:
1. Achieve continues improvement in the performance of library staff and library management
2. To satisfy the organization’s strategic goals
3. Remove the threats of the library which are harmful to running its functions
4. support to long-term customer satisfaction
5.0 Threats in Re-engineering of library and Information Centers
1. Resistance to changes of management style and reporting structures

2. Political issues
3. Fear of job loss issues
4. Lack of successful leadership & coordination for successful implementation of reengineering.
6.0 Need for re-engineering.
Library should be a research and meetingplace for community groups. It should offer comfortable
space for leisureactivity and social interaction ofindividual and group use. Library in itsarchitecture
and design can be a symbolof the values and vision about what thecommunity is all about. Library
helps the social, cultural and educational development of their users because it provides every kind
of knowledge in the form of their sources and services. But in today’s information age there is a
boom of information and communication technologies thereby users have lot of expectations
from library and information centers for fulfillment of their needs. But real picture is that lot of
libraries and information centers are not capable to fulfill the needs of users. Many Library and
information centers not have a good quality of management. Not equipped with newly developed
technologies, lack of computerization and computer based services, lack of skillful staff.
Reengineering of libraries essential for
1. Library environment shifting from the traditional environment’ to the ‘Digital environment’
2.Include new methods and technologies to the existing system to revamp it.
3.Standardization of library procedure
4. Improve the quality of existing services and to reduce routine and time consuming clerical
works.
7.0 Re-engineering of libraries:
Re-engineering of library focuses on infrastructure and organizational development of libraries,

collection development, quality control and management, identification of shortcoming and
fulfillment of their requirements, application of automation and ICT, Electronic and online
Information Services, Internet Information Services, Digital library, Inter-Library Loan/
Document Delivery Services, maintenance, Importance and active role of parent body and
government’s policy, professional development, training- workshop and orientation program both
for professional staff and end users, importance on social and societal responsibility.it means that
Re-engineering makes Total Quality Management of Libraries.
Section wise reengineering of Library management:
133
7.0.1 Re-engineering of Ordering Section:
In Reengineering process application of computer and information technology the routine work
of Acquisition section is make simple or manage well.
1. Placing orders are made easy by the application software which further avoids the preparation
of on order cards and their filing.
2. Receipts and monitoring budgets were done with one time entering of bibliographic records.
3. The same record will be recalled for updating status and the linked files such as budget and
order files will be automatically updated showing the actual status of the book in the OPAC.
4. Magnetic labels are fixed in the books to avoid thefts. Thus several manual redundant tasks
were avoided in computerized acquisition section.
5. Barcode labels are affixed which serves as the accession numbers and can be printed and bound
as Accession Register.
A) Technical Section:
1. Maintenance of non‐catalog systems/tools
2. New catalog models
3. The record entered in the acquisition section is called back with the barcode number and call
number, and tracing part is added avoiding redundancy.
4. Since OPAC is maintained by the system multiple entries and filing of cards are avoided. Even
for classification the class number can be down loaded from OCLC /LOC standardization.
5. Eliminate redundant work
B) Circulation Section:
1. With the application of barcode technology and hand held scanners the issues and returns of
books and otherservices are made easy.
2. With the OPAC user identify the viability of books within seconds and make reservation of
books and issue and return of books
3. With the help of WEB-OPAC user check the how many books available on his /her account
with the help of their account no.
C) Periodical Section:
1. Updating the recommendations, orders generation, entering the issues in the system,
remainders generation of non receipts and missing issues are made easy through the system.
2. Subscription to e-journals and databases and maintenance of IP addresses etc are made easy
with the help of e-mail facility.
3. Since several databases of E-journals both full text and abstracts are available online now the
section can be changed to digitalservices section with the same strength of the staff.Andusers
take the benefit of e-journals within the campus of particular university and colleges.
4. The users can access of e-journals from anywhere at any time because these Login id and
Password based through library webpage which are protected by the User id and password
and that may be collected personally from the library.
D) Reference Section:
1. Due to reengineering of libraries a large number of Encyclopedias, Handbooks are available
in physical or in Electronic form and its easily available for the users within on click of the
mouse and VRD is also provided for online reference queries.
2. Through VRD (Virtual Reference Desk) option students and faculty members can send their
requests to the library online on their webpage. The reply is sent through e-mail in brief. The
box is available in this menu which contains the name of users, e-mail id and reference
question.
134
3. OPAC facility also make available for the users for checking viability of reference books
8.0 Re-engineering of libraries with Technologies:

8.0.1 Establishment of Library Networking:
1. If the library LAN in turn is connected to the institute Intranet, thus providing accessibility
of library resources to all parts of the campus including students hostels, faculty wing and
residential areas.
2. Due to Application of The Wi-Fi technology net connection make faster and cheaper;
allows for a more dynamic network, free network without cables; spread out at a larger table in
a quieter area of the campus; flexibility which allows to move about without breaking the
network connection.If it is make available to users both when the library is open, and when it
is closed. It can be achieved either by the user’s own wireless-enabled device or by a wireless
device provided to them by the library.
8.0.2 Application of Library Management Software’s:
For better management of libraries the librarians haveneeded to choose the good quality library
management software’s likeKOHA, SOUL,New Genlib, LIBSYS, VTLS, etc Due to library
management software all functions of the libraries make smooth and time saving. Libraries make
able to provide good quality services with available staff in a short time.
8.0.3 RFID:
RFID technology is extremely useful for libraries for manage the library resources and utilizes, this
technology to streamline their inventory, check out and shelving process as well as for the
document protection. And use for security of library materials preventing them from leaving
library premises in any unauthorized.
8.0.4 PUSH Technology:
Push Technology nothing but a set of technologies collectively referred to as Push”. Push
technology may help you by delivering or pushing information directly to your desktop. This
means there is no need for the users to find information. Information finds you. The best example
of push technology is television. You make yourself available to watch and broadcasters push their
selection of programs to you.
9.0 Reengineering of library service
Internet has also proved as a cost effective and efficient alternative to traditional communication
methods. All these developments gave way to new range of library services
9.0.1 Repository service:
The DL Repository provides a central access point for scholarly information created across the
district, state. By aggregating resources from the many member institutions, the DL Repository
presents a broad cross-section of academic publications, course materials, and research data, and
makes it available to researchers around the world for browsing and download. Among its other
collections.ex.Texas digital library provide such kind of services in higher education.
135
9.0.2 Electronic thesis and Dissertation submission and management system:
With Vireo, the DL’s electronic thesis and dissertation (ETD) submission and management
system, students at member institutions can submit digital theses and dissertations via a simple
online interface, while graduate offices can manage the ETD submission and approval process
behind the scenes. The system deposits the ETDs in institutional repositories where they are
readily available to other researchers. The ETDs also become available through the federated DL
Repository via metadata harvesting.
9.0.3 Digital library electronic journals
Support for publishing fully online, peer-reviewed journals is offered by the DL. This service
includes a complete workflow system for article submission, peer review, and editing that is fully
web-based and designed to facilitate the de-centralized collaboration of the peer review process.
This less expensive alternative to traditional publishing provides additional opportunities for
information-sharing, particularly within specialized disciplines and emerging fields of study. DL
journals are open access, viewable by the public at no cost.
9.0.4 Digital library research Wikis
For those needing a tool to share information among groups such as project teams or discipline
specialists, the DL offers a wikis service. With shared editing capability and an easy-to-use
interface, wikis provide a quick way to publish information to the group or to the world.10
9.0.5 Digital library reference services
1. Ask a librarian:
Ask a Librarian is Statewide Collaborative Live virtual reference Service it is activated from July
28, 2003. It is live virtual reference services via local library customized web sites. This kind of
services provided through a Telephone and e-mail.
2. News groups:
News groups or Usenet’s are similar to discussion lists in that they provide an opportunity to share
news with likeminded people. A user or an individual will send a message to a central source, which
then copies it to individuals and or other news groups
3. Bulletin board services:
Many library and information services provide bulletin board within their websites as a means of
enabling their users to discuss ideas and share information. They provided a facility for discussion
under various topic heading and not in real time. They allow individuals to respond to topics or
threads in the groups. Any message send to a discussion group are permanently visible to everyone
who has access to it.
4. Digital library scholarly Blogs:
DL institution faculty may share their work, latest news in their fields, excerpts from writing in
progress, and other information through a scholarly blogs. The DL blogs service focuses on
disseminating information about research and scholarship produced by and impacting institutions
of higher education.11
9.0.6 Information services:
1. Current awareness service:

The purpose of a current-awareness service is to inform the users about new acquisitions in their
libraries. Public libraries in particular have used display boards and shelves to draw attention to
136
recent additions, and many libraries produce complete or selective lists for circulation to patrons.
Some libraries have adopted a practice of selective dissemination of information.
http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/147047/current-awareness-service (encyclopedia
Britannica)
2. Selective dissemination of information service:

SDI services pre-date the World Wide Web, and the term itself is somewhat dated. Contemporary
terms for SDI services include alerts, current awareness tools or trackers. These systems provide
automated searches that inform the user of the availability of new resources meeting the user's
specified keywords and search parameters. Alerts can be received a number of ways, including e-
mail RSS feeds, voice mail, Instant messaging, and text massaging.
3. Online document delivery:

We have seen that one of the principal benefits of the electronic library will be the ability to deliver
information services to the user’s desktop to save them from visiting the library at all. If material
is only available electronically then users might just as well access the resources from their own
desks.
4. OPAC (online public access catalogue):

The OPAC can be access through web. An Online Public Access Catalog (often abbreviated as
OPAC or simply Library Catalog) is an online database of materials held by a library. Users typically
search an OPAC to locate books, periodicals, audio/visual materials or other items under control
of a library.
9.0.7 Resource sharing:
Resource sharing services consists of a variety of practices, which need to be developed over the
years to meet the needs of patrons/libraries. This is one of the major areas where librarians are
going to use Internet to the optimum level. Accessing union catalogues, full text materials which
is usable for education and researches.
10.0 Reengineering of staff and their skills:
In traditional library system library staff need not have knowledge of IT based technologies their
by they had created the problems of handling the newly developed and IT based resources. Due
to this problem library services not provided within the time. After reengineering of library staff
should possess the following skills in addition to the traditional library skills such as classification
and cataloguing etc. They should have the Knowledge of the system set up, configuration,
operating systems, detailed workflow in the library management software, peripheral storage
devices so that in the event of damage of the system recovery and backup is quick, library
application soft wares such as KOHA, SOUL, New Genlib, LIBSYS, VTLS, etc.,
knowledge to access and organize e-resources both online and CD’s,knowledge mapping skills
over internet, information about various networks and consortia models both Indian and Foreign,
skills about downloading of articles on request for the users for document delivery services, E-
Mail registration and file merging and transfer, digitization viz knowledge about scanning
equipment, running OCR, editing the images and putting it on the web thereby providing links so
that users can access with various options.
137
11.0 Conclusion
Changing era of education, users have a need of fast and authentic information for their education.
So their expectation automatically increases from the libraries and information centers. So libraries
and information centers have need to re-engineer their management, sources and services for the
user’s satisfaction. Library wants to acquire new technologies and they have needed to change their
management policies and to make their environment from traditional to Digital and give the user
satisfactory services.
References:
1. Bliss, Catherine (2007) “Leadership by design: committed to stronger public library
governance by 2010”.Ontario Library Association’s Super Conference 2007. February 2,
2007. http://www.accessola.com/superconference2007/
2. Khagen Kalita& others.7th Convention PLANNER - 2010, Tezpur University, Assam
February 18-20, 2010
3. McGraw-Hill Science & Technology Dictionary: http://www.answers.com/library/sci-
techdictionary.
4. Parameswaran.N
5. Rajani Kanta Barman. 7th Convention PLANNER - 2010, Tezpur University, Assam
February 18-20, 2010
About Author:
Mr Ganesh D Sagre has over 11 years of experience in the field of library and
information science. Presently he is working as a Librarian of MGM Institute
of Management, Aurangabad M.S. He has qualified UGC-Net. He has
published various research papers in National & International conferences and
seminars. He is also life member of various library associations.
M. 9860220303 | E-mail ID: gdsagare@gmail.com
138
RESOURCE SHARING, LIBRARY NETWORKING AND CONSORTIA

Sejal Patel1 & Urjita Patel2
1
Librarian, V.P.M.P. Polytechnic, Gandhinagar
2
Librarian, Kadi Sarva Vishwavidyalaya, Gandhinagar
Abstract: Resource sharing is nothing but sharing of library resources by certain participating
libraries among themselves on the basis of the principle of co-operation. This is applicable in
sharing of documents, manpower, services, space and equipments. This paper mainly highlights
for What is Resource Sharing?, Why Resource Sharing?, Objectives, Needs, Areas for Co-
Operation & Resource Sharing, Components of Resource Sharing, Steps to Promote Resource
Sharing through Network, Library Consortium and, Need for Library Consortia, consortia
present concept for resource sharing, Future for Library Consortium.
Keywords: Resource Sharing, Resource Sharing through Network, library consortia
1.0 Introduction
The so-called ‘Information Revolution’ has made Libraries around the world to adopt new
philosophies and technologies for information dissemination and also reduce the cost of
information. Maintaining the dept and depths of collection of a single greatest challenge
confronting libraries, be it, academic, special, national or public, Libraries have realized that
although they are well funded, it is difficult to acquire all the materials needed by the clientele. In
fact partnership and cooperation in local, national and international have become enviable for all
libraries. In achieving resource sharing/library cooperation is through the establishment of
consortium over networks.
2.0 What is Resource Sharing?
Resource sharing denotes “a mode of operation whereby the functions are shared in common by
a number of libraries”. The term “Resource” is used to designate any or all of the materials,
functions, services and the expertise of the professional and non-professional staff.In the library
world, resource sharing means that you are collaborating with one or more libraries to maximize
access to a larger array of resources by sharing the collections of the cooperating libraries or
pooling funding to purchase shared digital resources. In this day of shrinking resource dollars,
most libraries participate in some type of resource sharing, even when they may not be aware of
it.
3.0 Why Resource Sharing?

Allen Kent has suggested that “the success and survival of big libraries will depend on how
much and what extent libraries co-operative with each other in future”
Ø Increasing cost of document & Tremendous growth of literature
Ø Declining library budget & Reduce the operational cost of libraries
Ø Optimum utilization of existing records
4.0 Objectives of the Resource Sharing

Ø Optimization of information resources through shared cataloguing, ILL services,
collection development and avoiding duplication.
139
Ø Pooled resources can help to arrange greater resource centers.

Ø Document selection.
Ø Provide, through cooperative acquisition by voluntary organization, materials beyond the
reach of individual libraries.
5.0 Needs for Resource Sharing

Ø Proliferation of literature in each and every field of knowledge;
Ø Multiplicity of documents in different subjects, languages and formats;
Ø Development of new subjects and subject specialization;
Ø Increase of reading community and information seekers;
Ø Diversity of user groups and their information needs;
Ø Demand of pinpointed, exhaustive and expeditious information services;
Ø Increased access to information and services at existing cost;
Ø Access to existing information and services at less cost;
Ø Increase in Quantity/Cost;
Ø Demand for expertise and rare documents;
Ø Space constraint;
Ø Budget constraint.
6.0 Components of Resource Sharing

Parket points out the five components of resource sharing resources, directories,
communications, users and management, network.
Ø Depending on the native or resource sharing activity, the resources component may be
existing collection of books, journals, special collections and non book materials.
Ø The directories component consists of the index or detailed listing of the resource
component for library network users.
Ø The communication component consists of the link among the participating libraries as
modes in the network
Ø The user component of a library network vary according to the nature of the resource
sharing activity
Ø The fifth component “network” will be provided by an administrative which carry out
four basic function
At least five network components may be identified in the process of resource sharing. They are
resources documentary, manpower and technology, management and users. It requires special
skill to run successfully the processes involved in networking
6.1 Areas for Co-Operation & Resource Sharing
Ø Co-Operative acquisition
Ø Co-Operation in technical processing of books
Ø Inter-library loan at various levels
- Local, Regional, State, National, International levels
Ø Co-operative storage centers & Union catalogs
Ø Documentation centers & Document procurement
Ø Centralized acquisition of periodicals
6.2 Requirements for Resource Sharing
140
Every library is required to have computers, electronic database and connectivity of data
communication network to enact resource sharing. A computerized database of bibliographical
records of library materials is to be developed to provide a broad perspective about in various
libraries in the network. Other than hardware and software following facts should be taken into
consideration to make resource sharing effective and successful. They are,
Ø Willingness to share & Commitment to share
Ø Planning & Preparation
Ø Ensure proper mechanism
- Transport, Courier, Network, Other communication facilitiesv
Ø Do not look for immediate benefits & Involve all those concerned
Ø Frequent meetings reliability & Review
7.0 Concept of Resource Sharing:
The voluminous growth of published documents in the recent past, increasing cost of information
sources, techniques, advancements that offer newer methods of information processing, retrieval
and dissemination are some of the factors which have made resource sharing a necessity. The
library co-operation is a very old concept and a form of resource Sharing. Need for resource
sharing was realized by libraries a long time ago. Besides entering into inter-library practice,
libraries also thought seriously of resource sharing in many other areas, such as co-operative
acquisition, co-operative cataloguing, co-operative classification, etc. Inter-library loan has been
practiced as one of the most popular resource sharing activity amongst libraries. Inter-library loan
in a traditional library is severely affected by barriers of information communication, such as
apathy of the lending libraries, distance, language, time, etc. A computerized inter-library loan
system overcomes these limitations.
8.0 Advantages of Resource Sharing

Ø Resource sharing satisfies the fourth law of library science
Ø Resource sharing is very economical & Resource helps to save the library space
Ø Standardization in classification and cataloguing is possible
Ø Resource sharing avoids duplication of documents and work
Ø Acquire library materials & Share holdings
Ø Provide researchers with an increased number of research materials;
Ø Avoid duplicate purchases & Ensure collection of special material and services
Ø Establish efficient communication systems
Ø Develop an information marketing mechanism through cooperation and control of the
quality of collections
9.0 Resource Sharing through Network

As we have seen networking of libraries is essential for sharing of library resources, the same
should be promoted at local, regional, national and international level.
Following steps are to be taken to promote resource sharing through Networks:
Ø Important libraries, information centers and institutions get their catalogues and
bibliographies prepared in machine readable form to provide computer aided information
services to users and promoting automation of the functions in their libraries such as
cataloguing, circulation, preparation of bibliographies, union catalogue, etc.
Ø To promote sharing of resources among the libraries in India by developing and
disseminating information and by offering computerized services to the users.
141
Ø The participating libraries should follow the rules and regulations of the network and be
willing to create bibliographic records according to standards laid down.
Ø As libraries in India use mainly Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC), Universal Decimal
Classification (UDC) and Classified Catalogue Code (CCC) for classification of books, it
would not be within the means and worth the effort to have one classification scheme in all
participating libraries.
Ø To optimize information resources utilization through shared cataloguing, inter library loan
services, catalogue production, collection development and avoiding duplication in
acquisition to the extent possible.
Ø Encourage cooperation among libraries, documentation centers and information centers,
so that pooled resources can augment weaker resources centers
Ø Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR-2) should be used as the code for cataloguing.
It will help in creation of standard records.
Ø Networking activities should increase in India. Government should take an interest in this
field. Some of the important networks established are NICNET, I-NET, ERNET,
SIRNET, INFLIBNET
(nal-ir.nal.res.in/10346/1/Resource. Sharing
10.0 Library Consortia
Ø “Consortium is cooperative arrangement of groups with a policy of sharing resources

among members.” It is a strategic alliance of institutions having common interest.
Ø According to the Oxford English Dictionary, ‘Consortia’ means a “temporary cooperation
of a number of powers, companies, etc., for a common purpose. It is an association of
similar types of organizations/ institutions who are engaged for producing and servicing
common things for providing services for a specific purpose of its users.”
11.0 Need for Library Consortia

Ø The pressure of competition in the information market is enhancing and compelling
information providers.
Ø Reduce the cost of collection development.
Ø Provides more, better, faster and cheaper services for less money.
Ø Indian universities are finding it hard to maintain subscriptions to even core journals due
to ever increasing cost of the journal subscriptions and also shrinking budgets.
Ø Shrinking fiscal resources, price hike in scientific and technical journals and also social
science titles.
Ø Recent trends and developments in the area of communication, computer and
information technology.
142
Ø Improving the quality and standard of research in Indian universities by improving the
access base of literature to them is essential.
11.1 Library consortia: present concept for resource sharing
The concept of consortia is based on the basic principle of cooperation as it is a “cooperative

arrangement among group or institutions”. The consortia enable libraries to meet the spiraling
costs of printed journals and of online resources. The concept of sharing of resources was started
with Inter Library Loan(ILL), Document Delivery system (DDS), Library Networking (via,
LAN, WAN), etc. At present the more accepted system of resource sharing is Library consortia.
A library consortia can be considered as a formal association of libraries, not under the same
institutional control, but usually restricted to a geographical area, number of libraries, types of
materials, or subject interests, which is established to develop and implement resource sharing
among members
12.0 Future for Library Consortium
Ø To boost resource sharing activities three-pronged approach is needed:

Ø Strengthening and reengineering of existing consortia to make them true vehicles of
resource sharing and not merely sharing of e-journals
Ø Starting new consortia and networks for resource sharing on suitable basis
Ø Linking of the consortia based networks to achieve nation-wide network of libraries
References
1. Ahmadabad Library Network. http://www.alibnet.org/ (accessed September 11, 2009).
2. Biswas Ch, Bidhan and Dasgupta K, Swapan (2003). Opportunities for libraries in
managing and resource sharing through consortia: a new challenge for Indian librarians.
[Available at: http://www.dlist.sir.arizona.edu/249/]
3. Information and Library Network Center. http://www.inflibnet.ac.in/ (accessed May 5,
2008).
4. Management Libraries Network. http://www.manlibnet.in/ (accessed May 10, 2008).
5. nal-ir.nal.res.in/10346/1/Resource. Sharing
6. http://www.websters-online-dictionary.org/definitions/RESOURCE+SHARING
7. UGC-INFONET 2.0. http://www.inflibnet.ac.in/infonet/ (accessed May 22, 2010).
About Authors:
Ms. Sejal Patel is currently working as a Librarian in VPMP Polytechnic
College, Gandhinagar. She has 8+ years of experience in the field of LIS.
She has published 5 research papers in reputed journals, and presented 4
research papers in national/international level conferences.
M: 9924781104 | E-mail ID: sejal.kunj@yahoo.com
Ms. Urjita Patel is currently working as a Librarian in Kadi Sarva

Vishwavidyalaya, Gandhinagar. She is having 10+ years of experience in the
field of LIS. She is gold medalist in B.Lisc and M.Lisc and also qualified
M.Com. She has published 7 research papers in reputed journals, and
presented 4 research papers in national/international level conferences.
M. 9898672575 | E-mail ID: urjitaksv@yahoo.com
143
SCHEMABIBEX: AN INITIATIVE FOR NETWORKED

BIBLIOGRAPHIC RESOURCE DESCRIPTION
Rohit Jangra
Ph.D Scholar, School of Library and Information Science, Central University of Gujarat
Abstract: The traditional MARC bibliographic format extremely used for library bibliographic
data from becoming network information resources. The library must solve how to attract the
users from network application services back to the library system. The present paper discusses
SchemaBibEx, which is the bibliographic resource description extension of Schema.org, as the
powerful tool for the library to solve this problem. By analyzing the linked data model,
vocabularies, tools, and services, the paper explains its originality, openness, global unity, and
economically. It also discusses its complementary relationship with BIBFRAME which is the next
generation of the bibliographic frame format. SchemaBibEx is not the replacement of MARC but
will become a two-way communication bridge between library bibliographic data and information
user network.
Keywords: Schema.org, MARC, BIBFRAME, Bibliographic data format, Linked data
1.0 Background
Bibliographic data is the most important information resource in the library. Bibliographic
information stored in traditional formats e.g. MARC was being held in the library system, and
cannot be represented in a search engine application access. Traditional bibliographic data storage
data format has reached its limit of efficiency and functionality. The library has to become a
semantic network era of network data centres and information service centres network must be
applied native data format bibliographic information into the network, integrated into Google,
Wikipedia, social networking applications and other network services users everyday use, thereby
enhancing the entire ecosystem of network information resource library of relevance.
In the era of an open network, users choose the way of retrieving information resources undergone
significant change. General users are increasingly tending to use search engines as a search starting
point. Bibliographic information stored in a traditional format MARC data to search engines and
cannot be represented by a network application services to obtain and reveal how to make web
users reflux library from the web service applications become a huge problem faced by libraries.
In order to meet changes in users’ habits retrieval, OCLC starts WorldCat program in early 2004.
The holdings data in WorldCat have joined Google and Yahoo and other major search engines to
allow users to more conveniently use WorldCat. However, this does not enable bibliographic data
truly open internet resources.
On June 3, 2011, the world’s three major search engines Google, Bing, Yahoo and later joined
Yandex co-sponsored Schema.org, which aims to create one of the major search engines support
structured data markup schema, in order to provide a better web experience for users. Web
structured data markup helps search engines to understand the information on web pages,
providing richer search results.
OCLC noted that it could be an important tool for effective data which can describe library
collections. Experimental study of interrelated data while OCLC is slowly becoming mature, with
this new technology release associated bibliographic data library, seems to be very satisfactory.
OCLC concerned about efforts to provide structured data suitable for a wide field of information
144
can be traced back Dublin Core Metadata in 1995. In 1997, with OCLC accession to the World
Wide Web Consortium (W3C), OCLC researchers began to actively participate in the W3C
research library on the network description of bibliographic data. An OCLC group of associated
data from Schema.org conducted experiments bibliographic model development for as a model
bibliographic database, trying to address the shortcomings of the traditional bibliographic data
format in the overall level of the library. The model connects the existing experimental data related
items (such as VIAF, FAST, LCSH, DDC), and Schema.org developed for the original domain-
oriented library. The extension seeks to achieve a clear distinction between the contents of the
carrier, adding the relevant entities and attributes, such as OCLC control number, and other
collections.
The schema bibliography expansion team initially spends a lot of effort to identify bibliographic
vocabulary terms in Schema.org positions, bibliographic resources to do the latter changed the
original words used to describe Schema.org test trials. Test results of the experiment are to
recognize Schema.org has been very suitable for describing library resources and identified
Schema.org gap concept, such as audio books class has not. Some cases, initially speculated that
need a new class or attribute, then as long as there is a clear suggestion, document, or a sample is
enough; some other cases required just fine-tuning existing vocabulary document Schema.org
described.
After BRBRFRME released, a few months later OCLC has released new titles Schema.org
extended model. Released in WorldCat.org associated data model with respect to the new model
a year ago has been significantly improved and enhanced, most important of which is the definition
of regular expressions FRBR relations and a clear distinction between content and expression
vector format. This distinction is no need to expand the definition of superfluous than the library:
expansion, and in front of the model is necessary.
2.0 What is SchemaBibEx
Schema.org by Google, Bing and Yahoo! and later joined Yandex co-sponsored network resource
description specifications. Schema.org is a major search engine to provide support for the network
resource description unified vocabulary and markup syntax. Schema.org means no need to use the
site search engine support Tag types to make a choice, and search engines get structured
information to improve the quality of search results, users will finally get more satisfying search
results and a better web experience. Google and other search engines when ranking does not
consider the mark used for the site, but rich snippets can make your site more prominently in
search results, so if your site traffic will increase.
SchemaBibEx is based on the description of bibliographic resources. Schema.org extended by the

OCLC-led development. As Schema.org specific areas of application, SchemaBibEx can be used
for library semantic data published bibliographic resources on the network can also be used as a
bibliographic data format semantics era. As a semantic data format, SchemaBibEx comprises two
main parts: solid models and vocabularies. Solid model based on the OCLC to Schema.org led the
development, known as an OCLC Schema model, referred to as OCLC model; Schema
vocabularies by the team led the development of the extended bibliography, including Schema.org
has to be revised glossary of terms and a corresponding increase extended vocabulary.
3.0 OCLC Schema model
The entity model describes the structure model real-world entity type concepts, properties, and
links. For bibliographic data format, the hierarchy is to achieve the basic requirements FRBR
145
bibliographic data entity model. Since Schema.org FRBR entity does not have the concept of using
OCLC way it is to start Schema.org existing entity concept, meaning its library to join the field,
and only under the conditions was absolutely necessary to increase correspondingly extended.
1. Schema: CreativeWork FRBR described in the ‘work’ entities and ‘expressions’ entity. If the
description only title, subject and creator, of the type described as ‘work’; if the description
includes copyright date and type of publications and other information, then describe the type
corresponds to the ‘table of contents’.
2. Schema: CreativeWork + schema: ProductModel described in FRBR ‘manifestation’ entity.
As schema: CreativeWork entity, library resources are wisdom to create results, has a title and
subject matter, and not necessarily with specific physical properties. But as a schema: Product
entity, the book is in the commercial real kind, with a publication date, product identification
code, can be bought and sold and managed.
3. Schema: CreativeWork + schema: IndividualProduct FRBR described in ‘one piece’ entity.
schema: Individual Product a single entity, examples of products recognizable.
Figure 1: SchemaBibEx Core Model
Multi-type distribution is a core feature Schema.org standard model. In the information system,
the body is conceptualized and structured domain knowledge and clear description. As a full-field
data description specification, Schema.org describe all the static state of the knowledge domain
concepts, the semantic relationship between movement and dynamic concept, needed to
overcome the whole domain knowledge ontology construction of the huge complexity of the
system. Schema.org uses a way to build upper body and minimize the standard ontology concept
model, giving priority to the existing concept of multi-entity type assignments described the
concept of specific areas, only in the case of the gap entirely clear concept was to extend the
standard model body.
146
Figure 2: SchemaBibEx mapping relationship in FRBR
OCLC FRBR model defines the relationship between the expression of the rules, a clear distinction
between content and expression vector form, good manifestation, and achieved a single piece, but
still cannot strictly distinguish between two FRBR concept of ‘work’ and ‘expressions’. With
Schema: CreativeWork label cannot avoid ‘works’ and other details have FRBR entity levels.
In OCLC model, the primary concept is that people, places, organizations, objects and themes,
such as VIAF etc., or LCSH specification document are to be as creative works of these concepts
information sources. The advantage of this model is able to describe OCLC, there is no person or
thing in the specification document. The specific approach is to remove rdf: about, making a blank
node; secondly, OCLC model can simultaneously refer to a different specification documents for
the same resource body, and multi-reference specification document can make a special favour by
‘sameAs’ attributes, such as vocabulary development defined schemap: sameThingA property;
finally, OCLC model can refer to the new specification document at any time.
4.0 Vocabularies
Vocabularies related entity classes defined in the art and related properties, provide the basis for
standardized control. The OCLC vocabulary model used mainly consists of four parts: the
Schema.org, vocabulary, OCLC early proposed library: extensions and their later evolution
Schema.org Vocabulary Bibliography Extension, External Term Vocabulary.
Due to a single, common vocabulary is difficult to cover all areas of the diversity and richness of
detail, Schema.org provides vocabulary extension mechanism. Specific areas through a certain way
to extend existing terms and rules, we can make a search engine or a third-party application data
partially understand the mark. Early OCLC thinks Schema.org difficult to meet the needs of
bibliographic data tags, which released the experimental library at purl.org. In addition to part of
the vocabulary development it has been adopted, but the majority is still in draft state. OCLC
model openness to vocabularies, committed to working together with external organizations to
maximize reuse of existing terminology and vocabulary specification. A typical example is the use
of Wikipedia commodity type body vocabulary Product Types Ontology (PTO) but does not
define and maintain their own content types and carrier types. PTO covers the basic content types
and categories of forms of library resources owned carrier, such as movies, books, hardcover,
DVD, CD, etc., and good wiki library with the traditional areas of cooperation to address common
gaps and the concept becomes possible.
147
5.0 Samples, tools, services and demonstration
According to the official website of Schema bibliography expansion team, SchemaBibEx,

including labelling methods, serialization methods and a virtual library sample. Virtual Library
examples include practice guidelines and methods for labelling the sample 11 types of work.
Sample titles from Schema extension panel discussions and recommendations for the expansion
of vocabulary. As an illustration of the particular circumstances, resources may not be exactly the
same description with the real case, but was designed to meet the user's real environment. The
current bibliography expansion team main task is to create a more practical guide.
Schema.org specifications described as a network resource, the main use of marking property
HTML tags (often <span> or <div>) embedded brief descriptive names. Schema.org vocabulary
early focus on achieving the support of micro-data format (Microdata), long-term goal to achieve
support for a wide range of encoding formats. Micro W3C HTML5 data as part of the standard,
while both simplicity and extensibility of RDFa microformats (Microformats). The single format
will help improve consistency across search engines without having to make a choice between the
site several formats, but this does not prevent the use of other SchemaBibEx RDF serialization.
Currently, OCLC WorldCat on the website published five kinds of data serialized form of
bibliographic data: Turtle, JSON-LD, RDF / XML, N-TRIPLES, HTML + RDFa.
Google provides Schema.org for structured data and structured data testing tool marker aids.
Google structured data testing tool for testing website, structured markup result. According to
information, in the open-access status can be connected to any data access mechanism or service
applications. Network applications can obtain permanent works by ID and other OCLC xID,
xOCLCNum or xLCCN service APIs. While providing OCLC WorldCat data associated with the
use of a sliver 1.2 million licensed ODC (Open Data Commons) set batch download, after
downloading, allows researchers to do teaching and research through the use of SPARQL. In
addition to OCLC's WorldCat, open-source library systems such as Koha and Evergreen have
been added Schema.org mark in its user interface.
6.0 Bibliographic Extended Example
There is an example of the encoding format SchemaBibEx marker. Examples of Frank Herbert's
novel ‘Dune’ for the contents of two separate works, e.g., Turtle is coding format and easy to read.
To facilitate understanding SchemaBibEx described the architecture and multi-type distribution
@prefix schema: <http://Schema.org/>. # Bundle 4: a FRBR Expression (Book).
@prefix schemap: <http://proposed- # Shows experimental use of frbr:Expression
Schema.org/>. discussed in the text.
@prefix pto: herbert:4
<http://www.productontology.org/id/>. a schema:Book, frbr:Expression;
@prefix rdf: schema:name "Dune";
<http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf- schema:copyrightYear "1965";
syntax-ns#>. schemap:isInstanceOf herbert:2;
@prefix madsrdf: schemap:hasInstance herbert:6;
<http://www.loc.gov/standards/mads/r
df/>. # Bundle 5: a FRBR Manifestation (Movie)
@prefix bf: herbert:5
<http://bibframe.org/vocab/>. a schema:Book, schema:ProductModel,
@prefix herbert: pto:DVD;
<http://herbert.example/>. schema:productID "upc:012236126297";
148
@prefix frbr: schema:datePublished "2001";

<http://vocab.org/frbr/core/>. schemap:isInstanceOf herbert:3;
# Bundle 1: a FRBR Work (Movie) # Bundle 6: a FRBR Manifestation (Book)

herbert:1 herbert:6
a schema:Movie; a schema:Book, schema:ProductModel,
schema:name "Dune"; pto:Hardcover;
schema:director schema:isbn "0801950775";
<http://viaf.org/viaf/164455045>; schema:datePublished "1965";
schema:about schemap:isInstanceOf herbert:4;
<http://id.worldcat.org/fast/899474>; #schemap:hasInstance herbert:7;
schemap:hasInstance herbert:3;
schemap:CommonEndeavor herbert:2; # Bundle 7: a FRBR Item (Book)
#Shows some hypothetical Holdings data.
# Bundle 2: a FRBR Work (Book) herbert:7
herbert:2 a schema:Book, schema:IndividualProduct,
a schema:Book; pto:Hardcover;
schema:name "Dune"; schema:productID "barcode:71176";
schema:genre "Fiction"; schemap:isInstanceOf herbert:6;
schema:author schema:inventoryLevel [ a
<http://viaf.org/viaf/5908379>; schema:QuantitativeValue; schema:hasValue "1"];
schema:about schema:itemCondition
<http://id.worldcat.org/fast/899474>; schema:DamagedCondition;
schemap:hasInstance herbert:4;
schemap:commonEndeavor herbert:1; # a person
<http://viaf.org/viaf/5908379>
# Bundle 3: a FRBR Expression (Movie) a schema:Person;
herbert:3 schema:name "Herbert, Frank";
a schema:Movie; madsrdf:isIdentifiedbyAuthority
schema:name "Dune"; <http://id.loc.gov/authorities/names/n8004445
schema:copyrightYear "2001"; 0>;
schemap:isInstanceOf herbert:1;
schemap:hasInstance herbert:5; # a person
<http://viaf.org/viaf/164455045>
a schema:Person;
schema:name "Lynch, David";
# a subject
<http://id.worldcat.org/fast/899474>
a bf:TopicalConcept;
schema:name "Dune (Imaginary place)";
schemap:sameThingAs
<http://id.loc.gov/authorities/subjects/sh92003
142>;
Each segment statements are based on ‘a’ beginning, ‘a’ is an RDF / XML rdf: type the abbreviated
shorthand for declaring the subject type. SchemaBibEx solid model: 1 paragraph description of
‘work’ type of movie; section 2 describes the ‘work’ type of fiction; 3 described in paragraph
‘expressions’ type of copyright is ‘1965’ book; described in paragraph 4 is ‘manifestation’ type
ISBN 0801950775 hardcover book; and section 5 described in ‘one piece’ type barcode number is
71176 is damaged state hardcover. Schema bibliography expands the definition of schemap:
149
hasInstance property and schemap: isInstanceOf attribute describes the relationship between
entities at different levels of the same work. Another extended attributes schemap: common
Endeavor define the content comes from the relationships between the different entities work the
same creative act. Paragraph 3 to clarify the type of ‘expressions’ to multiple types of distribution
assigned frbr additional namespace: Expression type. frbr is entity-relationship FRBR core
vocabulary in vocab.org established; section 4 and section 5 simultaneously declare that the
resource is ontology ‘hardcover’ type of product, describing it as a hardcover book.
The example also includes two personal name authorities and a subject authority data. In the first
personal name specification, the specification document uses the Virtual International Authority
File VIAF, while using mads: isIdentifiedByAuthority point to the Library of Congress authority
records to enhance Name Authority. As the ‘Dune’ as a virtual place names, is a topic of words,
which mark the depth beyond the depth SchemaBibEx mark, so the Bibliographic Framework
Initiative (BIBFRAME) in the subject model specification bf: Topic, stating that it is normative
like schemap: sameThingAs role and mads: isIdentifiedByAuthority the same.
7.0 SchemaBibEx Features
Karen Coyle (2004) believe that future bibliographic format in addition to meeting the basic needs
of FRBR should also have a ‘description’, ‘positioning’, ‘discovery’, ‘buy’, ‘save’, ‘promotion’ and
other functions. A new generation of bibliographic data format is given higher requirements and
functions realized. As SchemaBibEx to Schema.org based bibliographic data format, having the
following features:
1. In direct contact with the native end user network, the bibliographic data format is a basic
requirement of the Network Age. Network resource description born Schema.org has been
accepted by the network resources be described W3C standards. SchemaBibEx inborn
Schema.org native network properties, by using URI identifies bibliographic resources of all
entities, concepts, examples, specification data directly with a wide range of network
applications integrate, unimpeded access end-user information, the bibliographic resource
truly native internet resources.
2. Open integration and compatibility with existing design outcomes SchemaBibEx mode on
the integration of open standards bibliographic resources described as a target, and maximize
the multiplexing mode and compatibility with existing standards. For example, OCLC model
is derived from many types of Schema.org allocation model design features are the most
important features, so that mixed references to other relevant standards or even competing for
standards possible. Because SchemaBibEx effective integration of bibliographic data
standards, to maximize the inclusion of existing standards and outcomes.
3. Global unified bibliographic resource description format Schema.org is a common network-
wide in the field of structured data specification, almost able to describe all the subject
categories of content resources, and continue to cover more and more areas of expertise, will
eventually complete overlay network. In Schema.org based SchemaBibEx, the bibliographic
resources described unity semantic network resources. Of course, the resulting problem is the
library field is bound to compete for funding with another field description source. With
respect to the vocabulary for the professional field, SchemaBibEx necessary to make certain
compromises on the vocabulary and properties. For example, the Title field of library books
to use ‘title’, but can only use the ‘name’ in the Schema.org. In addition, compared with the
appearances of the professional word, SchemaBibEx in the field of particle size also need to
compromise detail, depth details of the areas of expertise will Schema.org design is too
complex.
4. SchemaBibEx described in detail granularity level only slightly better than the Dublin Core
metadata, but covering the core key bibliographic data, provide enough detail, thus ensuring
150
lower costs. Richard Wallis stated ‘You will never use schema.org as a vocabulary to run a
library off of it. It won’t get deep and rich enough for all the subtleties in MARC data.’ But
what it will do is help on the search engine front, so that bibliographic data can be marked up
in a way that search applications can understand and so use appropriately and that’s what the
average user probably will appreciate more.
8.0 Relationship with BIBFRAME of SchemaBibEx
BIBFRAME is called The Bibliographic Framework Initiative, which is dominated by the Library
of Congress to develop the next generation of bibliographic data format. BIBFRAME semantic
application of information technology to become the next generation of bibliographic data format
standards. Since both describe the same resource type, BIBFRAME competes with SchemaBibEx
relationship.
Similarity, at least when the same resource description a model description can be automatically
converted into another model in the case of minimal loss of information. Schema.org support
multiple types of distribution of a mix of both reference and match concept can solve Schema.org
bibliographic model uncertainty and the lack of sufficient field depth details and other issues, as
described in section 2.4 in practical applications. It is predictable that more and more BIBFRAME
statement to SchemaBibEx tag. At the same time, both models will benefit from the technology
development and application environment of the other models mentioned later.
For now, both have been part of the vocabulary are complementary. Schema.org bibliographic
expanded from model released at the beginning to now it has become more modernized.
Schema.org vocabulary, SchemaBibEx glossary and extended glossary relationship BIBFRAME
already fully complementary, as shown in FIG.
Figure 3: BibFrame Relationship Map

9.0 Conclusion
As the major search engines support common network resource structured data standards,
Schema.org will become the industry standard and the standard for network resource description.
In the next likely period of time, limited by the computing power of the machine, system design
complexity, cost and other factors labelling, general search engines supported by the standard
resource description will be far unable to reach a professional. Field data format standards and
norms required depth and detail granularity field. SchemaBibEx in time will become long-term
bibliographic data format of the network users in direct contact. For now, SchemaBibEx from the
solid model to the glossary of terms there are still a variety of problems, but research and
SchemaBibEx application development library is a realistic choice. SchemaBibEx jointly
coordinated with the next generation of library bibliographic data format standards development,
151
and cooperation is mutually compatible library for future network data centre and network
application service centre of effective pathways.
References
1. Extending Schemas, (2017). Schema.org. Retrieved 16 November 2017, from
http://Schema.org/docs/extension.html
2. Fons, T. (2013). The Early Experimenters Experience & What’s Happening at OCLC.
Retrieved 16 November 2017, from https://www.loc.gov/bibframe/pdf/
ALAmw2013_bibframe_OCLC_publicUpdate_Fons.pdf
3. Karen Coyle, (2004). Future considerations: the functional library systems record, Library
Hi Tech, Vol. 22 Issue: 2, pp.166-174, Available at
https://doi.org/10.1108/07378830410524594
4. Library of Congress, (2012). Bibliographic Framework as a Web of Data: Linked Data
Model and Supporting Services. Retrieved 16 November 2017, from
http://www.loc.gov/bibframe/pdf/marcld-report-11-21-2012.pdf
5. OCLC, (n.d.). Linked Data. Oclc.org. Retrieved 16 November 2017, from
https://www.oclc.org/developer/develop/linked-data.en.html
6. OCLC, (n.d.). OCLC adds linked data to WorldCat.org. Oclc.org. Retrieved 16 November
2017, from https://www.oclc.org/en/news/releases/2012/201238.html
7. OCLC, (n.d.). WorldCat Linked Data Vocabulary. Oclc.org. Retrieved 16 November 2017,
from https://www.oclc.org/developer/develop/linked-data/worldcat-vocabulary.en.html
8. OCLC, (n.d.). WorldCat Work Entity | OCLC Developer Network. Oclc.org. Retrieved
16 November 2017, from https://www.oclc.org/developer/develop/linked-
data/worldcat-entities/worldcat-work-entity.en.html
9. Plassard, M. F. (2013). Functional requirements for bibliographic records. KG Saur.
Retrieved 16 November 2017, from http://www.ifla.org/files/assets/
cataloguing/frbr/frbr_2008.pdf
10. Schema.org, (n.d.). Retrieved 16 November 2017, from http://Schema.org/docs/faq.html
11. Vocabulary Proposals - Schema Bib Extend Community Group. (2017). W3.org. Retrieved
16 November 2017, from https://www.w3.org/community/schemabibex/
wiki/Vocabulary_Proposals
12. Wallis, R. (2012). Library Linked Data Progress. Slideshare.net. Retrieved 16 November
2017, from https://www.slideshare.net/rjw/library-linked-data-progress
13. Wallis, R. (2012). OCLC Preview 194 Million Open Bibliographic Work Descriptions.
Retrieved 16 November 2017, from http://dataliberate.com/2014/02/25/oclc-preview-
194-million-open-bibliographic-work-descriptions/
14. Wallis, R. (2013). Linked Data for Libraries: Great Progress but what is the benefit?
Retrieved 16 November 2017, from www.swib.org/swib13/slides/wallis_swib13_108.pdf
15. Zaino, J. (2013). The future of libraries, linked data and Schema.org extensions. Retrieved
16 November 2017, from http://semanticweb.com/thefuture-of-libraries-linked-data-and-
schema-orgextensions_b35315
About Author:
Mr Rohit Jangra is pursuing his Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) at the School of Library and
Information Science, Central University of Gujarat. He received BSc PGM from MDU Rohtak.
He obtained MLIS from the Central University of Haryana. His research interests include:
Bibliometrics, Scientometrics, Technical Writing, Web Technologies, Digital Archiving etc.
M: 8397909047 | E-mail ID: rohit.jangra@cug.ac.in
152
SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION

Bharatiben M. Solanki
Librarian, Merchant B.C.A. & P.G.D.C.A. College, Visnagar, Gujarat
Abstract: People get a personalized analyzed experience to some degree, even in private browsing
windows. Many Year ago People saw exactly the same search result, But Now, no one sees exactly
the similar search results, not on Google, not on Bing, Not in yahoo, Every People get a a
personalized Knowledge to some degree , even in Private browsing windows. Search engine
optimization affected the presence or appearance of a website in the first page of search engine.
The discernible of website can be on page search engine or off page search engine, but normally
If a website want to appear in the top position later then search engine optimization is the most
important tool to use.
Keywords: Search Engine, Search Engine optimization, Off page search engine, On page search
engine
1.0 Search Engine History
Gerard Salton (1927-1995) was the leading computer scientist working in the field of information
retrieval of his time. During his term as a professor at Cornell in the 1960’s, Salton developed the
SMART information retrieval system with his team of researchers.
In the 1960’s, another pioneer in information technology, Ted Nelson, created Project Xanadu
and coined the term hypertext. Nelson’s goal with this project was to create a computer network
with a simple user interface that solved social problems such as attribution. He strived to make
computers easily accessible to ordinary people. His motto: A user interface should be so simple
that a beginner in an emergency can understand it within ten seconds.An important piece
of information to note is that much of the inspiration to create the World Wide Web was taken
from Ted’s work.
That brings us to 1990 when Alan Emtage a Student at Mcgill University Launched the first search
engine and named it Archie. It was invented to index FTP archives, allowing people to quickly
access specific files.After Archives, allowing people to quickly access specific files. After Archie,
other institutions developed search engines that worked with plain text files.
Search Engines
Name Year Website
Lycos 1994 www.lycos.com
Altavista 1995 www.altavista.com
Yahoo 1995 www.yahoo.com
Google 1998 www.google.com
Bing 2009 www.bing.com
Yandex 2015 www.yandex.com
2.0 What is Search Engine Optimization
Search engine optimization (SEO) is the process of affecting the visibility of a websiteor a web
page in a search engine's "organic" or un-paid search results. In general, the earlier (or higher
ranked on the search results page), and more frequently a site appears in the search results list, the
more visitors it will receive from the search engine's users. Search Engine works Search engines
use indexing software programs, called robots or spiders. These software programs are
programmed to constantly crawl the web in search of new or updated pages.
153
3.0 Off page SEO - On Page SEO
These are the process of optimization or SEO that we do apart from our web pages. For e.g. if we
are building link for our web page on any directory or classified, so this is off page SEO, as we are
doing on any other web page, not our website or web page. Thus any SEO process which we do
anywhere else from our websites comes under off page SEO off page can be done in many ways,
it should have diversity in its nature in order to follow Google criteria. A off page SEO can bring
two things i.e. page rank and the another is traffic. Both are equally important initially for a
website.
4.0 Off Page Search Engine Optimization
Ø Article submission in web directories-This is very similar to previous SEO process. Here
we have to submit article in place of website URL. Actually this article may contain 2-3 links
to the targeted website. This is more correct and legit SEO process in the eyes of Google.
Ø Social bookmarking- Social bookmarking are most vital part of SEO off page process, as
they allow "do follow" back-link immediately, one haven't to wait for approval as in web
directory link submission. Some social bookmarking 2.0 web pages are facebook, twitter,
reddit, digg, stumbleupon etc.
Ø Blog - One can comment to niche related blog, this will provide page rank through backlink
and also traffic.
Ø Press release submissions- These pages are often very high PR, Google crawls them in
every 1-2 hours. These press release accept high quality article contain back-links to targeted
website. This is one of the best SEO process.
Ø Search engine submission- This is not necessary for now a days, but still one can do it for
fast indexing of websites.
Ø Link wheel creation- In old days this was one of the best SEO tactics used, in modern days
this has no significant importance.
5.0 On Page search Engine Optimization
Ø Title- Make your title related to your content. Don’t use a title that makes no sense. USe your
keyword at least one time on your title. make your title unique.
Ø Page or Post URL-Page or post URL surely helps for On Page SEO if you have the keyword
in your URL. Best practice is to use the main words of your title.
Ø Site Load Time: Site load time is important not only for SEO but also for keeping visitors
on your site. If your site or pages take much time to load then visitor won’t hesitate to push
the back button and search for other site. Hence, it’s very important. Choosing a good hosting
provider is a good idea.
Ø External link to other blogs An external link is a link that links to other blogs from your
blog. It is very helpful for reader to ger valuable informaton from others blog. While linking
to others blog, you sould link reliable post only. And try to make it ‘nofollow’.You can add
Wikipedia article as it is trustworthy.Zemanta is the best site for finding useful links.
6.0 Benefit of Search Engine Optimization
Ø A high ranking in Search Engine result pages (SERPs)has become a business necessity high
rankings have been found to increase the following characterstics.
Ø It’s cost-effective. You don't have to pay the search engine to be "advertised". At this point
in time is when you have to pay for almost everything, it's good to know that there are still
some things which are free.
154
Ø 2. If well ranked, has your website greater chance at becoming visible around the world, while
you stay at home. Internet is an effective marketing tool. It is actually the marketplace itself
with numerous potential clientele.
Ø Once your website gets a good place, you somehow your reputation as one of the best.This
implies that somehow you are properly valued in the SEO community. In reality, which
ranked first in their field are perceived to be really good. They are even considered to be one
of the largest. Same thing in the virtual world. If you are the highest rank, people will think
that the product that you sell is a must have.
Ø Need the money for search engine optimization is established, regardless of the number of
hits you get. This saves you some money. Plus, you don't get confused with the accounting
part. Another thing, you don't worry about the money that you need to shell out for the case
you a bulk of hits.
7.0 Disadvantages in SEO
Ø Your web site is exposed to an increase amount of spam once you achieve high volume and
traffic to your site.
Ø Your site can receive unwanted leads that would involve cost.
Ø Cannot predict and guarantee best positions in search engines.
8.0 Conclusion
Website owners dream of having a higher search ranking for their website. There need not be any
swapping between both search engines and people. With this much overlap between the two areas,
one should quickly and efficiently be able to have a website that web users can find in through
search engine optimization.
References:
1. http://www.affiliateseeking.com/forums/
2. http://www.ppcblog.com/search-history/
3. http://www.searchenginehistory.com/
4. http://www.searchengineoptimization.in/
5. http:// www. silex.co.in/blog/article/History-of-SEO.html
6. http://www.thehistoryofseo.com/
7. Darie,Critstian,Sirovich,Jaime.(2007).Professional search Engine optimization with Asp.net
:A developer’s guide to SEO.USA:Willey Publication Inc.
8. Wikipedia.(2012).Search engine Optimization. Retrieved From
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/search_engine_optimization
9. http://sudcamp.blogspot.in/2012/08/what-is-on-page-seo-how-to-start-on.html
About Author:
Dr. Bharatiben Solanki (B.Com, PGDCA, M.L.I.Sc, PhD.) is having 20+
years’ experience in library field. At presently she is working as a Librarian at
Merchant B.C.A. Collage, Visnagar. She has completed her Ph.D form
HNGU, Patan and she has also cleared GSET exam. Apart from this she is a
visiting lecturer in DLIS, HNGU, Patan and also providing guidance to
M.Phil and PhD students.
M – 9427457858 | Email : bharatisol@yahoo.com
155
THE STUDY FOR INTERNET INFORMATION RESOURCES (IIR)

Nagarkar Atul Ramdas
Librarian, Doodhsakhar Mahavidyalaya, Kolhapur, Maharashtra
Abstract: This paper focuses the study for the Internet Information Resources. It identifies the
types of internet information resources. It contains two types: general and specific IIR. Usually
users don’t understand how to select appropriate resource from the ample resources. So this paper
gives an idea about the definition and the types of IIR. The key aspect is the study of Internet
information resources. This paper discusses of two criteria for the evaluation of IIR, a first is
general and second is specific criteria for the evaluation of IIR. General criteria consists URL
appropriateness, responsibility / author, purpose, documentation, recognition by others,
information and personal discretion and specific criteria contains content criteria, form criteria and
process criteria. The paper will be helpful for common man, students, teachers, as well as
researchers who want to take right information from the right source at the right time in a right
way.
Keywords: IIR- Internet Information Resources, URL – Uniform Resource Locator, OCLC –
Online Computer Library Centre.
1.0 Introduction:
It is important for academicians and researchers undertaking research to keep up-to-date with the
latest literature in their fields. The wealth of information available to us is enormous. New
resources are being added to Internet every now and then. Therefore, looking for a specific piece
of information on the Internet is like searching for a needle in a haystack. How does one know
which the best site is from where one can get information that one is looking for? You need
sources to help make this task easier. Search tools, resource directories and current awareness
services offer some solution. The Internet can be useful for maintaining current awareness within
a particular subject field. It is important to keep a track of new sites that are added in the concerned
area of specialisation. Keeping up-to-date is essentially a matter of following appropriate discussion
lists and Usenet newsgroups. Other people recommend or announce new resources, which they
find on the Net or have used. Similarly you can bookmark or preserve URL of a source in a file
for future use, which you think, is appropriate. However, there are some sources available on the
Internet, which keeps you posted about new resources.
2.0 Survey for this Study: Researcher has been selected 100 users from the students of
Doodhsakhar Mahavidyalaya Bidri, randomly and asked following questions:
1) Do you use internet for searching information?
100
80
60
40 Series1
20
0
Yes No
95 respondents out of 100 are saying they use internet for the searching information.
156
2) Do you get appropriate information immediate?
100
80
60
40 Series1
20
0
yes no
Only 3 respondents find appropriate information from internet immediate, out of 95.
3.0 Concept of Internet Information Resources (IIR):
Internet information resources can be defined as resources that include both documents and non-
documents in electronic or e-format that provide information or a pointer to the information and
can be accessed via Internet.
4.0 Types of Internet Information Resources:
The vast resources available on Internet have been broadly categorised type-wise for better
understanding of them. However, since various services and resources provide for various facilities
that are common, overlap of resources under various types is inevitable. It may be mentioned that
only selected resources are given as examples for reference purposes, as it is neither feasible nor
possible to include a complete list of them. The resources have been subjected to broad
categorisation in order to make it comprehendible. The resources can be grouped under two broad
categories as follows:
i) General, and ii) Specific
5.0 General Information Resources:
In the changing electronic environment, libraries, which are the main facilitators of the scholarly
communication, are caught in between the producers and the end-users. Though, the researchers
and information seekers usually tap the Internet resources from their desktops, yet many seek
librarians’ / information scientists’ help for research information in the networked digital
information environment. Users demand on librarians for more specific and relevant information
is increasing in spite of librarian’s and computer professionals’ efforts or continuous improving
the ease of access to information. To meet such increasing demands, library professionals have to
keep on devising new strategies, methods and techniques for bringing together the information
seekers and the information relevant to them on a continuing basis. Under this category we shall
be limiting to such resources which (a) are important for the library and information science
professionals and (b) can facilitate you as navigators as to where to start. The following are some
examples of this type:
5.1 Internet Library for Librarians (http://www.itcompany.com/inforetriever/):
Internet Library for Librarians has been a popular information resource site for librarians since
1994. It is an information portal designed for librarians to locate Internet resources related to their
157
profession. Internet Library for Librarians is also linked to and referenced by hundreds of libraries
and other organisations, including the Library of Congress and OCLC. It provides links to over
3,000 resources. All the resources are recommended, selected, and reviewed by librarians. Each
entry has a full description of the goals and /or scope of the resource, as well as the contact
information, if provided. Internet Library for Librarians is a handy and useful tool for both novices
and experienced library staff. It is a complete site in itself in the sense that it gives information
about various types of resources at one place.
5.2 Librarians’ Index to the Internet (www.lii.org/):
Librarians’ Index covers over 14,000 valuable resources on many topics. A view of the home page
of the site is reproduced above for reference. The resources cover databases including invisible
web searchable databases, directories/gateways, specific resources and the like.
5.3 BUBL Information Service (http://bubl.ac.uk/):
BUBL Link (http://bubl.ac.uk/link/) it provides free user-friendly access to selected Internet

resources covering all subject areas, with a special focus on library and information science. It has
a large subject directory with British focus covering many academic and other topics.
5.4 WWW Virtual Library (www.vlib.org):
Virtual library facilitates access to many excellent resources. It is basically, a rich collection
of subject guide on many subjects. However, sites are not annotated or evaluated.
5.5 CIT-Online Resources for the Solo Librarian (http://www.unc.edu/cit/guides):
It provides a collection of handy links for information professionals working in isolated or

specialised libraries, or in other settings with limited access to a wide variety of on-site reference
resources and other tools of the library profession. The site includes a great collection on: useful
tools and services; book information and reviews; book sources (new, used and out-of-print);
reference desks and virtual libraries; professional reading; professional organisations; librarian’s
marketplace, etc.
5.6 Infomine (http://infomine.ucr.edu/):
A collection of over 121,465 academically valuable resources, cooperatively compiled by

universities and college-level, academic librarians of the University of California campuses.
5.7 Academic Info (www.academicinfo.net):
Academic Info is a rich collection of web pages, databases, gateway pages, and links to full text
publications, organisations selected primarily for academic research at the undergraduate level and
above.
5.8 The Internet Public Library Reference Center (www.ipl.org):
A virtual reference library created in an attempt to replicate a library without walls on the Internet.
Internet Public Library (IPL) is similar to using a reference room, with links to many resources by
type and/or by subject.
158
5.9 J-Gate (http://j-gate.informindia.co.in):
This gateway to a new world of journals is a premier Indian portal for e-journals, conceived,
developed and delivered by Informatics, India. It is a family of products and a kind of single source
for librarians and information users to access share and manage their e-journals effectively. Among
the high points of J-Gate are a directory of over 10,000 plus scholarly research and professional e-
journals with links to journal and publisher sites; a Table of Contents (TOC) for several of these
journals; and a searchable database, with links to full-text and to the Union Catalogue of journals
in leading national libraries, to support resource sharing. Provides other facilities like - J-Gate
Custom Content (JCC) - an exclusive local solution for management of the subscribed journals in
the library of an individual institution or in a consortium mode; the other service being JCCC - a
technology platform for sharing journal resources.
6.0 Specific information resources:
Under the specific resources we shall be touching upon subject-specific resources under the
three broad subject categories:
1.1 Science Technology and Medicine (STM):
6.1.1 Elsevier Science (www.elsevier.com) or (www.sciencedirect.com):
Elsevier Science has become the undisputed market leader in the publication and dissemination of
literature covering the broad spectrum of scientific endeavours. It plays an important role in
advancing the technologies necessary to create a seamless electronic information delivery
environment. The access to full-text data is fee-based. It provides access to over 1,800 scientific,
technical and medical peer-reviewed journals; search to over 4 million articles and 59 million
abstracts from scientific articles; and links to articles from over 120 other publishers, online access
to multimedia features not otherwise available in print journals is also facilitated. In 2002
ScienceDirect launched a new commercial service for academic libraries, adding a new license for
users to gain electronic access to both Elsevier Science and Academic Press journals on
ScienceDirect. ScienceDirect EChoice enables access via a single convenient platform, and a single
license agreement. Flexible access for ScienceDirect guest users - that is, users not associated with
a ScienceDirect account - are permitted to browse and read abstracts from all of the ScienceDirect
journals for free. They can also set up free table of contents e-mail alerts and create personal
journals.
6.1.2 Springer Science Online (http://www.springer.de/):
Springer publishes annually over 4,000 new books and approximately 700 journals, most of which
are available in electronic form.
6.1.3 Blackwell Scientific Journals (http://www.blacksci.co.uk/uk/journals.htm):
It publishes over 600 prestigious journals. Nearly all Blackwell Publishing journals are available
online as well as in the print edition.
6.2 Social Sciences:
World Wide Web Virtual Library - Social Sciences (http://vlib.org/SocialScience.html) it includes

over 100 journals on various areas of Social Sciences. The index lists journals in alphabetical order
159
and search can be initiated by clicking on the letter to jump to the appropriate section. Besides,
directories of all types of WWW e-Journals and other online indexes of print or electronic journals
are also part of this site. A snapshot of the home page World Wide Web Virtual Library showing
various subject categories for which resources are available is reproduced below. On clicking on
the concerned link it shows a pool of resources in the area. Sites of journals included in the Social
Sciences World Wide Web Virtual Library as such cannot be reproduced, since it is a long list,
which you will be able to explore by yourself on navigating this site.
PSYCLINE (http://www.psycline.org/journals/psycline.html):
The website was started in 1995 by Dr. Armin Günther a psychologist, from Germany, under its
former name Links to Psychological Journals and has won a high reputation as one of the most
comprehensive and up-to-date index of psychology and social science journals on the web. It
provides access to over 1,500 journals in the area of Psychology and Social Sciences with free table
of contents and abstracts.
6.3 Humanities:
Technical Documentation from HW Wilson - Humanities Index/Abstracts with Full-Text Journal

List (http://www.hwwilson.com/Databases/humani.htm) It is a good source for tracking journals
in the Humanities area. Humanities Index/Abstracts with Full Text over 550 journals, excluding
name changes. This number represents active, ceased, dropped journal titles. Social Sciences and
Humanities Electronic Journal -UCSD Libraries (http://
libraries.ucsd.edu/sage/ejournals/social_sciences_and_humanities.html) it is another source that
provides access to a large number of e-journals in the area of Humanities and Arts.
7.0 Evaluation of Internet Information Resources (IIR):
Information exists on a continuum of reliability and quality. The web has become the largest
available repository of multimedia information. There is a vastly wide variety of material on the
Internet, ranging in its accuracy, reliability, and value. The huge growth and the fast rate of change
of the web makes it really hard to retrieve information relevant to specific user’s needs. Web data
are typically heterogeneous, unlabelled, time varying and distributed. Hence, identifying quality
content, identifying and removing malevolent content and linking and subsequently user feedback
are important components to be addressed here. Unlike most traditional information media such
as books, magazines, organisational documents, no one has to approve the content of Internet
before it is made public. It’s our job as a searcher, then, to evaluate what we locate, in order to
determine whether it suits our needs. Then Just like we begin evaluating a physical information
source – a book or an article for instance – even before we have the physical item in hand by first
examining the bibliographic citation, which helps you to determine the usefulness of the source
for your paper or work. In the same way, you can evaluate a website by examining the home page
carefully.
7.1 General criteria for the evaluation of IIR:
To evaluate an Internet resource, you need to think critically, even suspiciously, by asking
a series of questions that will help you decide how much of the resources displayed by a
Websites are to be trusted.
160
7.1.1 URL Appropriateness:
Before you leave the list of search results, glean all you can from the URLs of each page. Then
choose the pages most likely to be reliable and authentic what can the URL tell you? It can help
you in several ways such as whether the URL is appropriate.
We can check:
Ø Is it somebody’s personal page?
Ø Is the server a commercial ISP or other provider mostly of web page hosting like aol.com
What type of domain does it come from ?
Ø URLs can also reveal bias, such as microsoftsucks.com.
Ø Who ‘published’ the page? Is it published by an entity that makes sense?
Personal pages are not necessarily bad, but you need to verify the author’s (credentials) very
carefully. For personal pages, there is no publisher or domain owner vouching for the information
in the page. In general, perhaps a site hosted on a free server might not have the same credibility
as one from a .gov or .edu site. Use Who is Domain Lookup
http://www.networksolutions.com/cgi-bin/whois/whois) to know who owns the domain. In
general, the publisher is the agency or person operating the server computer from which the
document is issued. The server is usually named in first portion of the URL (between http:// and
the first /). For instance, you can coolly look for health information from any of the agencies of
the National Institute of Health on sites with nih somewhere in the domain name.
7.1.2 Responsibility/Author:
The first thing that you should look for on this aspect is:
Ø Who is responsible for the work to decipher authority or author or creator
Ø What are the author’s credentials on this subject?
Ø Does the purported background or education look like one who is qualified to write on
this topic?
Look for the name of the author, or the name of the organisation, institution, agency, or whatever
is responsible for the page. An e-mail contact is not enough. If there is no personal author, look
for an agency or organisation that claims responsibility for the page. An e-mail address with no
additional information about the author is not sufficient for assessing the author’s credentials. If
you cannot find this, locate the publisher by truncating back the URL. You should hold the author
to the same degree of credentials, authority, and documentation that you would expect from
something published in a reputable print resource such as a book, journal article, good newspaper.
There should be an ‘about us’ page, with contact information and credentials. Any site that omits
this information is of questionable authority.
7.1.3 Purpose:
Ø Why was the page put on the web? (to: inform, give facts, give data, explain,
persuade, sell, entice, share, disclose?)
Ø What is the tone of the page (ironic, satire, and the like)
Ø Is the page merely an opinion or it has some quality basis (from research point of view)?
Ø Is the page a rant, an extreme view, possibly distorted or exaggerated?
These are some of the reasons to think of. The web is a public place, open to all. You need to be
aware of the entire range of human possibilities of intentions behind web pages. Anyone can put
anything on the web for pennies in just a few minutes. Your task is to distinguish between the
reliable and questionable. Many web pages are opinion pieces offered in a vast public forum.
161
7.1.4 Documentation:
If you cannot find strong, relevant credentials, look very closely at documentation of sources.
Ø Are sources documented with footnotes or links?
Ø Who do they link to?
Ø Who links to them?
Ø Do the links work?
Ø Does it include copyright information?
In scholarly/research work, the credibility of most writings is proven through footnote

documentation or other means of revealing the sources of information. Saying what the author
believes without supporting documentation is not much better than just expressing an opinion or
a point of view.
7.1.5 Recognition by Others:
Try to determine whether the site has been recognised as exemplary, either in reviews or by
others linking to it.
Ø Who links to the page?
Ø Is the page listed in one or more reputable directories or pages?
Ø What do others say about the author or responsible authoring body?
Find out how many links are there, what kinds of sites link to it, what do they say, are any of them
directories and the like. Sometimes a page is linked to only by other parts of its own site (not much
of a recommendation). Sometimes a page is linked to by its fan club, and by detractors. Read both
points of view. If a page or its site is in a bonafide directory, think about whether there is much
critical evaluation of the links in the directory. Good directories include a tiny fraction of the web,
and inclusion in a directory is therefore noteworthy. If the viewpoint about author or creator is
radical or controversial, expect to find detractors. Think critically about all points of view. Figure
out the comparability with related sources from the links that it includes or is being linked to find
detractors. Think critically about all points of view. Figure out the comparability with related
sources from the links that it includes or is being linked to.
7.1.6 Information:
The information component needs to be viewed from three angles:

Ø Content
Ø Currency
Ø Coverage
In terms of the content, one needs to ascertain the stability of information
Can I rely on it staying there?
Coverage – should focus on the scope and objectives of the content vis-à-vis the user
requirements.
Currency – should generally be viewed in terms of the following:
Ø Is the page dated?
Ø Is it current enough?
Ø When was the last update?
Look for the date last updated - usually given at the bottom of a web page. Check the date on all
the pages on the site. Do not rely on a date given in Internet Explorer’s File Properties or
Netscape’s View Page Info displays. These dates can be automatically kept current and are useless
in critical evaluation.
162
However, the requirement of currency depends on your needs. For some topics you want current
information, while for others, you may want information put on the web near the time it became
known.
7.1.7 Personal Discretion:
Personal discretion would be based on common sense. Just because a major search engine may
suggest the site, it doesn’t mean it’s accurate. Use the same kind of ‘internal filter’ you use when
reading print material like newspaper and magazine articles and junk mail.
Ø Ask yourself if the web is truly the best place to find resources for the research you are
doing.
Ø Is this as good as resources that I could find if I used the library, or some of the web based
indexes available through the library, or other print resources?
Ø What is your requirement or your user’s requirement for the quality of reliability of your
information?
7.2 Specific Criteria for Evaluation of IIR:
Here, we must see specific aspects of evaluation. The various evaluation parameters or criteria
have been broadly categorised under four categories as shown below:
7.2.1 Content Criteria:
The information content is a primary consideration when evaluating Internet resources The
content of resources can be evaluated by considering the following criteria:
Validity: Consider the following under this parameter / criteria:

Ø Do the resources fulfil the stated purpose? (Find out the scope and missing
information, if any)
Ø Does the information appear to be well researched? (Whether sources of information such
as references and bibliography are included?)
Ø Is there any mention of the resource being available in another format?
Ø What was the incentive of the information provider for making the information available?
(Just for vanity, or other purposes)
Ø Is the information genuine at least by what it appears to be? Does the URL support the
claim of authorship? Does the resource point to other sources, which could be contacted
for confirmation?
Authority:
Here, mainly authority and reputation of the source will be deciphered. Check the resources are
well documented or not. Where is it hosted? Who and how reputable is the information provider?
(Credentials of the author/creator in terms of his reputation or is he frequently cited author,
subject expert? etc.)
Substantiveness:
Does the resource contain more than contact details? Is the information full-text? Is it merely
advertising? Do we get some value added information such as an annotated bibliography or things
like that?
163
Accuracy:
Is the information accurate with regard to content, grammar and typographical errors.
Comprehensiveness:
The extent of details the resource has is another important parameter of evaluation. The things
one can look for this is whether the title is informative; an abstract is given; some sort of opening
mission statement of the purpose of the resource is given; or keywords that indicate the
information content are included. Besides, you need to see whether everything you expect to find
in the site is there.
Uniqueness:
This parameter or criterion addresses the uniqueness or otherwise of information available on the
site, This can be broadly judged by the nature of the material whether it is primary material; or any
original work available at the site; or material having any relation to other works or whether is site
inward focused which means it is not just a list of links to external sites but much more than that.
Overall Format:
Yet another important aspect is how well the information is composed and organised. Good
composition with respect to following of basic rules of grammar, spelling and literary composition
for the text and related aspects. Good organisation of information refers to good structure; logical
and consistent arrangement of information within a resource that is user friendly; segmentation of
information for easy consumption and registering; clarity in the content description; well framed
meaningful headings, etc.
7.2.2 Form Criteria:
This category of evaluation parameters or criteria is primarily user-specific concerned mainly with
evaluation of the medium. Therefore, form criteria should be applied by looking at and evaluating
the medium, design and presentation of the resource. Different people see Internet resources in
different forms due to heterogeneous systems. As such, these criteria focus on user-friendly aspects
that shall facilitate the user’s navigational activity and on ease of use. The form of resources can
be evaluated by considering the following criteria:
Ease of Navigation:
This refers as to how easy it is to navigate the resource. Whether the links, graphics are clearly
identifiable and easily navigable; do print options have convenient layout, and so on. For instance,
whether index is available or can be generated automatically. Besides, how effective and efficient
search facility is provided.
User Support:
Does the site provide for adequate essential instructions; online help; online documentation and
other requisite online customer support?
164
Standards:
Whether we use of recognised standards such as those of metadata have been used; multimedia
formats like MIME used; standard language such as HTML with requisite extensions that all
browsers recognise has been used, and so on.
Technology:
Appropriate use of technology is another criterion in finding quality of information. Here, one
could observe whether appropriate interactivity is available.
Aesthetics:
As the term indicates, here one could view as to whether due consideration has been given to the
appearance of the site. Good design principles have been followed; look and feel of the site is
aesthetically sound; sound balance between colour schemes used, graphics, links and the like.
7.2.3 Process Criteria:

These criteria are mainly concerned with aspects of system evaluation. The resources on the
Internet are volatile and likely to change over time and the integrity of Internet resources is
dependent on three driving forces - original information provider, the website manager, and the
underlying technology. The process criteria need to be applied by considering the processes and
systems, which exist to support the information resource. The information, the interface and the
system supporting the resource should all be reliable. The processes associated with resources can
be evaluated by considering the following criteria:
Information Veracity:
Information veracity is basically the work of the information provider. Here, the relevant
evaluative questions can be:
Ø Is the information current and up to date?
Ø How durable is the nature of the information?
Ø Is there adequate maintenance of the information content? and so on.
Site Uprightness:
The work of the website manager should address issues like regular updation of the site, removing
all dead links, referring to corresponding links if an existing URL is dysfunctional and things like
that. He should effectively administer and maintain the site so that durability and ongoing
maintenance and stability of the resource is ensured.
System Integrity:
System integrity being the work of the system administrator, he should focus on issues as to
whether technical performance of the resource is acceptable; stability of the system is ensured and
necessary measures to maintain the integrity of the system are taken, for instance whether the site
is mirrored, and the like.
165
Conclusion:
The sole purpose of this study is, it has to be useful for new user who wants to get the information
from the right source at the right time in a right way. Author mentioned those criteria are mainly
concerned with the aspects of Internet Information Resources (IIR). The resources on the Internet
are volatile and likely to change over time and the integrity. Internet resources are dependent on
three driving forces - original information provider, the Website manager, and the underlying
technology. Every user need to be applied general as well as specific criteria of evaluation. Content
Criteria, Form Criteria and the process criteria need to be applied by considering the processes
and systems, which exist to support the information resource. The information, the interface and
the system supporting the resource should all be reliable. Thus everyone who is searching
information on Internet they should know the categories of information resources and they must
know the evaluation criteria for getting accurate information in a proper manner.
References
1. EBSCO. (2015, July 22). EBSCOhost . Retrieved from EBSCOhost Research Databases:
http://www.ebscohost.com/public/sears-list-of-subject-headings
2. Farlex. (2015, July 22). thefreedictionary. Retrieved from The Free Dictionary by Farlex :
http://www.thefreedictionary.com/thesauri
3. Ghosh, S. B. (2010). Information Communication Technology Applications. New Delhi:
Indira Gandhi National Open University.
4. Horland, B. (2015, July 20). Assigned versus derived indexing. Retrieved from
www.iva.dk/bh/lifeboat_ko:
http://www.iva.dk/bh/lifeboat_ko/CONCEPTS/assigned_versus_derived.htm
5. Laurel, B. (2015, July 19). The Art of Human-Computer Interface Design. Retrieved from
amazone.com: http://www.amazon.com/The-Art-Human-Computer-Interface-
Design/dp/0201517973
About Author:
Mr. Atul Nagarkar
Librarian, Doodhsakhar Mahavidyalaya, Bidri, Maharashtra
M: +9198608936294 | Email ID: atulnagarkarakluj@gmail.co
166
A CASE ANALYSIS OF LIBRARY OF COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

Dharmishtha Dangar
Librarian, Dr. H.R. Gajwani College of Education, Gandhidham
Abstract: This study examines student teachers’ satisfaction towards physical facilities, utilization
of learning resources and services provided by the library. The findings revealed that majority of
student-teachers were satisfied with library services. But, the availability of learning resources was
not remarkable in their satisfaction level.
1.0 Introduction
The academic library is the nerve centre or the hub around which scholarship revolves. It is an
indispensable instrument for intellectual development. A well-stocked academic library is a store
house of information, or a record of human experience to which users may turn to for data or
information.
According to Oxford Dictionary of Current English : “Library … Collection of books, public or
private ; room or building where these are kept; similar collection of films, records, computer
routines, etc. or place where they are kept; series of books issued in similar bindings as set”
Our everyday life is changing rapidly due to the technological innovations in all fields. These new
technological changes are affecting the field of library science and information just like any other
field. It is shifting the role of traditional librarian like book keeper to a dynamic agent that collects
information from different sources and makes it available and usable for their seeker. Librarians
in 21st century are require to play multiple roles that demand the presence of various skills New
era Librarians are required to understand the need to learn more about new technologies and be
comfortable using them in order to perform their utmost role which is to organize the large
amount of information and different resources in a way that is conveniently accessible to library
users.
2.0 Purposes of Library in an Institution
1. To provide access to information

2. To provide database resources which supports the academic and research curriculum
3. To Educate Information seeker in the identification and effective use of information
resources
4. To strengthen and update all collections as per the needs of the users
3.0 A case of Dr. H.R.Gajwani College Of Education
Dr. H.R.Gajwani College of Education is located in Adipur, kutch district Gujarat state. It was
established in 2005, in the memory of Dr. H.R.Gajwani, an eminent eye surgeon of the twin towns
Gandhidham/Adipur. It is recognized by the NCTE, Bhopal and affiliated to Krantiguru Shyamji
Krishna Verma Kutch University Bhuj. It was accredited by NAAC in 2013 with ‘B’ Grade, 2.80
CGPA. The College, with a capacity for two units of students offers two years Teacher Education
Programme. It is also a centre of Indian Institute of Teacher Education, Gandhinagar, offering
M.A. in Education & Diploma courses in Educational Management & Guidance Counseling.
Dr. H.R.Gajwani College of Education library is situated in the centre of College building. Library
is spread over 2,763 Sq. Feet. The library has a collection of over 4,000 volumes of books. In
which books are there in 3 languages English, Hindi and Gujarati and 20 Journal titles. Library has
167
a wide Collection of different Atlas/Maps .This number is 70. The College Library is automated
using Soul software for the library management.
4.0 Importance of Library for Student-Teachers
Library is a calm and tranquil atmosphere which has a special call to the students who go there
and quench their thirst for reading the reference material which is useful for improving their
knowledge. In library they find an environment which is conducive to the building up habit of self
learning. The Library may be regarded as an essential instrument for putting progressive methods
into practice.
5.0 Objectives of study

1. To know the reasons for the use of the library by student-teachers
2. To analyze the feedback collected about the library
3. To measure the level of user satisfaction of available services
4. To find out the difficulties faced by student-teachers
6.0 Methodology
A Case-study was employed for the present study.
7.0 Sample of the study
All the 95 student-teachers studying in Dr. H.R.Gajwani College of Education in the academic
year 2015-16 were constituted the sample of present study.
8.0 Tool for Data Collection
Questionnaire was used for data collection. It was prepared by the researcher. The multiple items
were included in the tool such as Open ended question, Close ended question along with some
questions with rating skills.
8.1 Data Analysis
8.1.1 Physical Facilities
The data (Table-1) shows that 58 % of student-teachers have opined seating arrangement in the
library was good, whereas only 1 % of student-teacher responded that seating arrangement was
poor. For the lighting of library, 51% of student-teachers have responded that it was good.
Regarding peaceful environment 40-41% of student-teachers responded good and excellent
respectively. 55% of student-teachers responded that ventilation of library was good. Regarding
arrangement of books 40-44% of student-teachers gave opinion good and excellent respectively.
Table-1: Physical Facilities in the Library (in percentage)

Particulars Poor Fair Average Good Excellent
Seating Arrangement 1 4 30 58 7
Lights 1 4 10 51 34
Ventilation 0 1 24 55 20
Peaceful Environment 0 3 16 40 41
Arrangement of Books 1 3 12 40 44
168
8.1.2 Utilization of Facilities
To attract towards utilization of library facilities, 52 % Student-teachers showed the utilization for
borrow / return or renew library resources. Only 3 % students had shown their interest in
utilization of journals and magazines. 30% of students-teachers were referring library for course
of study. 15 % students were utilizing for other things. In response to frequency of using library,
30% of student-teacher responded that they use library daily, 47 % of them using library once in a
week, 10% of student-teachers uses library once in a month, 13% of student–teachers responded
that they use library during examination.
Considering student-teacher as a user of Dr. H. R. Gajwani’s library, 24% consider themselves as
a beginner. 36 % of student-teachers consider themselves as Intermediate. 26% of student-teachers
consider themselves as fairly experienced user. 14 % of student-teachers consider their self as very
experienced user.
Learning Resources
Table-2: Learning Resources (In Percentage)
Availability of Reference Books 0 4 23 46 37
Availability of e-resources 9 7 35 38 11
Variety of Reference Books 4 4 16 50 26
Accessibility of Reference Books 0 6 24 53 17
Classification of Reference Books 3 7 13 44 33
Services Provided By Library
The data (Table-3) showed services provided by the library. It indicates that 58% of student-
teachers gave their feedback that orientation class for the library was good. For the user friendly
rules and regulations maximum no. of student-teachers responded on good and excellent. 60% of
student-teachers were responded that database system of library was good. Maximum no. of
student-teachers was satisfied with circulating the books of library. 50% of student-teachers
responded that duration of library utilization was good. Maximum No. of student-teachers were
satisfied with the no. of books issued to them. In the feedback of opinion duration of keeping
books, 38% student-teachers responded well whereas, 4% of the student-teachers responded it
poor. 40% of Student-teachers responded that upgrading with new reference material (New
Arrival) was good. 62% of student-teachers responded that reprography service of college library
was good.
Table-3: Services Provided By Library (in percentage)
Orientation class 0 1 18 58 23
User friendly Rules & Regulations of 0 1 10 46 43
the Library
Database System 0 0 18 60 22
Circulating the books 0 1 10 50 39
Duration of Library utilizations 3 0 9 50 38
No. of Books issued 0 4 21 47 28
Duration for keeping Books 4 4 20 38 34
Online reissue of Books 4 7 27 53 9
169
Upgrading new reference Materials 0 6 26 40 28

(New Arrivals)
Reprography Services 1 7 20 62 10
Utilization of Library learning resources
The data reflects (Table- 4) utilization of Library learning resources. It indicates that 43% of
student-teachers availed general books sometimes whereas 12% student-teachers responded that
they could never get general books. 50% of student-teachers responded that they get specific
subject related books for sometimes. Maximum No. of student-teachers responded that they never
get periodicals and journals. 37% of student-teachers were responded that they never get
conference papers. 40% of student-teachers responded that they never get encyclopedia and
dictionaries whereas 13% student-teachers responded that they always get Encyclopedia and
dictionaries. Maximum No. of student-teachers were responded that they never get Atlas/Maps
whereas 26% student-teachers responded that they always get Atlas/Maps. Maximum No. of
student-teachers responded that they always get student support materials and question banks.
Table-4: Utilization of Library learning resources (in percentage)

Type of Learning Resources Always Sometimes Rarely Never
General Books 30 43 15 12
Specific subject related Books 35 49 9 7
Text Books 50 29 18 3
News Papers 23 27 24 26
Journals & Periodicals 18 27 13 42
Conference Papers 7 29 27 37
Encyclopedias / Dictionaries 13 24 23 40
Atlas (Maps/ Charts) 26 16 24 44
Learning materials (Question Banks 48 26 13 13
/ Student Support Materials)
Major Findings
· Maximum No. of student-teachers were issuing library books. Their reference to educational
journals and periodicals were very much poor.
· Majority of Student-teachers were not visiting the library daily.
· Maximum No. of student-teachers were not considering themselves as an experienced user.
· Student-teachers were satisfied on the availability of physical facility of library. Approximately
50% of student-teachers responded that seating arrangement, Lights, Ventilation, Peaceful
Environment and arrangement of books were good for them.
· Student-teachers opined that learning resources like availability of reference books, e-resources
and accessibility of reference books were appropriate.
· The users of library services responded that services were good for them regarding orientation
program, Rules & Regulations, database system, circulation system, duration of Library
utilization, no. of Books issued, duration for keeping books, Online Re-issue of books,
upgrading new reference materials and reprography services.
170
Suggestions
The following suggestions should be focused for making library service as effective one.
Ø Seating arrangement should be more comfortable as height of table is little much more
than chairs
Ø For the peaceful environment library should have proper separate reading room so that
student-teacher can concentrate on their reading.
Ø Display of books should be changed as it was stacked in height. Provision of stairs is
necessary for effective display.
Ø Collection needs to be improved including reference collection, journals, Atlas and Maps.
Ø Circulating of books should be improved which can be replaced by bar-coded charging
system.
Ø Duration of Library should be 8 Hours. It should extend one hour before and one hour
after of college timings.
Ø Five number of books at a time should be issued to the user
Ø Awareness on Library services is to be developed.
Ø Continuous Education to the user should be given for the maximum utilization of library.
References
1. Allen, R. E., ed. (1984) The Pocket Oxford Dictionary of Current English. Oxford:
Clarendon Press; p. 421
2. www.gajwani.org
About Author:
Ms. Dharmishtha Dangar is a Librarian at Dr. H.R.Gajwani College of
Education, Gandhidham. She is having experience of over 4+ years. She has
also published 4 research papers in national level conferences and seminars.
She has completed her education from Saurashtra University, Rajkot.
M. 9879606286 | Email ID: dhamidangar85@gmail.com
171
A STUDY ON USE OF UGC-INFONET DIGITAL LIBRARY

(E-SHODH SINDHU RESOURCES) BY THE SCHOLARS AND
FACULTY MEMBERS IN OSMANIA UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD
(2015-16)
Vuppala Lingaiah
University Librarian, K L University Hyderabad, Telangana (India)
ABSTACT: The study disused about the usage of electronic resources in the university and the
electronic resources playing vital role in teaching and learning processing in the educational
institutions. The government of India has taken various steps to introduce e-resources facility in
academic institutions for the benefit of Research Scholars. Because information resources
especially journals are becoming very expensive due to their availability in electronic format. UGC-
Infonet Digital Library Consortium recently changed to E-Shodh Sindhu consortium for Higher
Education E-resources in order to provide quality e-resources to support learning and research
activities covering full text, bibliographical and factual databases.
Keywords: Digital Libraries, E-Shodh Sindhu, E-Resources, Osmania University Library
1.0 Introduction
The future of libraries leads us to envision the "virtual library," where information is delivered to
our constituents rather than requiring them to come to us, many continue to think of libraries as
repositories of information, and of librarians as the caretakers of those resources. While, this has
been a central role for libraries from the inception of the idea of libraries, many factors, including
the democratization of access to education, the emphasis on lifelong learning, the move toward
collaborative styles of teaching and learning, have impelled libraries to move beyond the caretaker
role.
UGC Infonet Consortium (E-Shodh Sindhu) This has emerged as a super gateway for university
academic community in India providing access to expensive scholarly resources since 2004 at free
of cost. The consortium initiated providing access to current and archival 15,000 e-journals and
databases extending the benefit to 139 – State universities, 40 central universities, 22 – deemed
universities, 15 law universities, 6 of IUCs of UGC, 72 – AICTE funded colleges, 4000colleges
and IITs, IIMs, IISc etc. Available in the E-Shodh Sindhu Collection 135000 E –Books, 40
Resources, 16 databases and15000+ Electronic resources.
2.0 Objectives of the Study:
· To study the level of awareness among the teaching faculty and research scholars about E-
Shodh Sindhu e-resources in the University
· To study the purpose of accessing of E-Shodh Sindhu ,
· To determine the challenges and problems of using E-Resources
· To evaluate the impact of E-Shodh Sindhu on teaching faculty and research scholars.
· To Know the Satisfaction Level of the users
3.0 Review of Related Literature:
172
Arora, Jagdish (2003) found the efforts made by Indian libraries and institutions towards the
formation of consortia of libraries for buying access to electronic resources. Cooperation amongst
institutions for sharing their library resources has been practiced for decades. Consortia-based
subscriptions” to journals everywhere in the world, Shared subscriptions to electronic resources
through consortia of libraries is a feasible strategy to meet the pressures such as diminishing
budgets, increased user demands, and rising costs of journals. The libraries and information
Centres, with their diminishing (or at best static) financial allocations, have to consider new ways
to consolidate global resources in order to maximize their limited financial resources.
Nikam,Khaiser, and Pramodini,B(2007) conducted a study at Mysore University on the use of

E-journals and databases of UGC-Infonet by the academic community belongs to 17 Science
Departments. The study indicates that use of UGC –Infonet is marginal and scientists need
guidance and training to maximize the use of e-resources. Librarians should take initiatives in
assisting users in making the best use of e journals to a maximum extent.On the aspect of non-use
of e-resources 60% of the respondents attributed that lack of training and orientation is the main
cause and other reasons include for non-use of e-resources are a lack of awareness and improper
internet connection.
Sinha, Murthy and Kumar (2006) made a study on “Developing E-journals consortium in India:
A New Approach for Resource sharing in Digital and Network Environment” which revealed that
Electronic journals bring new challenges before the library and information professionals to give
full-text access to its end users? The E-journals are very much costly. The available funds for the
institutions which either given by the UGC through MHRD, Govt. of India or by State
Government, are being reduced due to the financial crisis and escalation in the price of printing
cost and newsprint. Therefore the universities and national institutions like IITs, IIMs, CSIR
Research Institute, are looking forward to consortia approach. Through consortium approach
various prestigious E-journals &E-Databases etc. centrally subscribing successfully through
INDEST Consortium, UGC-INFONET E-journal Consortium, CSIR Consortium, IIMs
Consortium, and IGCAR Consortium.
Madhusudan, Margam(2008) focus on the use of UGC-Infonet e-journals by research scholars

and students. The main aim is to identify the needs and requirements of users in general and to
know the use of UGC-Infonet Library and Information Science e-journals in the University of
Delhi by research scholars and students of DLIS in particular. Design/ methodology/approach –
A survey was conducted through a questionnaire circulated among 40 research scholars and 28
MLISc students studying in the DLES University of Delhi, Delhi, for the academic year 2006-07.
The study shows that e-journals perform an increasingly important role in research at DLES.
Maharana, Ravindra K and others (2013) conducted a study at three universities in Orissa Viz.
Berhampur University, Jabalpur University, and Utkal University.
A questionnaire was distributed to faculty members of these three universities to know the
awareness and usage of UGC-Infonet, it also includes reasons for using this consortium, overall
250 questionnaires were distributed and got responses from 191 faculty members.
The major findings of the study are more than 40% faculty accessing consortia thrice in a week
and satisfied with UGC-Infonet service. Majority users opined that this consortium had a good
impact on their study and research.
4.0 Osmania University Library:
173
The Osmania University is one of the Premier institutions of higher Education learning in India
epitomizing the national agenda for higher education. Established in 1918, Osmania University is
the 7th Oldest University in India, 3rd Oldest in South India, oldest in Telangana.
The Osmania University Library was established in 1918 along with the inception of the university.
The library was shifted to the present building in the year 1963 and was inaugúrate by Dr.S Radha
Krishna, The President of India on 3rd August 1963. The library has a rich collection of rare books
and manuscripts. It has nearly 50000 rare books and 6825 manuscripts including palm-leaf
manuscripts in Arabic, Hebrew, Hindi, Kanada, Marathi Persian, Sanskrit, Tamil, Telugu, Turkish
and Urdu Languages and Cover Variety of Subjects. A notable feature is that the library has two
manuscripts of Mahabharata and one of Bhagavata.The University Library building departs from
the traditional used of the Indo –Saracen arch. It stands majestically inviolable on the highest point
of the campus. Building floor area has of 62000 Sq.ft.
The University celebrated centenary year celebrations recently innogarated by the President of
India Shri Prabmukarji and Shri K Chandrasekhar Rao Chief Minister of Telangana on April 26th
2017
Year wise Downloads of UGC –INFONET DIGITAL LIBRARY

1000000
800000
600000
400000
200000
0 Series1
5.0 Methodology
Research Instrument
Survey method is employed to collect relevant data from the users on the usage of E-Shodh Sindhu
by using a structured questionnaire, which is distributed to teaching faculty and research scholars
of Osmania University Hyderabad.
Size of sample / Data Collection

The total Population of the study was 150 scholars and faculty in the deferent
Departments 123 were responded. The Questionnaire was distributed personally by visiting
departments, hostels, and library.
Tools: The collected data (123 filled in the questionnaire) were coded and analyzed using SPSS.
The analyzed data were presented in the form of tables and graphs. A simple statistical technique
such as percentage method was used. Mean score test and chi-square tests were also conducted to
interpret the results.
6.0 Data Analysis Interpretations
Table 1: Gender wise Distribution of Respondents
174
Male Female Total

Frequency 85 38 123
Percentage 69.10% 30.90% 100.00%
The Table number one showing genderwise respondents male 85 pecentage 69.1% female
response 38(30.9%) total response 123 (100.0%) majority of the response from the male
Table 2: Age wise Distribution of Respondents

Young Middle High Total
Frequency 50 51 22 123
Percentage 40.70% 41.50% 17.90% 100.00%
Majority of the respondents from Middle age 51(41.0%)
Table 3: Designation wise Response

Associate Asst. Post-Doctoral Research
Professor Total
Professor Professor Fellow Scholar
Frequency 12 2 22 0 87 123
Percentage 9.80% 1.60% 17.90% 0% 71.70% 100.00%
Professor Associate Professor Asst. Professor

Post-Doctoral Fellow Research Scholar Research Scholar Total
Table 4: Department wise Response

Arts &Social Basic Engineering
Management Law Total
Science Sciences &Technology
Frequency 46 37 19 15 6 123
Percentage 37.40% 30.10% 15.40% 12.20% 4.90% 100.00%
The Majority of the department’s respondents Arts and Social Sciences.
Table5: Use of Internet and UGC-Infonet Consortium resources for academics

Awareness & use of Internet Awareness & use of UGC-Infonet
E-journals and Databases
Frequency & Percentage Frequency & Percentage
123 123
100.00% 100.00%
175
This also requires basic knowledge of using the Internet. From the study, Table 5shows
that all the Respondents covered are aware ofUGC-Infonet Consortium resources
available in the university and are using the Internet.
Table 6: Response source of information about UGC Infonet Digila Library(E-Shodh

Sindhu) count (123)
How do you know/aware about UGC Infonet consortium No. of Respondents
From Librarian/friends/staff 51(41.5%)
Through Internet/websites 37(30.1%)
Lectures/Seminars/Orientation Programme 30(24.4%)
University/Library website 46(37.4%)
Books/Journals 27(22.0%)
Faculty member/Supervisor 25(20.3%)
From the above, it is noticed that majority of the respondents are aware of UGC Infonet
consortium by friends/librarians/staff (41.5%) and University Library websites (37.4%).
Table 7: Response Purpose of Seeking Information (Count-123)

To update Research/
Writing
Undertake knowledge/abreast Teaching/ Seminar
paper/ Total
project With latest Guiding preparation
Assignment
developments student
Frequency 46 9 35 79 34 123
Percentage 37.40% 7.30% 28.50% 64.20% 27.60% 100%
NO. OF RESPONDENTS
Any other
(please
specify)
27.6% 0% 37.4%
7.3%
64.2%
28.5%
Figure 2: Purpose of Seeking Information
From the above one can notice that People are using the UGC – Infonet for Research
/Teaching/Guiding student, to update knowledge/abreast with latest developments.
176
information on E-Resources
Difficulty in finding relevant

Lack of Co-Operation from
Unfamiliarity with search

Facilities/limited access
Lack of Infrastructure
Lack of Electricity
Lack of Sufficient
Lack of Speed of
Server problems
Library timings
not sufficient
INTERNET
information
library staff
methods
Others
Total
Frequency 31 8 17 19 18 10 9 7 4 0 123
Percentage 25.2 6.50 13.80 15.40 14.6 8.13 7.30 5.69 3.20 0 100
0% % % % 0% % % % %
Table 8: Response Problems in Accessing E-Resources: count123
Lack of Speed of INTERNET
Lack of Electricity
Lack of Co-Operation from

library staff
Lack of Infrastructure
Facilities/limited access
Lack of Sufficient
information on E-Resources
Figure3: Accessing Problems

The majority of the respondents are of the opinion Lack of Speed of INTERNET (31-25.2%)
and server (10-8.13%) problems are the not encouraging the researchers to peruse the UGC –
Infonet.
Table 9: Response Purpose of Using E- Resource

The impact of using e-Resources of UGC Infonet on No. of
your research Respondents Percentage
Improved research quality 31 24.30%
Developed technical skills 22 17.80%
Increase research publications 23 18.60%
Improved quality of teaching 17 13.80%
Improved reading and searching skills 13 10.50%
Improved academic performance 9 7.30%
Improve knowledge 7 5.60%
Any other specify 1 0.80%
Total 123 100%
177
No.of Respondents
Improve
Any other specify Improved
Improved knowledge
0.8% research quality
academic 5.6%
performance 24.3%
7.3%
Improved
reading and Developed
searching skills technical skills
10.5% 17.8%
Improved quality Increase research

of teaching publications
13.8% 18.6%
Figure 4: Purpose of Using E-Resources
The respondents felt UGC – Infonet helped them to improve research quality and to develop
technical skills.
Table 10: Response Satisfaction Level
Highly useful Useful Less useful Somewhat useful Not useful Total
Frequency 25 53 24 19 2 123
Percentage 20.30% 43.10% 19.50% 15.40% 1.60% 100.00%
Regarding the usefulness of UGC-Infonet Consortium E-Resources, 20.3 percent have rated these
E-Resources as highly useful and 43.1 percent of the Respondents mentioned the usefulness of
UGC-Infonet Consortium E-Resources as Less useful and somewhat useful. From the results, it
can be inferred that almost all the Respondents under study clearly indicate the usefulness and
relevance of UGC-Infonet Consortium E-Resources at different levels as a useful source for their
academic and research.
7.0 Findings:
1. More than half of the respondents agree and strongly agree that UGC Infonet Consortium is
a boon for teachers and scholar of the university
2. Creating awareness about the worthiness of Internet & E-Resources as an Information Source.
There is a need to create a sense of integrity and acceptance to the Internet technology for the user
community as a valuable information resource to build strong information base.
3. Purpose of seeking information is majority of respondents for improving research quality 24.3%,
Developing Technical skills 17.8%, Improving Reading and Searching Skills 10.5% improving
Teaching Skills 13.8% and Improving knowledge5.6% low frequency of percentage is improving
academic performance
4. Majority of the Users facing Problems accessing information Server Problems, Internet Low
Speed Some times
5. Library website (37.4%), Librarian (41.5%), Internet source (30.1%) and seminars/ conferences
and workshops (24.4%) the major sources of awareness Librarian and friends among respondents
about E- Shodh Sindhu resources the question was multi answered
6. 20.3 percent have rated these E-Resources as highly useful and 43.1 percent of the Respondents
mentioned the usefulness of UGC-Infonet Consortium E-Resources
178
8.0 Suggestions:
It is, therefore, up-to the Information and knowledge managers to conduct regular workshops/
short training programs to the faculty and students to optimize the usefulness of e-resources under
E-Shodh Sindhu consortia and build proper ICT facilities with better bandwidth is the need of the
hour.
Ø To Create Awareness among the Students and Scholars in the department wise
Ø To Conduct the Orientation for E- Shodh Sindhu (UGC-Infonet Digital Library
Resources)
References:
1. Arora Jagadish et al. (2013) impact of access to e-resources through the UGC-INFONET
Digital Library consortium research output of member universities, Current science, vol.104,
no.3.
2. Arora Jagdish and Trivedi Kruti., “UGC-INFONET Digital Library Consortium: Present
Services and Future Endeavours”, DESIDOC Journals of Library& Information
Technology, Vol.30, No.2, March 2010, pp. 15-25.
3. Bal ram and Bhakar Karn,(2014) study of UGC-Infonet e-resources consortia in universities
of Eastern India, (IJCSIT) International Journal of Computer Science and Information
Technologies, vol.5(6), pp.7977-7983.
4. Baskaran C and Kishore Kumar S (2013).Scholarly Journals access UGC-INFONET among
the faculty members in Alagappa University, Karaikudi, TamilNadu.SRELS Journal of
Information Management, 50,20pp201-207.
5. Chandran, D. 2000. Use of Internet Resources services in S.V. University (Tirupthi),
CALIBER-2000.pp2.124-3,127
6. Kaul, H.K. (1999). Library resource sharing and networks. New Delhi: Virgo Publication.
7. Kumbar B.D and Hadagali Gururaj S, “Use of UGC e-Journals Consortium by faculty
members and research scholars of Karnataka University, Dharwad: A Study”, SRELS
Journal of Information Management, Vol. 46, No. 1, March 2009, Paper H.p61-72.
8. Madhusudan, Margam (2008). Use of UGC-Infonet e-journals by research scholars and
students of the University of Delhi, Delhi: A Case study. Library Hi Tech.26: 369-386
9. www.uoh.nic.in
10. http://www.inflibnet.ac.in
11. www.jntuh.ac.in
12. www.osmania.ac.in/Library
13. Lingaiah, Vuppala (2017).Electronic Digital Resources for Engineering Education:
Overview: International Journal of Research in Library Science ISSN: 2455-104XVol 31
.Issue 2, 86-88p.
14. Lingaiah,Vuppala (2016)Use of E-Shodh Sindhu Resources by Research Scholars and
Faculty members in IGM Library University of Hyderabad ,ISBN:978-93-84192-08--02
About Author:
Dr. Lingaiah Vuppala (MA. M LISc. , PGDLAN., MPHIL, Ph.D.) working
as a Librarian in K L University Hyderabad and having 13+ years of
experience. He has completed his Ph.D. From M.S. University Tamilnadu in
the field of “Research Usage of UGC Infonet Digital Library Resources in
Selected University Libraries in Andhra Pradesh Telangana: A study”. He has
published 12 Papers in national/ international Journals and presented in
conferences. His area of interest are Technical Education Library Services,
Using Library Management, Knowledge Management Systems and Software
and specialization in Digital Libraries Electronic Resources using of ICT in the Libraries.
M: 09912749157 | E-mail ID: lingaiahphd@gmail.com
179
ACCESS PATTERN OF N-LIST E-RESOURCES AMONG THE

COLLEGES AFFILIATED WITH SAURASHTRA UNIVERSITY
Maheshkumar R. Solanki
Librarian, Shree C. U. Shah College of Commerce, Management & Computer Education,

Dist. Surendranagar
ABSTRACT: This paper is prepared on the basis of thesis submitted by the researcher himself
under the title “N-LIST programme for college libraries affiliated to Saurashtra University:
problems and prospects”. The present study has been undertaken with a view to know the scenario
of the usage pattern of e-resources available under N-LIST programme by the different faculties
of colleges affiliated with Saurashtra University. The study aims to ascertain the time span of
access, frequency of access, sources to learn N-LIST e-resources, access mechanism, and also
search strategy used by the users. A survey method was used, which comprises self designed
questionnaires and distributed through purposive sampling method, multi-phase sampling method
as well as stratified random sampling method among users. It gives the present member’s strength
of the N-LIST programme. On the basis of filled up questionnaires received from the respondents,
data have been analyzed and tabulated by using SPSS software.
Keywords: E-resources, Consortium, N-LIST Programme
1. INTRODUCTION:
In the modern information era many types of e-resources are available. Academicians are using
the e-resources for their teaching and research work. E-books, E-journals, databases are
becoming more popular and widely used because of their special features so that latest
information is reach to the end user very quick and fast. Here we are studying about N-LIST
programme which tries to give us information at our doorstep. A lot of efforts have been taken
in past few decades to overcome this problem of financial crunch by resource sharing through
consortia for academic libraries. UGC-INFONET Digital Library Consortium, INDEST-AICTE
Consortium and N-LIST Programme are three major consortias serves for the universities,
technical institutions and college library users. The N-LIST Programme project provides access to
E-resources to students, researchers and faculty members from colleges and other beneficiary
institutions through servers installed at the INFLIBNET Centre, Gandhinagar. As on 15th
December 2017, a total number of 3190 colleges have been registered themselves with the N-LIST
programme and these eligible colleges including Govt. /Govt. Aided colleges covered under
section 12B/2F of UGC Act as well as non-aided colleges that is already getting access to the
available e-resources. More than 4.6 lakh faculty members and students have been allotted user id
and password to access these e-resources. Authorized users from the colleges can access 31,35,000
+ e-books and 6,000+ e-journals under N-LIST programme.
2. LITERATURE REVIEW:
An attempt is made by Govanakoppa and Rajlaxmi to analyze how N-LIST programme is useful
to the college libraries. She also discussed this issue and opined that UGC has made significant
efforts in the promotion of use of e-resources by the colleges. But still many colleges in the country
have not registered and some of the colleges not engaged with access to its resources. College
librarians must take the initiative to register and promote the benefits of N-LIST e-resources to
the user community. Organization of appropriate ICT training programs would certainly help in
the promotion and fruitful utilization of N-LIST resources. [1]
180
Nanjudaiah also discussed in the implementation and utilization of N-LIST programme through
UGC-INFONET digital library consortium in Gokhle Centenary College. The result shows that
large percentage of users preferred electronic journals compared to print version of primary
journals, where e-books are not much use because they prefer to use print version instead of e-
version of books. [2] The similar result has been reported in Saksena , Mathew and Sheeja,
Golnessa and Talwar. [3-5] E-resources were mostly used to upgrade their knowledge and
announce their career development, assignments, conference and seminars. According to him,
because the library plays an important role in extending efficient library services, it is necessary to
update e-resources and also essential to maintain digital library, sufficient systems, internet speed.
Dekaand, Boruah and Gayatri carried out a case study on N-List an Institutional Repositories in
Golaghat District nine College Libraries of Assam. They found that 33.33% of the libraries were
connection with Broadband. Majority libraries used Barcode technology for circulation
management for saving the time of the users. Institutional repositories were available in all college
libraries. 22.22% of the libraries have maintained digital section. 55.55% of the college libraries
provide the services of N-LIST programme to faculty, Administration, Researchers and students.
[6]
In “Access pattern of e-resources under N-LIST programme by post-graduate students and
research scholars in Kongu Arts and Science college, Erode: a study” by Annadurai and
Venkatachalam, the questionnaire method was adopted to elicit the opinion of users by using
random sampling technique. This paper tries to find out the purpose of e-resources among the
users, ranking and evaluation of e-resources on the basis of the usage and the difficulties faced
by the users while accessing e-resources. Based on the findings of this study, the researcher
concluded that the use of e-resources had tremendous impact on the academic performance of
the users. [7]
A study was conducted among the faculty members of randomly selected Arts and Science colleges
in and around Kottayam, affiliated to the Mahatma Gandhi University by Annu George, Pillai and
Aparna. The questionnaires were distributed to five colleges of Science and social Science faculty
members. Because of the limited scope and coverage of e-resources of social Science subjects,
Science faculty teachers are more using it than social Science teachers. The study shows that
colleges where orientation programmes are conducted, the use of N-LIST programme is high.
Although individual user ID and password is given, majority of the teachers access the e-resources
using the infrastructure available in the colleges. Very few teachers suggested to include more
resources while others specifically suggested to include Elsevier publications mainly Science
Direct. [8]
3. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY:
a. To know the time span of accessing N-LIST e-resources.

b. To ascertained frequency of accessing N-LIST e-resources.
c. To find out source of learn to access N-LIST e-resources.
d. To know the access mechanism used for accessing N-LIST e-resources.
e. To find out search strategy used among users.
4. SCOPE OF THE STUDY:
On the basis of size of the field, researcher can get the idea regarding population available. Here,
according to the title of the study, scope of the study covers 289 affiliated colleges of Saurashtra
University. The study covers the colleges affiliated with the Saurashtra University up to the year
June 2012.
181
5. DELIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY:
· The study is limited to only affiliated colleges of Saurashtra University are using N-LIST
programme.
· The selected colleges affiliated to Saurashtra University and are having N-LIST programme
only up to academic year 2011-12 is included, the colleges acquired N-LIST programme
and affiliation after academic year 2011-12 are excluded from the study.
· The data collected is up to limited period from January 2014 to December 2015.
· The study is undertaken with the help of ratio analysis, which have its own limitation.
· The study is done on the primary data, so limitation of primary data will be reflected.
6. RESEARCH METHOD:
This study was carried out to know the access pattern of the N-LIST programme in colleges
affiliated to Saurashtra University. Considering the above point and objectives of the study, survey
method was adopted. Survey method is a part of descriptive research method. In this method, data
has been collected through pre-formulated questionnaire which is arranged in a systematic
manner from the sample of the population.
As far as the data are concerned, it may be considered as a quantitative research method as entire
research is heavily dependent on statistical data.
With reference to objective of the study, it may be consider as exploratory research because aim
of the study was to study the present status that is to survey the situation of N-LIST Programme
and find out the problems. Here, aim of the study was not to find out any difference, relationship
or generalized any statements.
7. METHODOLOGY:
Population: For the present study, colleges affiliated to Saurashtra University are having N-LIST
programme forms the population of the study. As on December 2012, 130 affiliated colleges of
Saurashtra University were registered member of N-LIST Programme so the size of population
was 130 colleges. There were in all six districts i.e. Rajkot, Junagadh, Amreli, Jamnagar,
Surendranagar and Porbandar.
Sampling Method: Here, investigator has used three types of sampling methods i.e. purposive
sampling method, multi-phase sampling method and stratified random sampling method. In
purposive sampling method, investigator included only those colleges that have subscribed the N-
LIST programme and on the other hand sample was selected as per stratas in random basis like
district-wise, financial nature-wise and category-wise. In multi-phase sampling method,
investigator filled up questionnaires in two parts. First part investigator filled up questionnaires
from all users regarding awareness and use of N-LIST e-resources whereas in second part
investigator filled up questionnaires from only those who were accessing N-LIST e-resources.
Sample Size: Now out of the distribution done of colleges according to district and according to
types, sample is selected from each district in each type of colleges. On basis of types of colleges
in each district, 30% of colleges taken as sample from the total population which results into 40
colleges. These colleges are mainly divided in to three types i.e. Government, Aided, and Unaided
colleges. Out of these 40 colleges were selected by dividing the population in to different stratas.
UG students, PG students and faculty members of 40 colleges were selected on the basis of total
number of UG and PG students studying in the colleges and faculty members. The sample selected
182
from the total number of U.G, P.G students and faculty members were 5% of total number of
U.G students, 10% of total number of P.G students, and 10% of total number of faculty members.
Instrumentation: In the present study, questionnaire was mainly used as a tool for the collection
of primary data from the respondents. This technique is the most suitable and easy technique for
conducting surveys.
Data Collection: In the present study, 2685 questionnaires for user (Faculty members, UG
students and PG students) have been selected as a sample size so the investigator has very carefully
developed a well planned system in a way that maximum information could be available in
predefined time. Data collection was started since January 2014 and got completed in November
2015. It means approximately 2 years time was taken in collection of data.
Scrutinized Data: In the present study, the investigator distributed 2685 questionnaires to the
users. He successfully completed the task of filling the questionnaires from different respondents.
After verification of questionnaires, all questionnaires of librarians are used for analysis and
interpretation whereas out of 2417 filled up questionnaires, 2280 (i.e.84.91% response rate)
questionnaires were selected after scrutiny and 137 questionnaires were not used in the main
analysis due to incompleteness and multiple answers questionnaires. After the scrutiny of the
questionnaires, the questions were coded so that after analysis proper interpretation can be made.
8. DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION:
The analyzed data have been presented in the tabular form along with the graphical presentation.
In each table frequencies and percentage of response are given. The purpose of this study was not
to find out the significant difference or significant relation. It was to study the present status that
is to survey the situation of N-LIST Programme and so was the percentage/proportion mainly
statistically calculated. The entire statistical analysis was done using SPSS (Statistical Package for
Social Sciences) software of 21st edition. Faculty-wise analysis is consistently followed of user’s
responses. Out of 2280 respondents, only 593 respondents were using N-LIST e-resources so
analysis was done on 593 questionnaires. Data was collected from the respondents and tabulated
below.
Table & Graph-1: Time Span of Accessing N-LIST E-Resources

50
Respondents in Percentage
43.3 41.9 41.8 43.2

45 40
40 37.9
36
35
28.4 26.9 26.5 27
30 25.7
25 21.6
19.2
20
15 10
10 6.7 6.9 8.1
4.1 4.8
5
0
Computer Other
Arts Commerce Science
Science Faculties
One Year 10 25.7 37.9 26.9 43.2
Two Years 43.3 41.9 36 41.8 21.6
Three Years 40 28.4 19.2 26.5 27
More than Three Years 6.7 4.1 6.9 4.8 8.1
183
Table and Graph-1 depicts the usage period of N-LIST e-resources. It is observed form the table
that 43.3% respondents from Arts faculty, 41.9% respondents from Commerce faculty and 41.8%
respondents from Computer Science faculty are using N-LIST e-resources since last two years,
whereas 37.9% respondents from Science faculty and 43.2% respondents from other faculties are
using N-LIST e-resources since last one year.
Table & Graph-2: Frequency of Accessing N-LIST E-Resources

60
54.1
50
50
40
32.4
30
24.1 24.3
19.7 20.9
20 18.2
16.6 16.2 18.1
14.9 15.3 13.8
12.2 11.3 14.1
10 10.8 9.9 9.2
10 8.1
7.4 8.4 9.6
6.7 6.7 6.7 5.4
5.4 5.4 5.4 2.7
3.3
2.7
0
Computer Other
Science Faculties
Daily 3.3 10.8 7.4 8.4 5.4
Once in two days 6.7 12.2 9.9 14.1 5.4
Twice in a week 6.7 32.4 11.3 9.6 24.3
Once in a week 10 5.4 15.3 18.1 54.1
Once in a two weeks 6.7 8.1 18.2 9.2 2.7
Once in a month 16.6 16.2 24.1 19.7 2.7
Occasionally 50 14.9 13.8 20.9 5.4
Table and Graph-2 shows the frequency of accessing N-LIST e-resources by the users. It is found
from the table that 50% respondents from Arts faculty and 20.9% respondents from Computer
Science faculty are accessing occasionally, 32.4% respondents from Commerce faculty are
accessing twice in a week, 24.1% respondents form Science faculty are accessing once in a month
whereas 54.1% respondents from other faculties are accessing once in week.
184
Table & Graph-3: Source of Learn to Access N-LIST E-resources
70 66.5
60
50 45 43.2
40 37.8 40.5
40
26.7 29.7
30 26.7 24.9
21.7 21.7
18.2
20 10.8 10.8
6.6 8.96.4 8.4
10 5.5
0
Computer Other
Science Faculties
Orientation Programme by
40 37.8 66.5 45 43.2
College Library
Guidance from Colleagues
26.7 21.7 8.9 24.9 10.8
and Friends
Training Programme or
Workshops from 6.6 10.8 6.4 8.4 5.5
INFLIBNET
Self Learning 26.7 29.7 18.2 21.7 40.5
Table and Graph-3 indicates the source of learn to access N-LIST e-resources by the users. It is
clearly seen from the table that 40% respondents from Arts faculty, 37.8% respondents from
Commerce faculty, 66.5% respondents from Science faculty, 45% respondents from Computer
Science faculty and 43.2% respondents from Other faculties have learned to access N-LIST e-
resources through orientation programme organized by college library.
Table &Graph-4: Access Mechanism Used for Accessing N-LIST E-resources

100 91.9
90
80 70 66 69.1
70 62.2
60
50 37.8
40 30 34 30.9
30
20 8.1
10
0
Computer Other
Science Faculties
Individual User ID &
70 37.8 66 69.1 91.9
Password
Institute’s Login Name &
30 62.2 34 30.9 8.1
Password
Table and Graph-4 shows that 70% respondents from Arts faculty, 66% respondents from Science
faculty, 69.1% respondents from Computer Science faculty and 91.9% respondents from Other
faculties are using individual user ID and password for accessing N-LIST e-resources whereas
62.2% respondents from Commerce faculty are using institute’s login name & password for
accessing these e-resources.
185
Table & Graph-5: Search Strategy Used while accessing N-LIST E-resources
50 47.3
45 43.3
40 40.6
Respondents in Percentage 40 36.5
34 32.5 33
35
30
30 27
24.6
25
20 16.6 16.2
15 13.5
12 10.8
10 8.4 8.4
6.7 6.7 5.4
5 3.3
1.4 1.3 0.5
0
Computer Other
Science Faculties
Simple Search 40 47.3 34 43.3 27
Truncation Search 16.6 1.4 8.4 8.4 5.4
Free Text Search 6.7 13.5 24.6 12 16.2
Advanced Search 30 36.5 32.5 33 40.6
Field Search 6.7 1.3 0.5 3.3 10.8
Table and Graph-5 shows the search strategy used by the users while accessing N-LIST e-
resources. It is found from the table that 40% respondents from Arts faculty, 47.3% respondents
from Commerce faculty, 34.0% respondents from Science faculty and 43.3% respondents from
Computer Science faculty used simple search whereas 40.6% respondents from other faculties
used advanced search for searching their documents.
9. Major Findings:
1. Most of the respondents from all faculties are using N-LIST e-resources more than two years.
2. As far as the frequency is concerned lower ratio found in daily use to access N-LIST e-
resources that means majority of users not using N-LIST e-resources in regular basis.
3. Majority of respondents from all faculties have learned to access N-LIST e-resources through
orientation programme organized by college library. The ration seems lower in case of training
programme or workshop from INFLIBNET centre.
4. It also seems that most of users from Arts, Science, Computer Science and Other faculties are
accessing N-LIST e-resources by individual user ID & password whereas respondents from
Commerce faculty are using institute’s login ID & password for accessing N-LIST e-resources.
5. It is found from the data that majority of respondents from Arts, Commerce, Science and
Computer Science faculties are using simple search whereas other faculties are mostly using
advanced search for searching their resources.
10. Conclusion:
Based on the findings of this study, the researcher concluded that the use of electronic
resources had tremendous impact on the academic performance of the users in colleges
affiliated with Saurashtra University. However there was need to acquire more skills and
awareness about the use and availability of N-LIST e-resources. This study expected to be
helpful to library to improve their services, especially assisting the users in their academic work.
186
References:
1. Govanakoppa and A. Rajlaxmi. “N-LIST : an effective platform of extending e-resources
top colleges.” International Journal of Scientific Research, vol. 2(4), pp. 207-208, 2013.
2. Boraiah Nanjundaiah. “Implementation and utilization of N-LIST Programme through
UGC-INFONET Digital Library Consortium in Gokhale Centenary College Users: An
overview.” Pearl: A Journal of Library and Information Science, vol. 8(4), pp. 226-234, 2014.
3. M. Saksena. “Emerging electronic information environment and its implication on various
types of libraries”, presented at ILA conference, Karnataka, 20th February 1999.
4. S. K. Mathew and N. K. Sheeja. “Use of e-resources in a networked environment: A case
study of CUSAT.” Library and Information Networking NACLIN, pp. 292-295, 2005.
5. G. M. Golnessa and V. G. Talwar. “Scholarly electronic journals at the IISc.”. Interlending
and Document Supply, vol. 36(1), pp. 15-29, 2008.
6. Deka, HimaJyoti & Boruah, Gayatree. “N-List an Institutional Repositories: A case study in
Golaghat District College Libraries of Assam. In Capacity Building in Library and
Information Services”, presented in 9th Convention PLANNER of INFLIBNET Centre,
Ahmedabad organized by Dibrugarh University, Assam, pp. 331-335, 06-07 september 2014.
7. P. Annadurai and A. M. Venkatachalam. “Access pattern of e-resources under N-LIST
programme by post-graduate students and research scholars in Kongu Arts and Science
college, Erode: a study”. Indian Journal of Science, vol. 21 (71), pp. 31-39, 2015.
8. G. Annu and P. R. Aparna. “Use of N-LIST programme and the role of college librarians: a
survey.” presented at the ICBKC, NMAM Institute of Technology, Karnataka, 2015.
9. Available: http://nlist.inflibnet.ac.in [Dec. 20, 2017]
About Author:
Dr. Mahesh Solanki has been in the field of LIS profession since last 15
years. He did his Doctoral Studies from Saurashtra University and also
qualified NET examination. At present, he is working as a Librarian in Shree
C U Shah College of Commerce, Mgt. & Computer Education at Wadhwan.
He has attended and presented papers in State, National as well as
International level conferences. He has published more than 15 articles in
peer-reviewed journals.
M: 81400 05111 | E-mail ID: mrsolanki2012@gmail.com
187
ADOPTION AND USER PERCEPTION OF ‘DSPACE’ IN PDPU

LIBRARIES: A CASE STUDY
Punam K. Raval1 & Bharat M. Chaudhari2
1
Assistant Librarian, School of Petroleum Technology, Pandit Deendayal Petroleum University,
Gandhinagar
2
Assistant Librarian, School of Technology, Pandit Deendayal Petroleum University, Gandhinagar
Abstract: This study examines the extent of use of Dspace open source software and its adoption
and users perceptions among Indian libraries. Two separate questionnaires were used to gather
data. In my pilot study 100 DSpace users were selected using the stratified random sampling
technique. The findings revealed that 93 library users and 1 Library member responses on it. It is
a clear sign coming out of this study is that all the DSpace software is becoming adoptable option
to managing digital collections and building digital repository in India.
Keywords: Digital Library, Digital Repository, Digital Repository Software, Open Source
software, Dspace, user perception
1.0 Introduction:
According to Tennant (2009), “Open Source is better option than commercial software” he
asserted that Since last few years open source digital repository systems has significantly recognised
a solution platform in today’s’ digital age. The current study tries to identify the extent of adoption
and perceptions of open source digital repository system-DSpace, among Indian library and
information professionals. An extensive evaluation of the DSpace digital document repository
systems has been conducted. The evaluation aimed at selecting an open source software package
that best satisfies the organization needs and the requirements for the storage, dissemination and
preservation of documents and for their optimum information usage. The Dspace repository
systems were evaluated against 17 basic criteria chosen from nine core categories of requirements:
community, security, functionality, integration, modularity, metadata, statistics and reports,
preservation, and outputs. These criteria were selected with the expansive literature review and
pilot project conducted at Pandit Deendayal Petroleum University Gandhinagar. This research
emphasis on two aspects of study one is to know adoption situation of Dspace for managing
institutional scholarly repository among Indian libraries and second is to know user perceptions
and level of satisfaction investigating the librarian, author’s and users roles to successful
management of digital (DL) repository using DSpace.
2.0 Research Question
As per the Dspace website (www.dspace.org) Last data on January 1, 2015 Over 1000
organizations that are currently using the DSpace software in a production or project environment.
The most common use is by academic and research libraries as an institutional repository; however
there are many organizations using the software to host and manage subject based repositories,
dataset repositories or media based repositories. Visiting to a list of registered users. For a map of
all registered user’s visit. DSpace comes with the best web based interface to library communities.
Goutam Biswas and Dibyendu (2009) has mentioned various advantages of DSpace software like
unrestricted use; free of cost; community involvement in development and maintenance of
software; competence compared to other commercial software; and the issues of copyright etc.
The obvious recognized reason for the organizations like libraries to choose open source software
188
for DR purposes is ‘no cost’. There is no restriction but everyone can use, study, modify and
distribute the open source software, regardless of a person’s position, wealth, social conditions etc.
The social aspect of the open source software is tremendous. The development and maintenance
of this type of software can be done with community-based activities. Anybody can contribute the
social group engaged in its development. “Open source software projects encourage innovation
and collaboration of community members.”
Why Dspace, because

- Has become a popular software among Indian libraries
- Is platform of choice
- Has features reach application to offer optimum (effectiveness + efficiency) service to
users
How Dspace: MIT Library was willing to have the best flexible software with no lock in base
option so they developed Dspace a alternative option.
Who Dspace: According to Dspace Foundation (www.dspace.org), over 1000 organizations are
using dspace as a digital library platform. Academic, Public, Research Library are using Dspace.
Where DSpace:According the Dspace foundation (www.dspace.org) around 90 countries have

adoted dspace for their digital repository
3.0 DSpace Digital Repository Systems
The Dspace is an open source service platform developed by the community and project of the
MIT Libraries and HP Labs. Dspace is a digital asset management system. It helps create, index
and retrieve various forms digital content. Dspace is adaptable to different community needs.
Interoperability between systems is built-in and it adheres to international standards for metadata
format.
There are various reasons to choose this software:
· Dspace is an open source technology platform which can be customized or extend its
capabilities.
· Dspace is a service model for open access and/or digital archiving for perpetual access.
· Dspace is a platform to build an Institutional Repository and the collections are searchable
and retrievable by the Web.
· To make available institution-based scholarly material in digital formats.
· The collections will be open and interoperable. Institutional repository is a set of services that
a research institution/ organization/ University offers to the members of its community for
the management and dissemination of digital materials created by the institution and its
community members
Major features of DSpace

The following sections describe the ten major features of Dspace:
1) Lucene search engine and query language

2) Handle system
3) OAI-PMH
4) Standard metadata format
189
5) Reach workflow management

6) Web and cloud –based
7) Mobility
8) Statistics and Metrics
9) Language customization
10) Intolerabilities
4.0 Objectives of the Research:
The primary aim of the research is to investigate the role of DSpace in scholarly publishing, growth
of Institutional repositories adopting DSpace as system by Indian Library and information
professionals. At a baseline, the research project will examine the current level of accessibilities of
DSpace, difficulties faced to manage and by the library professions, repository managers and usage
by end users.
1) To know the perception between faculty and users of using information on research
2) To identify the impediment faces by Indian library professionals to establish DR and users
to utilize Dspace
3) To find out the selection approach of dspace among academic, research, commercial and
public library building digital repository.
4) To understand the popularity of DSpace among library and information professionals in
India
5) To measure technical performance evaluating DSpace as a software
6) To identify debilities faced by Indian library professionals to establish DR and users to
utilize Dspace
7) Conduct evaluation study on a Test bed environment to know Dspace potentiality
8) Measuring adoption rate of Dspace software
9) Measuring satisfaction rate DSpace software
10) To find out effectiveness and efficiencies taking a survey to ascertain the feedback of their
DR on Dspace
11) To measure efficiency of Dspace among Indian libraries
5.0 Scope and Coverage:
The current study is focused on Indian Library and information centres. The academic, research
centre, Government, non-profit organizations, commercial organizations, archive public library,
and personal repositories are included for the study. The study is comprised the libraries or
institutions those adopted DSpace open source software only in India and its territories. The
Library manger, IT manager, system administrator are selected as a DR adapters. Administrative
Staff, Faculty Members, under graduate students, post-graduate student, research scholar,
Librarian are the users of DR.
6.0 Literature Review:
The research paper published entitled adoption and user perception of Koha library management
system in India published in ‘in Annals of Library and Information Studies’vol.59, December, 2012
gave me full idea and inspiration to explore the research on the current subject. The idea of samples
selection has obtained from dspace and Duraspace foundation, US that gave me delivery of correct
information to my research. A number of authors advocated the suitability of OSS to libraries,
while a few articles describe empirical studies of open source digital library systems using Dspace.
Sreekumar,
190
M, G.(2007) asserted that open source is better than proprietary software because libraries may
alter it to meet their needs, and such alterations may benefit other libraries as well. However, he
noted that small libraries were unlikely to have technically sophisticated personnel who could
install and maintain OSS, and large libraries exceeded the scalability limits of open source ILSs at
the time.
Bretthauer (2006) considered OSS an opportunity for libraries and with a ‘‘tendency to push
innovations’’. OSS considered low-cost solutions for technological applications and offer cheap
alternatives to expensive commercialized solutions for libraries. Forrester undertook an in-depth
study of how open source software is being used in North America and Europe to understand its
role in IT and examine the barriers and benefits that open source software represents to enterprise
customers. Among the concerns, the biggest concern was to find ‘technical support’. The survey
revealed respondents’ perceptions as: OS provide significant economical and technological
benefits including cost savings, improving overall efficiency of IT, quality of products and
processes, greater innovation, increased competition among service offerings, and more efficient
use of resources across the industry. Kumar has compared the open source ILSs Dspace, E-Print,
and Greenstone in a cross comparison ranking of their features, and found that Dspace was the
most functionally mature of the three. Chalon et al. Researched several open source ILSs for small
collections.
Gail Hodge and Evelyn Frangakis (2004) studied the digital archive. One of the aim of the study
was to identify the how to archive document in digital format in a digital environment. It was
found about DSpace Institutional Digital Repository System began as a joint project of the MIT
Libraries and Hewlett-Packard Company. This architecture use number of preceding projects
including those at Cornell, CERN, OCLC, LC and OAIS. It describe about DSpace released in
November 2003 via an open source license.
7.0 Research Design:
The proposed research is a descriptive study to evaluate DSpace digital repository open source
system among Indian Library and information professionals also to measure perception scale of
end users those using DSpace. Through the experimental study analysis the similarities and
differences between cases, identifying areas that have direct implementations for DSpace for their
DR. Data to be collected from multiple sources, printed and electronic questionnaires. Expert
opinion through Gtalk and Skype has also been made for getting accurate course of research
action. Web based tools for evaluation and Analysis have been accepted for the study.
8.0 Research Methodology:
In the current study survey methods of research has been adopted. The structured questionnaire
was prepared MS word file and also hosted on of survey tools Google drive. Researcher asked a
question on details of Dspace implementation in the library and received their feedback on key
fictional features of Dspace. The questionaries were distributed through LIS mailing group and by
mail those who are established the Dspace for their digital repositories. Researcher also got the
full information from www. Dspace.org website according to the list of DSpace users in India and
worldwide. Male and female, various category of library sample were randomly chosen. Form
analysing the data mean, standard deviation, ANOVA etc. for measuring perception rate of
favouring component amongst of users groups to Dspace.
For preparation of keywords researcher used the chain indexing of Dr. S. R. Ranganathan
(1935).The correct calculation and for effectiveness and measuring perception of services amounts
groups of users Mean, Standard Deviation, and ANOVA has been applied.
191
8.1 Total Population: (Scenario for Adoption of Dspace in India and worldwide)
According to OpenDOAR - 04-Feb-2015 data from the opendoar.org proportion of repositories
worldwide is available; where 1063 organizations using DSpace for managing their digital
institutional repository. As per the record the United States remained on top in the world adoption
of DSpace while India stands at 9th positions in the word.
8.1.1 Sample: (Selection of Intuitions- DSpace User in India)

Table-1.Category-wise DSpace Installations in India, as on Jan-2015
S. %
No. Institutions/Libraries No.
1 Academic 95 74
2 Research Centre 20 16
3 Government 3 2
4 Commercial 4 3
5 Archive Public Library 6 5
Total 128 100
(Source: www.dspace.org)
Acedemic Research Centre Government

Commercial Archive Public Library
2% 3%
5%
16%
74%
Fig. 1 Category wise Installations of DSpace in India, as on Jan-2015
192
As per the feedback collected from the Dspace user’s list from www.dspace.org web sit as on
January, 2015 the total number of Dspace users in India were 128. The grater user of DSpace
users are academic intuitions which are 74%, 16% Research Centres are a second larger numbers
of Dspace users in percentile. While Government organization is in least stage with two
percentages,
8.1.2 Demographic distribution of Dspace users in India
Table-2 Sate-wise Dspace Installation in India

State No. Year %
Andhra Pradesh 9 2010 7
Bihar 1 2011 1
Goa 1 2010 1
Gujarat 18 2007 14
Haryana 1 2008 1
HP 2 2010 2
JK 2 2012 2
Karnataka 20 2005 16
Kerala 11 2006 9
Maharashtra 18 2006 14
Meghalaya 1 2012 1
MP 1 2012 1
New Delhi 17 2007 13
Orissa 2 2012 2
Punjab 2 2012 2
Pondicherry 1 2010 1
Pune 1 2009 1
Rajasthan 1 2010 1
Tamalnadu 5 2008 4
UP 4 2009 3
Uttrakhand 3 2011 2
West Bengal 7 2010 5
Total 128 100
(Source:
www.dspace.org)
193
20
15
10
5
0
West Bangal
Andhra Pradesh
Pondicheri
Uttrakhand
Karnataka
Maharastra
Tamalnadu
Panjab
Hariana
Rajasthan
Pune
Megalaya
New Delhi
MP
Gujarat
Bihar
JK
Kerla
Odisa
HP
Goa
UP
Fig. 2 Demographic distribution of Dspace users in India, as on Jan-2015
While a numbers of DSpace installations have been reported in India, the numbers of 128 have
been reported based on URLs and which are registered on OpenDoar directory. However many
more have run their digital repositories on intranet offline. The study revealed that out of 128
DSpace installation in India and its territories the large group of institutions belong to Karnataka
20(15%), and Gujarat 18(14%) and Maharastra 18(14% Fig. 2%. The table shows that Gujarat was
adopted dspace in the year year 2007 and has 18 numbers of users. While Tamil Nadu was adopted
in year 2005 but stop at number 5.
9.0 Dspace in Pandit Deendayal Petroleum University: a pilot study
Pandit Deendayal Petroleum University acronym with PDPU was enacted in 2007. The University
offers programs to address the need for trained human resources in the domains of Science,
Technology, Management and Humanities.
9.1 PDPU Libraries:
In India the DRTC Bangalore was first adopter. In 2006, Dr. A.R. Prasad implemented its first
version 1.8 in DRTC. After all, by Dr. M.G. Sreekumar was adopted dspace in Indian Institute of
Management, Kozicode, Karala in the year of 2006. In Guajrat Dr. H. Anil Kumar from Nirma
University was the first user of Dspace in the year of 2007. After Nirma University, Ahmedabad,
PDPU adopted Dspace in year 2007.
PDPU libraries have its branch institutional libraries named FOET Library, SPM Library and SLS
Library. PDPU libraries started its computerization in 2007 with its inception. The library
automation has been approached centrally among all libraries. PDPU libraries begun to use
Information Technology services such as OPAC for checking online availability and online book
reservation. It is ensured that the resources are easily accessible to the users, remote access to e-
resources and online databases are also made available.
9.2 Dspace in PDPU Library:
SPM library implemented Dspace 4.1 version with a relatively low cost on 4th August 2008 with
521 records which now 1241 records are accessible online. Library adopt XMLUI module of
Dspace. The Dspace project was initiated by librarian and hosted on window 2003 IBM blade
server shared with Alice software. Dspace now occupied 2 GB of Data out of 2TB of server space
the RAM is 20GB. Assistant Librarian is managing all digital repository and Dspace task. Library
is offering service with brand name ‘DeepBlue’ – Knowledge repository. Attended Dspace
workshop and received 6 days training from NISCAIR, New Delhi to learn Dspace software. The
194
most appropriate reason to adopt Dspace lack of alternative available in market and cost. Deeplue
is also deposited on OpenDoar repository platform. Now DeepBlue repository is available online
at http://library.pdpu.ac.in:8080/xmlui
9. 3 Performance scale in of Dspace components as Software in PDPU library
Sr. Excellence very good Good Average Poor

No. Response of users for DSpace 5 4 3 2 1
1 Information Management 38.46 61.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 Information retrieval system 71.43 28.57 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 Report Module 0.00 0.00 42.86 30.77 0.00
4 Statistics Module 0.00 0.00 42.86 30.77 0.00
5 Preservation 0.00 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 Quality Control 38.46 61.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
7 Interoperability 38.46 61.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
8 Metadata 38.46 61.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
9 User Interface 45.45 0.00 54.55 0.00 0.00
10 Administration and control 41.67 33.33 25.00 0.00 0.00
11 User Management 45.45 0.00 54.55 0.00 0.00
12 Bug-track feature request
forum help 0.00 0.00 50.00 15.38 16.67
13 DSpace Installation Process 0.00 0.00 0.00 30.77 20.00
14 Documentation 71.43 28.57 0.00 0.00 0.00
15 DSpace Security Features 0.00 72.73 27.27 0.00 0.00
16 Dspace Visibility 38.46 61.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
17 DSpace Content Workflow 38.46 61.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average 29.78 37.20 17.48 6.33 2.16
Table-3 Performance Evaluation by system admin
Criteria-based assessment is a quantitative assessment of the software in terms of sustainability,

maintainability, and usability. This can inform high-level decisions on specific areas for software
improvement.
For measuring any software performance evaluation is key requirement .Dspace as software, I
disseminated total number of five questionaries in PDPU Library and in IT-Admin Department
out of five; received 3 responses for Dspace user’s as an administrator. I defined 17 criteria to
evaluate Dspace as software for its performance. The result saws that information retrieval system
and Documentation with top with 71% goes with excellent and 100% given the marks very good
scale while Dspace installation remained at poor scale.
The table shows that preservation component of dspace is most popular in users point of view.
While Dspace installation is in poor choice, as researcher interview shows that Installation part is
though and complex. Dspace foundation and community should more emphasize on Dspace
Installation part should be more usable.
195
9. 4 User perception scale of Dspace among PDPU Communities
Total 100 questionaries circulated total number of [100] questionaries among PDPU libraries users.
I was defined 12 criteria looking user’s perceptions and evaluate Dspace as software for its
performance. The result saws that Dspace Visibility and search retrieval service remained top with
38% and 25% of scale respectively goes with excellent scale.
Table-4 demographic background of respondents

Demographic background of respondents “Gender” in Library
Gender N %
Male 58 61.70
Female 36 38.30
Total 94 100
Table-5 Central Tendency of Users for Research Finding in DSpace
Research Finding/Journals N Total Mean

Under Graduate Student 37 2 19.5
Post Graduate Student 18 11 14.5
Research Scholar-PhD 15 14 14.5
Research Associate 5 4 4.5
Non-Teaching Staff 3 0 1.5
Teaching Faculty 15 12 13.5
DSpace Admin/Librarian 1 0 0.5
Most of the Research Scholar and RA are finding the information on DSpace for satisfy their
information need.
Most of the Research Scholar and RA are finding the information on DSpace for satisfy their
information need. As researcher calculated standard deviation for measuring the correct opinion
for research findings in Dspace in SD-15.66
Table-6 demographic background of respondents

Level of satisfaction with over all DSpace services and
Information resources No. of Users %
Very satisfied 30 31.91
Satisfied 61 64.89
Not very satisfied 2 2.13
Never satisfied 1 1.06
0 0.00
Total 94 100.00
Over all satisfaction ratio shows that 61% Dspace users are satisfied with Dspace service platform.
Total 100 Questionaries ware circulated amongst Digital repository users those are Under
Graduate Student, Post-graduate students, Research Scholar-PHD, Research Associate, Non-
196
Teaching Staff, Teaching Faculty and DSpace Admin/Librarian. According to questionnaires

following result are available.
Excellence very good Good Average Poor

Response of users for DSpace 5 4 3 2 1
Information access and management 18.87 73.32 4.04 3.77 0.00
search retrieval service 25.21 57.14 10.92 6.72 0.00
Search support 21.93 57.31 10.53 9.94 1.00
Browse 23.61 61.11 9.17 6.11 0.00
Preservation 20.17 56.48 16.43 6.92 0.00
Interoperability 23.44 69.79 6.25 0.52 0.00
Metadata 9.31 86.17 3.99 0.53 0.00
User Interface 5.29 93.12 1.59 0.00 0.00
User Management 24.42 71.98 3.08 0.51 0.00
User’s Documentation 13.79 1.38 80.69 3.45 2.00
Dspace Visibility 38.36 40.21 21.43 0.00 0.00
DSpace Content Workflow 21.92 59.18 17.26 1.64 0.00
Mean 20.53 60.60 15.45 3.34 0.25
10.0 Hypotheses:
1) Hypothesis-1There is a no significant deference in the perception of students and faculty

using for research finding in DSpace.
2) Hypothesis-2 Indian library and information professionals get difficulties to implement
DSpace as a DR.
3) Hypothesis-3 DSpace is the best innovative content management and archival application
for managing digital repository in libraries communities.
4) Hypothesis-4 DSpace is the software of choice for academic, public, and commercial
organizations for building open digital repositories.
11.0 Result and Discussion:
Testing of hypotheses H-1 shows there is no significant deference in the perception of students
and faculty using dspace.
The consolidated score [Table 1-6]indicates that DSpace is offering best services and a good
option having best search and browsing support as well good support for metadata and provides
more power to administrator to put access restrictions at collection level to PDPU communities.
The web browser based upload and better user interface. With the option of deployment of themes
adds to better look and feel. The back end programming language JAVA makes it platform
independent (Open Source). The lacking points like unavailability to upload compressed files and
little bit tough installation put it on backstage This study has key implications for Open Source
Software Dspace; the librarian, administrators as well as organizations who want to adopt DSpace.
Firstly, the validated measurement model suggested in this study can help Librarian, and DR
Manager to better determine the effectiveness of their enhancement processes. The current study
identified 5-1 scale for measuring enhancement effectiveness and efficiencies of Dspace. A
thorough examination of enhancement performance of Dspace would include incorporating both
the sets of measures (i.e. Efficiency= perceptions, as well as effectiveness = adoption)
197
Reference:
1. D. Bretthauer, “Open Source Software: A History,” Information Technology & Libraries

vol.21
2. DSapce Foundation. https://wiki.duraspace.org. New York. (Used on 10.11.2014)
3. http://www.opendoar.org
4. http://cadair.aber.ac.uk/dspace/bitstream/2160/316/2/DSpace+Foundation.ppt
5. Kumar, V. (2010). Comparative evaluation of open source digital. Bangalore: DRTC, Indian
Statistical Institute
6. Paul, G. B. (2009). An evaluative study on the open source digital library (Vol. 2).
International Journal of Library and Information Science: Academic Journals.
7. Sreekumar, M. (Caliber 2009). Open Source Web Content Management Technologies for
Libraries. CDDL, IIM Kozhikode.
8. V. K. (2012). Adoption and User Perception of Koha Library Management System in India
About Author:
Mr. Punam Raval is working as a Librarian (I/c) at Pandit Deendayal
Petroleum University (PDPU) since 2007. He has qualified Master with
Geography in 1990 from Gujarat University, Ahmedabad, and He joined
as Lecturer of Geography with C.R. Gardi Arts College, at Munpur,
Stranpur in 1991. He did his Master of Library and Information Science
(MLISc) from same university in 1998. He has also worked with Nirma
Univesity, Ahmedabad for 7+ years. He was visiting faculty with
Department of Library Science at Gujarat University, Ahmedabad for 2
years. His core interest is with Library management and Digital Library applications.
Mr. Bharat M. Chaudhari is working as an Assistant Librarian at Pandit
Deendayal Petroleum University (PDPU), Gandhinagar since 2006. He has
qualified Master in Economics from North Gujarat University, Patan;
M.L.I.Sc. from Gujarat Vidyapeeth, Ahmedabad; Certified in Web Centric
Computing from NIIT, New Delhi. He received fellowship grants from
ALCTS course by American Library Association, US in the year 2012, His
first debut work was published entitled ‘Economics of Information’ in
2010. He contributed many research papers in various peer-reviewed
national and international journals. He has been volunteering as a DSpace ambassador for last
10 years appointed by Duraspace Foundation, US. He has organized 10+ workshops/
conferences on open source technologies and DSpace. He also runs DSpace Users Club since
2010 and writes code and solutions for DSpac, Koha and Joomla. His area of interest are web
development, cooks the codes basically HTML, CSS, XML AJAX, perl, PHP(MySQl),
Postgresql etc.
M. 9428415401 | E-mail ID: openbharat@gmail.com
198
BEST PRACTICES IN ASSM LIBRARY IN THE CONTEXT OF ICT

Sudhir R. Nagarkar
Librarian, Amdar Shashikant Shinde Mahavidyalaya Medha Tal: Jawali Dist: Satara
ABSTRACT: This paper comprehends various library practices, activities and services given to
users by ASSM Library. Library services are vigorous role to succeed academic standards. Libraries
are pillars to each academic college and they support teaching, learning and research systems. The
role of academic libraries in current situation is important because most of the academic libraries
have implemented ICT based services. The best practices of library will helps to improve quality
of library services. It will create best image of the library in the society. The ultimate aim of library
is user satisfaction by library services. Technological change has occurred and on other a variety
of challenges is faced by the educational libraries. This situation can be faced by using the best
practices and user satisfaction is the central point of ASSM Medha library service. For this purpose
researcher has used descriptive method by discussing on various practices, which are very useful
for library users.
Keywords: ICT- Information and Communication Technology, ASSM library- Amdar Shashikant
Shinde Mahavidyalaya Library.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Amdar Shashikant Shinde Mahavidyalay Medha is one of the leading colleges in hilly and rural
area, which is affiliated to Shivaji University Kolhapur Maharashtra. This college reaccredited by
NAAC with B+ grade. The library has adopted so many best practices, by considering user as
centre point. These practices will help to inculcate good environment among the user community.
The aim of discussing best practice is to market the library activity amongst the reader community.
The use of ICT has changed the process; library is no exception for the same. Library has to adopt
new changes, educate the reader community and lead for the building the nation. According to
changing environment library has to adopt the changes and try to give maximum services which
are possible. ‘A library’s existence does not depend on the physical form of documents. Its mission
is to actively support the teaching, learning and research activities of the college by providing the
access to the information sources for study, teaching and research. The library provides the right
information at right time to the right user concerning their day to day information need related to
primary, secondary and tertiary sources of information like textbooks and reference books,
question papers, projects, CDs, e-resources etc.
2.0 ABOUT AMDAR SHAHSIKANT SHINDE MAHAVIDYALAY MEDHA
Jawali is a hilly and remote Tahsil in the district Satara. It is a tehsil divided into several streams by
the ranges of the Sahyadri Mountain. Being hilly and scantily populated, people here remained
ignorant about the changes taking place around in the developed world. The modern means of
communication and transport were yet to be made available for the people when Hon. Shri.
Shashikant Shinde founded Jaywant Pratishthan at Humgaon in 2000. The Pratishthan runs a High
School, a Junior College, and a Senior College. The Pratishthan functions with the chief objective
of all round development of student. The motto of our Pratishthan is “Udyamenahi Sidhanti
Karyani na Manorathai" which means to give priority to work instead of only dreaming.
In the age of explosion of knowledge, the students of Jawali Tehsil remained deprived of even the
functional higher education. It is with the establishment of Amdar Shashikant Shinde
Mahavidyalay, Medha, in 2002 Hon. Shashikant Shinde was able to bring a large group of students
199
deprived of higher education into the mainstream. The first batch of this college began with 82
students. Today more than 1000 students are availing higher education in both the wings senior
and junior.[1]
3.0 ASSM LIBRARY
Library is a ‘Heart’ of institute. Teaching and learning system are supported by library through
reading material and library resources. ASSM college library is established in the year 2002. It pays
an important role in the development of the institution. Library is considered as an important part
of the library which is the major learning resource for the student and staff. As per the changing
time, role of library is also being changed. Advanced technology has been utilized by the library to
provide library services. The main aim of library is to avail the various reading material and learning
resources to the students and work for the amusement and imbibe values in the readers by reading
various autobiographies of great leaders. Students get inspirations and life-force for their future
life by reading.
The college has well equipped up-to-date Library with varieties of books. More than 8000
Textbooks and Reference books are available in Library. 10 daily news papers of state and National
level both in Marathi and English and 37 Periodicals journals on various disciplines are subscribed.
Book bank facility is an important part of the college. Due to the rising cost of the books students
are Unable to purchase such books therefore book bank facility is provided to meet the reading
thrust of the students. Textbooks are provided to the students after admission in the college. The
library intends to continue to provide an inviting physical environment, where students, faculty
and staff can obtain needed information quickly. Library is using OPEN ACCESS System for all
users. Library assists library users through orientation to fully utilize the resources and services of
the library in view of developing information literacy skills. The library has developed an excellent
collection of books, journals, magazines and newspapers. The library has also developed non book
collection which includes e-journals, e-books; CDs. Besides this it also maintains separate
collection of reference books, bound volumes journals and project reports. The entire collection
has been classified using 21st Ed. Of Dewey Decimal Classification Scheme. Library is automated
with the help of NIC-Egrathalaya software. Library patron can search resources through OPAC.
Earlier our library was a resource centre with the efforts of library personals and their efforts to
provide new services it is in a stage of converting in to an effective learning centre.[2]
4.0 WHAT IS BEST PRACTICE?
Oxford advanced Learners Dictionary defines best practices as quality of high standard excellence,
highly improved, outstanding, par excellence service. It means way of doing something that is usual
or expected way in a particular organization or situation, guidelines for good practices. In this
process of evolving best practices we take action rather than good ideas, and we progress our skills.
A best practice may be inventive and be a philosophy, policy, tactic, program, process or practice
that solves a problem, or create new opportunities and positively influences on the organization.
In general, the use of technology and innovative ideas lead to develop best practices evolving in
the library and information center. Thus a best practice in library in simple terms is known as that
practice which makes the way for enhancing an present function or an activity and helps in
effective enactment or use of the process thereby leading to a continuous improvement and overall
performance of the library. [3]
5.0 BEST PRACTICES USED IN ASSM COLLEGE LIBRARY
Library plays an essential role in the development of academic institutions. Is generally observed
that students get de-motivated and do not want to visit the library due to the availability of class
200
notes and internet. In order to attract number of students towards library ASSM College library
started few innovative techniques which resulted into renovation of a library into an effective
learning centre. Library provides ICT based quality services and facilities to users.
Whats APP Service Facilities to differently-abled students
Library Circulation Service

Face book Service
Internet Service
Library Website
Book Bank Scheme
Library Clippings Service

ASSM Library
Services & Facilities Reference Service
Carrier Information Service
Referral Service
Print & Reprography
Services
Current Content List Inter-Library Book
Reference Sources-Dictionaries, Syllabus , Borrowing
Encylopaedias, Question
Facility
Papers
Newspaper
CAS & SDI
Saturday, Service
December 02, 2017
Clippings
6.0 DEVELOPING CLOSE/PERSONAL RELATIONS WITH ITS USERS
In today’s situation librarians need to change their traditional factor which results into creating the
library. Public relations are an important factor which results into creating the feeling of
togetherness in the society. ASSM College library started personal interactions with the students
by using with social networking and ICT tools also. Library staffs were trained to understand the
real aim of library. The staff gets motivated and started loving their profession which resulted into
positive personal interaction with the library users. Library experts thought to create a learning
atmosphere in the library and following practices were started in the library.
7.0 LIBRARY ORIENTATION / INFORMATION LITERACY PROGRAM
It is one of the best practices to create awareness among the students about the library resources
such as library orientation program and information literacy program and the library services, good
reading habits, creative programs and activities for maximum utilization of the ASSM College
library. We conducts orientation program by using PPT for fresh students enlighten by
introducing library collection, staff and various sections of the library. Information Literacy
Program is the best activity for create learning environment of user education. The academic
libraries have a great role and responsibility in creating awareness among its users which will help
to make use of the library resources, facilities and services more effectively and efficiently.
8.0 LIBRARY SOFTWARE EGRANTHALAYA AND ITS USE
Library automation involves change in the ways an organization conducts itself and represents
itself to those to whom it provides services. Library is fully automated by using NIC-Egranthalaya
software. Member ID for each and every reader is provided. Circulation is through computer
system. OPAC facility for browsing books and other library resources is available in the library.
Two terminals are used for library administration. Separate computers are used for internet
browsing in the library. Infrastructure facility for library computerization such as furniture, power
201
supply, and backup are made available/ scanner, barcode reader, printer etc. are also available in
the library.
9.0 SUBSCRIPTION OF N-LIST
The basic aim of subscribing this database is to avail more number of e resources for the benefit
of our reader. College subscribes the UGC INFLIBNET, NLIST Database by paying Rs-5750/-
every year since 2016. Through the N-List we will get 97,000+ E Books & 6000+ E Journals,
separate computers were available for this purpose. This facility is available to staff and student of
the college free of cost.
10.0 BOOK EXHIBITION
To create awareness about the collection we organizes book exhibition. This activity was arranged
by library from last seven years. Library staff and library committee members organize book
exhibition for different Occasion of library program. This activity is done inside the library
separately through displaying the special collection and literary works of specific authors or group
of authors thereby creating awareness about the specific author or literary works amongst its users.
We displays books exhibition all photos and news in library website for awareness.
11.0 CELEBRATION OF DAY
Every year library celebrated on the occasion of Birth Anniversary of Dr. S.R. Rangnathan as
“LIBRARIANS DAY” and Birth Anniversary of Dr. APJ Abdul Kalam “VACHAN PRERANA
DIN” in this day we arranged some activities like Vachan Katta Upkram, Muk Vachan Upkram
and guest lecture for enrichment of creating awareness for reading habits. We providing
biographical information and motivational in sequence using web 2.0 tools.
12.0 EDUCATIONAL VIDEO URL
From last year library started sending URL by email of subject wise educational video shows from
the library. Such program helps to increase their knowledge in the concern field. Due to such
activities faculty and students are improve their subject knowledge in far and wide using ICT tools.
13.0 DISPLAY OF VARIOUS LIBRARY CHARTS –
The purpose of this practice is to advertise the library in a proper way. Following charts are
arranged and displayed in the library such as, library advisory committee, library staff, and library
at a glance, library vision, library mission and objective of library. Rules of library, sections of
library bay guides for every book racks. Strong plastic flexes board with similar color are used for
every chart. This will help to give open access service to reader and save the time of reader.
Motivational thoughts are displaying for inspiration of reader.
14.0 READERS CLUB
The effectiveness of a library and information system depends on the extent to which the system
characteristics correspond with the users and how much the potential users are willing and able to
make use of it. ASSM library create a group of students, who are interested in reading. Last day of
every month this students gate together and discuss on new arrival books and newly studied books.
Apart from regular study book, additional book such as fiction, novel, etc. E-books can be issued
to students to inspire their extra-curricular reading habits.
202
15.0 INTER LIBRARY LOAN FACILITY

‘Library service is not to be judged totally on the technical aspects of its work.’ To ensure the
optimum utilization of time and human resources as well as potentialities, technical processing of
books either in manual or in mechanical partner librarian shall have honest mental understanding
to assist each other in their problems on book processing and disseminating services to the users.
ASSM library is connected with inter library loan facility through six another college libraries. We
shared library resources, e-books, e- journals and other reading material. We provides e-resources
to the other library by using email facility.
16.0 GENERAL BEST PRACTICES

Following are additional practices conducted in our library as a routine practice-
· Regular Library Advisory Committee Meeting.
· Newspaper clipping.
· Binding of books and periodical volumes
· Displaying new arrivals at regular interval.
· Reading room
· Inclusive of library information in prospect and college website.
· Use of CCTV camera for library security purpose.
· Book bank facility.
· Soft and Hard Copy of Question paper sets of previous examinations.
· Use of pesticides for keeping away book worm and damage of books.
· Soft & Hard copy of college periodical ‘JAYWANT’
· Separate periodical section
· Large collection of competitive examination.
· Conducts users feed-back by questionnaire method & Suggestion box.
· Reprography service.
· Library Best User Award every year in Annual Prize Distribution Ceremony.
· Ramp, space, and books for disabled users.
· Use of Social Networking for library services i.e. Facebook Account, Facebok page,
MPSC/UPSC Page, Whats App service.
9.0 CONCLUSION
User is the most important part of library because user satisfaction is ultimate aim of library. User
gives us an opportunity to provide the service. In libraries we have to take care of user’s
expectations and try to provide maximum best service. Use of ICT is helping us in providing right
information to right user in right time with right manner. Best library services are result in smooth
working of library. For providing best practices to our clientele, first we should understand their
needs and then we can chalk out the activities and library services. It is our duty to motivate users
and create awareness among the ease of use of various resources. Libraries are working as
knowledge resource center and librarians are mediator, knowledge manager, knowledge provider,
information manager who disseminates valuable information from the resource to its beneficiaries
or users. ASSM Library is giving very good library services to their users by using ICT.
203
Reference:
1. M. B. Waghmode, "Jaywant Pratishthan Humgaon Sanchalit Amdar Shashikant Shinde

Mahavidyalaya Medha," 17 June 2017. [Online]. Available: http://assmmedha.edu.in/.
[Accessed 08 Dec 2017].
2. [Online]. Available: http://assmmedha.edu.in/assm/infrastructure/library.php.
3. [Online]. Available: www.naac.gov.in/docs/Best Practices in Library and information
Services .
4. V. U. Dahifale and R. P. Ghule, Strategies of library services in Digital Age, New Delhi:
Ajanta Publiation, 2012, pp. 108-109.
About Author:
Dr. Sudhir Ramdas Nagarkar (M.A., M.Lib.I.Sc., M.Phil., SET, NET,
Ph.D.) is presently working as a Librarian at Amdar Shashikant Shinde
Mahavidyalaya Medha. He has 7+ years’ of experience as a Librarian in
aided college and 17+ year total professional experience. He has published
19 papers in reputed national/ state level conferences and seminars and
published 5 papers in reputed national journals.
M. 9096572888 | E-mail ID: nagarkarsr@gmail.com
204
COLLECTION OF LEARNING RESOURECE AND SERVICES OF

MANDSAUR UNIVERSITY, MANDSAUR: A STUDY
Ashwani Yadav1 & Nandkishore Patidar2
1
Asst. Professor & Head, Dept. Library and Information Science, Mandsaur University, M.P.
2
Research scholar, Dept. Library and Information Science, Mandsaur University, M.P.
Abstract: In this paper the leading resources collection development is a series of functions, which
together shape of knowledge centre. A library in order to disseminate effective service takes all
care of developing relevant reading materials which should be the high quality in context of service,
information, reading, library policy. Users of libraries are as the varied as the types of libraries the
research scholars, students and philosophical professionals. Besides, a wide variety of reader’s
services is given by the special libraries readers. The problems like Selection of collection,
Appropriateness of collection, services available, Issue-Return Facilities, availability of various
resources, physical facilities and other related issues are analyzed. The growing organization is place
make a Library is knowledge resource center building but the LAN and WI-FI facilities are
available in the library. The suggestions keeping in view the problems of the library.
Keywords: Collection, Learning resource, Services, central Library,
1.0 Introduction
The Private university library plays role garnet of knowledge for developing country, as like India.
Users of the library want to get the right information at the right time but increase in the size and
complexity of the information pose the user some obvious questions, such as how to approach to
the system of information retrieval of books information, how to search the documents. This can
be done through the better management of collection, better organizational setup and with the
modern services. According to Dr. S. R. Ranganathan, the libraries must fulfill the laws of the
library science for betterment of the society. The first law is books are for use, in the law the term
use shows to make libraries services effective on adequate knowledge about the users their needs,
wanted. Library has good collection of resources and libraries provided every latest development
in their subject related field. Collection resources and Development is one of the most challenging
processes of the library profession where by the library staff collects types of learning materials to
meet the demand of its users. The term collection has undergone considerable change within the
field of librarianship collection development policy and acquisition policy is the terms used
interchangeably. They are by no means .They represent a hierarchy in which collection
development is planning function placed at the highest level. Selection is the level of decision-
making and acquisition of various materials, selection, decisions and collection development plans.
Hence collection and acquisition policies are independently different form the of the collection
development plan.
2.0 Objectives of the study
The objectives of the study are as follow:

1. To know about the type of collection of resources and provide services by MUM library.
2. To know the accumulation of resource development policy used by MUM.
3. To know the condition of library in various area like acquisition and reference.
4. To know the status of library automation.
5. To know the any special service provided to the user.
6. To know about the various resources either print or e-resources present in the library.
205
7. To know the problems faced by user in getting services
3.0 Methodology
This study is based on the various aspects related with the nature and functioning of the Private
University library in Mandsaur Madhya Pradesh. In the study have been made to know about the
establishment collections, services and acquisition of the Private University library in Mandsaur.
The research has been conducted by the Interview, survey method for this purpose, a
questionnaire has been prepared after due consideration so that all the related data is made
available accurately and effectively. The data was collected from Librarian to verify the facts. An
analysis has been made after collecting the relevant data and some suggestion have been made for
the improvement and better function of the library so that it can play an important role in reaching
its goals.
4.0 Profile of Central Library, Mandsaur University, Mandsaur (M.P.)
Mandsaur University, Mandsaur is one of new private university. The Established by Government
of Madhya Pradesh by an Act No.17 of 2015 on 05th February 2016 the University is poised for
an ambitious growth. First Vice Chancellor Dr. Dilip Kumar Patnayak and rightly bears his name.
It is located in the south-western part of Madhya Pradesh. Mandsaur It is well connected by Road
and Rail to major districts and cities. The national highways NH 21 pass through Mandsaur city.
One can get down at Mandsaur to proceed to famous religious place Ujjain which is just 210 kms
from Mandsaur city. Madhya Pradesh
4.1 Collection of learning resources

Mandsaur University Central library at present having approx. 47542 numbers of Learning
resources as a including books, reference books, Journal & reports, project, thesis, periodical,
and manuscript.
4.2 Library resource centre services

The university library provides different types of services these are: Reference service Current
awareness service Internet Reprographic service (the Library is providing Reprography service to
its readers on demand at very nominal cost). OPAC.
4.3 Human Resources of the Library (staff)

Total no of staff member is 07.
4.4 Funding/Finance
The funds of the Council will consist of the following:
1. Self finance
2. Gifts, donations, benefactions or other transfers
3. Receipts of the Council from other sources
4. Income from the assets of the Council
5. UGC funding
5.0 Data Analysis Based on Questionnaire and interview
Table 5.1: About University Library

Name of library Central Library, Mandsaur University, Mandsaur
(M.P.)
Year of establishment date 05th February 2016
206
Website of University http://www.mandsauruniversity.edu.in/

Website of Library http://www.mandsauruniversity.edu.in/central-library/
Email address of Library library@mitmandsaur.info
Timing of Library 08:00 a.m to 8:30 p.m
Holiday in a Academic year as per Higher Education
Reading room is open in holiday No
Source: - Questionnaire
The table shows the name of the library is established in 2016 and it is A Private organization.
The timing of library is 08:00 to 8:30 from Monday to Saturday.
Table 5.2: University library profile

Including University building √
Separate library building ×
Setup Section wise √
Separate Reading Section √
Separate Circulation Section √
Separate Periodical Section √
Separate Periodical Section √
The table shows the Central library including administrative building.
Table 5.3: General library profile

Carpet area (in.sq.mts) 4290
No. of section 07
Seating capacity (Reading Room) 200
Seating capacity (E- library) 35
The table shows carpet area is 4920 sq.mts seating of reading section 200 and e-section 35
Table 5.4: Library Staff profile

Librarian No.
Head Librarian 1
Dy.Librarian ---
Assistant Librarian 2
Cataloguer /Classifier ---
Professional Assistant 1
Library Assistant 1
Library Attendant 2
The table shows 1 Head Librarian, 2 assistant librarians and supporting staff but there is no
deputy librarian, Cataloguer /Classifier
Table 5.5: Book Selection and Acquisition

According to quality √
According to availability √
According to Price of the book ×
According to Prescribed syllabus √
By publishers reputation √
207
By popularity of the documents √

Recommended by experts √
The table show except price of books and all above preference by selection of books
Table 5.6: Mostly resource of Collection

Textbook √
General books √
Reference book √
The above table shows that resources of collection are mainly of reference and general books.
Table 5.7: Type of Collection Available in the Library

Books √
Periodicals √
News Papers √
Magazines √
Periodicals √
Maps& other Printed Resources √
Microforms ×
Manuscripts √
Special collection √
E-books/ E- journals √
Above table library has collection of books, periodicals, reference books and Manuscripts.
Library books, periodicals, reference books. Exception Microforms only
Table 5.8: Growth of resources

Years 2013 -2015 2014- 2015 2015-2016 2016-2017
Books 56,100 62,200 69,500 71,000
In the above table library has rich collection of resource all types of books, Periodicals, reference
books and Manuscripts. University Library has 201617. Total collection of resource is 47,542.
Table 5.9: Collection development Authority

Registrar ×
Librarian √
Library Committee √
Assistant Librarian ×
Collection Development Committee ×
In the above table library prefer the selection of books which are recommended by expert’s
professionals
Table 5.10: Selections of Resources

According to user √
According to Subject expert √
According to Syllabus & bibliography √
According to catalogue ×
208
In the above table selection of the books is mainly done according to user, Subject expert and
Syllabus & bibliography
Table 5.11: Number of Equipment

Computer √
Printer √
Photocopier √
Scanner √
Fax √
Photocopier √
Telephone Intercom √
Projector √
VCR/CD player ×
T.V √
Table shows that library provides the facility of photocopy and it has scanner, telephone &
computer all above and only not have VCR/CD player.
Table 5.12: Non Print Material

CD-ROM ×
Databases ×
Floppies ×
Microforms ×
Optical disk ×
Online network ×
The above table shows that the library does not have any non- print material.
Table 5.13: Technical Processing

Classification scheme DDC √
Catalogue card AACR-2 √
Catalogue form OPAC √
Table shows clarification by DDC, Catalogue card AACR-2 and use by OPAC
Table 5.14: Library Membership Detail

Name of library Central Library, Mandsaur
University, Mandsaur (M.P.)
Students UG √
Students PG √
Faculty √
Research Scholar √
The table shows that the library readers are membership is valid for 1 year as (academics year)
only.
Table 5.15 Services of Library

Circulation Services √
Reference on Desk √
209
CAS √
SDI √
Abstracting & indexing ×
Bibliographic √
Audio visual CD.DVD.ROM ×
WIFI Internet √
Inter library loan √
Reprographic √
Web OPAC √
News clipping √
Microfilming ×
E resource √
The table reference, CAS, internet, reprographic and OPAC service is provided by the library. This
service is not provide Abstracting & indexing, Audio visual CD.DVD.ROM, Microfilmin.
Table 5.16: Other Services

Services Yes/No
Resource Sharing √
Library Network LAN √
Internet Facility √
Providing internet connectivity for their √
user Yes WI-FI
The table shows all general services library also provides internet connectivity for the user.
Table 5.17: Library Automation & Digitalization

Library is automated √
Name of Software - Delplus
Library is Digitalization √
Name of software Greenstone
The table show automated by Delplus and Digitalization by Greenstone software
Table 5.18: Library Software

Acquisition √
Circulation √
Serial Control √
OPAC √
Administration √
Indexing √
The above table’s Central library is fully automated by Delplus
Table 5.19: Facilities provided by Library

Facilities for the user/staff √
Library have back up electricity plan √
Proper seating arrangement √
Library have Ac/cooler Room facility for user √
210
Adequate to stack the collection √

Standard library furniture available √
Do you have catalogue room ×
Do you have separate stack room √
The above table reveals that the seating capacity is 200 with adequate collection, standard
furniture with good seating arrangement. Library has good electricity backup plans with the
facility of Ac. Library does not catalogue room.
Table 5.20: Resource facilities in libraries

Items MUM
Photocopy √
Library Membership √
Library security √
E-Mail Service √
Procurement of books for users √
Literature Search √
Table shows all facility available in MUM
Table 5.21: Facilities in library buildings

Facilities in Building MUM
Ventilators √
Tuck shop ×
Drinking Water √
Toilets √
Caretaker Building √
Lift ×
Bus Service ×
Rear Hall Reading Facility √
Table depicts that ventilators are not there in Reading-Halls and Tuck Shop (s) facility is not near
to buildings, whereas drinking water and toilet facilities are available.
Table 5.22: Annual Budget of Library

Years 2013 -2015 2014- 2015 2015-2016 2016-2017
Budget 5,67,982 /- 7,48,478 / 9,58,310 /- 8,66,589 /-
Table shows that the budget of library for books and periodicals year wise
Table 5.23: User for resource and Services

Issue /Return 175/150
Per day user 85
Visitors in month 40
Table shows that per day issue/return, per day user 85 and visitors per month above 40
211
Table 5.24: Weeding of Resources

Annually √
After five year (Fully) √
After ten year ×
Table shows that weeding of resources in annually and also fully five years
6.0 Analysis Data Collected from the head
On the basis of the collected data with the help of visit, Interview and questionnaire method the
data is analyzed and the tables are given below. Questionnaire response by Head of Central Library
MUM.
7.0 Conclusion
After the study was found that the library staff, infrastructure and resources is adequate as per the
norms of university. Only two professionals and three other members are working in the library.
The separate building with separate section. The library of Mandsaur University Mandsaur (MUM)
is fully automated .The library has adequate number of printed collection whereas non-print
collection and e- resources. The library offer services like reference CAS, reprographic service and
OPAC. The library provide following equipment like computer, scanner, printer and photocopier.
They provide LAN and Wi-Fi service to the user.
8.0 Suggestions
1) Private University Library should provide extra Fund for develop modern library.
2) University library new technology adapted like digital library and virtual library.
3) Private University Library should a policy for collection development and weeding out of
old collection.
4) Private University appoints the adequate qualified Library staff should be appointed.
5) To ICT era provide good training of Library staff for the best library services.
6) No one wants to visit a library where the staff is rude and unhelpful. When creating usable
design, think about your users and how they’ll be utilizing what you create.
7) To provide special visitors to your library’s website will be looking for items, so it easy for
them to find what they’re looking for right away.
8) The library should provide online access to books, Journals and internet services and other
electronic resources easy ways.
9) To proved e-books, e journals available in your collection and users can take advantage.
Reference:
1. Alhamdi, Fawaz. & Khaparde, V S (2015). Authorship pattern in cloud computing research
in Library and information science & technology abstracts LISTA. e- Library science
research journal, 3(3), Jan 2015, ISSN-2319-8435
2. Ranveer V. B (2014), Collection Building: A Scientometric Study, “Knowledge Librarian an
International Peer Reviewed Bilingual E-Journal of Library and Information Science
Volume: 01, Issue: 02, Nov. – Dec. 2014 eISSN NO. 2394-2479, p.1-12.
3. Biradar, B. S., P. Dharani Kumar, and Y. Mahesh. "Use of information sources and services
in library of Agriculture Science College, Shimoga: a case study." Annals of Library and
information Studies 56.2 (2009): 63.
212
4. Sinha, Manoj Kumar, and Pulak Das. "A Study on Information Needs and Information
Seeking Behaviour of Rural Population with Special Reference to Barak Valley, South Assam
(North East India): A Survey." Embedded Librarianship and Technological Challenges of
the Digital Age: Conference Proceedings of 60th ILA International (Diamond Jubilee)
Conference, organized by Indian Library Association in collaboration with AC Joshi Library,
Panjab University, Chandigarh during April8-10. 2015
5. http://ayogportal.mpnvva.in/
6. http://www.mandsauruniversity.edu.in/
About Authors:
Dr. Ashvani Yadav
M: 07379783089 | E-mail ID: ashwani.yadav@meu.edu.in
Mr. Nandkishor Patidar is a Librarian at Shri Jawahar Lal Nehru Law
College, Mandsaur Madhya Pradesh. He is having 11+ Years of experience
in the field of librarianship. He has completed his M.A. in Socilogy, B.L.I.Sc.,
and M.Phil. Currently he is a research scholar in the field of Library &
Information Science at Mandsaur University, Mandsaur.
M: 09926816234 | E-mail ID: nlibmdsgmail.com
213
EVALUATION OF EDII INSTITUTIONAL REPOSITORY

RESOURCES
Nupur Vaishnav, Pravin Chavda & Ashok Chaudhary
Library & Information Centre, Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India, Ahmedabad
Abstract: The EDII Library and Information Centre a focal point for the budding entrepreneurs,
practitioners, academicians and researchers for their information need on entrepreneurship and
related subjects. The collection of the EDII LIC also includes the EDII’s Repository Resources,
such as Institute Publications, Faculty Publications, Biennial Conference Proceedings, Journal of
Entrepreneurship, Working Papers, etc. To provide easy access for the institutional repository
resources, the EDII LIC has digitized its repository resources through Open Source Software,
DSpace. This paper deliberates evaluation of its Repository Resources.
Keywords: Open Source Softwares; DSpace; Digitization; EDII Library and Information Centre
(EDII LIC); EDII Repository Resources
1.0 Introduction
Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India is a national resource origination, committed to

entrepreneurship development activities through education, training and research. In order to
serve the diverse needs of EDII faculty, staff, student, entrepreneurs and participants of various
short term and long term programmes of national & international, EDII LIC
(library.ediindia.ac.in) was set up way back in 1983. Enriched with updated information sources
on Entrepreneurship and related subjects, it is an information resource center of national and
international repute (www.ediindia.org, 2017).
2.0 Digitization of EDII Repository Resources
EDII Institutional Repository (EDII IR) is a digital service that collects, preserves, and
communicates its institutional material to the budding entrepreneurs, practitioners, academicians,
researchers and students for their information needs. The collection of the EDII IR includes:
Institute Publications, Faculty Publications, Biennial Conference Proceedings, Journal of
Entrepreneurship, Working Papers, Project Profiles, etc. The EDII IR created its Intuitional
Repository using Open Source Software, DSpace (www.dspace.org, 2017) and digitized its own
resources as mentioned:
1. Biennial Conference Proceedings (924 articles)
2. The Journal of Entrepreneurship (853 articles)
3. Faculty & Student Publications (224 articles)
4. EDII Publications (33 publications)
5. Course/Programme Materials & Programme Reports (184 reports)
6. Other Resources (2252 nos. includes project profiles)
7. Newsletters (96 newsletters)
8. Brochures (130 nos.)
9. Press Clippings (924 nos.)
EDII LIC has digitized 5620 articles, project profiles and other materials and made available for
accessing for the user community. The newsletters, brochures and press clippings are uploaded
for free access to the users. The EDII IR can be accessed through
http://library.ediindia.ac.in:8181/xmlui/ (Chaudhary, Chaudhari, Nupur, & Dave, 2015).
214
The full text for the Institute Repositories mentioned from serial nos. 1 to 6 are uploaded under
the closed access and abstracts were provided for free access. To access the full text of these
repositories, the user has to choose his/her article and send the Request Email by providing brief
information such as Name, Email ID and Message to EDII IR email id i.e. ir@ediindia.org.
On receipt of the request email, the Library Team after taking prior permission from the concerned
author and sends the article through email. The user is requested to use the document for academic
and research purpose only.
3.0 Objectives of the Study
The study undertakes to

1. List the Number of Requests Received for the Full Text for a Specific Period
2. Geographical scenario of Requests Received
3. Enlists Monthly-wise Requests Received
4. Category of Materials Frequently Requests Received
4.0 Methodology
In the study, each email received for full text were examined and tabulated for necessary and
relevant data in eight tables by the authors.
5.0 Analysis and Findings
5.1 No. of Requests Received for Full Text of EDII IR
Table 1 shows the total number of requests received for the full text of the EDII IR for the period
from July 2016 to October 2017 i.e. for sixteen months. During this period, 303 requests were
received and the full text has been sent through the concerned users under the copyright purview.
Table 1: No. of Requests for Articles Received for Full Text of EDII IR
Sr. No. Period of Study No. of Requests Received for Full Text
1 July 2016 to October 2017 303
5.2 Geographical Scenario of Requests Received
Table 2 represents geographical scenario of requests received for full text of EDII IR. Out of 303
requests, the highest number of requests received from India i.e. 180 (59.41%) and from foreign
countries 123 (40.50%) requests received.
Table 2: Geographical Scenario of Requests for Articles Received

Sr. No. Name of the Country No. of Requests Received for Full Text Percentage
1 India 180 59.41
2 Foreign Countries 123 40.59
Total 303 100
5.3 Month-wise Requests Received
Table 3 indicates the total month-wise requests for full text of articles of EDII IR received. The
highest percentage of requests received for full text is 15.18% (46 articles) in the month of June
215
2017 while the lowest percentage of requests received is 1.65% (5 articles) in the month of August
2016. Second highest requests for full text is received in April 2017, i.e. 31 requests were received.
Table 3: Month-wise Requests Received

Sr. No. Month & Year No. of Requests Received Percentage
1 Jul-16 12 3.96
2 Aug-16 5 1.65
3 Sep-16 13 4.29
4 Oct-16 7 2.31
5 Nov-16 8 2.64
6 Dec-16 23 7.59
7 Jan-17 17 5.61
8 Feb-17 13 4.29
9 Mar-17 21 6.93
10 Apr-17 31 10.23
11 May-17 26 8.58
12 Jun-17 46 15.18
13 Jul-17 20 6.60
14 Aug-17 22 7.26
15 Sep-17 21 6.93
16 Oct-17 18 5.94
Total 303 100
6.0 Type of Documents
Below table 4 shows the requests for the full text articles received as per the document category in
EDII IR. Out of 303 requests, the highest number of requests for full text articles were received
for Biennial Conference papers i.e. 223 articles. More than 70% of the requests received from
EDII’s Biennial Conference papers. “The Journal of Entrepreneurship” received 41 (13.53%)
requests for full text. During the study period, there were no requests received for EDII
Course/Programme Materials and Post Programme Reports. The other Institutional Repositories
viz. Brochures, Newsletters and Press Clippings are freely provided to the user community.
Sr. No. Type of Documents No. of Requests Received Percentage

Biennial Conference
1 223 73.60
Proceedings
2 Brochures Free Access
Course/Programme Materials &
3 0 0.00
Programme Reports
4 EDII Publications 6 1.98
5 Faculty & Student Publications 17 5.61
6 Newsletters Free Access
7 Press Clippings Free Access
8 Product Profiles 16 5.28
The Journal of
9 41 13.53
Entrepreneurship
Total 303 100
216
7.0 Articles Sent from Biennial Conference proceedings
Table 5 represents articles sent from biennial conference proceedings. Total 223 requests for full
text received for papers of twelve biennial conferences. The highest number of requests for full
text received for the 12th biennial conference papers which was held during February 22-24, 2017
i.e. 60 (26.91%) followed by 52 (23.32%) requests for papers of 11th Biennial Conference and
lowest number of requests received in 1st and 2nd biennial conferences i.e. only 1 articles.
Table 5: Articles Sent from Biennial Conference Proceedings

Sr. Biennial Conference No. of Requests for Full Text Percentag
No. Series Received e
1 1st Biennial Conference 1 0.45
2 2nd Biennial Conference 1 0.45
3 3rd Biennial Conference 3 1.35
4 4th Biennial Conference 2 0.90
Total 223 100
7.1 Request for Faculty/FPM/Staff/Students/Others Publications
Table 6 represents requests for EDII Faculty, Students of Fellow Programme in Management
(FPM) & Post Graduate, Staff and other categories. Out of 23 requests for full text received, 14
requests for faculty publications and remaining requests from other categories. Six requests for
EDII publication, where only bibliographic information is provided were received and these
publications were sent through courier to the requester.
Table 6: Requests Received for Full Text Under Faculty/FPM/Staff/Students/Others

Publications
Sr. No. Biennial Conference Series No. of Requests Received Percentage
1 1st Biennial Conference 1 0.45
2 2nd Biennial Conference 1 0.45
3 3rd Biennial Conference 3 1.35
217

Total 223
7.2 Articles Sent from The Journal of Entrepreneurship
Table 7 signifies articles sent from The Journal of Entrepreneurship. Out of 41 requests, highest
number of requests received for the issues Vol.14 No.1 & 2, 2006 i.e. 6 each, then after 4 requests
received for Vol.15 No.1, 2006 and 3 each requests received for Vol.1 No.1 March, 1992; Vol.7
No.1 & 2, 1998; Vol.23 No.1 & 2, 2014; and Vol.25 No.1 & 2, 2016.
Table 7: Full Text Articles Sent from The Journal of Entrepreneurship

Sr. No. Issue Details No. of Requests Received
1 Vol.1 No.1 March 1992 3
2
3 Vol.2 No.2 September 1993 1
3
8 Vol.8 No.1, March 1999 1
2
10 Vol.9 No.1 March 2000 2
13 Vol.14 No.1 March 2005 1
6
15 Vol.15 No.1 March 2006 1
4
21 Vol.22 No.1 March 2013 2
22 Vol.23 No.1 March 2014 1
3
24 Vol.25 No.1 March 2016 1
3
Total 41
7.3 Gender-Wise Requests Received
Table 8 gives details of gender-wise requests received for full text articles under EDII IR. Out of
303 requests, 200 requests are made by male users and other 103 requests was send by female users.
218
Table 8: Gender-Wise Requests Received

Sr. No. Sex No. of Requests for Text Received Percentage
1 Male 200 66.01
2 Female 103 33.99
3 Third Gender 0 0.00
Total 303 100
8.0 Findings and Suggestions
2. It has been observed that the demand for EDII’s Biennial Conference Papers is very high.
3. The EDII LIC must promote its EDII IR rigorously among the user community.
4. The nominal charges may be collected from the users for article requests received.
5. Also, EDII LIC may design a subscription model for its IR.
6. All the EDII LIC members/patrons must share their research findings, articles, and other
documents so that the access to their documents will increase and also their papers are indexed
in Google scholar.
7. The citations, h-index and i10-index may increase for the articles and papers of EDII
members/patrons.
9.0 Conclusion
These repository resources will be definitely a great help for all aspiring and budding entrepreneurs
as they turn ideas into enterprises. The EDII LIC shall promote and market the institute EDII
Repository Resources for academic and research purposes.
References
1. Chaudhary, A., Chaudhari, S., Nupur, V., & Dave, S. (2015). Implementation of Institutional
2. Repository at Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India. In R. Bharucha, H. Patel,
M. Shastri, & L. Poluru (Ed.), Library as a Learning Space: Role and Relevance of Libraries
in the Future. Ahmedabad: Nirma University.
3. www.dspace.org. (2017, December 10). Retrieved from www.dspace.org.
4. www.ediindia.org. (2017, December 10). Retrieved from www.ediindia.org.
About Authors:
Ms. Nupur Vaishnav is a Library and Information Science Professional,

working with Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India’s modern
library and information centre since 2016. Ms. Nupur is the editor of the
“Re-immagining Today’s Librarianship: ADINET 2017 Proceedings” She
has authored 7 papers for various conferences and journals. She is
technically proficient with library management softwares – Koha and
digital management software – DSpace (open source softwares). She has
created EDII Institutional Repository using DSpace. She is a Commerce
Graduate and earned M.L.I.Sc. from Gujarat University.
219
Mr. Pravin Chavda is a Library and Information Science Professional,

working with Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India’s modern
library and information centre since 2013. He has authored 4 papers for
conferences and journals. He is technically proficient with all library
functional areas and IT applications. He is well versed with Koha and
DSpace (open source softwares). He earned M.L.I.Sc. from Gujarat
University.
Mr. Ashok Chaudhary is a Library and Information Science Professional,
having more than eight years of experience and presently working with
Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India’s (EDII) modern library
and information centre since 2013. Prior to EDII he served for Torrent
Pharmaceutical Limited, Institute for Plasma Research, Gandhinagar and
Saraswati Engineering College, Kadi. He has authored 9 papers for various
conferences and journals. He is technically proficient with Open Source
Softwares (OSS) and instrumental in migrating from LibSys to Koha at
EDII. He is invited to deliver talks on OSS by various educational institutions. He is an Arts
Graduate and earned M.L.I.Sc. from North Gujarat University. He recently cleared National
Eligibility Test (NET) 2017.
220
INFORMATION LITERACY OF TRIBAL WOMEN IN NAGALAND:

A STUDY
Pichano Kikon1 & J.P.S.Kumaravel2
1
PhD scholar, School of Library and Information Science, Central University of Gujarat
2
Dept. of Library & Information Science, Directorate of Distance Edu. Madurai Kamaraj
University, Madurai
ABSTRACT: The basic aim of this paper is to give a bird’s eye view of the current status of
information literacy in the state of Nagaland. The study focuses on the information literacy
requirement of tribal women and proposes a way forward. Information seeking and use have
become crucial things for tribal women due to the availability of information technologies and
resources in all types and formats. Tribal women need clear and comprehensive information
particularly for their daily activities, at work place, at research work and academic etc. Government,
institution, organisation are introducing information literacy programmes to educate the tribal
women. The main objectives of information literacy programmes and training are to educate the
tribal women in decision making, evaluate and use of information. In this paper a study was
conducted to assess the status of information literacy rate and information literacy training needs
of the tribal women in Nagaland. The study addresses the information literacy skills required,
assess the usefulness and relevance of information, identify the need of information literacy, the
best method/ modes of delivering information literacy skills. For this research study, survey was
conducted among the tribal women in Nagaland in two districts Dimapur and Kohima using a
structured questionnaire. In the study the tribal women have shed light on the need of information
literacy training and to make information literacy a compulsory subject in the academic courses.
Keywords: Information literacy, Tribal women, Nagaland, Information literacy skills, Information
literacy training and delivery
1. Introduction
In the modern information-centric world, the need of information is increasing at a greater pace,
with the increasing technology. Information has become part of human life and human being are
in greater need of information in every sphere of life. Information seeking and use of information
has increased because of the needs of information for career, community, health, and personal
intellectual. The present contemporary modern world is known as the world of information
technology due to its immense availability of digital sources and applicability and uses. With the
introduction of information technologies and availability of resources in all types and formats
information seeking and use have become crucial activities for all group of people.
In recent decades, India is trying to increase the literacy rate by adopting different programmes
like Sarva Siksha Abhiyan (SSA), District Primary Education Programme (DPEP), National
literacy mission, TARA Akshar, Computer Based Functional Literacy (CBFL) etc. These
programmes are undertaken by the Government of India to increase the literacy rate due to its
necessity in the day to day life of human being in particular and growth and development of the
nation in general. There are also initiatives from different national institutions and organisation in
India to encourage the literacy among the people.
Another aspect of the literacy in India is the need for literacy for women empowerment especially
the Dalit and the tribal women. Literacy rate is limited with the rural when it comes to women. So
there is a strong need for sensitization of literacy among the rural women especially the rural tribal
221
women who are still far off from the access of it. Nagaland, a state in the northeast region is
dominated by the tribal population. The Literacy rate of tribal people is above the average literacy
rate in India. But still the people of Nagaland have to go long way when it comes to information
Literacy. Information seeking and use have become complex processes for tribal women due to
the growing development in all spheres of information level. Tribal women need information
particularly for their daily life, at their workplace, academic research, for employment etc.
Information literacy competencies will help tribal women to gain control of the flow of
information and how to interact with the information in their environment.
1.1 Background Of The Study
1.1.1 What is information?
Information is derived from a Latin word “informatio” meaning the concept of idea. Information
can be in any form and type either printed or digital. Information can be imparted from any means
of communication channels like newspaper, radio, television, community sector and library etc.
Information help in improving living standards of human beings as through increasing information
literacy, it helps in the growth of economic, political, health, cultural educational and other sectors
of a nation. Library is the main source of information storage and retrieval it provides a variety of
information services to different users. Users always look for current and reliable information. It
shows the important role of information literacy. So, the librarian, institution, government,
organisation should start conducting information literacy program to educate the tribal women.
1.1.2 What is literacy?
In English dictionaries the term “Literacy” means “the ability to read and write”. Literacy in
Indonesia is known as “the ability to read, write and count”. UNESCO(United Nations Education
scientific and Cultural organisation) denotes “Literacy” as “the ability to make and communicate
meaning by the use of a variety of socially contextual symbols” (Boeriswati, 2012). Literacy does
not only about know How to read, write and count but to identify, understand, interpret, create
communicate and compute using printed, written and digital materials depending on their need.
There are also different types of literacy like visual literacy, media literacy, computer literacy, digital
literacy, information literacy and literacy network. Education system is a mechanism. It not only
helps one to get education but it helps the individual to develop beyond the boundary of learning
by helping to develop ensign creativity and capability in solving problem and to keep one’s up-to-
date with the changing information.
1.1.3 What is information literacy?
The phrase information literacy first appeared in print in 1974 report by Paul G. Zurkowski written
on behalf of the National Commission on Libraries and Information Science. Zurkowski (1974)
used the phrase to describe the "techniques and skills" learned by the information literate "for
utilizing the wide range of information tools as well as primary sources in moulding information
solutions to their problems" and drew a relatively firm line between the "literates" and
"information illiterates". Information literacy is a set of abilities requiring by an individual to
recognise when information is needed and have the ability to locate, evaluate and use information
effectively. Information literacy has been described over the years as a process, a skill set, a
competence, an attitudinal or a personality trait, a set of abilities, a way to help people contribute
positively to the learning community and to society and a construct that is created by the way in
which a person interacts with information. Information literacy is a lifelong learning, and increases
the competence of the individual to evaluate, organise and use information depending to their
222
need. Through Information literacy, people get aware about their needs and access, evaluate and
interpret them. Information literacy helps an individual to perform and excel in their academic,
research work, to find a job and perform efficiently at their workplace and help in their further
professional growth. Now, Information Literacy is not only the issue of Library but now it is the
collaboration efforts of teacher and librarian to educate the all the users”.
1.1.4 Definition of information literacy
“Information literacy” was first introduced by Paul G. Zurkowski, in 1974. According to

zurkowski an information literate individual is anyone who has learned to use a wide range of
information sources in order to solve problems at work and in his or her daily life. Brevik,
described information literacy as an integrated set of skills and the knowledge of tools and
resources (ALA, 1989). The American Library association‟s (ALA) presidential Committee on
Information literacy, final report states “to be Information literate, a person must be able to
recognize when information is needed and have the ability to locate, evaluate and use effectively
the needed information (1989)” (Gedam and Agashe, 2009).
1.1.5 Why information literacy?
Information is needed to solve and handle the problem faced in daily activities. Information
literacy is needed in every individual‟s personal life as it makes the individual a wiser information
seeker and user. Information Literacy makes them aware of their daily information needs and
creates an awareness to find the source of information. It helps the individual to understand which
source to depend and trust their ethical responsibility to the community, society and manage them.
Information literacy is necessary for academic success, healthcare, to find a job, to manage
effectively the tasks at workplace and for further professional growth; it is a lifelong learning
process.
2. Women In Nagaland
Naga society is a patriarchal society. Traditionally, Naga women were expected to be obedient and
humble and look after the household activities. Naga women were not allowed to participate in
the politics or social activities. Their job was to manage the household and supplement the
household income by weaving and selling colourful shawls.
The present 21stcentury Naga women enjoy a higher status compared to the other women in India.
In Nagaland the sex ratio of male and female is well balanced and there is equal status of man and
women in the economic, political and social activities. According to 2001 census female literacy
rate is 61.35% and it’s increasing at a faster rate comparing to male. According to 2011 census the
proportion of female total population in Nagaland is 48.2% and female literacy rate and female
work participation rate (WPR) is 76.1% and 44.7% respectively. Naga women enjoy a high status
compared to other women in India. They enjoy equal status of man in the society. However, female
literacy is lower than male but now female literacy is increasing at a greater pace and all the high
top level position are secured by the women both in academic and in professional fields as well.
Tribal Naga women marriage age is higher comparing to other women in India, so the fertility rate
is lower. Naga women earn to a great extent and are economically independent. Naga women play
a vital role in stopping violence throughout the history. In every public meeting, men now ask,
“where are the women? We need women in our deliberations”. Naga women are recognised as
traditional peace maker in Naga society.
223
Furer- Haimendrof wrote about Naga women in the North-eastern states, “Many women in most
civilised parts of India may well envy the women of the Naga hill, their high status and their free
happy life and if you measure their cultural level of the social position and personal freedom of its
women you will think twice before looking down on the Naga as savages” (Mitra, 2008).
Hutton (1921) found that “among other women, the Naga women enjoy considerable freedom
and high social status. Naga women have the right to choose their husbands and are never forced
to marry against their will”. Similarly, Elwin (1961) alluded to the freedom enjoyed by Naga women
and contested that the latter exercised significant decision making power within their societies”
(Mitra, 2008).
3. Information Literacy (Il) Of Women
Female literacy is increasing at a greater pace. In this 21st century, women are participating in all
the outside social, political and economic activities in addition to household activities. Women are
maintaining a good balance between their profession and their responsibility towards their family.
Women need information literacy in their academic research, at their workplace, for their
professional growth, for healthcare and for every other small activity. Compared to men, women
are lagging behind in information technology. Women are good in reading and creativity, but are
lagging behind in technical innovation. In order to overcome this illiteracy, women need a special
education in “Information technology”.
Through teaching, information is first introduced in the classroom and then outside the classroom
by individual personal seeking and for that it needs a well-structured library. But the ugly truth in
Nagaland is that there are no well-maintained libraries where the student can collect information
apart from the study materials they get in the classroom. Buying new source of information or
book is impossible due to the high price and the book which they purchase is not enough if they
want to do intensive and extensive study on that particular subject (Ngullie et al. 2006). In
Nagaland women need information literacy so that they will be well equipped to develop
themselves and update with the changing times.
4. Role Of Information Literacy In Women Development
Information literacy gives awareness to the individual. It does make aware the individual regarding
which source of information to depend and in which source not to depend. It makes the individual
up-to-date and equips them to develop themselves. Information literacy help an individual to
independent self-learning and lifelong learning. With the increased growth rate in the level of
women education, information literacy is playing a vital role. It is making the women aware to
choose the authentic materials resources for their research work, it makes them aware of the job
opportunity and creativity and health issue. Information literacy is not only about making the user
locate authentic sources of information and use them, but making them creative, it enables the
individual’s capability to create and invent new ideas and information.
5. Statement Of Problem
Information Literacy (IL) skill is very important for each and every individual to perform their
daily activities. Information Literacy is a continuous process of learning. It is a lifelong process of
learning. Nowadays there is an immense increase of literature in every fields of study due to the
development of “Information Technology” or “Technology of Literature” like Internet. Finding
high quality information is a difficult task, due to the immense availability of resources. If the
information seeker does not know the procedure of searching, then it will lead to consumption of
224
money and time. So, finding good stuff is not easy and the good stuff does not come cheap either.
For the 21st century generation they get to touch from the young age modern electronic gadgets
and devices and by the time they grow up they are comfortable with the use of internet and by the
adolescent stage they have started to understand the importance of the meaning of information.
Tribal women need information and hence the study focuses on understanding the level of
information literacy skills of the tribal women in Nagaland.
6. Objectives
The main aim of this project is to measure information literacy skills in seeking and use of
information by tribal women in Nagaland. The specific objectives of the study include:
· To assess the views about the nature of literacy among the tribal women of Nagaland.
· To identify the role of information literacy in identifying and specifying their information
needs of tribal women in Nagaland.
· To identify the methods of information literacy programmes given to the tribal women in
Nagaland.
· To know the level of information literacy awareness among the tribal women.
· To suggest the appropriate modes/ methods for promoting information literacy levels
among the tribal women in Nagaland.
7. Hypotheses
An analysis of the reviews collected enabled the scholar to draw the following hypotheses:
· There is association between the age of the respondents and their awareness about the
term information literacy.
· There is association between the age of the respondents and their internet skills.
8. Research Method
In this study, survey method was chosen to represent the large population effectively to know the
information literacy of tribal women in Nagaland as a whole. Data was collected through use of
standardized questionnaire so that every participant is asked the same questions in the same way.
The data has been collected from people of the age groups such as 18-25 years, 26-35 years, and
36-45 years for easy analysis. Data has been collected only from the educated women for easy
derivation and conclusion. Simple random sampling method were used for data collection; as
simple random probability sampling is the purest form of collecting data as each member are given
equal chances to be selected in a large population. Likert’s scaling method is used for analysing the
responses for certain questions.
9. Findings
The respondents participated in the survey are divided into three age groups 18-25 years, 26- 35
years and 36-45 years old. The majority of the respondents belonging to 18-25 years of age groups
are students and working women. Out of 100 respondents 87% of the respondents are single and
only 13% are married. As data was collected mostly from the students, out of 100 respondents
67% are dependent and 33% are independent. Respondents are from two district of Dimapur and
Kohima district of Nagaland. The major findings of this investigation are:
· All the tribal women of Nagaland felt that literacy or being educated was helpful to them.
That is, they have understood the need of education for all.
225
· Further it is also found that almost all the tribal women of Nagaland support higher
education for girls.
· Majority of the women are aware of the term information literacy. The reason behind this
may be the increasing women literacy rate in Nagaland state and others parts of India.
· The study indicated there is an association between the age of the respondents and their
awareness about the term information literacy proving the first hypothesis.
· Almost all the tribal women folk in Nagaland are internet literate and familiar with the use
of internet. Only a few are not familiar with the use of internet. The Chi-square test nullifies
the second hypothesis and hence it is ascertained that there is no association between the
age of the respondents and their awareness about the internet.
· More than three fourth of the population taken for the study are having moderate to high
level of knowledge about internet.
· The growing literacy rate among women in Nagaland is attested by their frequency of visit
to the library.
· The study reveals the fact that proper training or orientation facilities are not given in
libraries in Nagaland.
· The tribal women of Nagaland are having more than 80% of information literacy skills
that are required which shows that they are fully information literate.
· The study also reveals the positive nature of information literacy among the tribal women
since most of them are having awareness about the use of information resources.
· The usage of information sources in the order of preference is Mass Media (newspapers,
TV, etc), Internet resources, Dictionaries and encyclopaedias, printed books, e-resources,
Social networking sites and Blogs. The less utilised information resources are Government
documents, General periodicals, Research journals and institutional repositories.
· Majority of the respondents are not aware of the Information Literacy programmes though
they feel it necessary and effective.
· Majority of the respondents opine that Information literacy programmes must be
conducted by Government and institutions.
· They also stress that educational institutions should teach information literacy to tribal
women through workshop, seminars, academic subject courses and media. The inference
is that the tribal women of Nagaland prefer that information literacy will reach the people
through workshops and seminars and even through churches as the illiterate ones are only
familiar with the church activities.
· They also stress the need for inclusion of Information Literacy as a compulsory subject in
all the academic courses.
· The tribal women of Nagaland are also aware of various organisations conducting
information literacy programmes but only a few attend the Information Literacy
Programmes.
· Those who had attended the information literacy programmes found it fruitful.
10. Conclusion
Information literacy has been taken as a compulsory subject in countries like Australia, Japan
China, New Zealand, Singapore, UK and Norway. From the study it is found that majority of tribal
women in Nagaland have responded to make information literacy as a compulsory subject. It is
suggesting that information literacy programmes should be made by giving training and
introducing it in the academic courses with the collaboration of governmental organisations,
institutions, teachers and librarians.
226
Information is everywhere. But how to find the right information for the right job? Information
Literacy is the right solution! That is, information literacy should be taught at the root level. When
information literacy is achieved at the tribal level, especially women folk, it can be clear that the
day is not far off to think about a strong and wealthiest India. The present investigation has created
a situation that warrants for the Indian constitution to enact laws and procedures to achieve
Information Literacy at the root.
11. Suggestion For Further Research
This study is a pioneering effort to assess the state of art report of Information Literacy among
the Tribal women of Nagaland. Schedule tribes constitute about 8.2% of the total population in
India. Hence, in order to have a better assessment about the status information literacy among the
tribal women of Nagaland it is suggested that further research shall be conducted by taking into
consideration of the entire tribal women of all the 12 districts of Nagaland irrespective of their
age, educational qualification, gender and problems faced etc. Further, it is also suggested that this
research can be extended to the entire tribal population of Nagaland. If this is complete, the results
of the studies can be made applicable to all the tribal folk of India.
References:
1. Boeriswati, E., “The Implementing Model of Empowering Eight for Information

Literacy”, Online Submission, 2012.
2. Zurkowski, Paul G.,"The Information Service Environment: Relationships and Priorities.
Related Paper No.5.", National Commission on Libraries and Information Science, 1974.
3. ALA., “Presidential committee on information literacy”, Final Report.
Chicago,IL:http://www.ala.org/ala/acrl/acrlpubs/whitepapers/presidential.htm, p.1 1989.
4. Gedam, P. B., and Agashe, A. T., “Information Literacy Competencies and Programmes in
India”, In ICAL 2009 – LIBRARY SERVICES,Retrieved from
http://crl.du.ac.in/ical09/papers/index_files/ical- 88_100_227_2_RV.pdf, p. 520-525,
2009.
5. Mitra, A.,”The status of women among the scheduled tribes in India”, The Journal of Socio-
Economics, vol.37, no.3, p.1202-1217,2008.
6. Ngullie, Mhonbemo, “Status of Libraries in Nagaland: A Profile”, 2006.
7. Daniel, P., “Women, literacy and power. An introduction”, Equal Opportunities International,
vol.19, no.2/3/4, p.3-7, 2000.
8. Rockman, I. F., “Information literacy, a worldwide priority for the twenty-first century”.
Reference Services Review, vol.31, no.3, p.209-210, 2003.
9. Sashimatsung, “Workforce participation rate in Nagaland: A female situation”. Published
with open access at www.questjournals.org, Vol. 3, no.,5, p:28-37, 2015.
10. Špiranec, S and Banek Zorica, M, “Information Literacy 2.0: hype or discourse
refinement?”, Journal of documentation, vol.66, no.1, p.140-153, 2010.
11. Bandyopadhyay, R., “Information literacy and public library services in West Bengal,
India”. In Abrizah Abdullah, et al. (Eds.): ICOLIS 2008, Kuala Lumpur: LISU, FCSIT,
2008: p. 129-136 ,2008.
12. Baro, E. E., Zuokemefa, T., “Information literacy programmes in Nigeria: a survey of 36
university libraries”, New Library World, vol.112, no.(11/12), p.549-565, 2011.
13. Behera, A. K., “Primary Education among Tribal People of Mayurbhanj District of
Odisha: An Evaluative Study”, 2015.
14. Bhandari, S., “An Analysis of women education in India”. Educationia Confab. Vol. 3, no. 2.
P. 1-5, 2014.
227
15. Bruce C., “Seven Faces of Information Literacy in Higher Education” Adelaide: AUSLIB
Press, ISBN 1875 145 4 5 3 ,1997.
16. Chatterjee, P., “Social and Economic status of tribal women in India–The challenges and
the Road Ahead”, vol. 2, no.2, p.55-60, 2014.
17. Daniel, P., “Women, literacy and power. An introduction”, Equal Opportunities International,
vol. 19, no. (2/3/4), p.3-7, 2000.
18. De, N., “Women Literacy Rate in the Princely State Tripura: A Historical Study”, vol.1,
no.1,2012.
19. Gedam, P. B and Agashe, A. T., “Information Literacy Competencies and Programmes in
India”. International Conference on Academic Libraries Delhi, Delhi University. P. 520-528, 2009.
20. Ghose, M., “Literacy, Power and Feminism”, Economic and Political Weekly, p.1615- 20, April
27, 2002.
21. Kaur,P., Sohal, M.K., and P.K, “Information Literacy Curriculum for Undergraduates
Students”, In International conference on Academic Libraries, p.557-560, October 5-8, 2009.
22. Kirinić, V., “Information literacy: definitions, standards and assessment, related concepts”,
2012.
23. Kumarisahu, k., “Challenging Issues of tribal education in India”. IOSR Journal of Economics
and Finance (IOSR-JEF) e-ISSN: 2321-5933, p-ISSN: 2012.
About Author:
Pichano Kikon is a Ph.D Research Scholar at Department of Library and
Information Science, Gujarat Central University. She has done her Bachelor
Degree in English honors. She has a double Master degree in Philosophy
from University of Hyderabad and Library and Information science from
Pondicherry Central University. She also had served one year as Lecturer at
Department of library and Information Science at ICFAI University,
Dimapur. Her research interest areas are Digital Library and Information
Literacy.
228
READING HABITS OF ELITE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL

STUDENTS AT VAVDI VILLAGE, KHEDA DISTRICT,
GUJARAT (INDIA)
Darshana K KaPatel1, Ishanbhai J Varma2 & Bharatkumar V Naikele3
1
Library Assistant, Dhamsinh Desai University, Nadiad and Research Scholar, Calorx Teacher’s
University, Ahmedabad
2
Librarian, Elite Children’s Park English Medium Boarding School, Village - Vavdi, Dist-Kheda
3
Library Assistant, Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute, Mahesana
Abstract: This is a report on reading survey carried out among the Elite Children’s Park English
Medium Boarding School’s student at Village - Vavdi, District - Kheda, Gujarat. The Present
studies explore the reading habits of Elite Senior Secondary School students. This study shows
that the various aspects reading habits like aims of the study, reading materials borrowed from
library, time spent in library, use of reference materials, which medium reading material preferred
by students, place of reading, and to develop some suggestions for solution of the problems.
Suggestion has been given to make the service more like in the school libraries.
1.0 Introduction
The school library is the central focus in the teaching and learning process. The emphasis these
days is very much on learning and developing information acquisition skills, instead of teaching.
Rather than wait to be taught to master facts, students now need to be taught information
acquisition skills and how to learn. The role of the teacher-librarian, therefore, includes
encouraging students to cultivate both individual and collective habits of reading more especially
when reading is not part of our background at home.
One of the major goals of the school library is to inspire a love for reading - to promote a reading
culture among its users. This implies the need to create the awareness of written letters, the need
to read not only textbooks but also, to engage in creative, leisurely, and pleasurable reading. The
library can do this by: Making available a collection of books, magazines and audio-visual materials.
Providing a conductive environment for: Reading, Writing, Storytelling, Research; and even
Debate and drama. Providing library and study skills on how to find books and maximize their
utility; Providing tips on reading skills through interactive talks, video tapes and films; and
Promoting a variety of activities that could enhance love of reading and libraries.
Reading is usually a private act, a personal and individual relationship with a book; but then, it is
the environment as long as it is favourable, which according to Gault (1982: p 16) encourage the
setting up of this relationship. The school library must in this case serve as the needed environment
and this it should do, by integrating itself completely into the educational system to achieve the
overall objectives of the school. And what, better ways are there to do this than to stimulate the
intellectual growth of the child through the provision of appropriate instructional materials for
teachers and reading materials for students. It should go further by not only transforming itself
into a research centre of some sort where students are taught how to sift data through independent
reading, but also by providing a workshop setting for supervised studies of individuals and groups.
2.0 Objectives Of The Study
The objectives of this study is to find out the mother tongue, motives of study, reading materials
borrowed from library, time spent for the serious reading, use reference materials, languages of
229
newspaper that read daily, sections of newspapers read, place of reading, and to develop some
suggestions for solution of the problem. This study will help to establish whether senior secondary
schools are on par with their peer in other countries in the acquisition of intellectual skills.
3.0 Methodology
The study uses the case study method. A well-structured questionnaire was designed and used for
collecting data. All the students of Elite Children’s Park English Medium Boarding School are
covered for fill the questionnaire of the study. 1007 questionnaires were distributed to every school
student, and all 1007 questionnaires were submitted back to librarian. The results of the findings
were presented in tables.
4.0 Data Analysis
Table 01: Size of the Sample

Sr. No. Class Number of Student
01 Primary Students (STD. 01 to 05) 458
02 Secondary Students (STD. 06 to 08) 304
03 Senior Secondary Students (STD. 09 & 10) 184
04 Higher Secondary Students (STD. 11 & 12) 061
Total number of students 1007
Table 02: Enjoying the reading

Sr. No. Level of Enjoyment Number of Student
01 Very much 754
02 Enjoyable 200
03 Just okay 43
04 Not at all 10
Table 03: Mother Tongue

Sr. No. Mother Tongue Number of Student
01 Gujarati 981
02 Others (Hindi, Marathi, Shindhi, Tamil, Panjabi, 26
Kachhi, etc.)
Table 04: Favourite reading material

Sr. No. Marital Type Number of Students Percentage
01 Print book 1007 100.00%
02 E book 0678 67.33%
03 Magazine 0983 97.62%
04 Newspaper 0794 78.85%
05 Website 0387 38.43%
06 Nothing 0000 00.00%
In this question students were free to choose more than one option.
230
Table 05: Motives of Reading

Sr. No. Motives Number of Students Percentage
01 School assignments 1007 100.00%
02 Recommendation from friend 468 46.47%
03 Enjoyment 869 86.30%
04 Relaxation 180 17.87%
05 To get information 982 97.52%
06 To drive pleasure 497 49.35%
07 To improve my general knowledge 978 97.12%
08 It is my hobby 421 41.81%
Table 06: Time Spent for Daily Reading

Sr. No. Time spent for reading Number of Students Percentage
01 01 to 02 hours 74 07.35%
02 02 to 03 hours 742 73.68%
03 03 to 04 hours 139 13.80%
04 05 hours and more 52 05.16%
Total 1007 100.00%
Table 07: Kinds of Reading Materials Borrow from Library

Sr. No. Types of reading material Number of Students Percentage
01 By subject 857 83.91%
02 Recreational 716 71.10%
Table 08: Languages of Reading Materials

Sr. No. Preferred languages Number of Students Percentage
01 English 967 96.03%
02 Hindi 249 24.73%
03 Gujarati 843 83.71%
04 Other 198 19.66%
Table 09: Reference Materials Used by Students

Sr. No. Reference Materials Number of Students Percentage
01 Encyclopaedia 852 84.61%
02 Dictionary 970 96.33%
03 Map 586 58.19%
04 Year book 324 32.17%
Table 10: Are you reading daily newspaper?

Sr. No. About Newspaper Number of Students Percentage
01 Yes 468 46.47%
02 No 539 53.53%
Total 1007 100.00%
231
Table 11: Language of Newspaper*

Sr. No. Language of Newspaper Number of Students Percentage
01 English 364 77.78%
02 Hindi 28 05.98%
03 Gujarati 449 95.94%
04 Other 12 02.56%
*Table no. 11 & 12 are based on table no. 10 data
Table 12: Which Sections of Newspaper you like most? *

Sr. No. Section of Newspaper Number of Students Percentage
01 Advertisements 255 54.49%
02 Editorial 80 17.09%
03 Entertainment 446 95.30%
04 Editor Letters 28 05.98%
05 Politics 184 39.32%
06 Market/ Sensational 54 11.54%
07 Sport 428 91.45%
Table 13: Favourite Magazines

Sr. No. Magazine Name Number of Students Percentage
01 Readers Digest 320 31.78%
02 Champak 956 94.94%
03 The Week 493 48.96%
04 Tell Me Why 993 98.61%
05 India Today 280 27.81%
06 Outlook 340 33.76%
07 Competition Success Review 564 56.01%
08 Safari 975 96.82%
09 National Geography: the magazine 825 81.93%
10 Other 435 43.20%
Table 14: Place Preferred for Reading

Sr. No. Place Number of Students Percentage
01 Home 1007 100.00%
02 School Library 938 93.15%
03 Any other Place 298 29.59%
Table 15: Sources of Getting Reading Materials

Sr. No. Source Number of Students Percentage
01 School Library 926 91.96%
02 Friend 230 22.84%
03 Home 413 41.01%
04 Local/ Public Library 84 08.34%
05 Book Seller 561 55.71%
232
5.0 Findings Of The Study
· The result of the present study revealed that a majority of the student’s mother tongue is
Gujarati.
· The result of the present study revealed that a majority of the students their reading motives
is getting the information, and to improve the general knowledge.
· The result of the present study revealed that a large majority of the student’s study between
2 to 3 hours daily.
· The result of the present study revealed that most of the students borrow reading materials
from their school library.
· The result of the present study revealed that a large majority of the students reading materials
related to their subjects.
· The result of the present study revealed that most of the students proffered reading materials
in English and Gujarati languages.
· The present study most of the students used reference materials like dictionary as well as
encyclopaedia.
· The result of the present study revealed that a majority of the students reading newspapers
daily published in Gujarati and English.
· The present study revealed that most of the students like entertainment and sports sections
of the newspapers daily.
· A large number of students are reading magazines like Champak, Safari and Tell Me Why.
· The result of the present study revealed that a majority of the students reading place are their
home, and school library.
The result of the present study revealed that most of the students getting reading materials from
their school library
6.0 Conclusion and Suggestions
The above findings of this study lead us to conclude that school students need to improve their
reading habits. It will be beneficial to have a record of their reading habits in order to make
predictions about their academic success in the study. For effective promotion of reading habits,
skills and culture, reading must be made pleasurable and voluntary. All shades of opinion must be
catered for be well considered. It is such a demonstration of democratic sensitivity that can turn
even a reluctant reader to a lover of books. In library, there should be adequate reading area and
related facilities to accelerate reading habits. There are still barriers to creating a reading
environment that will inculcate good reading habits in school students. The library is still the best
place for quiet study. A serious school student should give priority to studying in the library. Book-
discussion-clubs may be encouraged in each school students. if a group of students reads books
and meets monthly to discuss the books they have read, they may find a new sort of fellowship
and they will able to speak intelligently not only about books, but also about all problems. So, book
club will be encouraged by the authorities in order to cultivate healthy reading habits among
students. The production of reading materials with Indian background for cultural reading should
be encouraged so as to enable students to know the greatness of our rich culture and civilization.
The findings of this survey lead us to conclude that students need to improve their reading habits.
It will be beneficial to have a record of their reading habits in order to make predictions about
their academic success in the academic program. Both librarians and other subject teacher concur
that generally their expectations of their students’ reading ability, have not been met. It would be
helpful to librarians to have a heightened awareness of the reading difficulties faced by our
students. One of the steps taken to minimize reading problems would be to incorporate study
skills components within the courses or to make reading lists more manageable. This activity can
233
assist in the promotion of autonomous learning and make students more independent and
resourceful. We hope students will continue to read after final exam passed when the pressure to
read is absent thereby helping to foster a reading culture in our society.
References:
1. Anderson, Karen. “Education and Training for Records Professionals.” Records
Management Journal 17.2 (2007): 94-106.
2. Apeji, E. Adeche. “Developing Reading Habits and Skills in Schools”. Library Herald 47.1
(2009): 15-22.
3. Boström, Lena and Lassen, Liv M. “Unravelling Learning, Learning Styles, Learning
Strategies and Meta-Cognition.”Education + Training48.2/3 (2006): 178-89.
4. Brier, David J and Lebbin, Vickery Kaye. “Teaching Information Literacy Using the Short
Story. Reference Services Review 32.4 (2004): 383-87.
5. Celep, Cevat and Çetin, Buket. “Teachers' Perception about the Behaviours of School
Leaders with Regard to Knowledge Management.” International Journal of Educational
Management 19.2 (2005):102-17.
6. Corradini, Elena. “Teenagers Analyze Their Public Library.” New Library World 107.11/12
(2006): 481-98.
7. Dent, Valeda F. “Observations of School Library Impact at Two Rural Ugandan
Schools.”New Library World 107.9/10 (2006):403-21.
8. Gallik, J. D. “Do They Read for Pleasure? Recreational Reading Habits of College Students.”
Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy 42.6 (1999): 480.
9. Gault, Michel. The Future of the Books: Part II – The Changing Role of Reading. Paris:
UNESCO, 1982. 9-10.
10. Igun, Stella E and Adogbeji, Oghenewopaga Benson. “Study Habits of Postgraduate
Students in Selected Nigerian Universities.” Library Philosophy and Practice (e-journals)
Annual volume, November 2007.
11. Metsala, J. L. and McCann, A. D. “Children’s Motivations for Reading.” Reading Teacher
50.4(1996): p360.
12. Segun, Mabel. “Children’s as Tools for Promoting Reading of Books.” Journal of Book
Research and Development 1.1&2 (1995): 40-47.
13. Shahriza, nor. “Reading Habits and Attitude in the Digital Age: Analysis of Gender and
Academic Program Differences in Malaysia.” The Electronic Library 25.3 (2007): 285-98.
14. Stadler, Alois. “Children of Guest Workers in Europe: Social and Cultural Needs In Relation
To Library Services.” Library Trends29.2 (1980): 325-334.
15. Train, Briony. “Research on Family Reading: An International Perspective.” Library Review
56.4 (2007): 292-98.
16. Devendra Kumar and Ansari, M.M.A. and Shukla Sanjay, Kumar. “Reading Habits of Senior
Secondary Students at Allahabad City, U.P., INDIA.” Library Philosophy and Practice
(2010).
17. Ramatu Abdulrasheed Haliru and Marjanatu Abdulkarim and Aliyu Dogara Mohammed and
Babangida Umar Dangani. “An Assessment of Reading Habit among Secondary School
Students in Kaduna Metropolis” IOSR Journal of Humanities and Social Science 20.10II
(Oct. 2015): 12-17.
234
About Author:
Darshna K. KaPatel is currently working as a Library Assistant at
Dharmsinh Desai University, Nadiad. She has completed her B.L.I.Sc. &
M.L.I.Sc. from Sardar Patel University, Vallabh Vidhyanagar, Anand. She
is pursuing her Ph.D. from Calorx Teacher’s University, Ahmedabad
M. 9913610777 | E-mail ID: darshna_777@yahoo.com
Ishanbhai J. Varma is currently working as a Librarian at Elite Children’s

Park English Medium Boarding School, Village - Vavdi, Dist-Kheda. He
has completed his B.L.I.Sc. & M.L.I.Sc. from Sardar Patel University,
Vallabh Vidhyanagar, Anand.
M. 9998733352 | E-mail ID: immortaleishan@gmail.com
Bharatkumar V. Naikele is currently working as a Library Assistant at

Gujarat Power Engineering & Research Institute, Village-Mewad,
Mahesana. He has completed his B.L.I.Sc. & M.L.I.Sc. from Sardar Patel
University, Vallabh Vidhyanagar, Anand.
M. 9998770503| E-mail ID: bvnaikele@gmail.com
235
STATUS OF PRESENT SCENARIO OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

AND NETWORKING OF MCA COLLEGE LIBRARY IN GUJARAT:
A STUDY
Mehul V. Goradiya1 & Kanakbala A Jani2
1
Research Scholar, Library & Information Science, Hemchandracharya North Gujarat University,
Patan.
2
University Librarian (I/c) & Co-ordinator, Dept. of Library & Information Science,
Hemchandracharya North Gujarat University, Patan
Abstract: Library Networking is at the center point for depicting the automation of library in
modernization. For that it is very important to have network among libraries. As a result of library
network it has given support in different aspect. As a result of it today in Gujarat and out of
Gujarat many researches are taken on hand. In which the author has taken project “Status of
Networking and Library Automation of MCA colleges of Gujarat.” In the present study 98.14%
automation of libraries has seen. For the automation of library, 77.78% libraries use SOUL
software. Yet there is 01.85% libraries have not taken any software. Whereas for providing instant
information to the users it has seen that 88.65% services are automated. In libraries there are good
facilities available at the level of ICT infrastructure, internet and networking. 98.15 % library
employee possesses good knowledge of ICT skill level. 100 % libraries has internet facility and
98.15% Libraries are connected with the LAN network. It proves that for the library networking
it is necessary to have LAN, MAN and WAN connection. 94.46% libraries has given agreement
to the matter of library networking and has known its importance as well.
Keyword: Library Automation, Networking, Library Software
1.0 Introduction
The aim of education in today’s world of information to make self-educated student. Prime
Minister of India Shree Narendra Modi is also putting stress on the Skill Development under the
project of Make in India, Make in Digital India & startup India. The spread of education in science
and technology and in every field the necessity of technological knowledge is increasing. With the
flow of time 21 century seems to revolutionize the world. Technology, computers, projects,
internet, and other electronics devices are playing major roles in present method of education. For
making progress in this development in this era of technology, many colleges established in the
Gujarat. At the end of majestically strife of conflicting with the political activities in Gujarat for
the first time L.D. College of Engineering has started MCA course. In the field of library the
modernization which is seen with development is indebted to technology and information
technology. Library and computer are two sided of a coin in the modernization of library. It is
impossible to imagine about the libraries without computers as well libraries without users. For
depicting modernization of automation networking is the centre point for library.
2.0 Library Automation
Library automation is such kind of arrangement which provides accelerated maximum services to
users of library at the minimum expenses
236
3.0 Library Networking
Network is such kind of term which includes two or more than two libraries or organization,
association or institute, in which each and every member library or institute can take advantage by
using resources from each other. Network is a group of computers which is connected with the
common medium for the distribution of information and resources. In Today’s perspective
network is established according to different area. For example: LAN, MAN, WAN.
4.0 Review of Literature
In the present article Bhatt, Atul (2012) has presented Model of library Network in Medical
College of Gujarat. For this network model, all the Gujarat medical college libraries have been
connected to the internet through computer network as per the network system. In the libraries
connected to the network system, efforts have been made to infuse ICT infrastructure, internet
speed, and types of network such as LAN, MAN, WAN, computer hardware and software such
as software. The network model stacked in the present article is promoted with the
GMEDLIBNET name.
Parmar Shamji Bhai D. and Mandalia Shishirkumar H. (2015), In the present article has
presented, the presentation of the model of the library consortia are presented and the main
objective of the library consortia is to share the journals in the medical college library and share
the library of E-database.
By Muhammad Hanif (2005), the concept for sharing partnership of research through the
network in the present article has been presented. By using the information sources in libraries for
providing necessary information to users in proper time with facility of ICT level can be easily
provide. Library network and information network of India is also discussed. Studying in depth
affiliated college libraries of Punjab University current and possible situation, after getting
overview of all situations, author has prepared proposed model which has given title as
“PULNET.”
5.0 Objective
· For getting information regarding computerization of Library.

· For getting information of enough personal computers, established network, server, E-
Mail services and ICT infrastructure.
· Obtaining the desires and opinions of creating a database integration network for library
network.
· To study services provided by library network.
· To control the information that is in large quantity or control.
6.0 Importance
Due to the development of modern technology in the era of today's information technology and
in the publishing world, it has become necessary to include the ocean of knowledge the
information as far as possible in the libraries. But this is not simple as it’s seems to be. Then there
are many problems arises in the libraries that whether it is possible to provide proper information
to the reader in stipulated time in confinement and limitations of library?
Resulting of information in knowledge, knowledge has increased rapidly. Emerging of relation
between subjects is also taking place of new subjects periodically. Because of that several reading
237
material has emerged. Due to which not a single library is capable for having every kind of reading
material. In the whole world world’s voluminous library is also not potential to have every type of
reading material. There upon for satisfying the need of users it is necessary to be depending on
other libraries. In this work for providing instant reading material and information to users if every
library comes in association with others then every user can get information by using network
which is designed by computer network. For more to be used of library consortia it is possible to
design MCA college library consortia model. This internal inevitability gives a birth to different
aspects in the library field because of library network.
7.0 Scope
· This suggested model is only limited for Gujarat state.

· There are 69 institutes which provide MCA education (courses) in Gujarat. Among which
54 means 78.26 % libraries are included here.
8.0 Methodology of Research
For enquiring necessary information, facts and details questioner has been made. On the basis of
questioner information has been collected from the librarians of MCA colleges of Gujarat and if
there seems to be need by arranging personal interview information has been received.
9.0 Finding
9.1 Status of library Automation
The status of library automation in college library can be know from the below given table.
Table No. 9.1 Status of Library Automation

Sr. No. Status of Library Automation No. of Libraries Percentage %
1 Fully Automated 51 94.44
2 Initiated 2 3.7
3 Proposed 1 1.85
Total 54 100
Graph No.1 Status of Library Automation

94.44%
100.00%
80.00%
60.00%
40.00%
20.00% 1.85%
3.70%
0.00%
Fully Automated Initiated Proposed
238
As information indicated in table 9.1 & graph no.1, can be known that in 51 (94.44 %) libraries,
library automation has been seen. When in 2 (3.70%) libraries, Library automation is on the
initiated stages. As well in 1(01.85 %) libraries, library automation has been proposed.
9.2 Uses of Library software
For library automation choice of library software is very important. So that for library automation
which software has been used that information is given here in the following table:
Table No. 9.2 Uses of Library Software

Sr. No. Uses of Library Software No. of Libraries Percentage %
1 Soul 2.0 42 77.78
2 Library Management System 6 11.11
3 Slims7 3 5.56
4 New Genlib 2 3.7
5 Proposed Stage 1 1.85
Total 54 100
Graph No.2 Uses of Library Software
3.70% 1.85%
05.56%
11.11%
77.78%
Soul 2.0 Library Management System Slims7 New Genlib Proposed Stage
As indicated in the table no 9.2 & graph no.2, SOUL 2.0 software is being use by 42(77.78%)
libraries. When 6 (11.11%) libraries use Library Management System Software. 05.56% libraries
SLIMS7 and 03.70% libraries are Using New Genlib. There is no choice of any software found
still in 01.85% libraries.
9.3 Automation in Library Services
With the help of library automation which services have been automated by library can be known
from the given table.
Table No. 9.3 Automation in Library Services
Sr. No. Automation in Library Services No. of Libraries Percentage
1 Acquisitions 52 96.3
2 Circulation 53 98.15
3 Serial Control 48 88.89
4 Article Indexing 25 46.3
5 CAS Services & SDI Services 40 74.07
239
6 Budgeting 47 87.04
7 OPAC 53 98.15
8 Digital Library Service 42 77.78
According to table 9.3 & Graph no. 3, in 96.30% libraries the automation work of Acquisition has
been done. In 98.15% libraries automated by the work of circulation. When in 88.89% libraries
the work of serial control has been automated. When only in 46.30% libraries the work of Article
Indexing has been seen automated. When very important for users of library the work of CAS
services and SDI services has seen only 74.07% automated. When 87.04% work of Budgeting has
been automated. On the other hand very important work for users is OPAC has been automated
98.15%. When 77.78 % libraries provide digital library services.
Graph No.3 Automation in Library Services
120
96.3 98.15 98.15
100 88.89 87.04
74.07 77.78
80
60 46.3
40
20
0
9.4 Facilities of ICT Infrastructure
For library automation and networking the basic need of every facilities of ICT infrastructures
level is presented in the given table.
Table No. 9.4 Facilities of ICT Infrastructures

Sr. No. Facilities of ICT Infrastructures No. of Node in Percentage %
Libraries
1 PC (Computer) 54 100
2 Server 44 81.88
3 Printer 53 98.15
4 Scanner 42 77.78
5 CCTV Camera 54 100
6 Projector 4 7.41
7 Wi-Fi Router 40 74.07
As indicated in Table 9.4 & graph no.4 in 100% libraries PC are available. When 81.88% in libraries
Server has been allotted. 98.15% libraries have printer facility. When in 77.78% libraries scanner
has been allotted. When 100% libraries have CCTV Camera. When 07.41% libraries has been given
Projector. When 74.07% libraries are equipped with Wi-Fi facility.
240
Graph No.4 Facilities of ICT Infrastructure

100 % 98.15% 100 %
100 81.88 % 77.78% 74.07%
50
7.41%
9.5 Internet facility and Types of Internet
Details For the networking of library the facilities of internet in libraries are given in the following
table.
Table No. 9.5 Internet Facilities & Types of internet

Sr. No. Type of Internet No. of Libraries Percentage %
1 Dial-Up 0 0
2 Broad Band 25 46.3
3 Leased Line 10 18.52
4 Wi-FI 19 35.18
Total 54 100
As depicted in the table 9.5 Dial-UP internet facility is not available in any library. When 46.30%
libraries are equipped with the internet facility of Broad Band. When in 18.52% libraries internet
facilities are provided by Leased Line. When in 35.18% internet facilities are provided by Wi-Fi.
9.6 Network Facility
In libraries computer networking is done by different methods. About that, information can be
known from below given table.
Table No. 9.6 Network Facilities

Sr. Types of Library Campus
No. Network Percentage
No. of No. of
Libraries % Libraries Percentage %
1 LAN 53 98.15 54 100
2 MAN 2 3.7 6 11.11
3 WAN 2 3.7 4 7.41
According to table 9.6 & graph no.5, in 98.15 % libraries and 100% campus are connected with
LAN network. When 03.70% libraries and 11.11% campus are connected with MAN network.
03.70% libraries and 07.41% campus are connected with WAN network.
241
Graph No. 05 Network facility
98.15 100
100
80
60
40
3.7 11.11
20 3.7 7.41
0
Library LAN MAN Campus
WAN
9.7 Employee having Knowledge of ICT skills
Contemporary era is known as a technological era accordingly how much knowledge does
employees of libraries possess is given here in the following table.
Table No. 9.7 knowledge of ICT Skills
Sr. No. Having Knowledge of ICT skills No. of Libraries employee Percentage %
1 Very Good 49 90.74
2 Good 4 7.41
3 Poor 1 1.85
Total 54 100
As depicted in the table no. 9.7, 90.74% employees possess very good knowledge of ICT skill level.
As well 07.41% employees possess good knowledge of ICT skill level. And 01.85% employees
possess poor (nominal) knowledge of ICT skill level.
9.8 Opinions of Networking proposed Model of GUJMCALIBNET
In the era of information explosion and technology the demand of users in libraries is indebted to
technology. By putting demands of users at the center networking will be done then the demand
of users can be satisfied. And users from anywhere can use member library by internet. At the end
of studying every aspect deeply for proceeding in the direction of networking of libraries efforts
are made to know from libraries are given in the following table.
Table No. 9.8 Opinions of Networking

Sr. No. Opinions of Networking Opinions of Libraries Percentage %
1 Strongly Agree 39 72.22
2 Agree 8 14.81
3 Natural 4 7.41
4 Disagree 3 5.56
5 Strongly Disagree 0 0
Total 54 100
242
Graph No.06 Opinions of Networking
80
72.22
60
40
20 14.81
7.41 5.56
0 0
Strongly Agree Agree Natural Disagree Strongly Disagree
As indicated in the table & graph, 72.22% libraries are strongly agreed to proceeding in the
direction of library networking which is inspirable. And 14.81% libraries are agreed with the
networking of libraries. On the other hand 07.41% libraries naturally invite library networking.
And 05.56% libraries are not agreed with the networking of libraries.
From the above mentioned opinion, it can say that GUJMCALIBNET model can be proposed.
9.9 Reason for joining Library Networking System
For suggested model of library networking the opinions of library has been inspirable. Likewise
reasons for joining library network system.
· Access for Bibliographic Services
· Inter Library Services
· To Reduce for Library Budget
· To save the time of the Reader
· Improve the Library and ICT Infrastructure facilities
· Sharing for Library Resources
· Access for Online Database
· Access for institutional Repository
9.10 Finding
· 78.26% survey is based on questionnaires

· 94.44% libraries of MCA College are fully automated.
· Mostly 77.78% libraries use of SOUL software has been seen.
· OPAC, circulation and acquisitions automation based services are more than 96.00%
· There are in every MCA Colleges CCTV camera facilities available. When projector
only 7.41% colleges available, which is not proper.
· In 46.30% Libraries broad band internet facilities available.
· Rate of ICT skills knowledge is 1.85% is very less. But for MCA colleges this is also
like loyalty of metal in gold platter.
9.11 Suggestion
o In other services of library like cataloguing and article indexing automation has seen less than
50% which in not proper. For getting success in these matters libraries should be committed.
243
o The proportion of projector in MCA colleges is 7.41 % which is very limited. On the other
hand server (81.88%), printer (98.15%), scanner (77.78%) and Wi-Fi router (74.07 %) available.
But in MCA College where main subject is computer their above mentioned facilities should
be 100% available.
10.0 Conclusion
With the flow of time technology has captured every field in 21 century. Now a day’s libraries in
every work use computers. For library the upcoming days will be of employees who possess
technological skills to say would be much appropriate. Like there would be no library without users
in the same way it is impossible to imagine libraries without computers.
Reference
1. Bhatt, “Status of Automation and Model Networking of Medical College Libraries in

Gujarat: A Perspective Study.” SHARE Journal of Multidisciplinary Research & Studies,
Vol. 3, pp. 26-33, April-June 2012.
2. H. Muhammad, “Resource Sharing through Network: A plane for Punjab University
Libraries Network (PULNET).” Pakistan Library & Information Science Journal, Vol. 36
Issue 4, pp. 9-13. December 2005.
3. K. R. Senthilkumar, “Automation and Networking of Engineering College Libraries in
Kerala State – A Evaluate Study,” International Research journal of Multidisciplinary Science
& Technology, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-3, February 2016. [Online]. Available: www.irjmrs.com,
[Accessed Nov. 09, 2017].
4. S. D. Parmar and S. H. Mandalia, “Medical Library Consortia: Model of Collaboration and
Resource Sharing” 1st National Conference on Next Generation Librarianship, NCNGL
2015, Gujarat, India, October 3, 2015, pp.491-497.
5. Internet: http://dte.gswan.gov.in, [Nov. 28, 2016]
6. Internet: http://www.aicte-india.org/act.php, [Aug. 31, 2016]
7. Internet: http://delnet.nic.in, [Jan. 20, 2017]
8. Internet: http://encyclopedia.2thefreedictionary.com, [Jan. 22, 2017]
About Authors:
Mr. Mehul V. Goradiya, has completed his B.Com, B.L.I.Sc. and M.L.I.Sc.,
from Bhavnagar University and pursuing Ph.D from Hemchandracharya
North Gujarat University Patan. At presently he is working as Librarian at
Narsinhbhai Institute of Computer Studies and Management, Kadi. He is
having 10+ years of experience and he has published 1 Research paper &
attended 6 national level conferences. His area of interest is library
automation, library networking & digital library.
M. 9979890578 | E-mail ID: mehulgoradiya@yahoo.co.in
Dr. Kanakbala A. Jani (B.Sc. Phiysics), M.L.I.Sc., L.L.M., Ph.D., NET, CCC
& Ph.D. Guide) is University Librarian (I/C) at Hemchandracharya North
Gujarat University & Co-Ordinator of Department of Library Information
Science. She is guiding 6 students for Ph.D. She has published around 35
Research Papers, 47 popular articles, 42 Books Review & 06 Books. She is
also an Editor of UDICHYA: the university newsletter of HNGU Patan. She
has delivered various presentation in National & International Seminar.
244
USE OF INTERNET: A REVIEW OF LITERATURE

Lalita G Pawar
Librarian, MGM CJMC, N-6 CIDCO, Aurangabad (M.H.)
Abstract: Nowadays Internet is a part and parcel of our life, it impact on social, economical,
academic, political as well as mental and health behavior. The study attempts to review the various
aspects regarding the internet and it application.
Keywords: Internet, use, Review of literature
1.0 Introduction
It can be said that internet is the fourth essential need of mankind. We cannot precede our daily
activity without internet. Internet based technology has begun to be included in almost all
electronic devices. These devices practically run the world and have gained substantial market
penetration. Internet brings flow of information for any subject in the world. One can obtain
information and references as well as visuals regarding any topic. The present article reviews the
various shades of Internet.
(Ho, 2008) Describe in his article that the advancement of information technology by the medium
of conventional face to face services are being replaced with innovative self service-technology.
The study regarding Internet banking, negative factor such as risk, complexity and uncertainty
were not included, the research was conducted in only one country and its conclusion is limited
for one country only.
(Lichtenstein, 1997) Study entitle ‘’the internet acceptable usage policy for organizations”
highlights that how internet is being increasingly used to conduct the electronic commerce
organizations are now cognizant of the need to control their employees usage of internet. The
study focused on need for internet acceptable usage policy in organizations and improved
understanding of internet risks faced by the organization and survey of employee opinions
regarding internet acceptable usage will add to an understanding of the important human concerns
in developing the policy.
(Semertzaki, 2008) Study conducted by him highlights the utilization, integration and exploitation
of the internet in libraries of Greece for the study and survey methods is used, this study reveals
that the internet is an essential and rigorous tool for librarians of Greece. It plays an important
role for providing quality and quick reference services to users. Conclusion of this study is that
Greek libraries, especially the academic ones, keep up with current developments in information
technology. Public and some municipal libraries follow suit special libraries are also keeping
technologies but at a lower scale and the school libraries remain in a growing phase.
(Saeed, 2000). The study entitled “Internet use in university libraries of Pakistan”. A data was
collected from the libraries of university including the degree granting institution. The study
indicates that half of the university libraries in Pakistan have access to the internet and it has
become an essential part of library services. The internet is also being heavily used for performing
various library functions such as reference work. Classification and cataloguing document delivery
service, subscription on online journals etc. Results of this study shows that there are very few
libraries in the universities of Pakistan which have access to the Internet and those who have access
245
are suffering from an acute shortage of resources. Internet facility in private sector is much better
compared to the public sector.
(Sexton, 2002) attempt to identify accurate predictors of internet usage, the study revealed of
analysis on overall usage of internet access by different genders, job related use and access from
home as the important features which can influence usage of internet and e-commerce.
This study explores patterns of Internet usage, a sample taken from a large number of university
students who are poised to become mainstream users and consumers in the new millennium. This
study is conducted to make the internet more accessible, affordable and efficient for home usage
that would help tremendously to prepare individuals for the digital revolutions. Computer
hardware, software and faster connection speeds at lower prices to users should service this
purpose.
(Madhusudhan, 2007) study evaluate that internet makes it possible to access a wide range of
information such as up to date research reports from anywhere in the world, it also enables scholars
and academic institutions to disseminate information to a wider audience around the globe through
having web sites and way to search them and organize the output, paper also tells that the internet
has become an invaluable tool for teaching, learning and research.
The benefit of internet is so great that there is no shape of life without its application. This study
focuses to find out the current trends in impotent search through internet and the problems while
searching information by research scholars study also highlights the fact that net resources are
underutilized due to poor orientation and training. Search engines are more preferred than subject
gateways or web directories in order to locate information on the internet. Negative attitudes as
well as conservatism acts are barriers for effective internet use.
(Applebee, 1997) study entitled “Australian academic use of the internet” described the frequency
and type of use. The academic staff had started using the internet during 1995 with supplementary
objectives to record perceptions of user towards the internet and barriers for its effectives use.
The principle finding is not unexpected academics were making very varied usage of the internet.
(Uddin, 2003) studied that in Bangladesh there are only 0.2 million internet users out of the total
population of 140 million due to the lack of academic research and the study also sought to find
out whether differences exists among the various levels of academics in terms of internet usage by
them. This article gives information about 6 categories, the information and communication needs
were identified and survey conducted among the lecturers of Rajshahi University where the
Internet access was introduced in 2001. Study reveals that use of Internet by academics is useful
for some common needs and the academic rank of users is important factor in clearing the priority
of needs. Some barriers have also been explained.
(Ansari, 2006) study entitle “internet use by the faculty members of Kuwait University “the study
focuses on the pattern of internet usage by the faculty including purpose of use that impacts on
teaching and research. The problem faced while using internet and conclusion of the article is that
computer and internet for more than 5 years is mostly used for email, search engines and www
resources mainly for communication research and publication which helps them to save time for
getting up to date information and co operate with their colleges at slow speed, lack of time and
lack of access from home are some of the major problems for improving the skills through formal
training.
246
(Choi, 2017) in the article entitle “relationship of mental health and internet use in Korean
adolescents” describes the relationships of mental health and internet use among Korean
adolescents and also it was intended to provide guideline for reducing the over usage of Internet.
Based on the influencing factors of internet use and the result shows that there is the significant
relation between mental health and internet use study conclude that there is significant influencing
factors of internet use their normal internet use group, mental school internet using time on
weekends (more than 3 hours) and the high school record.
Study reveals that the over access use of internet for a long time can cause poor mental health and
academic performance, students of middle school uses for more than 3 hours which increases their
mental health problems.
(Adomi, 2005) study investigated the change of Internet service provider (ISP’s) in Nigeria.
Majorities of the cafes are connected to the net via wireless means. A good numbers of cyber cafes
have changed ISP’s once. ISP’s are more preferred by cyber cafes. They could like ISP’s to increase
their speed of transmission etc to serve them better. ISP’s should make every effort to acquire
adequate bandwidth and provide 24 hours service and technical support to their consumers and
evaluation of their services with a view of using the results to improve their services.
(Scheerde, 2017)) has observed that first level is device binary internet access, second level digital
divide which means internet skills and use whereas third level digital divide means tangible
outcomes of internet use are highlighted. Study reveals that there is lack of consistency in the
terminologies used. It also shows that the third level digital divide was underexposed. Digital divide
research is largely limited up to socio demographic and socioeconomic determinant.
(Bankole, 2013) noted that majority of scientist 43.06% are using internet everyday and access the
internet from commercial cyber cafe followed by home. Majority of users use skills from their
friends and on the trial and error bases. Purpose of using the internet is for communication,
research and to update their knowledge. Email was most popular service and Google, Yahoo and
Goggle Scholar are most the most popular search engines. Majority of the scientist gets
information through internet while one thirds of the scientist prefer traditional library for getting
information. Online full text resources such as AGRA & HINARI were not using by readers.
Whereas some scientists believe that internet has enhanced their academic activities and job
performance.
(Vakkari, 2012) research aims to show that how the use of internet is associated with leisure
activities. There is scarce empirical evidence that whether the internet has displaced the use of
public library. Study concluded that use of internet is positively associated with the use of the
public libraries. Users of Internet are using public libraries as well. Access of internet does not
replace use of public library but merely complements. Conclusion of this study shows that
frequencies of internet of use and numbers of books read are strongest predictors of public library
usage.
(Cikrikci, 2016) paper entitle “The efforts of internet use on well being: Meta analysis.” This
focuses on to investigate the effect of internet usage on the components of well being. Life
satisfaction, well being and Self-esteem were evaluated as makers of well being. Study concluded
that use of internet is an effective variable on well beings.
(Mack, 2017) Study highlighted that internet and entrepreneurial opportunities are linked with the
majority of studies analyzing business use of the internet focus on small and medium size
247
enterprises. The study evaluates that prior entrepreneurial experience was the most important
factor in explaining the diverse number of internet application and social media use.
(Isik, 2017) focuses on the both side of Internet, positive and negative effects on children. If the
Internet is used in a conscious way it gives positive results to the individuals. They become more
productive member of the society, provide easy and quick access of information and they enable
effective time management. It helps children, teenagers to find the opportunities to make new
friends and maintain their social relations via the Internet. While looking at the negative effects of
Internet, one of each five children had psychological problems now. The problem was higher in
males as compared to women. Results suggested that the family should pay their attention on their
children and control the usage of Internet by them.
(Dutton, 2006) :- article highlights the issue of the Internet trust ‘cyber trust’, it could be critical
for the successful development of ‘e-services’ such as e-government, e-commerce, e-learning and
democratic participations in the rapidly expanding online public sphere. The paper focuses on
analysis of data from the Oxford internet survey conducted by the Oxford Internet Institute using
a multi stage national probability sample in Great Britain. The author highlighted the trust defined
as a confident expectations as influenced by the experience.
(Potarca, 2016) study entitles “Does the internet affect assortative mating? Evidence from the U.S.
and Germany collected on 2008 and 2014. It has discussed about internet for finding the partner.
Couples meet online through online dating platforms, internet social networking, internet gaming
website, internet chat and internet community etc. Results reveal that internet promotes the weaker
couples endogamy compared to conventional contexts typically known to foster endogamy such
as school, family, friends or religious venues.
(Castellacci, 2017) investigates that how internet affects well-being? Paper handles both positive
effects and potential risk. Paper discussed four distinct chillness through which internet can shape
well-being; it changes time use patterns, creates new activities, facilitates access to information and
acts as powerful communication tool. It also states that the effects of internet on well-being are
mediated by a set of personal characteristics that are specific to each individual, psychological
functioning capabilities and framing conditions (cultural and beliefs).
(Longstreet, 2017) highlights on the addiction of internet and social media. It estimates posit that
happiness of around 210 million suffers from it and they hold stress as well. Result shows that for
addicted individuals, there may be deep-rooted issues related to their life, lowering their satisfaction
and their addiction to internet technology has been increasing.
2.0 Conclusion
Study concluded that how internet replace face to face technology with self service technology. Its
application is increasing in e-commerce day by day. It provide quality and quick information,
reference services in the library as well as document delivery service, subscription in online journals
and disseminate information in wide range of audience. Internet is most popular for e- mail, search
engine and www resources mainly. Majority of the scientist use Google search engine for gating
information than online full text resources like AGRA and HINARI. They use internet to boost
their job profile. It promotes entrepreneurial opportunities to form their business. There are over
access of Internet services creates some problems are faced by community like, mental health,
addiction of social media and gaming application. As well as the Narcosis Theory of Media effects
says that exposure to flood of information may serves to narcotize rather than energize the average
reader or listener. As an increasing amount of time is devoted to reading and listening, a decreasing
share is available for organized action. The interested and informed citizen can congratulate
himself on his lofty state of interest and information and fail to see that he has abstained from
248
decision and action. He comes to mistake knowing about the problems of the day for doing
something about them. (Kumar, 2015) ‘Cyber trust’ and Cyber crime is also another issues.
References
1. Adomi, E. E. (2005). The use of internet service providers by cybercafes in Nigeria:an

update. Emerald , 23 (5), 567-576.
2. Ansari, H. A. (2006). Internet use by the faculty memberd of Kuwait University. Emerald ,
24 (6), 791-803.
3. Applebee, A. C. (1997). Australian acadmic use of the Internet. International
Research:Electronic Networking Applications and Policy , 7 (2), 85-94.
4. Bankole, O. M. (2013). The use of internet services and resources by scivices and resources
by scientists at Olabisi Onabanjo University, Ago Iwoye, Nigeria . Emerald , 15-33.
5. Castellacci, F. (2017). Internet use and well-being: A survey and a theoretical framework.
ELSEVIER , 47, 308-325.
6. Choi, M. (2017). Archives of Psychiatric Nursing. ELSEVIER , 566-571.
7. Cikrikci, O. (2016). The effect of internet use on Well-being: Meta .
8. Dutton, W. H. (2006). Trust in the internet as an experience Technology . Information
Communication Society , 433-451.
9. Ho, S.-H. (2008). Effects of self-servic technology on customer value and customer
readiness. Emerald , 18 (04), 427-446.
10. Isik, B. (2017). Psychiatry Research. ELSEVIER , 204-208.
11. Kumar, K. J. (2015). Mass Communication in India. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing House.
12. Lichtenstein, S. (1997). Internet Acceptable usage policy for Organisation. emeraldinsight ,
5 (5), 182-190.
13. Longstreet, P. (2017). Life satisfaction: A key to managing internet and social media
addiction. ELSEVIER , 50, 73-77.
14. Mack, E. A. (2017). Telecommunications Policy. ELSEVIER , 41, 120-139.
15. Madhusudhan, M. (2007). Internet Use by Research Scholars in University of Delhi, India.
Emerald , 8, 36-42.
16. Potarca, G. (2016). Does the Internet affect assortative mating? Evidence from the U.S. and
Germany. ELSEVIER , 278-297.
17. Saeed, H. (2000). Internet use in university libraries of Pakistan. emerald , 24 (2), 154-160.
18. Scheerde, A. (2017). Determinants of internet skills, uses and outcoms. A systematic review
of the second-and third-level digital divide. ELSEVIER , 34, 1607-1624.
19. Semertzaki, E. (2008). Internet usage in Greek Libraries. emarldeinsight , 26 (5), 735-756.
20. Sexton, R. S. (2002). Prdicting Internet/ e-commerce us. Emerald , 12 (5), 402-410.
21. Uddin, M. N. (2003). Internet Use by University academic: a biparsity study of information
and communication needs. Emerald , 27 (4), 225-237.
22. Vakkari, P. (2012). Internet use increases the odds of using the public library. Emerald , 68
(5), 2012.
About Author:
Ms. Lalita G. Pawar (MLISc, MPhil, SET) is Librarian at Mahatma Gandhi
Mission’s College of Journalism and Mass Communication in Aurangabad,
Maharashtra. She is having 4+ years of experience as a Librarian and has
also worked with COET NMKC Jalagaon. She has submitted the theses for
the fulfillment of her Ph.D.
M. 7588644293 | E-mail ID: lalita2709@gmail.com
249
DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF INSTITUTIONAL REPOSITORY

AT GANPAT UNIVERSITY
Devendra Patel1, Dr. Hareh Patel2 & Dr. Pravin Patel3
1
Librarian, Mehsana Urban Institute of Science, Ganpat University, Mehsana
2
Librarian, U.V. Patel Engineering College, Ganpat University, Mehsana
3
Librarian, Shree S.K. Patel College of Pharmaceutical Education & Research, Ganpat
University, Mehsana
M.: 9429225594 | E-mail ID: dbp01@ganpatuniversity.ac.in
Abstract: To describe how an Institutional repository (IR) has to be setup for the intellectual
thought content and output of an institution. This is now recognized as essential infrastructure for
the ICT era. Nowadays, Universities are producing more digital objects like Ph. D. Thesis,
Dissertation Report, Project Report, E-books, Figure, Syllabus, Old paper, Lecture notes,
Newsletter, Expert lecture, Video lectures, Paper clipping, Presentation, Journal articles submitted
for publication, articles, Conference papers, Working papers, Annual report, Forms, etc.in ever
increasing number. Many Libraries are building up their own Institutional repository centre using
a variety of software packages for digital asset and content management to collect, preserve and
provide access, to its users to these digital objects. This paper is the result of an effort to develop
a model to create IR of GanpatUniversity by Using DSpace.
Keywords: Institutional Repository, DSpace, Ganpat University, benefits of IR.
1.0 Introduction:
Institutional repositories are digital collectionscapturing and preserving the intellectual output of
asingle or multi-university community (Crow, 2002).In the age of information technology, the
concept ofthe traditional library has changed. Now, digitallibrary concepts are being popularized.
Libraries are not only the store houses of printed documents butalso the centre of digital
information. With thedevelopment and application of ICT, the services and the collection of the
libraries are globalized. Theprime objective of libraries is to keep their clienteleup-to-date in their
areas of interest. It can be in any format, eg. preparing bibliographies of the latestliterature
published in their area of research in abroad way, or simply providing them with the information
published in the newspapers, websites,personal blogs, etc. The impact of informationexplosion,
dwindling budget of the library, space problem, high information demand, increasingsubscribing
of journals have forced the libraries toseek other ways by which we can collect store and
disseminate information among the users. To solvethese types of problems, the concept of IR's
emergedstarted among the academic institutions in India. Now the academic institutions have
started to buildtheir own repositories.
This article particularly focuses the development ofinstitutional repositories, using DSpace
software in Ganpat University, provides a review of thecurrent situation and examines the
prospects of IR.
2.0 Institutional Repository:
Institutional Repositories (IR) are the “digitalarchives of intellectual products created by thefaculty,
staff and students of an institution or group of institutions accessible to end users both within
andoutside the institution.” The IR may hold varioustypes of publications, such as pre-prints and
postprintsof journal articles, conference papers, researchreports, theses, dissertations, Project
250
Reports, Question Papers, Syllabus, Annual Reports, Forms, Video Lecture, Lecture Notes,
seminar presentations, working papers and other scholarly items
3.0 Objectives:
1. To publish and archive the scholarly work of aninstitution locally, using authentic
informationsources.
2. To enable long-term preservation of the scholarlywork.
3. To facilitate constituent members of an institutionan easy and rapid way to publish and
archive their research locally.
4. To provide an integrated view of and act as a singleentry point to scholarly work of an
institution.
5. To provide wider accessibility, visibility anddistribution of the scholarly work of an
institution.
6. To act as a self-evaluation tool for the management.
4.0 Review of Literature:
Design and Development of Institutional Repository at AnnamalaiUniversity (Dhanabalan, 2012).

He publish all component of the Institutional Repository of Annamalai University with details of
use and technical views. A university-based institutional repository is a set of services that a
university offers to the members of itscommunity for the management and dissemination ofdigital
materials created by the institution and its community members” (Rajashekar,2005). In contextof
academic institutions, Branin argues that “more and more faculty and students in a university
utilizeinformation technology not only to access information but also to create new intellectual
output in digital form” (Branin, 2005). He suggests that the approach to knowledge management
is relevant to the implementation of Institutional Repositories that manage a wide range of digital
information created in a University. Implementing an Institutional Repository as a tool to capture
the intellectual capital and enable knowledge sharing at Ganpat University was to be explored. A
model Institutional Repository was thus to be implemented at Ganpat University.
Figure: 1 -Main page of the Institutional Repository at Ganpat University.
The basic and fundamental level of GanpatUniversityInstitutional repository is that it is a

recognition that the intellectual life and scholarship of the University will, increasingly, be
251
represented, documented and shared indigital form the primary responsibility of a University is
toexercise and make available and preserve them. University will address the responsibility of both
the members of their communities and to the public.
Types of Collection:
1) Ph. D. Thesis 9) Video lectures
2) Dissertation Report 10) Paper clipping
3) Project Report, E-books 11) Presentation
4) Figure, Syllabus 12) Conference papers
5) Old paper 13) Working papers
6) Lecture notes 14) Annual report
7) News letter 15) Forms
8) Expert lecture 16) Act, Rules and Regulation
Figure:2 -Sub-communities and collection of the main community
5.0 Hardware system requirement:
The personal server and fully secure server room to be require for keep live 24X7. Ganpat
University taking live hosting service from INFLIBNETon annually charges.
6.0 Software system requirement:
DSpace (4.1version) was chosen as it provided the following facilities:

1. An open source technology platform, which can be customized to meet our future needs;
2. A suitable Windows/Linux platform for building an IR;
3. Inter-institutional sharing of digital information, scholarly communications with easy
interoperability of resources and systems;
4. It has OAI-PMH compliance;
5. The other software needed to run the DSpace (4.1 version) including: UNIX-like OS
(Linux, HP/UX, etc.); Oracle Java or greater; Apache Maven (Java build tool) or later
Postgre SQL, an open source relational database; and Apache Tomcat. And also, an
Acrobat PDF maker to convert MS documents to Adobe PDF.
252
7.0 Intellectual property (IP) and licensing concerns:
In determining the policies to be adopted concerning the IP of deposited material staff at Ganpat
Universitystudied the policies of other similar organizations which had developed the IRs. For
instance, at the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology the following policy is in place:
The author must grant HKUST, the nonexclusive distribution rights when material, is deposited
in the Repository. This non-exclusive distribution right in no way prevents the author from
publishing the work in a research journal or distributing it in any other fashion.
8.0 Submitting content to the IR at Ganpat University:
DSpace software has been successfully installed with accessing in local network. For submitting
content in the specific community user must register with the software.User chooses a collection;
user describes the content of the item by adding metadata and keywords; New users who wish to
submit content have to register on the IR by completing a special form. The following are then
the basic steps, which need to be followed for the submission of material:
User uploads the file(s); user verifies the submitted item; user accepts the license.
Figure: 3 -Various in submitting Content into the IR at Ganpat University
DSpace management system “processes” the submission according to the work flow steps outlined
inas this users enter the information about an item, the status line at the top of the relevant window
shows where they are in the submission process. Users can change their entries and return to a
previous step to make changes by clicking on that step in the status bar. The seven-step chain, as
shown in Figure 3, indicates the submission process. The chain appears at the top of all the screens
with the current screen highlighted. The first screen asks for the “type” of digital item (animation,
article, book,book chapter, dataset and so on), the language of thecontent (English (US), English,
Spanish, German, French and so on) as well as whether the item has more than one title, whether
it has been published before and the number of files to be included. The second and third screens
present the forms for the user to enter Dublin core metadata elements (such as author, title,
publisher, subject keywords, abstract, and sponsors). The fourth screenallows the uploading of the
digital document which may be MS-Word, HTML, PDF or image files or other acceptable formats.
The fifth screen allows verifying and making any corrections on the data submitted in the last four
253
screens. The users can verify the information submitted and can correct information, add or
remove the files as and when necessary.
9.0 Withdrawal of items from the IR at Ganpat University:
If there is need, or demand, items can be removed from view within the IR at Ganpat University
However, toretain the historical record, such transactions will be notedin the metadata record.
Since, any IR item that has existedat some time may have been cited, we will always supplya
“tombstone” when the item is requested, which will provide a withdrawal statement in place of
the link to the object.
10.0 Benefits of the IR at Ganpat University:
There are many benefits of the IR identified at Ganpat University as it:
Enhances the professional visibility of the faculty, and raises the prestige of Ganpat University.
Provides a global platform for local research and hence improved visibility Facilitates improved
research collaboration and information flow Brings together the intellectual output of the Ganpat
University in an organized fashion, which otherwise would be scattered Lowers access barriers and
offers the widest possible dissemination of an individual scholar’s work
11.0 Conclusion:
The Ganpat University has successfully created a model IR using the DSpace software and this
model could be replicated in all the Faculties. Institutional Repositories, significantly, extend the
role of a library. And it is very clear that the Institutional repository is a very powerful idea that
can serve as an engine of change in GanpatUniversity and more broadly for the scholarly
enterprises that they support. It can advance a surprising number of goals and address an
impressive range of needs. Institutional repositories build on a growing grassroots faculty practice
of posting research online, most often on personal web sites, and also on departmental sites or
indisciplinary repositories. This demonstrates a desire for expanded exposure and access to their
work. The need for consortia repositories is an urgent more since every academic Institution may
not want to run a repository and it is the right time the Ganpat University has initiated this program
for the whole of academic community.
References:
1. Dhanabalan, A and Ponnudurai R. (2012). Design and Development of Institutional
Repository at Annamalai University. The Journal of Advances in Library and Information
Science. 2012, Vol- 1,Issue -4, Page 160-164.
2. Crow, R. (2002), The Case for Institutional Repositories: A SPARC Position Paper, available
at: www.arl.org/sparc/bm, doc/ir_final_release_102.pdf.
3. Chang, S.-H. (2003). Institutional repositories: The library’s new role. OCLC Systems and
Services, 19(3), 77–79.
4. Rajasekar, T.B. (2005), “Institutional repositories”, in Bhogle, S. (Ed.), Turning Pages:
Reflections in Info-times, Informatics (India), Bangalore.
5. www.DSpace.org
6. www.ganpatuniversity.ac.in/library
254
COMMUNICATION IN INFORMATION LITERACY & DIGITAL

LITERACY
C. Srikanth
Junior Library Asst. College of Agrl.Engg, Madakasira, Anantapur Dist., A.P.

M.: 9966461074 | Email ID: csrikanth2003@gmail.com
ABSTARCT: Digital Literacy is more recent concept than Information Literacy & can relate to
multiple categories of Library users in multiple types of Libraries. Determining the relationship
between information literacy and Digital Literacy is essential before revision of the ACRL
Standards can proceed. The exact distinction between information literacy has not been
determined, but we know they are related and suspect that they are not the same thing.
Key words: 1.Digital Literacy 2. Information Literacy 3. Libraries
1.0 Introduction:
The Librarian helps a patron search for articles in database, there is an interplay between
information literacy, how to evaluate the articles in the results, how to use the information found
effectively and digital literacy navigate the library web site, how to get to a search page or find the
advanced search page . Every public services Librarian know intuitively there is a close relation
between information and digital literacy. Every academic institutions required a level of computer
literacy for their undergraduate students, a requirement that might be addressed by one department
for the entire campus or by individual schools or colleges for their own students and in compliance
with agreed upon outcomes. The computer literacy courses might require students to create and
manage files; use database, spread sheet & word processing software. The courses generally
focused on the skills needed to use particular applications for he coursework required in the
students programs of study.
They wanted to create new learning environments, but students needed to be able to navigate with
in and contribute to those environments. The skills these educators needed their students to use
were not necessarily skills they were using outside of academic students might already have the
requisite skills or they might not. The information literacy competency standards for higher
education here in after the standards, that were developed in past decades are no longer adequate
by themselves to describe all the students need to know in digital environments neither ca librarians
be the ones responsible for teaching all of it. Librarians know that students need these area of
knowledge and skills in addition to knowing about information needs, access and social
competency. Some of it must go back to those computer literacy courses, which should be updated
and called digital literacy courses. May be some already are called that, but the Association of
College & Research Libraries (ACRL) need a clear understanding of the relationship between
information literacy & digital literacy to review and revise the standards. In 2000 academic libraries
were well into the digital revolution in information storage and retrieval, but we were not yet
dealing with the integration of online databases with bibliographic software and word processing,
nor were many academic using social media for educational purposes. The writers of the standards
document did an admirable job of not only describing the complexity of the information landscape
at that time, but also anticipating what was to come. “Understanding … social issues surrounding
the use of information… clearly covers of the years since 2000. However, the standards
appropriately focused on the scholarly life of undergraduate students and were not meant to
include all areas of life for all citizens.
255
In 2013, the American Library Association (ALA) Office for Information Technology Policy’s
Digital Literacy Task Force (Task Force) examined various efforts to provide digital literacy
instruction and explored the potential for such instruction before making recommendations for
public policy, ALA, individual libraries to further digital literacy efforts. This task force stated
that “A digitally literate persons:
1. Possesses the variety of skills, cognitive and technical required to find, evaluate, create and
communicate digital information in a wide variety of formats;
2. Understands the relationship among technology, lifelong learning, personal privacy &
appropriate stewardship of information;
3. Uses these skills and the appropriate technologies to communicate & collaborate with peers,
colleagues, family on occasion the general public
Clearly, there is considerable overlap between these two sets of skills & knowledge but they are
not identical. The task force was well aware of the existence of the standards and was deliberate
in its decision to see digital literacy. In fact, its report states that “Although academic libraries are
more focused on information literacy than digital literacy, these twenty first century libraries are
closed linked information literacy requires digital literacy to access appropriate online research
sources, information literacy gives further context to the evaluation skills developed by digital
literacy.
2.0 Relationship Between Information Literacy And Digital Literacy
The digital literacy definition was meant to apply to all types of users and in all types of libraries.
It suggests a curriculum only in the broadest sense since many of the providers of digital literacy
instruction & programming do not identify their programming as a “curriculum” and the lessons
they provide are not part of an institution wide curriculum that is meant to encompass clearly
defined student outcomes for an entire program of study. Task force recognized the significant
role the creation of information plays in Web 2.0 applications and social media. Academic libraries
did not generally use such applications when the standards were written, but it is not necessarily
true that this creation would be included in information.
This, in particular, is an area that ACRL might decide properly belongs to academic colleges who
are providing computer/digital literacy instruction. We value the right of free expression and open
access to unfettered expression; correspondingly, we all need the skills to distinguish satire from
fact, fiction from history, scams from honest offers. This general level of knowledge of the need
for evaluating sources of information and the criteria to use in such evaluation is not enough for
students in academic programs to choose among scholarly sources to identify the best sources for
their projects. Rather, they are learning how that communication takes place & what the experts
are saying. These skills can prepare them for graduate study ultimately to take their place in a
scholarly community. They do not do so by completing a research project in an undergraduate
course. However, outside of academic these same adults can participate as equal in their work,
family & friends groups and communicate with community and political leaders as fully
enfranchised citizens. Digital literacy & information literacy have different outcomes in mind.
The Task Force did not write standards for digital literacy. The level of detail is best provided by
the organizations for various types of libraries involved in digital literacy. ACRL, the Public Library
Association, the American Association of school libraries & perhaps the Association for Library
Service to Children & Young Adult Library Services Association for their distinctive user groups.
256
The standards translate each part of that definition in to separate performance indicators and
outcomes. It was also not appropriate for the Task Force to set such standards; such work takes
the collective intelligence and experience of the librarians in the various types of libraries
3.0 Association Of College & Research Libraries (ACRL) Do With Understanding:
They shared & Separate areas of digital literacy and information literacy intended for academic
librarians to teach must be defined by ACRL in the context of its revision of the standards. It
would be inappropriate for a single individual or an outside agency to impose a viewpoint on
ACRL, but a few suggestions from the author might facilitate this work;
a. Determine the entry level technological skills needed for meaningful participation in an
information literacy program. Librarians cannot teach all the concepts and skills needed by
student to be successful in all the steps of research. Librarians do not teach the mathematical
skills needed to understand the statistical tables that students might retrieve. Librarians do not
teach the literacy theories needed to choose among scholarly papers. Librarians do not teach
the historical facts needed to use a chronologically arranged source. Similarly, librarians should
not need to teach students how to create a folder online, on a portable memory device or
computer, or on a network drive & save files in that folder, changing the default names of files
to something meaningful and moving files around among folders.
b. Librarians expected to just teach the research, or the product, as well, librarians are already
involved in assisting students in reference transactions how to create a project or products to
showcase and report their research. Although it is common for other specialists to be available
in modern reference rooms of any arrangement, librarians put in long hours at a public desk
and are often readily recognized by students as the “one to ask”. The Librarians be adept at
using all the multimedia software and online applications students are expected to use for their
research presentations. Literacy programs are expected to reach, in determining whether to
include skills for the presentations of information, ACRL must keep in mind the skills that
librarians would be required to master in order to teach these areas. There is a limit to the
amount of time individual librarians can devote to acquiring new technological skills in an
already busy work life
c. The term “literacy” can notes a basic level of competency, and standards covering this level
were truly needed when the standards were written. Many librarians are now teaching
information literacy courses at the graduate level. Graduate students who did not have the
advantage of undergraduate information literacy courses may need instruction that begins at a
more basic level than graduate students who had through information literacy instructions.
However, all graduate students need to develop greater understanding of research and of the
fields they are studying. They need to know the history and characteristics of the literature of
their discipline, the types of reference and research materials available in it, and the types of
information and value that other disciplines can bring to their own research.
257
4.0 Conclusion:
Information literacy and digital literacy are not competing concepts; they are complementary areas
for students in higher education. Further, digital literacy concepts and skills can provide the
fundamentals of managing digital environments that students need to succeed in information
literacy and their other areas of study. What is required of ACRL is to recognize that this
relationship exists between information literacy and digital literacy, to define the relationship more
clearly for its members, and to see the existence of the digital literacy concepts as an opportunity
to reengage academic colleagues in meaningful discussion of the knowledge and skills students
need today. Librarians have an obligation to their institutions to inform broader discussions of
curricula whenever we have significant input to offer, and this is such a time. Let’s employ both
digital literacy and information literacy in our efforts to provide rich educational experiences for
students in higher education
References:
1. Association of College & Research Libraries (2000) Information Literacy Competency
Standards for Higher Education Retrieved from http://www.ala.org/acrl/standards
2. American Library Association Office for Information Technology Policy .Digital Literacy
Task Force (2013). Digital Literacy, Libraries & Public Policy: Report of the office for
Information Technology Policy’s Digital Literacy Task Force. Retrieved from
http:/www.districtdispatch.org
258
READING HABITS
Jayshree Trivedi
Librarian, H.B.Kapadiya International School, Unjha
Abstract: Reading is very useful factor for everyone who wants to succeed in life. Developing
good reading habits is vital to your child’s future not just academically, but in everyday life as well.
Why we have to develop good reading habits in our life because reading develops our vocabulary,
Memory Improvement, Stronger Analytical Thinking Skills. Reading is an essential skill children
must learn in order to become successful at school. When we start to read we get Better
communication skills. When you feel alone, you sit in a silent location, relax your mind, and focus
on whatever it is that you are reading. Your brain slows down, and you’re normally calm at that
time reading reduces our Stress. Go to the library regularly for reading because it improves your
ability to focus, retain information, think better and concentrate. If you want to be more successful
and you want to grow, then you need to learn and focus, and reading has got all these crucial areas
of development and more, covered. Reading is the best form of self educating yourself, and there
are no limits or boundaries to what you can learn and become.
259
USE OF E-RESOURCES IN ACADEMIC LIBRARIES IN

PRESENT SCENARIO
A. Usha Rani
Shelf Assistant, College of Agricultural Engineering, Madakasira. Dist., A.P.

Email: usha.svac@gmail.com
ABSTRACT: This paper presents the use of E-Resources in Academic Libraries in present Digital
era. Libraries of all types are embracing electronic/digital collections, although most libraries will
continue to offer both print and electronic collections for many years to come. In present days
most of the users have knowledge to use computers and Internet. Majority of the users are using
Google search engine. This paper identifies the different types of users of academic libraries and
the availability of electronic/digital resources, which should be known to every user in the
academic libraries. The study also highlights the methods of using e-resources by the staff and
students and also problems faced by them in doing so. This study provides suggestions for the
better access to the facilities with more advanced infrastructure and subscription to more e-
resources.
Key Words: E-Resources, Academic Libraries, Electronic/Digital Collection, Google search

engine.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The format of library resources has also changed with the demand of time and the advantages in
technology through the ages. The use of paper as an information holding document brought a
great leverage to the users of the ancient writing materials. Thus books became the dominant
information material of notable value. Till now, books still remain relevant. However because of
the flexibility of use of electronic-based information materials, books are gradually being replaced
by the electronic resources. Now a days many libraries have transformed and are in the process of
transforming their resources to electronic through digitization process. 21st century libraries have
been transformed from traditional store house of information materials into information centres
where information and communication Technologies (ICTS) are used to acquire, process, store,
retrieve and disseminate information. Libraries prefer electronic/digital resources for many
reasons, including the flexibility of digital journals with links to indexing and abstracting databases,
access from the user’s home, office, or dormitory where or not the library is open; getting usage
statistics that are not available for print collections; and savings by electronic/digital collections in
space and their relative easy maintenance.
According to AACR2, Electronic Resources are materials consisting of data and computer
programs encoded for reading and manipulation by the use of peripheral device directly connected
to the computer or remotely via a network such as the Internet”. They are electronic resources
that are made available electronically and can also be accesses as such facilities like online computer
catalogs, the Internet and World Wide Web, digital libraries and Archives, government portals and
websites, CD-ROM databases, online academic databases such as Medline, or commercial
databases such as LEXIS and NEXIS all of which are computer networked facilities.
2.0 ACADEMIC LIBRARIES:
Academic libraries play a vital role in the entire global library system. The academic libraries are
meant for education, research and development. The role of an academic library is to be the best
260
in the world at serving the unique teaching, learning and research needs of its institution.
Technological developments and availability of online electronic resources have changed the
research activity. New challenges and new expectations come with new technological
developments and innovations.
3.0 Role of Academic Libraries in Information seeking:
Academic libraries to adequately address the changing information needs of its faculty and
scholars, they need to know more about the information that faculty and scholars use. Academic
libraries developed as a result of the need to preserve valuable records of events. These records
must be in the form of Written scrolls, papyrus kent in jars, clay tables, manuscripts and printed
materials. Modern academic libraries have taken on additional new roles because of changing
demands and new technology. They are currently regarded as agents for educational, social,
economic and political change, and their doors are open to all. Information seeking is embedded
in the day-to-day activities and relationships of the participants. A large number of needs are
satisfied by sources provided by the academic libraries at present days. The revolution in ICTs is
threatening the very existence of a number of highly regarded institutions such publishing,
Scientific societies and academic libraries. The online services such as the Internet, MP3 players,
cell phones, and online versions of newspapers have led news consumers to rely increasingly on
information from online and digital sources.
4.0 Types of Information Needs
Tague(1991) has presented the following types of information needs:

· Social or pragmative information needs: required to cope with day to day life;
· Recreational information needs;
· Professional information needs;
· Educational information needs.
5.0 E-Resources provided by Academic Libraries:
The following are the different types of electronic resources:
5.1 Primary sources of information:
These include electronic conferences, electronic journals, e-prints, e-theses and dissertations,
patents, standards, technical reports, project reports including status reports of current ongoing
projects, news, software courseware, tutorials etc,.
5.2 Databases, Data sets and other collections:
These include abstracting and indexing databases, digital collections comprising images, audio,
video structural databases library catalogues; virtual libraries; museums and archives, etc,.
5.3 Electronic Books:
Such as net library; Ebray etc. Generally online book selling and print-on demand features also
facilitated. Net library has entered into print-on-demand market place.
261
5.4 Reference Sources:
Such as Dictionaries, Encyclopaedias, bibliographies handbooks, thesauri etc,.
5.5 Meta sources:
Resources that facilitate easier access to network based resources in a defined subject area and
subject gateways, virtual libraries, cleaning house, pathfinders etc,.
5.6 Users of Academic Libraries:
The Academic libraries are showing greater interest and reliance upon e-resources. The trend to
procure and maintain e-resources has grown exponentially among the academic libraries. The users
are highly dependent on e-resources which is expected to grow in future too. The library users can
categorized into four groups viz. general readers, creative readers, adult students, and readers with
special interests.
6.0 Category of Users and Information needs:
Academic librarians dedicate much time and energy to anticipating and meeting the information
needs of students who come to the library for support with their research assignments. It collects
and provides the materials they need; The category of users are divided based on their information
requirement for solving their purposes. The following academic libraries are having various
categories of users and their respective information needs.
6.1 College Libraries:
The college library is for the junior and degree students and teachers. The information required by
the users cover the syllabus. Any user desiring to know more about library resources and services
or to learn how to use OPAC, e-journals, databases etc. should contact librarian.
6.2 University Libraries:
The University library is for the post graduate students, research scholars, faculty of various
departments and staff. The information needs by the users for research and development,
competitive etc. information is an important factor in any library because it is needed by users.
6.3 Engineering College Libraries:
The information needs of the users of engineering colleges have become complex and problematic
due to the tremendous publications and interdisciplinary researches that are being promoted at the
level of higher education. The librarians should have a clear understanding of their user’s needs
and their information seeking behavior so that the libraries could satisfy the user needs as well as
improve the existing services accordingly.
6.4 Medical Libraries:
Medical College is an educational institution that provides medical education. Deficiency of right
information to the right physicians at the right time may, therefore, lead to serve loss to the quality
of treatment to patients. The well-organized medical library undoughtedly plays a crucial role in
the production of health science information.
262
7.0 Conclusion:
The e-resources are very useful at present scenario, and provides platform for new services. E-
resources gives many advantages and disadvantages. Some advantages like flexibility, low cost, time
saving, faster response, greater effectiveness and also some disadvantages like many users find it
discouraging, especially at first; user need basic technology skill and required for users. Finally E-
resources are very important in 21st century and it gives a big platform for library and information
centre.
References:
1. Ansari and Zuberi. Use of Electronic resources among academic at the University of
Karachi, Library philosophy and practice.
2. http://digitalcommons. Unl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2416&context=libphilprac
3. Venkateswar Rao and Kumar. Users of E-Resources in Academic libraries
4. Kailash Chandra Das and Jeoshnamayee Acharya. Role of Academic Libraries in Assessing
information needs and information seeking behavour of Users in electronic Environment.
263
E – CONTENT MANAGEMENT
Amitkumar Lalitbhai Ghoricha
Librarian & Management Representative, Dadhichi Diploma Polytechnic College, Visanvel
ABSTRACT: As the life cycle of information products has become increasingly digital from
“cradle to grave,” the nature of electronic information management has dramatically changed.
These changes have brought new strategies and methods as well as new issues and challenges. At
the bottom line the services are increasingly delivered to a desktop from distributed publishers or
information providers. Information organizations act either as primary information providers or
as brokers between the user and the primary service provider. There has also been a significant
reorientation from “ownership” of materials to “access” to information. This paper covers
developments in the factors and strategies affecting collection management and access. It discusses
major trends in electronic user services including electronic information delivery, information
discovery and electronic reference. Finally, it addresses the challenges in user and personnel
education in response to this electronic environment and an increasingly information literate user
population.
1.0 Introduction
One of the earliest significant implementations of electronic information management for libraries
and information centers began in the 1960s and 1970s with dialup access to remote electronic
databases such as those provided by Dialog and LexisNexis. The Internet has further contributed
to the success of remote information systems and databases by increasing the information transfer
rates from 300 baud to multiple megabits. The World Wide Web simplifies the process and
interpretation of the bits that are transferred. With these increased technical capabilities, new
online databases that provide bibliographic and full-text access to information resources have
proliferated and the volume of electronic information content now available from the desktop is
staggering (Lyman and Varian 2000) – and it was recognized twenty years ago that the volume of
information was already beyond our ability to absorb the increase (de Sola Pool 1983). Library
catalogs have been computerized1 and are available and interoperable across the Internet. Audio,
video, and multimedia resources are available, as are interactive services from games to banking.
Filtering and push/pull delivery services help us manage information proliferation.
Electronic Collection Management and Electronic Information Services Electronic collection

management and electronic information services are being pushed by the dramatic increase in the
amount of digital information from an increasing variety of sources, by the new technologies in
the information field, and by heightened user expectations. This paper explores some of the
theoretical and practical aspects of collection management in the digital age. It also looks at the
major trends in electronic user services including electronic information delivery and electronic
reference. Finally, we address the challenges in user and personnel education in response to this
changing environment and the increasingly information literate user population.
1.1 The Digital Revolution in Libraries and Information Centers
As a key institutional structure for providing information “collections” and “services” to users, the
library (throughout this paper, “library” represents libraries, information centers, and special
collection builders) has had to respond rapidly to a changing external publishing environment. The
Internet and most recently the World Wide Web have impacted libraries and their delivery of
service in ways unthought of except by visionaries like Vannever Bush (1945) or H.G. Wells (1937).
264
Libraries continue to fulfill their mandates but in ways different than they once did. “Library” is
less a place than a concept that represents certain processes or services (Birdsall 1994). If we accept
that “library” is something other than place, the continuity of library function is maintained even
as libraries transition from, in Negroponte’s (1995) terms, atoms to bits.
We now distinguish between three different types of libraries: traditional libraries, digital
(electronic or virtual) libraries, and hybrid libraries. Traditional libraries have physical objects.
Digital libraries are byte-based. According to the Digital Library Federation, digital libraries have
very much the same form and function as traditional libraries.
Digital libraries are organizations that provide the resources, including the specialized staff, to
select, structure, offer intellectual access to, interpret, distribute, preserve the integrity of, and
ensure the persistence over time of collections of digital works so that they are readily and
economically available for use by a defined community or set of communities.
Michael Lesk (1997) suggests that digital libraries share three common traits: (1) They can all be
searched, (2) They can all be accessed from anywhere, and (3) They can all be copied using
electronic means without error. Are then digital libraries traditional libraries but more so?
A number of libraries have emerged that are born digital. Digital libraries, including Web-based
collections, are redefining both the role of electronic information storage and retrieval as well as
the role of traditional libraries. Digital libraries include collections of books, journal articles,
graphics, newspapers, and other material in digital format; in sum, collections of digitized content.
As a practical matter, most libraries must manage both traditional “physical objects” and digital
materials in a hybrid library environment (Pinfield et al 1998). In certain disciplines, such as
astronomy and physics, legacy information that may never be digitized can be as important as the
information that is only born digital. Many libraries have begun the transformation from traditional
to hybrid forms. Many academic and public libraries have incorporated digital material into their
collections if only by adding links to that material in their OPACs or from library web sites.
Depending on who is speaking, hybrid libraries may be the model for the foreseeable future
(Leggate 1998) or a way-station to another form (Oppenheim and Smithson 1999). The HyLiFe
Hybrid Library Toolkit (2002) provides guidance to those seeking to develop or migrate to hybrid
libraries.
What is the future evolution for electronic libraries? Harold Billings argues that research libraries
are becoming huge linked relational libraries. He sees the need for formal relationships among
existing libraries to build the mega-libraries that would meet anticipated user needs. Libraries might
simply evolve into gigantic and, hopefully, well-organized portals or, as Lancaster and Warner
(2001) describe, one model as “switching stations.” On the other hand, it is possible to see the
impact of “customization” in “MyLibraries”, which are desktop entities that allow a user, either
individually or through profiling, to select his resources of interest and how they will be displayed.
Some discipline- or domain-specific “MyLibraries” have been constructed. Most academic libraries
provide some form of “MyLibrary” service to their patrons (Billings 2000).
Regardless of the path for future development, large portals or customized MyLibraries, the
electronic library, if it is to have meaning, must bring value to collection management and services
from that collection. Library and commercial portals provide user-centered and enhanced access
to information resources by evaluating and selecting local and global information that is context
driven. As with print resources, librarians designing portals are careful to provide access to only
the most authoritative electronic sources to create trustworthy access to information.
265
2.0 Electronic Collection Management
The electronic library and collection management in that library are relatively new concepts. The
earliest literature dates to the 1970s and 1980s (Harter and Kister 1981, Dowlin 1984). In 1984
Kenneth Dowlin (1984, p. 33) suggested that the electronic library has four attributes: (1)
“management of resources with a computer,” (2) “the ability to link the information provider with
the information seeker via electronic channels,” (3) “the ability for staff to intervene in the
electronic transaction when requested by the information seeker,” and (4) “the ability to store,
organize, and transmit information to the information seeker via electronic channels.” An
electronic library utilizes both electronic information resources and electronic means to manage
and move those resources.
There are sound reasons to consider collection management in an electronic environment.

Libraries bring more than organization and intermediation to information collections. They also
bring authority. Inclusion in a collection implies pertinence and appropriateness. At the same time,
the same information “content” can and will be provided in different “containers.”
2.1 The Key Challenge: Ownership versus Access
The move to electronic information management has resulted in a number of debates. “Ownership
versus access” has been one of the more important issues. Budd and Harloe (1994) distinguish
between the ownership-based and the access-based organization. In the former, emphasis is placed
on building “on-theshelf” collections while, in the latter, emphasis is placed on access to resources,
regardless of where they are “owned.” Value is assessed differently. For the traditional model, the
value of a collection is its size. For the access-based library, value is defined as the ability to retrieve
useful information. The former library collects “just in case” material is needed; the latter provides
it “just in time.”
Both models contain pitfalls and problems. Keller (1992b), for example, has argued that “[n]ew
access instead of ownership paradigm leads ultimately to an environment where ‘all is meta
information,’ with no or few ideas on the shelves.” The issue of access also brings in a whole new
set of questions regarding archiving and preservation, intellectual property including fair use, as
well as conditions for purchase which have moved to a complex set of licensing terms and
conditions. Buckland (1997) suggests that libraries consider ownership for high demand items and
access for those in low demand.
Given the spread of digital access, union catalogs, and universal borrowing, it is no longer so
important what an information organization contains (owns); rather, the focus is on the services
(access) the organization can provide (Ferguson and Kehoe 1993). This change in a basic tenet of
library management has resulted in the need for different library use metrics.
2.2 Access Models
“Access” to digital information comes through several modes of access. Each of these forms can
be considered as part of the “ownership versus access debate” and impacts the new ways of
managing electronic collections. The following describes four models now employed in the digital
environment. These are the interlibrary loan model, the universal borrowing model, the fee-based
model, and the no fee model. The interlibrary loan (ILL) model has been with us for many years.
Universal borrowing (UB) is a recent phenomenon first seen in the mid-1990s. The fee-based
electronic access model dates to the early 1960s with the advent of electronic database services like
266
Dialog. Today, a large volume of “no fee” or “free” services are Web-based and emerged as major
resources in the mid-1990s.
2.2.1 Interlibrary Loan Model
Interlibrary Loan (ILL) is a process by which one library borrows from other libraries materials it
does not hold in order to meet the information needs of its patrons. Interlibrary Loan is not a new
concept nor is it one that emerged out of the digital revolution. ILL is however facilitated by
various online services including electronic union catalogs (like OCLC’s WorldCat) and automatic
ILL request services attached to OPACs and online databases. The ILL community has developed
a continuing interest in using the Web and other means to facilitate the ILL process.
OCLC manages an international Interlibrary Loan Service of Global Sharing Group Access
Capability (GAC), built upon its union catalog WorldCat. It utilizes a standard Web interface and
Software (http://www.oclc.org/services/brochures/)
2.2.2 Universal Borrowing Models
The Universal borrowing models (UB) allow authorized users from one system to borrow (access
collections) from libraries within a consortium. (The term “universal” in this context refers to
providing access to everyone within a defined group, not universal in the sense of totally open.)
There are two major models for UB arrangements. In the first, libraries of different types within a
common jurisdiction permit intrajurisdictional lending. This is used primarily within a particular
geographic area, such as a county or state library network, that includes public, academic, and
special libraries. The second type of UB involves libraries of the same type such as academic
research libraries. Some large libraries may belong to multiple groups.
In the digital world, consortia or other pre-coordinated groups of organizations are increasingly
active and pervasive due to the need to get the most favorable conditions under licensing
agreements. Cost models for publishers of digital information are in serious flux and the need for
groups that build collections to work together in their dealings with publishers and in developing
access infrastructures for digital collections has become increasingly important.
2.2.3 Fee-Based Access
Although the Web initially encouraged free and freely available information, as it matures,
commercial publishers are actively using it for vending their electronic material. The volume of
fee-based access will continue to increase at an increasingly rapid rate.
Examples of the increasing number and variety of resources available as fee-based services include
access to bibliographic and fulltext databases, to online journals, and to electronic books.
• There are a number of electronic databases that provide bibliographic and/or fulltext
access to documents. These include services like Dialog, LexisNexis, Westlaw, Ovid,
Chemical Abstracts’ STN, OCLC’s ContentsFirst, OCLC’s FirstSearch, CARL UnCover,
British Library Document Supply Centre Inside Information and Inside Conferences, ISI
Current Contents, ISI – The Genuine Article, and the Canadian Institute for Scientific and
Technical Information (CISTI).
• There are a number of database providers, like the Thomson Companies, that own a
wide array of properties. Their holdings range from the Physicians Desk Reference and
Jane’s Warships, to the ISI collections. They also maintain copyright, patent, and trademark
databases.
267
• There are a growing number of publishers providing direct individual or library subscriber
access to online e-publications. E-publications either replace or supplement the paper
version of the journal. There are a variety of models for the publication of e-publications,
with some retaining the traditional periodicity of “issues” while others are providing almost
continuous updates as articles become available.
• E-journals and hybrid-journals provide journal access either by subscription or
association membership. These include Science and Nature. The Journal of the American
Society for Information Science and Technology is offered to members in either paper or
electronic format (or both for an additional fee). Companies like MCB University Press
and Elsevier offer bundles of online journals, multiple titles for a single subscription price,
to libraries and individuals.
• E-book providers are Web based vendors of online and for the most part popular books.
They are feebased services charged to the consumer. There are a number of services that
provide access to e-books. See, for an example, eBooks (http://www.ebooks.com/).
Adobe provides pointers to e-book vendors
(http://www.adobe.com/epaper/ebooks/ebookmall / main. html).
2.2.4 No Fee Electronic Access
No fee access to digital materials has become increasingly available through the Internet and,
thereby, directly to the end user. Materials can be read online or downloaded in a variety of formats,
including pdf, Microsoft reader, and html. From the “collection” point of view, providing
identification and access to the free sites brings with it a number of issues. Since these are free
materials and the level of responsibility of the “publishers” may vary considerably, collection
developers have the difficult challenge of determining whether digital access provides sufficient
continuity in their collection development scheme. Maintaining links to free electronic sites is a
major collection maintenance challenge for digital collections. One major source of free material
that is rather durable and generally of good provenance is US government material, especially
policy and technical documents because US government materials cannot be copyrighted. Some
sample sites for free material are:
• Project Gutenberg (http://promo.net/pg/), begun in 1971, permits its users to download

books.
• Online Books (http://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/) at the University of Pennsylvania
provides portal access to more than 15,000 e-books. It provides pointers to materials in its
collection and on the servers of other providers. The text is marked up to provide cross
references by hypertext links to material on the same subject in the collection.
• Subject gateways are comprehensive collections of digital and often Web documents
organized around a set of central themes. Examples include the WWW Virtual Library
(http://vlib.org/), BUBL LINK (http://bubl.ac.uk/link/), the Internet Guide to
Engineering, Mathematics and Computing (http://www.eevl.ac.uk/) WebMD
(http://www.webmd.com), and so on. Preserving Access to Digital Information or PADI
(http://www.nla.gov.au/padi/) is a subject gateway to digital preservation issues. The
Resource Discovery Network (http://www.rdn.ac.uk) is a metagateway, with links to
major gateway sites.
• Governments provide Web based database access to a wide range of information.
Examples include Thomas, a Library of Congress gateway to US Congressional documents
(http://thomas.loc.gov/) and Edgar, a service of the Security and Exchange Commission
(http://www.sec.gov/edgar/searchedgar/ webusers.htm). Two of the major US science
agencies, the U.S. Department of Energy and NASA provide free access to large technical
268
report collections. See http://www.osti.gov/ for DOE and http://ntrs.nasa.gov/ for

NASA.
• E-print and pre-print archives -- Los Alamos National Laboratory broke new bibliographic
ground when it established an e-print archive (http://arxiv.org/ and mirrored at:
(http://xxx.lanl.gov/). This archive and others like it have proved invaluable in fields with
fast breaking innovation.
• Many e-journals and some h-journals (hybrid, or journals published in paper and
electronically) offer free access to their articles. These include a number of popular and
scholarly journals offered in electronic format without charge or subscription; for example,
the venerable Scientific American (http://www.sciam.com/), as well as the information
science journals Information Research (http://informationr.net/ir/), D-Lib Magazine
(http://www.dlib.org/), FirstMonday (http://www.firstmonday.dk), and Ariadne
(http://www.ariadne. ac.uk/). Many newspapers offer free access to all or parts of their
editions. These include El Día, New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Le Monde, Helsingin
Sanomat, The Times of India, to name a few.
A major movement on the part of scholars, public advocates, and some publishers would greatly
extend the number of e-journals and other materials available under the free access model. The
Open Access Movement asserts that scholarly materials, particularly those in the sciences, should
be freely available to all. “By ‘open access’ to this literature, we mean its free availability on the
public internet, permitting any user to read, download, copy, distribute, print, search, or link to the
full texts of these articles, crawl them for indexing, pass them as data to software, or use them for
any other lawful purpose, without financial, legal, or technical barriers other than those inseparable
from gaining access to the internet itself. The only constraint on reproduction and distribution,
and the only role for copyright in this domain, should be to give authors control over the integrity
of their work and the right to be properly acknowledged and cited. Open access eliminates two
kinds of access barriers: (1) price barriers and (2) permission barriers associated with restrictive use
of copyright, licensing terms, or DRM [digital rights management].” (Budapest Open Access
Initiative, 2002 (http://www.soros.org/ openaccess/read.shtml)).
The list of “open access” materials, particularly e-journals is increasing quickly. The Directory of
Open Access Journals, maintained by Lund University Libraries and sponsored by the Information
Program of the Open Society Institute and SPARC (Scholarly Publishing and Academic Resources
Coalition), includes over 830 open access journals in 15 subject categories as of April 2004
(http://www.doaj.org). Some of these journals are alternatives to the more expensive commercial
journals in various disciplines developed by open access publishers such as BioMed Central, the
SPARC partners, and BioOne. These organizations may also act as trusted third parties for other
publishers who are willing to deposit their materials in an open access arrangement with terms and
conditions.
There have been several major statements of support for such a movement by scholars,
practitioners, and even governments. These include the Budapest Open Access Initiative
(http://www.soros.org/ openaccess/read.shtml), the Bethesda Statement on Open Access
Publishing (http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/bethesda.htm) and the Washington DC
Principles on Free Access for Science (www. dcprinciples.org). The latter statement seeks to
achieve a middle ground, promoting free access while ensuring the sustainability of the scientific,
technical and medical publishers. While there has been little movement in this direction from the
physical sciences, “open access” is gaining momentum among the biomedical community. Key
activities include the Public Library of Science, BioOne, BioMed Central and PubMedCentral.
269
Peter Suber’s web blog, Open Access News, is a comprehensive blog of announcements, news
and articles on this topic (http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/fosblog.html).
2.3 Selection of Information for Electronic Collections
The number, scope, and type of information resources in electronic and print format, as Lyman
and Varian (2000) make clear, are overwhelming. There are many sources from which information
can be drawn, and there continues to be a need to effectively evaluate those resources. Libraries
have long functioned as one of the chief mechanisms for evaluation of information quality and
relevancy.
If we take to heart Birdsall’s (1994) conception of “library” as process or service rather than
“place,” libraries must put added focus on how to manage collections. Electronic collection
development must be consistent with the mission and an overall collection development plan. At
the same time, collection development plans should take into account the electronic resources now
available to libraries (Gessesse 2000). As it becomes easier or more efficient to move electronic
and physical objects from a collection repository to the end user, the logic of maintaining
redundant collections declines. Through selective collection policies, scarce resources can be used
to broaden collections rather than to duplicate them.
In Lee’s (2002) Electronic Collection Development: A Practical Guide, he discusses the application
of print selection techniques to electronic media. Evaluation criteria specific to electronic tools are
well-covered including interface usability, remote authentication, and archiving.
There are a number of online aids to assist librarians in collection development for either electronic
or “traditional” materials. Librarians have discovered that the online booksellers like Amazon
provide a vehicle for useful reviews and for purchasing.
With quality and permanence caveats in mind, the Web can be a source for collection development
(see Lee 2000). Web material should be subjected to the same scrutiny that any other resource
should be subjected to and more so. There are a number of guides on evaluation of Web resources.
Matthew Ciolek (1996) and Hope Tillman (2000) have produced excellent Web resource guidance.
Stability or permanence is cited as one key criterion for collection selection. There is growing
evidence that Web site and page stability can be predicted with some degree of probability (see
Koehler 2002, Bar-Ilan and Peritz 1999).
There are Web resources that meet quality and stability tests. Some of these are the e-journals that
have begun to proliferate. University and government based Web sites provide extensive
information. Many government agencies are migrating publicly accessible documents from paper
to electronic format. As these trends increase libraries will have to consider these Web resources
as appropriate for collection.
The Web may also serve as a viable substitute for expensive online databases and some traditional
collections. Susan Lewis-Somers (2001) has found that there are a number of legitimate high quality
free online resources that can be used in place of Westlaw or Lexis for legal research. Indeed, one
can draw on Thomas and a multiplicity of other government e-publications and services to meet
niche requirements.
The Web is sometimes seen as a “free” resource that can be “incorporated” into library collections
without regard to collection objectives. In some sense, the Web is a free resource, but the process
270
of evaluation, incorporation, and maintenance of Web resources in a collection is complex and

expensive.
Finally, Keller (1992a) makes the very important observation that despite the metadata and
sophisticated access systems, access is for the most part a question of “to what” rather than “how.”
Libraries must maintain good, current, and appropriate collections – however constructed – to
meet the needs of their users. In order to maintain those collections, Peggy Johnson (1997) argues
persuasively for formal electronic collection policies that reflect the changing landscape and that
provide information workers with the guidance and a decision framework. As we have seen, in an
Internet world, the need to discover and select quality relevant materials is as important as in the
“print” world but it is as yet very difficult to do. Guidelines, such as those provided by Tillman
(2000) or Ciolek (1996) are critical and should be employed with rigor.
2.4 Acquisition
In a paper-based world, the intellectual property had a physical form and, therefore, only one
person could possess or use it at a time. Acquisition was the purchase of a commodity. Certainly,
with the advent of photocopying machines, issues arose on the premise of one copy, one
possession. To deal with this, copyright has traditionally been balanced by the fair use doctrine.
Copyright and fair use is discussed in more detail in another paper in this lecture.
Because of the economic implications for these intellectual property issues in the digital
environment, in recent years, information suppliers have begun to move away from the sale of
information to the licensing of information. The digital revolution has significantly changed the
ways in which information can be packaged. It need no longer be offered within “physical
packages.” It can now be transmitted from producer to publisher to end user electronically. That
may well render the principle of first sale moot because information containers need not be used.
It also means that limits are placed on the ability of the licensee to transfer or transmit information
to third parties. Under most licenses, lending practices and in some cases universal access is either
prohibited or restricted.
With this background in mind, organizations may follow an ownership or an access path.
Whichever they choose, they must develop acquisitions policies. Acquisitions of electronic or
digital materials often entail a set of decisions that differ somewhat from paper (Pinfield 2001).
Some of these decisions entail organizational questions. Are electronic acquisitions treated as an
intrinsic part of the library collection or are they categorized as “other resources?”
As Stephen Pinfield has shown (2001), electronic acquisitions are not without their costs. These
costs include the cost of the document (usually in the form of license). These services are offered
using a variety of pricing models – individual subscriptions, bundled subscriptions, joint print and
e-journal subscriptions, maximum number of users, and so on. The negotiations between library
purchaser and licensor vendor can be time consuming and complex.
2.5 Access Agreements
Now that acquisitions have taken the form of licenses rather than purchases, there are critical
differences between traditional and electronic access agreements. Licenses represent permission
or authorization for one party to use the property of another under a prescribed set of conditions.
These licenses may limit the number of users for a database at any given time, they may limit the
range of authorized users, and they place a temporal limit on access. Typically, full text providers,
particularly e-book databases, place a limit on the number of users at any given time. This is
271
analogous, they argue, to the traditional model. There can be only as many users of a print book
as there are copies of the book at any given time. Harris (2002, p.100) also makes important
distinctions between the sale, the assignment, and the licensing of rights. An assignment of rights,
unlike a sale of rights, is the non-exclusive permanent transfer of rights of access to the item under
consideration. Licenses are less permanent and are analogous to renting rather than buying the
object. A license or an assignment may specify the conditions under which copyrighted material
may or may not be used.
Many national and international associations have developed guidance to help information
managers negotiate licenses or to better understand their implications for libraries and other users
(for example, the American Library Association, the American Association of Law Libraries, the
Association of Research Libraries, the Australian Library and Information Association, the
Canadian Library Association, the Colegio de Bibliotecarios de Chile, the European Bureau of
Library, Information and Documentation Associations, to list a few.) These concerns have
sometimes resulted in a number of very specific agreements, as for example the International
Federation of Reproduction Rights Organizations (IFRRO) – International Group of Scientific,
Technical and Medical Publishers (STM) Joint Statements on Electronic Storage of STM material
of 1992 (http://www.ifrro.org /papers/stmjoint.html) and 1998 (http://www.ifrro.org/papers/
stmjoint2.html).
Lesley Ellen Harris (2002) has prepared a guide to digital licensing under the American Library
Association imprint. Her book provides a series of checklists and commentary. For example, she
advises her readers to avoid verbal agreements in favor of the written; in part, because of the
potential for future misunderstanding (Harris 2002, xv). Special issues arise when negotiating
licenses for library consortia, so the International Coalition of Library Consortia (ICOLC) provides
special guidance in this area. There are also a number of symposia and other training offered on
digital copyright and associated issues. Some examples include the International Summer School
on the Digital Library in the Netherlands (http://www.ticer.nl/index.htm) sponsored by the
Tilburg International Center for Electronic Resources at Tilburg University and the Libraries in
the Digital Age Conferences held annually in Dubrovnik, Croatia (http://knjiga.pedos.hr/lida/).
In addition, many professional organizations provide guidance on access, digital content,

copyright, and related issues. Examples include:
• Association of Research Libraries (http://www.arl.org/scomm/ licensing/)

• Copyrightlaws.com (http://www.copyrightlaws.com/index2.html)
• International Coalition of Library Consortia (http://www.library.yale.edu/consortia/)
• International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions, Licensing Principles
(2000)
(http://www.ifla.org/V/ebpb/copy.htm)
• Stanford University Libraries, Copyright & Fair Use (http://fairuse.stanford.edu/)
• Yale Library, Licensing Digital Information: A Resource for Librarians
(http://www.library.yale.edu/~llicense/)
4.0 Conclusions
Electronic collection management and electronic information services are in a period of rapid
transition. Information organizations are undergoing redefinition. New forms of digital libraries
and information collections are providing more information to more users more easily and on
demand. These changes are being felt and responses are being made by information professionals
throughout the world. The value of information is more appreciated than ever. Information
272
collections are no longer geographically bound. Using Web access, it is possible to search the
OPACs of many of the world’s libraries and online resources from major primary and secondary
publishers. Thus online and hybrid libraries have global reach. With global reach comes global
responsibility.
The technology used to manage the information changes allows for extensive innovation in
information selection description, distribution, retrieval, and use. The new e-publishing
environment requires new ways to assess information for the purpose of selection. There is a new
array of information markup and cataloging systems for collection management that, in turn,
supports an equally growing array of information services for information producers, consumers,
and intermediaries.
References:
1. Arms, W. (2000). Digital libraries. Cambridge: MIT Press.
2. Budd, J. and Harloe, B. (1994). Collection development and scholarly communications in
the era of electronic access. Journal of Academic Information Management, 20(5): 83-87.
3. Budd, J. and Harloe, B. (1997). The future for collection management, in G.E. Gorman and
Ruth Miller, eds., Collection management for the 21st Century: A handbook for librarians
(3-23). Westport, CT: Greenwood.
4. Johnson, P. (1997). Collection development policies and electronic information policies. In
G.E. Gorman and Ruth Miller, eds., Collection management for the 21st Century: A
handbook for librarians (83-104). Westport,CT: Greenwood.
5. Lee, S. (2000). Collection development for the electronic environment. Binghampton, NY:
Haworth.
6. Lee, S. (2002) Electronic collection development: a practical guide. New York: Neal
Schuman.
7. Oppenheim, C. and Smithson, D. (1999). What is the hybrid library? Journal of Information
Science, 25(2): 97-112.
8. Pinfield, S., Eaton, J., Edwards, C., Russell, R., Wissenburg, A. and Wynne, P. (1998
October). Realizing the hybrid library. D-Lib Magazine [Online]. Available:
http://www.dlib.org/dlib/ october98/ 10pinfield.html [21 April 2004].
9. White, M., Abels, E. and Kaske, N. (2003). Evaluation of chat reference service quality. D-
Lib Magazine.
10. February 2003. [Online]. Available: http://www.dlib.org/dlib /february03
/white/02white.html [21 June 2004].
About Author:
Dr. Amitkumar Lalitbhai Ghoricha is Librarian & Management
Representative at Dadhichi Diploma Polytechnic College Gadu - Chorvad
Road, At.: Visanvel, Ta.: Maliya, Dist.: Junagadh.
M. 9374254164 | E-mail ID : lib_amit@yahoo.com
273
View publication stats

Internet of Things and Current Trends in Libraries (ITCTL) : January 2018

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Internet of Things and Current Trends in Libraries (ITCTL) : January 2018

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.

Internet of things and current trends in libraries (ITCTL)

Book · January 2018

Chintan Pandya Bharat Naikele

SEE PROFILE SEE PROFILE

Customer Service Satisfaction of Library Users View project

Internet of things and current trends in libraries View project

The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute,

All rights reserved

Edit, Design, Printing and Published by

Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute,

Tel. +91- 2762 - 285875 | www.gperi.ac.in | Mobile: +91 - 9428009866

Dr. Shrikant Wagh,

360 DEGREE APPROACH TO INTERNET OF THINGS (IOT) AND

Librarian, Gujarat Power Engineering and Research Institute, Mehsana, Gujarat.

2.0 Internet of Things (IoT):

3.0 Speed of Technology

Years it took Innovation

4.0 Internet Users – Indian Purview

5.0 Awareness on IoT and Views of Librarians

6.0 Top 5 IoT Ideas for the Future Libraries

6.0.1 Climate and Light Control - Smart Rooms

(Image 1: Smart Light Diagram – Credit: Photo: VTTResearch, Finlend)

6.0.2 Drone Delivery Service utilize

A delivery drone, also known as a PARCELCOPTER, is an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV)

(Image 2: Delivery Drone – Photo Credit: MULTIROTOR service-drone.com USA LLC)

(Image 3: Smart Robo Chair – Photo Credit: HONDA Uni-Cub)

6.0.4 SMART Inventory Control – RFID

6.0.5 Artificial Intelligence with Smart Reference

7.0 Issues Related to Privacy and Security

BIG DATA ARCHITECTURE FOR DIGITAL LIBRARY PERSPECTIVE

Harshad Nirmal1 & Purvi Doshi2

2.0 Big Data

Fig.1 5V’s of Big Data

3.0 Solution for Big Data processing

3.1.1 HDFS Architecture

Fig. 3.1.1 HDFS Architecture

Fig. 3.1.2 Map-Reduce Architecture

Fig. 3.2 HPCC Architecture

4.0 Big Data Storage and Management

4.1 Big Data Analytics Processing

M. 9824928270 | E-mail ID: drharshadnirmal@gmail.com

Ms. Purvi Doshi is currently working as Chief Librarian at Gujarat Adani

INTERNET OF THINGS & ITS APPLICATION TO THE LIBRARIES

Keyword: IoT (Internet of Things), RFID Technology, Tags

2.0 History of IoT

3.0 Application of Internet of Things (IOT)

4.0 How does RFID works

It is a group of technologies referred to as Automatic Identification and Data Capture (AIDC).

5.0 RFID Technology Equipment

6.0 Advantages of IoT in the Library Management

6.1 Self-help borrowing / returning books. By using self-service subsystem of RFID

7.0 Development of IoT in India

8.0 Future of IoT in libraries

1. Ashton K, The Internet of Things. Available at:

5. G. Shen and X. Huang (2011). Application on Internet of Things Technology : Using in

INTERNET OF THINGS (IOT) AND

LIS Consultant, Former Documentation Officer, SRC Hyderabad.

3.0 IOT- Architecture-models

models Viz.. Device-to-Device Communications, Device-to-Cloud Communications, Device-to-

3.2 Device-to-Cloud Communications

3.3 Device-to-Gateway Model